Natural History Museum Library 000161741 T. Of A \ o 0 Linn., and B. torquatus , Illig. ) The Cases 14 — 20 contain other animals of the Orders Edentata, Pachydermata, and Ruminantia, — as the Da¬ man, or Cape Cavy (Hyrax capensis , Linn.); the Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata, Linn.); a very young 22 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. Giraffe, or Camelopard, brought from Africa by the late Lieut.-Col. Denham; several species of Antelope, the Small, and the Common Musk, and the Bouquetin des Alpes, or Ibex. Over these Cases are the Ursine Seal ( Phoca ursina , Linn.), an adult specimen of Weddell’s Sea-Leopard, and the Long-bodied Seal of Parsons (Halichcerus gryphus, Gray). Case 21 contains several of the Weasel tribe, as the Polecat, Martin, Common Weasel, and Stoat ( Mustela pu- torius , martes , vulgaris , and erminea , Linn.) The latter animal is of a pale chestnut-brown colour in summer, but becomes white in winter, and in that dress forms an import¬ ant article of the fur trade, under the well known name of Ermine ; the tip of the tail is black at all seasons of the year. These animals inhabit the northern parts both of Europe and Asia, and are very abundant in Norway and Siberia. In the upper part of this Case are some large Bats ( Pteropi ), from India and New Holland. Case 22 contains the small digitigrade carnivorous animals, as the Paradoxuri, from India ; also some of the lesser marsupial animals, as the Opossum, (Didelphis virginiana , Linn.) from Brazil, the Spotted Weasel ( Dasyurus macrourus ), a young specimen of the Wombat, (Phascolomys fusca , Desm.), the Pigmy Opossum ( Didel - phis pygmcea , Shaw), and the Flying Opossum ( Didelphis petaurus , Shaw), all from New Holland. Case 23 contains the minor animals belonging to the order Gljres, as the Water Rat, (Mus amphibius , Linn.), Dormice, (M. glis, Linn.), Pouched Rat, (M. bursarius , Shaw), Chinchilla, ( Chinchilla Laniger , Gray), valuable for its peculiarly soft fur ; and a series of Squirrels from various parts of the world. Case 24 contains other Glires, as the Flying Squirrel, (Scuirus volans, Linn.), Hare, Rabbit, (Lepus timidus, and L. cuniculus , Linn.), and the prehensile-tailed Porcupine ( Hystrix insidiosa , Illig.) ; also some of the smaller Edentata, as two species of Armadillo (Dasypus duodecim - cinctus , and minutus , Desm.), from South America; the long and the short-tailed Manis, the former from India, and the latter from Africa ( Manis tetradactyla and penta - dactyla , Linn.), — very young specimens of the two, and of the three-toed Sloth ( Bradypus didactylus and tridactylus , 23 SALOON.] NATURAL HISTORY. Linn.) ; the Small Ant-eater ( Myrmecophaga didactylay Linn.), from South America ; and the Ornithorhynchus, or Duck-billed Platypus (O. Paradoxus, Blumenb.), from New Holland. The forms of the Armadillo and the Manis, and the curious shields with which they are furnished by nature are sufficiently wonderful ; but the structure of the Orni¬ thorhynchus is so anomalous, that Dr. Shaw, who first described this “ most extraordinary genus ” in the Natu¬ ralist's Miscellany, hesitated whether to admit it into his History of Quadrupeds, in the first volume of his General Zoology, — for as the original description was given from the only individual at that time known, “ it was,” he tells us, “ impossible not to entertain some doubts as to the genuine nature of the animal, and to surmise, that though in appearance perfectly natural, there might still have been practised some arts of deception in its structure.” An animal, “ exhibiting the perfect resem¬ blance of the beak of a duck engrafted on the head of a quadruped,” might well excite suspicions of imposture, till its claim to be received as a genuine production of nature was confirmed by the arrival of other specimens from the same locality. Case 25 contains the frugivorous Bats ( Pteropi ), as the Egyptian Bat ( Pteropus JEgyptiacus), the Striped¬ eared Bat (P. marginatus ), from India, and the Kiodote ( p ■ rostratus , Horsf.), from Java. Case 26 contains the Horse-shoe Bats ( Rhinolophi ), peculiar for having a very complicated apparatus over the nostrils, as the larger and smaller Horse-shoe Bat of England, and several foreign species. Cases 27 and 28 contain specimens of those Bats which are distinguished by having foliaceous, membranous ap¬ pendages to the nose. These membranes vary considerably in form and number, and the individuals which are fur¬ nished with them, constitute, according to modern authors, several distinct genera. In this Case is a specimen of the Spectre, or Vampire Bat ( Phyllostoma spectrum ), and other species of the same genus; and also one of the true Blood-sucking Bats ( Glossophaga ecaudata , Geoff.), from Brazil ; and a Rhinopoma, from India ( Rhinopoma Hard - tvickii, Gray). 24 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR* Case 29 contains the Nose-leaf Bats ( Megadermata , Geoff.) with large broad wings, as M. Lyra of Africa, and M. frons of India. Case SO contains the simple-nosed insectivorous Bats ( Noctiliones ), as the Peruvian Bat (Noctilio rufus, Spix), and various species of the Bull-dog Bats ( Molossi , Geoff.). Cases SI and 32 is a continuation of the simple¬ nosed Bats, comprehending some of the European species of true Bats ( Vespertiliones) , amongst which are several English specimens. The Kirivoula, or Striped Bat ( Ves- pertilio pictus, Gmeh), from India, is remarkable for the beauty of its coloured wings. In this Case are also several specimens of the long-eared Bats, belonging to the genus Plecotus . In Cases 33 and 34 are some American Monkeys, Le¬ murs, and Galeopetheci, and on the lower shelves of Case 33 are the insectivorous animals, which form part of the order Ferae of Linnaeus ; as the Shrew Mice (Sorices); the Hedgehogs ( Erinacei ) ; Tupaia from Java, &c. Over these Cases are the Ethiopian Hog ( Sus JEthiopicus , Linn.), from the Cape ; and the Abyssinian Masked Hog ( Phascochcerus JEliani, Cretzchmar.) Over the Case No. 21 in this room, is the Gnu ( Antilope Gnu , Zimm.), over No. 22 is the Dauw ( Equus Burchelliiy Gray), and between them the Caama ( Antilope bubalis , Licht.), and, in front of the latter, the Giant Armadillo {Dasypus gigas , Cuv.), of which a second specimen is over the adjoining Cases. Over Case 23 is the Zebra {Equus Zebra , Linn.), and over 24 another specimen of the Dauw. All the above, except the Armadillo, which is from America, are from the Cape of Good Hope, and were brought to England, and presented to the British Museum, by William Burchett , Esq . Over the mantel¬ piece, are the Long and the Short-tailed Manis. NINTH ROOM. The Mammalia in the upper Cases in this apartment are supplementary to those in the Saloon, and are placed here for want of sufficient space in that room. Amongst them are the Nepaul and Egyptian Goats, ( Capra hircus , Linn., var. nepalensis , and C. nubiana , F. Cuv.), a spe« ROOM IX.] NATURAL HISTORY. 25 cimen of the Musk Deer ( Moschus moschiferus , Linn.) the Egyptian Antelope (A. dorcas , Linn.) and its fawn, the Persian Bull and Cow, ( Bos Taurus , Linn. var. in - dicus,) and the Broad-hoofed Antelope, (A. nasomaculata , Blainv.). Above these Cases, and fixed against the wall, is the tanned skin of a large species of Boa, killed at Minas Geraes, in South America. The skins of these enorbious serpents, when prepared in this manner, are used by the natives for making boots, &c. Over the Case No. 1, is the nest of a species of Wasp, from India. The upright Cases contain Mammalia, Amphibia, and Invertebrated animals, in spirits. In Cases No. 1 and 2, are the various species of Frogs ( Rana ), some of a large size. Amongst them is the Jacky (Ra?ia paradoxa,) the tadpole, or larva of which, is larger than the perfect animal, losing, at its metamorphosis, its enormous tail and external skin, whence the older naturalists imagined the order of nature to be reversed in this animal, and that the frog be¬ came a tadpole, or as they called it, a fish,— an error long since exploded. The Tree Frogs ( Hyla ), have the ends of their toes dilated into a roundish disk, by which thev climb. The Horned Frogs have the eyebrows extended into horns. In Case 3 are Toads ( Bufo ), some of them exceedingly large. The Bombinatores, or Earless Toads, differ from the others, merely by having the tympanum concealed under the skin. Some, as the Rhinellae, have their nose produced to a point ; and one ( Pipa ) is remarkable for its flattened shape, and for the manner in which the female carries her young in cavities, or little cells, on her back. The Salamanders {Salamandra), and Efts {Triton), follow the Toads: amongst them are the European species for¬ merly absurdly supposed to be insensible to the action of fire; also several American species, as the Amphiuma , which is thought never to have any gills, though it pro¬ bably loses them at a very early age. At the end of these are placed the Sirens, which retain their gills during the whole of their life, and are therefore capable of living equally well on land or in water ; amongst these are the Axolotl of the Mexicans, which in all respects resembles the larva of the Common Eft ; the Menobranchus from America, and the Proteus from the caverns of Carniola, c 26 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. an animal which never voluntarily approaches the light of day, and whose very small eyes are so hidden by the skin, that it appears to be absolutely destitute of those organs. A wax model, from a living healthy specimen of this ani¬ mal, is placed near it, to show the form of its lungs when not contracted by immersion in spirits of wine. The Caro¬ lina Siren, first described by Ellis, which has only two short feet in front ; and lastly the Ccecilia , or blind Worm, whose eyes, always very small, and nearly concealed under the skin, are sometimes wholly wanting. Case 4 contains specimens of Crustacea , as Crabs, Lob¬ sters, and Woodlice, in spirits; and on the lower shelf is a collection of Cirripedes , or the animals which inhabit the Acorn Shell and Barnacles, preserved in spirits. Cases 5 and 6 contain specimens of Wood pierced with Termites ; the larvae of Coleopterous and Hymenopterous insects, as Cerambyces, Wasps, and Tree Ants. The nests of different species of Wasps and Bees. Case 7 contains Mammalia in spirits, as Bats, Shrew Mice, Opossums, and some very young specimens of larger animals. Case 8 contains a series of Annelides, including Sea Worms, Lob Worms, Leeches, Planariae, and other kinds of Worms, in spirits. Cases 9 — 12 contain Mollusca in spirits, as various kinds of Cephalopodous Mollusca, the Cuttle Fish, or Sepia, the animal which affords the pigment so called ; Octopus, and other genera of the order, as Cranchia, and the Ocythoe ; the latter is often found in the Paper Nautilus, and thought by some to be its original inhabitant. Here also are the Pteropodous Mollusca, or those whose wing-shaped feet are on the side of their head, as the genera Hyalaea, Cleodora, Clio, Cymbulia, and Limacina. ' Likewise Heteropodous Mollusca, as the animals of the Cari- naria, and Pterotrachea ; and some of the Gasteropo- dous Mollusca, which walk on a flat expanded disk, in¬ cluding the Slugs, and the animals which inhabit spiral shells. Cases 10 and 11 contain the continuation of the Gaste- ropodous Mollusca. Case 12. The animals of Bivalve Shells, shewing the various forms which obtain in the different genera. Those ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 27 of the Pearl Oyster* from the Island of St. Christopher* with some large pearls imbedded in their bodies* deserve particular attention. On the lower shelves are the tuni- cated animals* as the genera Biphora, Ascidia, &c. In Case 13 are Radiated animals preserved in spirits, as Sea Wigs ( Comatula ), Sea Stars* or Star Fish ( Aste - rias ), and Medusa’s Head ( Alecto )* with their finely divided arms, with which they filter the water* to separate the small mollusca on which they feed. The Lizard-tailed Star Fish ( Ophiura )* which attach themselves to coral by their flexible arms ; the Sea Eggs ( Echinus )* and Sea Hearts ( Spatangus ), the Sea Lemons* Sea Cucum¬ bers ( Holothuria )* some of which are much sought after by the Chinese* as delicacies ; and lastly* the genus Si- phunculus. Case 14 contains the soft radiated animals* as Medusae, Physaliee, Velellse* and Actiniae* and the animals of va¬ rious kinds of Sea Pens* Corals, and Corallines* and also some Coralloid plants* preserved in spirits. Cases 15 and 16* between the windows, contain some preserved Saurian and Ophidian Reptiles and Amphibia ; as several species of Monitors ; the Guana, used as food in the West Indies ; the Frilled Lizard (Chlamydosaurus), from New Holland, which has a large ruff on each side of its neck, just before the shoulders ; the Sea Snakes* with flat lanceolate tails, and several specimens of the Cobra Capella, one of the most venomous of the serpent tribe. Over this Case is a large Indian Tortoise. The Table Cases in the centre of the Room contain a series of specimens of stuffed Snakes and Lizards. TENTH ROOM. The upright Cases round the room contain the collection of Reptiles in spirits. Reptiles are known from the rest of the vertebrated animals by being covered with scales, respiring by means of lungs* and having an imperfect circulation and cold blood, which causes them to be cold to the touch. They increase by eggs* but sometimes the eggs are hatched in the bodies of the mother, and the young* when they are first born* are like their parents. They are divided into the Scaly 28 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. and the Shielded Reptiles, according to the structure of the scales, and the formation of their skull. I. The Scaly Reptiles (Squamata) have their bodies co¬ vered with imbricated scales, the skull formed of separate bones, and the tympanic bones external, and only arti¬ culated to the rest ; their vent is a cross slit, and the ge¬ nerative organs are bifid. They consist of the Saurian Reptiles or Lizards, and Ophidian Reptiles or Snakes. The Saurian Reptiles ( Sauna ) are generally provided with four limbs, but in some the limbs are in such a rudi¬ mentary state, as to be hidden under the skin. The jaw bones are united together in front, for as these animals live on insects, fruits, &c., which they reduce by chewing, they are not required to dilate their mouths for the swallow¬ ing of large masses, as is the case in the snakes. The family of Monitors ( Monitoridoe , Case 3,) have a long deeply forked tongue, which, like that of the snakes, is retractile into a sheath placed at its base, and the head, body and limbs are covered with small scales. They are only found in the vrarmer parts of the Old World, living near the water’s edge, and are venerated by the natives, who assert that they give notice of the approach of the Cro¬ codiles, by hissing when they perceive one of those ani¬ mals. Whether this be fact or fiction, the name, Monitor, is probably to be traced to that origin. The family of Heloderms {JTelodermidcE) are peculiar for their body and head being covered with large convex scales. Unlike other lizards, their teeth have a groove behind, like the fangs of serpents ; they are said to be poisonous, but this may be a mistake, for ignorant per¬ sons are inclined to believe that all reptiles are dangerous. They come from Mexico, and having been seen in a dried state only, the form of their tongue is not known. The following lizards have an equally elongated and deeply bifid tongue, but it is only contractile into the mouth, and not furnished with any sheath. The family of Safeguards, ( Teidce , Case 3,) which have the head covered with large shields, and the back and limbs with small scales, are confined to the warmer part of the New World, as the genera Telus, Ameiva, and Cen - tropyoc , differing from each other in the shape of the ab¬ dominal plates; the latter are remarkable for their being ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 29 of a lanceolate form, besides which, the male has two spiniform scales on each side of the base of the tail. The family of true Lizards, ( Lacertidce , Case 3,) which are peculiar to the Old World, chiefly differ from the former in their eyelids being protected by a bony plate. Many species are found in Europe. One species, Zootoca crocea , found on our heaths, is said to hatch its young in the body of the mother, if it be kept in a dry place ; but to deposit eggs, if in a moist one. Most of these animals have the faculty of reproducing their tails when broken off, an accident which often hap¬ pens in the mere exertion of the animal to escape from danger. The reproduced part has only a central cartilage in the place of the bones, and is often covered with scales, different from those of the rest of the tail. If the tail be cracked only on one side, and not thrown off, a new tail often springs out of the crack, so that the member be¬ comes forked. A specimen of a Lizard with such a tail, may be seen in this Case. The family of Zonuridce (Case 3) are very like the true lizards, but the back and belly are covered with large squarish shields, and the sides, which are only dilated when the ani¬ mal has eaten a full meal, are covered with small scales. Some have four distinct, moderately long legs, and ex¬ posed ears. The African Lizards of this group are dis¬ tinguished by their thighs being marked with a line of pores on the under side. In Zonurus , the tail is furnished with armed scales ; in the Cicigna these scales are un¬ armed. The American species, ( Gerrhonotus ,) on the contrary, have no glands under the thighs, and the scales of the tail are not armed. The Scheltopusiks ( Pseudopi ) of Europe, have only rudiments of legs, in the form of undivided lobes, placed on the side of the vent ; and the Glass Snakes of North America ( Ophisauri ) are quite des¬ titute of legs : all the^ species of these genera have the tympanum of the ear exposed. The CercosauridcE (Case 3) are long cylindrical rep¬ tiles, with rounded sides, covered like their backs with square scales placed in cross series. The scales of the tail are keeled, and placed in longitudinal series, as Cer- cosaurus , while in the next family (C hirocolidce) the scales of the tail are placed in rings alternating with each other. 30 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR, The Chamcesauridce (Case 5) have only rudimentary limbs, and all the scales of the body are elongate., keeled, and placed in longitudinal series. The family of Scincidce (Case 5) have a shielded head, like the true lizards, but the body, tail, and limbs are covered with uniform imbricate scales, which are generally smooth and polished. These have only a small plate on the end of the muzzle, and two distinct eyelids. The True Seines (. Scinci ) have four legs, with small margined toes, and a sharp edged muzzle, which enable them to bury them¬ selves with facility in the sand of the deserts they inhabit. The genus Sphcenops only differs from them in having simple toes and no ears. Others have blunt noses, a fusiform body with five toes to each of the four feet, and long conical tails ; as, T r achy s auras, Egernia , Tiliqua. The first has large rugose bony scales, and a short depressed tail. The two latter have a conical tapering tail, and the second has spiny scales to the tail. The Lygosomci have very long slender bodies, and four very small, weak feet. The spe¬ cies of Seps are like the former, but have only three toes on each foot ; and the Siaphos has the ears concealed un¬ der the skin. The Ophiodes are peculiar for having only two oblong lobes in the place of legs ; and the Blind- worms ( Angues ) have only rudiments of legs quite con¬ cealed beneath the skin. The Gyrnnophthabnidce (Case 5) chiefly differ from the former in their eyes being always exposed, and destitute of any lid, like the serpents, as Microlepis, Ablepharis, Lerista. The Riiodomdce (Case 5) differ from the Seines in having a large, depressed, sharp edged rostral plate with the nostrils in its upper part. Their eyelids are rudiment¬ ary, as Rhodona and Soridia . In the Acontiadce (Case 5) the face and chin are each enclosed in a large cap-shaped shield ; the upper one is pierced with the nostrils, which have a groove to its hinder edge. Their bodies are nearly cylindrical, with blunt tads, and the limbs are hidden under the skin. The remainder of the Saurian Reptiles have a short contractile tongue, slightly notched at the end. The Geckos, ( GecJcotidce , Case 4,) are nocturnal Lizards, having a dull, lurid appearance, with depressed heads, and ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 31 large round eyes. Their body is usually covered with small scales, amongst which are frequently larger tubercles; and the under side of their toes is generally furnished with variously shaped, imbricated scales, or folds of the skin, which enable the animal to crawl up glass, and even to run with facility, the back downwards, on the ceiling of a room, like a fly. They are found in all parts of the world, and are divided into many genera, according to the form of their toes. The true Geckos have only a single transverse series of scales, on the under side of each toe. Eublepharis differs from the former, by the toes being more slender, and less dilated. Pteropleura , which lives in ponds in Java, has the skin on the side of the chin, body, limbs and tail di¬ lated into a kind of fln. Many of the species of these Lizards, from their lurid appearance, are considered as poisonous by the natives of India, and some even assert that they infect every substance which they walk over, but this is, at least, extremely doubtful ; some of them hold so fast by their short retractile claws as to produce small cuts on the skin of the person over whom they walk, which in warm climates are painful and difficult to heal. Other geckos have the scales under the toes divided by a central groove, into which the claws are retracted (The- cadactyli). One of these, the Smooth Sheath-claw, ( Gecko loevis ,) has many scales under the toes, and on being caught, the animal, in its exertion to escape, often casts off its tail. It does the same if thrown alive into spirits, in which case the separated tail contracts, and assumes an almost globular shape, and is most usually found in this state in collections, whence this species has been generally called the Turnip-tail Gecko ( Gecko rapicauda ). The P liyllodactylus has only two or three transverse scales on each side of the claws, so that the ends of the toes very nearly resemble the tips of the feet of the common fly. In the Ptyodactylus , the scales under the toes radiate from a centre, like the sticks of a fan; and the Uroplates from Madagascar, has the scales under the toes very like the former, but the edges of its body and tail are dilated into fins. Another group ( Hemidactylus ) has only the base of the toes dilated, the ends being compressed and free. These are common about dwellings in warm countries, and are 32 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. therefore usually called House Lizards. Their food con¬ sists principally of insects, especially flies, for destroying which they are protected by the inhabitants. The last group ( Cyrtodactylus ) has the form and habits of the Geckos, but differs in the toes being very thin, slender, versatile, and peculiarly arched, so as to give them the power of grasping very strongly ; most of these have the tail slender and round, while the Phyllurus of New Holland has a heart-shaped expanded tail. The family of Guanas (. Iguanidce , Case 3) have their teeth attached to the inner edge of the jaw-bone, and most frequently lobed and indented. They are day Lizards, covered with variously formed imbricate scales, and are only found in America. Some have a compressed dewlap under the throat, and the back crested ; as the common Guana (. Iguana tuberculatct ), which is used both for food and medicine in the West Indies, Other kinds of this family have only a fold across the throat, as the genera Cyclura, Ophyessa , Tropidarus , Leiocepkalus, Tropidolepis , Phry - nosoma . These animals are very quarrelsome, and often fight with great ardour when they meet. In other species, the false ribs, or those which are not united to the sternum, meet underneath, so as to inclose the abdomen in a complete circle, like those of the Chameleon, and, like that animal, these have the faculty of changing their colour with great rapidity. Three of the genera belonging to this division are marked with very striking characters; the first, the Basilisk ( Basiliscus ), has a compressed hood on the back of the head, and a fin-shaped crest down the back; the second, ( Chamceleopsis ,) from Mexico, has a compressed ridge on the back of the head, but only a slight dorsal crest ; both these have simple toes : the third ( Anolis ) has a flat head, but the penultimate joint of the toes is dilated on the sides into a pear-shaped disk, so as to enable these animals to walk on smooth and nearly perpendicular surfaces ; of this genus there are many species. Lastly, the marbled Lizards (Polychrus) have neither dilated toes nor any dorsal crest. Other broad-tongued Lizards have their teeth placed on the edge of the jaws, and so firmly fixed to them as to appear part of the jaws themselves ; as the Chameleons and Agamae. They are only found in the warm parts of the Old World. ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 33 The Agames (Agamidee, Case 4) present several pe¬ culiarities of form, and have therefore been separated into many groups. Some have the head lyre-shaped, and the back and tail crested (Gonyocephalus) ; others have the head armed with spines over the back of the ears, and the scales large and directed upwards ( Calotes ), which latter lay fusiform eggs. The Bronchoceles differ from the Calotes , by the scales of the back being small and horizontal ; and the Acanthosaura has a square head and long subulate spines over the eyes. The true Agamse ( Agama ) have often bundles of spines on the sides of the neck. The male Sitana has a large pouch under the throat, (which is quite wanting in the female,) and they have no hinder thumb. The Stellio , which was formerly much esteemed for its sup¬ posed medicinal qualities, has bands of large spines round its tail. The Trapeli or Mutable Agamse, so called from the rapidity with which they change the colour of their skin, are generally armed with irregular, spine-like scales. The Earless Agamae ( Phrynocephali ) have the same irregular scales as the Mutable Agamae, but they differ from them, and all the former, by their ears being hidden under the skin, as in the Chameleons. The Megalochilus differs from the former in the margin of the lips being produced and fringed, and the claws very long. The Dragons ( Dra - cones) differ from all these by the skin of the sides being extended into the form of wings, and supported by the end of the ribs. The wings, when the animal is at rest, are folded together on the sides of the body, but when it leaps from branch to branch they are expanded, and act as a parachute; there are several species, differing from each other in the length of the throat-pouches, and in the colour of the wings. The rest of the Agamidce are furnished with a series of minute glands on the under side of the hind legs ; as the Gemmatophorce , peculiar to New Holland, which have rough scales like the Mutable Lizards, and the Lophyri have a crest of large scales on the back, which has caused -them to be confounded with the Basilisks. Others with these glands, are peculiar for having the tail surrounded with verticillate bands of scales. In Uromaslyx , the caudal scales are large and spinous ; in Leiolepis they are small and smooth. c 3 34 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. The family of Chameleons (Chameleonidce , Case 4) have been long celebrated on account of the rapidity with which they change their colour; but most of the other Saurian Reptiles have the same faculty* and many in as great a degree. They are remarkable for the great dis¬ tance to which they can protrude the tongue* in order to catch insects* which form their principal food. They are only found in the warm parts of the Old World* and the species are chiefly distinguished from each other by the form of the head. In the common Chameleon* the occiput is arched and compressed* whilst* in the Senegal species, it is flat ; some of the species, as the Eared and Hooded Chameleons* have the back part of the occiput furnished with two fleshy lobes ; whilst the Panther and Cape Cha¬ meleons have the front of the chin furnished with fleshy processes. Others have the head armed with horns* which in some are placed over the eye-brow* as in Brookes's Cha¬ meleon* in others on the tip of the nose* as in the Two¬ horned Chameleon* in others on the forehead* as in the Three-horned Chameleon. The Serpents ( Ophidia * Cases 6 — 13) are destitute of any limbs* or have them only in the form of short spurs on the side of the vent. Their mouths are capable of very extraordinary dilatation* in consequence of the bones of the jaw being separate from each other* to enable them to swallow very large bodies entire. The pre-eminently poisonous serpents* ( Venenosa * Case 6) have their upper jaws furnished with large* moveable fangs* having a small groove on the outer convex edge* for convey¬ ing the poison, secreted by a large gland situated under the eye* into the wound occasioned by the bite of the reptile. The fangs* when at rest, are concealed by a fold in the gums, and behind them are the rudiments of other fangs, to replace the former* if lost. The maxillary bones are small and carry only the fangs* but there are two rows of pala¬ tine teeth* in the upper part of the mouth. They are also generally distinguished by the large size of the head* which is only covered with small scales ; by the scales of the body being usually rough and carinated* and by the tail being very short* and* in most instances* thin in compa¬ rison with the body. Their belly is covered with broad NATURAL HISTORY. 35 ROOM X.] band-like shields. The hinder limbs are not developed ; the eyes are placed on the side, and the nostrils on the top of the nose. They are arranged in two families. The Rattle-snakes ( Crotalidce , Case 6) have a large pit like a second nostril on the cheek, just before the eye. They are divided into several groups according to the structure of the tail, which, in the True Rattle-Snakes ( Crolali ) ends in a rattle, formed by a series of horny joints, fitting one into the other, which the animal can shake at pleasure. There are in the Collection several species of this genus, and some detached rattles, to shew their struc¬ ture. The Tisiphone ( Tisipkone ) is much like the Rattle- Snake, but the tail ends in a small recurved spine : these are all peculiar to America. The other Snakes of this division have the tail simple at the end, and are found both in the Old and New World. The Cophias have the head covered with scales like those on the back, as the Fer de Lance of the French American Colonists. The Trigono - cephali have it covered with large shield-like plates. The next family, that of Vipers ( Viperidce , Case 6) have the same broad head as the Rattle-Snakes, but have no pit before the eyes. Amongst these the True Vipers ( Viperce ) are distinguished by the head being covered with scales like those on the back, and by the nostrils being very large. The Nose-horn Viper ( Coluber nasicornis ), has two horns on the end of the nose ; the male of the Cerastes has a long horn-like scale over each eye, which being absent in the female, has caused the latter to be erro¬ neously described as a distinct species ; the Puff Adder, or Short-tailed Viper ( Vipera injiata ), is the most deadly snake of the Cape. The Adders ( JBeri ) have the head covered with granular scales, and the nostrils moderate ; and the Ammodyte has the end of the nose lengthened into a flexible horn. The Common Adder ( Coluber cher - sea) differs from these, by the crown of the head having thfee larger scales inserted amongst the smaller ones ; this is the only reptile found in Great Britain possessed of dangerously poisonous qualities. The Harmless Snakes, ( Ophidia Innocua , Cases 7 — 13,) on the contrary, have strong jaws, both furnished with one or more series of teeth. The head is of moderate size compared with the body, and its crown is covered 36 NATURAL HISTORY. £uPPER FLOOR. with large regular shields. These species are, in general, innocent ; a few have some of the upper lateral teeth rather larger than the rest, and grooved on the hinder edge, the groove communicating with a gland placed on the side of the face, but their bite is seldom so danger¬ ous as that of the eminently poisonous snakes. They are divided into three families. The family of Colubridce , (Cases 7 — 12,) which contains more than half of the species of snakes, are characterized by having the belly covered with broad cross plates like the Poisonous Serpents. Their tail is elongated and conical. Such of them as live on the ground and take to the water for protection, or to catch their food, have generally a cylindrical form, and a tail scarcely as long as the body; sometimes the head is large, and the scales are placed in longitudinal series, as in Coronella, Ly codon, Tropidonotus, &c. Others differ in having a smaller head, smooth scales, and a small frontal plate, as Calamaria , Bnngarus , and the Coral Snakes ( Elaps ) ; the latter are often marked with alternate black and bright coloured bands, as in Elaps corallinus ; and the Flat-tailed Coral Snake (Platurus) found in the Indian Seas, differs from the others by its tail being flattened like the Sea-Snakes. Some of these, as the Spectacle Snake or Naja, and Sepedon , have a small head, and the scales placed iu cross bands ; the former have the faculty of dilating the skin of the neck, so as to form a kind of hood over the head. The Indian species have usually a yellow spot on the back of the neck, somewhat resembling a pair of spectacles. These snakes are used by the native jugglers in their ex¬ hibitions. Those which live the greater part of their life on trees, and are thence called Tree- Snakes, ( Dendrophis ,) are long and slender, and generally have the scales on the sides of the back narrow, and longer than those on the dorsal line : in some of these the end of the muzzle is lengthened out into an acute appendage ( Passerila ). The Bull-headed Snakes ( Dipsas ) resemble the Tree-Snakes in form, but the head is short and broad, the body com- fressed, and have a series of larger scales down the back. n the two last groups the fangs are most commonly found intermingled with the teeth. The family of Boas ( Boidce, Case 13) have usually a short ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 37 body, with narrow plates on the abdomen, and a short co¬ nical tail, furnished with two short crooked spurs at its base. These spurs have lately been shewn to be analogous to the hinder legs of other reptiles. The eyes and nostrils are lateral, the former have an elongated oval pupil, and the tail is conical and prehensile. The Boas are not venomous ; they kill their prey by crushing it between the folds of the body, generally, at the same time, twisting the end of the tail round a tree, or some other fixed point, in order to increase their power. The American kinds [Boa) have only a single row of plates beneath the tail; they vary greatly in respect to the structure of the scales on the head and lips. Some of the Indian species, as the Netted Boa, ( Boa regia,) have a single series of plates, whilst most of the other species have two rows (Python). The Eryx differs from the other Boas in having a cylin¬ drical body, a very short tail, and the head covered with scales similar to those of the back. Cuvier says that this genus has no spurs, but the specimen in the British Museum shews them distinctly. The family of Sea-Snakes ( Hydridce , Case 13) are easily known by their compressed form, narrow scale-like ventral shields, and vertically flattened tail. Their hinder limbs are not developed. The eyes and nostrils are vertical and the pupil round. These reptiles, which are peculiar to the seas of Asia and New Holland, are in some degree poi¬ sonous, many of the species having small fangs, dispersed amongst the true teeth. Some have a small head, and the body covered with scales, ( Hydras ) ; the others have a large head and broad neck, and the body covered with embedded square plates, placed in longitudinal series, as Pelamis . The Achrochordus has the habits and many of the cha¬ racters of the Sea-Snakes ; but its body and head are covered with rough granular scales, and its tail is conical. It is found in the rice-fields of India. The Ckersydrus has the scales of the Achrochordus but the tail is com¬ pressed, as in the other Sea-Snakes. The Homalopses have the narrow belly plates, the form and scales of the Boce , but they are destitute of spurs, and have the nostrils and marine habits of the Sea-Snakes ; and they are gene¬ rally slate-coloured. II. Theshielded Reptiles, Catapiiracta, (Cases 1 and 2,) 38 NATURAL HISTORY. £upper FLOOR. have the body covered with square imbedded shields, and fiave the tympanic bones sunk in the base of the solid hard bony skull ; the vent is roundish, or linear and plaited, and the generative organs are usually simple. They comprise the Tortoises, ( Chelonians ,) Emydosauri , and Amphisb emails. The Tortoises ( Chelonians , Case 2) are peculiar for having all the muscles of the body placed within the thorax, out of the front and hinder part of which the head, limbs, and tail are exserted, as out of a case. This case is formed of the dilated back bone, ribs, and breast bones. When the animal is first born, these bones are separate from each other, as in the other Vertebrata, but as they grow they gradually enlarge, and approximate, and at length are united together by a toothed suture, until they form a very substantial protection to the body. They are divided into families, according to the form of their feet, which vary with the habits of the animals. Those which live on land ( Testudinidae, Case 2) have club-shaped feet, and very solid, convex shells, with a single marginal caudal plate. These live chiefly on vegetable substances, and bury themselves in the ground during the winter : their eggs, some of which are exhibited, are of a globular form. These animals are often used as food., especially by sailors, who procure them from the Galla- pagos, where they have been lately introduced, and have increased very rapidly. The Tortoises which live in water have a more depressed shell ; their feet are expanded and webbed between the toes, and the latter are furnished with sharp claws. They are divided into three groups. The first of which, the Terrapins, ( Emydce , Case 2,) have twelve horny plates on the breast-bone or sternum, and withdraw their head and neck between the shells. These are much used as food by the Americans and the natives of India. Amongst these the case contains a mon¬ strosity with two heads. The second group ( Chelydm ) have an additional horny plate on the front of the sternum, and bend the neck back under the side margin of the shell. The third group ( Trionycidce ) are peculiar from having the shell covered with a naked skin, and only three toes ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 39 of each foot provided with claws. They, like the two preceding families, are strictly carnivorous, and eat their* food in the water. Many large specimens of this genus are found in the East Indies, and are frequently seen preying on human bodies as they float down the Ganges. The genus Emyda is peculiar for the legs, when drawn up, being covered by a moveable flap placed on the sides of the chest. The Marine Tortoises or Turtles ( Cheloniadce ) are dis- tinguished by their feet being compressed and fin-shaped; they live principally on fuci, sea-weeds, shells and crus- taceous animals. These are the kind most commonly used as food, and great quantities of one species ( Chelonia Midas) are annually brought to England for that pur¬ pose. The horny plates of the Imbricated Turtle (Chelo¬ nia imbricata) afford the best sort of tortoise-shell. Over the mantel-piece is a large specimen, caught on the coast of Dorsetshire, of the Coriaceous Turtle (Sphargis), which differs from the other Turtles in the bones being covered with a continuous coriaceous skin instead of horny plates. The Emydosaurians (Cases 1 and 2) have the appear¬ ance of gigantic lizards, but they differ from them in the body being covered with square bony plates placed in longi¬ tudinal lines, in the solidity and formation of their skull, and in the vent being longitudinal. They are only found in the warmer climates. The Alligators are peculiar to America, and are dis¬ tinguished from the Crocodiles, which are found both in the Old and New World, by their feet having the toes free, that is, unconnected by webs, and by the canine teeth of the lower jaw being received in pits in the upper ; whereas, in the Crocodiles, they are received in a notch on its margin. The Gavials agree with the Crocodiles in regard to their teeth, but differ by the muzzle being very long and slender. Specimens of all the three genera are in the Collection. The upper jaw of these animals is generally, but erroneously, said to be moveable ; the mistake having arisen from the lower jaw being much produced posteriorly. The Amfhisbenians (Case 2,) have a long cylindrical body covered with square imbedded plates, and have some relation to the Ccecilice. They are equally blunt at both ends, which has led to the idea that they walk both back- 40 NATURAL HISTORY. £upper FLOOR. wards and forwards with the same facility, — hence their *name. They are generally destitute of limbs ; but the genus Chirotes is peculiar for having two small rudi¬ mentary front legs. Most of them have teeth placed on the inner edges of the jaw, but the Trogonophid.es have them placed on the edge. They all live in ant-nests, and feed on those insects. The following Table exhibits the arrangement of this Class at one view ; the numbers refer to the Cases. Class III. Calrita, Gray . Reptilia. Algira, Cuvier. Psammodromus. Sect. 1. Squamata. Ophiops, Menetries . Order I. Sauria. Calosaura, Bum. A. Leptoglossce . Fam. 1. Monitoridce. 3. Psammosaurus, Fitz. Monitor, Baud. Polydedalus, Wagler. Empagusia, Gray. Hydrosaurus, Wagler. Fam. 2. Helodermida . Heloderma, Weigm . Fam. 3. Teidce. 3. Teius, Merrem. Ctenodon, Wagler. Acrantus, Wagler . Ameiva, Cuvier. Aporomera, Bum. Cremidophorus, Wagl. Dicrodon, Bum. Centropyx. Ada, Gray. Crocodilurus, Spur. Custa, Flem. Fam. 5. Zonuridce. 3. a. Zonurus, Merrem. Tribolonotus, Bum. Cicigna, Gray. Tetradactylus, Merr. T ackydromus, Ba ud. Caitia, Gray. Abronia, Gray. b. Gerrkonotus, Weigm. Barisia, Gray. Elgaria, Gray. Pseudopus. Opkisaurus. Fam. 6. Cercosauridce. Cercosaurus. Fam. 7* Chirocolid^s. Heterodactylus, Spix. Fam. 8. Chamcesauridve. Ckamaesaura. 5. Fam. 9. Chalcidcs. Fam 4. Lacertinidce. Zootoca, Wagler. Lacerta, Linn. Teira, Gray. Eremias, Fitz. Acantkodactylus, Bum. Scapteira, Fitz. Meroles, Gray. Mesulina, Gray . 3. Chalcides. Microdactylus, Tscku. Colobus, Merrem. Ecpleopus, Bum . Pentadactylus, Bum. Leposoma, Spix. Fam. 10. ScincidcB. 5. o. Scincus, Fitz. Sphenops, Wagler. b. Celestus, Gray . Trackysaurus, Gray. Tropidopkorus, Bum. Egernia, Gray. Tiliqua, Gray. Ampniglossa, Bum . Euprepes, Weigm. Euneces, Weigm . Leiolopisma, Bum . Psammita, Coct. Cyclodus, Wagler. Adaria, Gray, w Aprasia, Gray. Herinea, G'ay. c. Riopa, Gray. Lvgosoma, Gray. Ckiamela, Gray. Tetradactylus, Lacep. Seps, Linn. Siaphos, Gray. Heteromeles, Bum. Chelomeles, Bum. Brackymeles, Bum , d. Ophiodes. e. Anguis, Linn. Ophiomorus. Siguana, Gray. Stenostoma. Dorfia, Gray . Fam. 11. Gymnoph - thalmidce. 5. Microlepis. Ablepharis. Gymnophthalmus. Cryptoblepkaris. Lerista, Bell. ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 41 Fam. 12. Pygopidce. 5. Fara. 17- Iguanidce. 4. Pygopus, Fitz . a. Corythophanes, Lialis, Gray, Bote. Fam. 13. Rhodonidce. 5. Wei^ Rhodona. Gray . Metoceros. S' Soridia, Gray. Cm Amblyrhynchus, Fam.14. Acontiadce . 5. Bell. d. Brachylophus, Cuv. Nessia, Gray. Evesia, Gray. Acontias, Cuv. Dibamus, Bum. Typhline, Weigm. Fam.l 5. Typlilopsidce. 5. Typhlops. B. P achy glosses. Fam. 16. Geckotidce. 4. a. Platydactylus, Cuv. Gecko. Ptychozoon, Kuhl. Tarentola, Gray. S Pachydactylus, Weigm. Phelsuma, Gray. \/” Anoplus, Weigm. Gehyra, Gray. Naultinus, Gray. S Natya, Gray, s' Cantinea, Gray. S b. Thecadactylus, Cuv. Phyllodactylus, Gray. Diplodactylus, Gray. Ptyodactylus, Cuv. Uroplates, Fitz. c. Boltalia, Gray, s' Peropus, Wiegm. Hemidactylus, Cuv. Oossurus. d. Eublepharis, Gray . Stenodactylus. Pristurus, Rupp. i e. Tolarenta, Gray . S ! f. Cyrtodactylus,Gray. Goniodactylus, Kuhl. Gymnodactylus, Spix. Phyllurus, Cuv. Cyclura, Harlan. Trachydactyla, ^ Gray. Basiliscus. Corythseolus, Boie. Ophyessa. w- Platynotus, Wagler. Euyalius, W agler. Lsemanctus, Weigm. Anolius, Cuv. Dactyloa. Draconura, Wagler. Norops, Wagler. Acantholis, Cocteau. Polychrus, Daud. Hypsibatus. Microlophus. Leiocephalus. Strobilurus. Uranocentron. Cyclurus. Oplurus, Cuv. Tropidurus, Max. Leiolaemus, Weigm. Scelophorus, Weigm. Tropidolepis. Phrynosoma, Weig. Fam. J8. Agamidee. 4. a. Draco, Linn. Dracunculus, Weig. b. Chlamydosaurus. Lophura. S Physignathus. Lyriocephalus. S Otocryptes. Ceratophora. Sitana. Goniocephalus. Calotes. Bronchocela. Acantbosaura. S’ c. A gam a. Trapelus. Stellio. d. Phrynocephalus. Megalochilus. ^ e. Gemmatophora. Uromastyx. Leiolepis. Fam. 19. Chameleo - nidee. 4. Chameleo. Order II. Ophidia. A. Venenosa. 6. Fam. 1. Crotalidce. 6. a. Crotalus. Uropsophus. Caudisona, b. Cenchris. c. Trigonocephalus. d. Bothrops. Trimesurus. S Tropidolaemus. Atropos. Megara. S e. Lachesis. Fam. 2. Viperidee. 6. a. Cerastes. Echis. b. Daboia. S Clotho. c. Sepedon. d. Pelias. ‘ Vipera. e. Acanthophis. B. Innocua. Fam.3 .Calubridcs. 7 & 8. a. Coronella. Lycodon. Herpetodryas. Coluber. Psammophis. Tropidonotus. Heterodon. b. Calamaria. Rhinostoma. Elaps. g/ . . n~ 42 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. Bungarus. Platura. e. Xaja. Hamadryas, Cantor . Xenodon. c?. Dendrophis. Dryophis. Langaha. Telescopus. Bucephala. , c. Dipsas. Fam. 4. Boidcs . 13. a. Boa. Eunectes, Wagler. Epicrates, Wagler . Xiphosoma. b . Python. Liasis, Gray c. Gongylophis. Eryx. Clothonia. <£» Ilysia. Cylindrophis. Fam. 5. Hydride. 13. a . Pelamis. Lapemis, Gray.^ b. Hydros. Liopala, Gray Aturia, Gray. ^ Hydrophis. c. Acrochordus. Chersydrus. Erpeton. Bitia, Gray.sS* d . Homalopsis. Ilelicops. Hydrops. Hypsirina. Sect. 11. Cata- PHRACTA. Ord. III. Cheloxia. Fam.l. Testudinldce . 1. Testudo, Linn . Chersina. Kinyxis, Bell. Pyxis, Bell . Fam. 2. Emydce . 4. a. Geoemyda. Emys. Cyclemys. Malaclemys. Cistuda. c. Kinosternon. Staurotypus. e?. Chelydra. e. Platysternon. Fam. 3. Chelydce. 2. Sternotherus. Chelodina. Hydraspis. Chelys. Fam. 4. Trionycidce. Trionyx. Emyda. Fam. 5. Cheloniadtz. Sphargis. Chelonia. Order IV. Emydo- sauri. 1 & 2. Fam. CrocodilidcE . Gavialis. Crocodilus. Alligator. Caiman. Order V. Amfhis- b^enia. 1. Fam. 1. Trogonophidte. Trogonophis, Kaup . Fam. 2. ChiroiidcE. Chirotes, Dumeril. Fam.3. AmphisbcenadcE. a . Amphisbaena, Lm?i. Anops, Bell. Blanus, Wagler. b> Lepidosternon, Wagler. Cephalopeltis, Mul¬ ler. The Cases 14 and 15, between the windows, and the Table Cases, contain dry specimens of Crocodiles and Tortoises ; as the Indian and African Crocodiles, and the Gavial, or Long-beaked Crocodile of the Ganges. A series of Tortoises, arranged after the same order as the specimens in spirits in Case No. 1. Among them are the Serpentine Tortoises ( Testudo serpentina), which unite with the form of the Tortoises several of the cha¬ racters of the Crocodiles, as the large head, and the long tail with elevated ridges ; also species of Land Tor¬ toises, as the Indian Tortoise ( Testudo indica ) and the Kadiated Tortoise ( Testudo radiala) ; the American Box Tortoise ( Testudo clausa) ; many species of Terrapin (Emys) from America and India ; some very young Tur- NATURAL II I STORY-. ROOM XI.] 43 ties ( Chelonid ) ; and the head of a very large specimen, from the Indian Ocean. In one of the Windows are placed some large specimens of Snakes, as the Indian Rock Snake ( Python ), a large Rattle-Snake ( Crotalus ), the Mourning Snake ( Coluber pidlatus) and the Crimson-sided Snake ( Coluber por - pliyriacus) : in the other is a specimen and a skeleton of the Rock Snake, (Python boczformis). On the wall, between the windows, are the horns of some species of Rhinoceros, and round the Room, over the Cases, are suspended a series of the horns of various species of Deer ( Cervus ), as the Elk, the Roe-buck, the Virginian and Mexican Deer, the Rein-Deer, the Indian Deer ( Cer¬ vus kippelapkus), and its varieties ; the common Stag and the Wapiti. On the top of the Cases are the Skulls of a Rhinoceros from India, two Giraffes, a Babirousa, and of several species of Dolphin ( Delpliinus ). The elephant’s tusks presented by H. R. H. the Duke of Sussex, originally placed over the Case on the south side of the room, have been adapted to the skeleton in the centre of the room, in order to replace the original tusks, which had been sawn off near their insertion into the skull. The basal portions of the tusks which remained in the head are placed on the mantel-piece, on the east side of this apartment. The Skeleton of the Elephant was presented to the British Museum by General Sir Jasper Nicolls, and Ma¬ jor-General Hardwicke. It is from India. With it is the Skeleton of the Virginian Deer, presented by the Earl of Derby, and another of the Arctic Wolf, presented by Richard King, Esq. ELEVENTH ROOM. This Room contains the collection of Fish. The upright Cases round the Room, No. 24 and Nos. 1 — 8, contain the series of dried Fish. Cases 24, I and 2 contain the Acanthopterygian Fishes, or those which have spinous inarticulated rays to the dorsal fins. In Case 24 are the Perch tribe, ( Percidce ,) most of which as the Common and Sea Perch, have the ventral fins placed on the thorax, before the pectoral. All these have seven 44 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. branchiostegous rays. Others ( Cirrhites ) have less than seven; and some few ( Holocentrum , Trachichthys) have more. The Weavers, or Otter-Pike, ( Trackini ,) and the Star-gazer ( Uranoscopus ), have the ventral fins just be¬ hind the pectoral. The Paradise Fish ( Polynemus ) and the Mullet ( Mullus ) have the ventral fins placed on the hinder part of the body. The Gurnards ( Triglidce) are distinguished from the other Percoid Fish, by the bones of the face being very large, so as to cover the cheeks. Some of these have the pectoral fins so large, that the fish can support themselves for some time in the air, and are therefore called Flying Gurnards ( Dactyloptera ). Cases 1 and 2. The Scienoid and the Sparoid Fish differ from the Perches, in the palate being without teeth. Some of these, as the Sargi ( Sargus ), have large teeth on the side of the jaw ( Ckrysophrys and Dentex). The Msenoid Fish differ from those of the two former families, by the jaw's being protractile and retractile. The Chaetodons ( Chcetodontince ) are known by their com¬ pressed form, and by their dorsal, and often their other fins being covered with scales like the rest of the body. The teeth are usually very small and numerous, resembling bristles, from whence the name. The common Chaetodons ( Chcetodon ) have their opercular bones finely ciliated, while the horny Chaetodons have the lower part of the operculum ending in a large spine. These fish are very numerous on the rocky shores of the seas of warm climates. They are generally beautifully and variously coloured, and good for food ; many are rejected from prejudice. The Sea Bream ( Brama ) has many of the characters of the Chaetodons, except that the palate is not toothed. The Scomberoid Fish ( Scomberidce ) have a smooth skin covered with a multitude of small scales, and a large caudal fin. They are much used as food, and afford great employ¬ ment to the fishermen. The Mackrel ( Scomber ) has two dorsal fins : the hinder rays of the posterior are separated from each other, forming, as it were, a series of small fins, as in the common Mackrel ( Scomber scombus ). Some of the species have a ridge of cartilaginous spines on the side of the tail. The Sword Fish ( Xiphias ) is very like the Tunny, but the front part of its upper jaw is produced into a long NATURAL HISTORY. 45 ROOM XI.] beak; with which it attacks the larger sea animals. It swims with excessive rapidity, and its fiesh is much praised. The common Sword Fish ( Xiphias gladius ) has no ventral fins. The Flying Sword Fish ( Notistium ) has distinct ventral fins, and the dorsal very high and long, which enables it to swim with such velocity that it can drive its beak through the stout oak planking of a ship. A fine specimen of this fish is in a Case over the Fire-place, and by the side of it a piece of oak plank pierced by the beak of a larger fish of this species. The fish itself is very rare, yet several well recorded instances of similar occurrences are known. In many genera of the Scomberoid family, the spines, which in most fishes support the front dorsal fin, instead of being united together, are separate and free. This is the case with the Pilot Fish ( Gasterostcus duclor), and the Lichia {Scombei' glaucus). The next family of spinous fishes, the Teenioids ( Ccepo - lidce,) resemble the Scombers in general appearance, but their bodies are very long and compressed on the sides, from whence they are called Riband Fish. One of these, the Garter Fish (. Lepidopus ), has the mouth long, and well armed with teeth, and the ventral fins reduced to small scales. This is the Zipotheca ieiradens of Colonel Montague, who found it on the English coast. The Riband Fish ( Cepola ) differs in having a small oblique mouth and short muzzle, with the dorsal and anal fin united into a point at the tail. Over the Mantel-piece is also another fish of this family (Zo- photes), from the Mediterranean ; its short head is sur¬ mounted by an elevated bony crest, from the top of which springs a long spinous ray, fringed behind by a broad mem¬ brane, and having the appearance of a feather. The family of Theutides ( Theutidce ) combine with the small scales of the Scomberoid Fish the form and small mouth of the Chsetodon, but are furnished with a single row of teeth with cutting edges, and their fins are not scaly. They live on fuci and other marine vegetables. Several of the genera have sharp, retractile spines on the sides of the tail, which when drawn back are received in a groove, and from the wound they inflict they are often called Lancet Fish, or Surgeons. The Monoceros ( Naseus ) has the spines on the sides of the tail fixed and blunt, and the front part of the head produced into a horn. 46 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. The Sea Mullets ( Mugilidce ), from the peculiarity of their form, have been separated into a distinct family, character¬ ized by having two dorsal fins, large scales, and a very broad hat head. The JBlennies ( Blenniidce ) differ from the other spinous fishes, in their skin being slimy, from whence their name, and from the spines of their dorsal fin being very thin and flexible, but not jointed as in all the soft finned fishes. Many species of this family are viviparous. The Wolf Fish ( Anarrhichas) differs from the other Blennies by the jaws and palate being armed with large tubercular teeth, to which the fossil Bufonites were formerly referred. The gall of this fish is used as soap by the Icelanders, who compare its flesh to that of the eeL The Anglers ( Lopliius ) have the bones of the carpus or wrist elongated, so that the pectoral fin appears to be placed on an arm. Their skeleton is very soft, nearly cartilaginous, and their skin destitute of scales. They are very vora¬ cious, and from the small size of the opening of the gills, can live a long time out of the water. The common An¬ gler ( Lophius piscatorius) has an enormous, flattened head, forming the chief bulk of the fish, and a tail so compressed on each side that the creature seems composed of little else than head and tail. On the former, before the eyes, are two long rays, or filaments, of a horny substance, and four others, of a similar nature, blit shorter, on the back, and the lower jaw is furnished with numerous vermicular ap¬ pendages, or tentacula. This animal, according to Bloch, conceals itself amongst marine plants, or behind hillocks of sand, rocks and stones, when it opens its great mouth, and attracts the fish as they swim by, by wriggling the long filaments on its head, which they mistake for -worms, and attempting to seize them, fall an easy prey to their voracious and subtle enemy. The hideous appearance of its monstrous, and almost constantly open mouth, well armed with teeth, has probably gained for the Angler the vulgar name of Sea Devil. The Hand Fish ( Clxironectes ) has a compressed head and body, a smaller mouth, and the first dorsal fin placed between the eyes. The first ray of that fin is often free, and terminates in a series of small tentacula which the fish uses as a bait for taking its prey, after the manner of the Angler. It has the faculty of in- NATURAL HISTORY. 47 ROOM XI.] flating its large stomach with air and giving itself the form of a balloon,, like several of the Gymnodontes ; and by means of its pedicelled pectoral fins can crawl on land ; it can exist two or three days out of the water. The Beaked Angler ( Malthe ) has its head flattened,, and the muzzle produced into a short horn. The Labroid fish ( Labridce ), Cases 3 and 4, so called from the large size of the fleshy lips which cover their teeth, have the general form of the Percoid, the body being covered with large scales, and having only a single dorsal fin, which is spinous in front. Their colours are generally exceed¬ ingly brilliant, and from usually living on rocky shores they are commonly called Rock Fish. The Parrot Fish ( Scarus ) is peculiar in this family, for the bones of the jaws being very large, and convex externally. The jaws are covered on the front part with teeth placed one over the other like scales ; and as fast as those at the edge are worn away, they are succeeded by a new set. The last family of the Acanthopterygians are the tubu- lar*mouthed fishes, so called from the mouth being elon¬ gated into a tube. It consists of only two genera, distin¬ guished by the shape of the body, wrhich in the Tobacco- pipe Fish ( Fistularia ) is cylindrical, and in the Sea Snipes ( Centriscus ) compressed. The Malacopterygians, or soft-finned fish, which form the second division of this Class, are characterized by all the rays of the fins (except the first of the dorsal and pectoral fins) being soft, jointed, and usually divided at the end into several branches. This division has been separated into orders, according to the position of the ventral fin. Those of the first group, containing most of the fresh water fish, have the ventral fins situated behind the pec¬ torals. The first family ( Cyprinidce ) have a small mouth, feeble and generally toothless jaws, whose margin is formed by the intermaxillary bones ; a strongly-toothed pharynx, and a soft, false fin on the back, but no adipose dorsal fin. These fish mostly feed on water-plants. Amongst them are the Carp ( Cyprians carpio), Tench (Cyprinus tinea). Bream [Cypt'inus brcima). Barbel ( Cyprinua barbus ), Loach ( Cobitis ), and the Anableps, which is peculiar for the eye 48 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. being divided across, so that it appears to have four eyes, similar to the Gyrini among the water-insects. The fe¬ male is viviparous. The family of Pikes ( Esocidce ), also are without any adipose dorsal fin. and the upper jaws are edged by the intermaxillaries. In most of the genera, the dorsal fin is placed opposite the anal. They are generally voracious, and prey on smaller fish. In many of these the jaws and palate are full of teeth, as in the common pike (Esox lucius) ; in others, as the Gar-Fish ( Esox helone ), the jaws are slender, and very much elongated. In one genus, the Half-Beak ( Hemi - ramphus;, the lower jaw alone is elongated and the mouth oblique, and placed at its base. The Flying-Fish ( Exocetus ) belong to this family ; they inhabit the seas of warm and temperate climates, and are peculiar for the great length of the pectoral fins, which enables them to suspend themselves in the air as long as the fins continue moist. On leaving the w^ater, to escape from the pursuit of their enemies in that element, they often become the prey of birds which are continually on the w atch to attack them. The Mormyri ( Mormyrus ) are fresh water fish of Africa, which have a small mouth, and the gill-flap hid under the skin. The Siluroid Fish ( Siluridce ) have a naked skin, in which large bony plates are frequently imbedded. They have often an adipose dorsal fin, and their intermaxillaries form the margin of the upper jaw, their maxillaries being reduced to mere vestiges, or elongated into little beards. Many of these have the first ray of the pectoral fin very strong and bony, and the animal has the power of fixing it immoveably, so that it forms a dangerous weapon, and the wound inflicted by it is said to be venomous ; but this, perhaps, greatly depends on the liability of persons in warm climates to tetanus or locked jaw from penetrating wounds. They live chiefly on vegetable food, especially seeds. Their flesh is very fat, and much used as food; but that of some species, as the Shals { Synodontes ) of Senegal, is reputed to be dangerous. The skin of some of the genera, as the Callichtes ( Callichtes ), is covered with four rows of large imbricated scales, which protect the body, like scale-armour; and others, as the Loricaria NATURAL HISTORY. 49 ROOM XI. ] ( Loricarice ), have the body entirely covered with a hard coat, formed of angular scales. The Salmons ( Salmonidce ) have, like most of the Siluriy an adipose, hinder dorsal fin, but the body is covered with regular scales. They principally ascend rivers to spawn. They are voracious, and prey on insects and small animals. This family has been divided into several genera, according to the form and presence of the teeth, and the position of the fins. The Herrings ( Clupeidce ), Cases 5 and 6, have a scaly body like the Salmons, but no adipose dorsal fin, and their upper jaw is formed in the middle b}^ the inter¬ maxillary, and on the sides by the maxillary bones. With the Herrings are placed the Bony Pike ( Lepisos - teus), which has many of the characters of the Pike, with the structure of the head of the Herring. The body is covered with a case formed of very hard square scales, and the two outer rays of the tail and of the other fins, are fringed with similar scales. They live in the warm parts of South America, and afford good food. The second division of this order contains those fishes whose ventral fins lie immediately under the pectorals. It contains three families, distinguished by the shape of the body. The Cod-Fish ( Gadidce ) have a lance-shaped body, covered with small scales. The head is without scales, and the back has generally two or three dorsal fins ; the ventral fins are always slender. They generally live in the seas of cold and temperate climates, and by their abundance are important as objects of commerce. They are divided into several genera, according to the number of the fins. The true Cod (. Morrhua ) has three dorsal fins and a small beard; the Coal-Fish (. Merlangus ) has also three dorsal fins, but no beard ; while the Stock-Fish (. Merluccias ) has only two dorsal and one anal fin. The Ling {Lota) differs from the latter in having a beard, while the Torsk (Brosmius) has only a single long dorsal fin. The Flat-Fish {Fleur onectidce) are peculiar amongst all the vertebrated animals, in having both eyes placed on one side of the head, which side is always uppermost when the fish swims, and strongly coloured, whilst the other is D 50 NATURAL HISTORY. |jJPPER FLOOR. white. The body is compressed, fringed above by a long dorsal, and below by an anal fin. They live constantly in shallow water, near the shore. They are liable to varieties ; sometimes both the upper and under side are dark-coloured, and at others both are pale rosy white. When both the sides are brown, the fins are interrupted over the forehead, and the eyes are placed one on each side of the head of the fish. These fish have been divided into several genera, according to the length of the dorsal, and the distinctness of the pectoral fins. Some, as the Zebra Sole ( Plagusia ), are entirely without pectoral fins, and have the anal, caudal, and dorsal united into one. The third family of this division are the Suckers ( Cy - clopteridce ), so called from the pectoral fins being united together into a disc, by which they attach themselves to marine bodies. Their skin is slimy and naked, or with hard grains embedded in it. The pectoral fins are large. They live in shallow water, near coasts, and swim with great vivacity. The Remorse ( Echeneisidce ) form the last family of the soft-finned, subbrachian fishes. They are known by the top of the head being flattened, and furnished with trans¬ verse series of cartilaginous plates, (somewhat similar to the plates under the toes of the Gecko,) by which these fish attach themselves to ships, rocks, and marine bodies. The second group of soft-finned fish consists of those which have no ventral fins (Apoda). The first family of these are the Eels ( Murcenidce ), which have a long slender body, covered with small scales sunk into a thick slimy skin. Their gill-flaps are small, surrounded by the gill- rays, and covered with the skin, leaving merely a small tubular opening for the emission of the water. This struc¬ ture enables the fish to live a long time out of water. They have been divided into several genera, according to the teeth and the proportion of the fins. In most of the species, the dorsal and anal fins are long and united toge¬ ther ; in others they are short and quite separate ( Morin - gua) ; and in some they are entirely wanting. In one genus ( Synbranchus ), the gill-flaps only open by a single aperture in the under side of the neck. The Ophidium ( Ophidium ) is very like the Eel, but its body is more compressed, and the gill-flap, formed as in the ROOM XI.] NATURAL HISTORY. 51 generality of fish, has a wide opening beneath. The rays of the dorsal fin are simple. The Gymnoti ( Gymnotidce ) have the gill-flap covered with a membrane like, the Eels ; but this membrane is open behind the pectoral fins. These fishes have no dorsal, but a long anal fin. In some the body is eel-shaped and naked, as in the electric Gymnotus ( Gymnotus electricus ). In the Carapi ( Carapi ) the body is compressed and covered with scales. The Gymnarchi ( Gymnarchi ) differ from the Ca¬ rapi, merely in having a long dorsal, and no anal fin. The Morris ( Leptocephalus ) is very peculiar for the exceeding thinness of its body, which resembles a riband, and is nearly as transparent as glass ; its fins are scarcely visible, and its intestines occupy a very narrow line along the lower edge of the body. The Launces ( Ammodytes ) have elongated, compressed bodies, covered with scales placed in oblique transverse series, and the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins separate from each other. The jaws are acute and extensile : they bury themselves in the sand, and live on the worms which they find in it. The Pipe Fish ( Syngnathidce ) form the next group. They have the jaws, and the fibrous bony skeleton of other fishes, but their gills are divided into little tufts, placed by pairs on the bony branchial arches, instead o* being formed of regular pectinated plates. Their body is also covered with shields, which give it an angular appear¬ ance. In the true Pipe Fish ( Syngnathus ) the mouth is situated at the end of a tubular beak. The eggs, which are always carried by the male fish, are in some spe¬ cies hatched in a sort of bag, formed by a puffing up of the skin under the abdomen, or at the base of the tail, which splits asunder to allow the escape of the young. Many of the species are straight, but some contract after death, so as to form a grotesque resemblance to a horse in miniature, whence they are called Sea Horses ( Hippocampi ). The Pegasi (Pegasus) differ from them by the mouth being placed at the base of a prominent muzzle. The ventral fin of some of the species of this genus is very large and ex¬ panded, whence their name. The following fishes differ from all the former by the jaws being formed of the maxillary and intermaxillary d 2 52 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. bones united together into one body ; and by the palatine arch being connected with the cranium by a suture, and con¬ sequently immoveable. Their skeleton is soft, but fibrous. Cases 7 and 8. The first of these, the Gymnodontes, have the jaws shaped like the beak of a parrot, and com¬ posed of parallel laminae united together. They live on Crustacea, shells, and sea-weeds, and their flesh, which has usually a musky odour, is said to be deleterious at particular seasons. Several of these fishes have the faculty of dilating their stomach with air, giving the body the appearance of a balloon. When this takes place they float along the surface of the water, in an inverted position. The Diodons ( Diodon ) have both jaws undivided, and the skin armed with large spines. The skin of some species of this genus is said to be used as a kind of helmet by the natives of the north-west coast of America. The Tetrodons ( Tetraodori ), have the jaws divided in the centre by a perpendicular suture, and the skin covered with small, slightly prominent spines. The Triodons ( Triodon ), have the skin of the Tetrodons, but the upper jaw alone is divided, so that they appear to have three teeth. The Moon Fishes, or Moke ( Orthagoriscus ), have the same kind of jaws as the Diodons, but the body is com¬ pressed and without spines, and not susceptible of being inflated, and the tail is so short and high, that they have the appearance of being merely the head of a larger fish. The File Fishes ( Bolistidce ) have their jaws armed with a small number of distinct teeth ; their skin is hard, and their head produced, ending in a small mouth. They are divided into several genera, according to the structure of their outer covering. The true File Fish ( Balistes ) has a compressed body, covered with hard scales, and the first dorsal fin has spinous rays ; its colours are brilliant, but its flesh is said to be unwholesome. It is chiefly found in the Torrid Zone, living upon sea¬ weeds. Others, as the Unicorn File Fish ( Monacantlius ), have the skin covered with small, hairy scales, and the first dorsal fin has only one spine. The Three-spined File Fish ( Triacanthus ) has a silvery skin covered with small scales, and a ventral fin, consisting of a single spine, on each side. The Trunk Fish ( Ostracion ) has the same elongated ROOM XI.] NATURAL HISTORY. 53 form as the Three-spined File Fish, and the body covered with an inflexible case,, formed of regular bony compart¬ ments. It has a very large liver, which yields a con¬ siderable quantity of oil, but very little flesh. The body is often armed with spines, and according to its form, and the position of the latter, the species have been distinguished. The cartilaginous fishes are entirely without any maxil¬ lary or intermaxillary bones, their teeth being inserted on the palate and vomer. Their skeleton is essentially carti¬ laginous, the calcareous matter being deposited in the cartilage, in a granular form, and not in threads or fila¬ ments ; their skull is composed of a single piece, without any suture. The Sturgeons ( Acipenser ) have the gill- flap open like the other fishes. Their body is protected by bony plates implanted in the skin, and arranged in longitudinal rows ; their mouth is small, destitute of teeth, and placed at the base of an elongated muzzle. They ascend large rivers to spawn, and furnish one of the most profitable fisheries. Their flesh is excellent ; their roe, dried and salted, forms caviare, and their swimming bladder, merely washed and dried, is the common isinglass of commerce. The Spatularise ( Volyodon ) have a free gill-flap, like the Sturgeons, but their beak is long and spatula-shaped, and the mouth large and armed with teeth. The Chimeras ( Chimcera ) have great affinity to the Sharks both in external form and the position of their fins, but their gill-cavity opens externally by a single hole on each side, and is covered by the rudiments of a gill-flap. Between their eyes they have a fleshy process ending in a group of small spines. They lay very large eggs, with a coriaceous shell, of an ovate-lanceolate shape. All the other cartilaginous fishes have their gills ad¬ herent to the outer side of the gill- cavity, allowing the water to escape through a series of holes between each gill. In most of these, as the Sharks and Rays ( Squalidce ), the gills are laminar. The fish are furnished with large pectoral and ventral fins ; and the mouth, which is usually placed under the end of the muzzle, is armed with teeth. The Sharks ( Squalus ) are distinguished by their elon- 54 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR. gated form, and large, fleshy tail, and by the gill aperture being placed on the side of the neck. Many of them are viviparous ; others produce eggs inclosed in a hard, horny shell. They have been divided into several genera, ac¬ cording to the form of the nostrils, the position of the fins, and the absence or presence of the aperture behind the eyes. Some, as the Cestracions and Spine Sharks, have a large bony spine in the front of the dorsal fin. The Hammer-headed Shark ( Zygoenci ) is peculiar for the head being flattened, truncated in front, and extended horizontally on the sides, so as to resemble a hammer. The Sea Angels ( Squatina ) have a depressed body, and the mouth placed at the end, and not beneath the muzzle. The Saw Fishes ( Pristis ) have with the long body of the sharks, the branchial opening below, and the muzzle pro¬ duced into a long blade armed on the sides with implanted bony spines. This instrument, whence they derive their name, is so powerful, that they do not fear to attack the largest cetaceous animals. The Rays ( Raiidce ) are known by their flattened bodies, by their large fleshy and expanded pectoral fins, united in front to the muzzle, and behind to the ventral fin and the spine. The mouth of most of them is armed with tuber¬ cular teeth placed in close quincunx order on the maxillae. Their eggs have a brown coriaceous shell, of a qua¬ drangular form, with the angles prolonged into points. The tail of some, as the Rhinobates (Rhinobatus) and Rhina (R liina), is thick, like those of the sharks ; in others, as the true Ray ( Raia ), it is slender, and often armed by small spines. In the Sting Ray ( Trygori) it is very long and slender, and armed with a long bony spine, serrated on both its edges. The teeth and caudal spines of these fishes are often found in a fossil state, when the former have been called palates. The Sea Eagles ( Myliobatis ) have a long tail like the Sting Rays, but their pectoral fins are very broad, so that they in some measure resemble a bird of prey with its wings extended. The teeth of the Sea Eagle are large flat plates, arranged in a tessellated form. The Cephalopterae ( Cepkaloptera ) very much resemble the Sea Eagles, but their head is truncated in front, and NATURAL HISTORY » 55 ROOM XI.] the anterior edge of the pectoral fin expanded like two horns. The Electric Ray ( Torpedo ) is peculiar for its fiddle¬ shaped body. The last family of fishes is that of the Lampreys ( Petro - myzulce), whose skeleton is the most imperfect of all the vertebrated animals. Their body is long, slender, and cylindrical, ending in a circular mouth, and destitute of pectoral and ventral fins. The true Lamprey ( Petromyzon ) has seven branchial openings, whence their vulgar name Seven Eyes, and the skin under the tail forms a kind of fin. Their mouth is armed with teeth. The Gastrobranchus ( Gastrobranchus) differs from the Lamprey, by the tongue only being armed with teeth, like the Lobworms. These animals emit such a quantity of mucus through the pores of the lateral lines, that it con¬ verts the water in which it is placed into a jelly. Cases No. 9 — 23 contain Fishes preserved in spirits. The Table Case in the centre of the room contains a collection of dried fishes, arranged as those in the Wall Cases. On the Walls over the Cases round the Room, are placed a series of the horns of mammalia belonging to the family Bovidae. Amongst them are The Arnee (Bos Arne) of India ; the African Buffalo ; the Gour (Bos Gour) of India ; the Musk Ox ( Bos mos - chatus ), and some Horns of domestic cattle. Amongst the latter is a pair of horns of the African Ox of very large size, but exceedingly light, the core being very cellular ; the Ibex (Capra Ibex), from Egypt; the Wild Goat; the Jemlah Goat ; varieties of Sheep, especially the Four Horned Sheep: the Koba ( Antilope Senegalensis ), from the interior of Africa ; the Gazelle (Antilope Dorcas ) ; Indian Antelope (Antilope Cervicapra ); Saiga (Antilope Saiga) ; Impoofo; Caffrarian Oryx ; Roan Antelope ; Blue¬ faced Antelope ; White-faced Antelope, &c. Between the Windows are the Spike of a large Saw- Fish, and a large Rhinobate, from India ; and, on the sides of the Door, a Shark, and a large specimen of a Torpedo, found on the coast of England. Over the Cases 9 — 12, on the right hand of the fire¬ place, is a fine specimen of the Tetrapturus Herschellii, 56 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL. Gray, from the Cape of Good Hope. The Tetrapturi differ from the Common Sword Fish ( Xipkias ) by having ventral fins, and two small crests, parallel to one another, on each side of the tail ; whilst the Xiphiae have no ventral fin, and only one caudal crest. Over the door is a specimen of the Pirarucu (Sndis gigas , Cuv.), from the rivers of British Guiana. TWELFTH AND THIRTEENTH ROOMS. The first of these Apartments, till lately, held the Col¬ lections of British Birds and British Shells, with a small assemblage of Birds5 Eggs. These have been removed, and with the general collection of Birds and Shells, which filled the Thirteenth Boom, are now in progress of re¬ arrangement in the Eastern Zoological Gallery. The Thirteenth Boom being closed for repairs, Visitors, previous to arriving at the remainder of the Zoological Collection, are obliged, for the present, to return to the Hall and pass through the Gallery of Antiquities. NOBTHEBN ZOOLOGICAL GALLEBY. ROOM I. The Table Cases contain the Sponges and Coral¬ lines, which have but a very doubtful claim to be re¬ garded as belonging to the animal kingdom. The Sponges, Tables 1 — 6, resemble the Corals in various particulars, but their animal nature is not distinctly made out ; those found in collections are merely the skele¬ tons of the living mass, entirely destitute of the gelatinous portion which constitutes the animal, if it be really of that nature. Some naturalists have considered these skeletons, or Sponges, as analogous to the stems of Antipathes , or Black Coral, and consequently to the axes of zoophytes ; and have fancied that, when alive, they were covered, like the Antipathes , with a perishable crust, consisting of the dried polypes. But recent observations on them in their living state have not verified this theory; for they have been found to be entirely destitute of any polypi, to be mere living masses, covered with a gelatinous coat, and absorbing water through the small pores spread over their surface, and emitting it hy the larger scattered holes called oscula; and though the fibres of many of the ROOM II.] NATURAL HISTORY. 57 sponges greatly resemble the axes of the Gorgonice , in their chemical composition and organic structure, they nevertheless cannot be confidently pronounced to belong to the animal, rather than to the vegetable kingdom. In some, the skeleton, which alone can be shewn in the dry state, consists of a horny fibre, ( Spongia ,) in others it is formed of interwoven calcareous spicula, which greatly vary in their shape. In a few the spicula are formed of pure flint, and of sufficient hardness to scratch glass. The Tetliya , (Table 7,) differs from the sponges with siliceous spicula in being more or less globular, with all the spicula radiating from the centre, and in its outer surface being covered with a crust formed of minute calcareous globules. Table Case, No. 8, contains the Corallines, which were formerly considered as animals, and are now generally regarded as sea- weeds, differing from most of them in having a large quantity of calcareous matter in their composition. Many of them are furnished with small tubercles similar to the organs of fructification of Fuel and Marine Con - fervee, and are destitute of those cells on the surface which are always found in the corals. M. De Blainville has formed them into a group under the name of Pseudozoa, or false animals. Some are articu¬ lated, as Cor a lima, Jania, &c. ; others are frondose, as Flabellaria, and marked with the zones of growth ; their edge is generally very thin and reflexed, until they are hardened by the deposition of the calcareous particles in their substance. Others have a head formed, as in Peni - cillns , of a tuft of fibres, which are sometimes united into an umbrella-like head, asi n Acetabular ia ; and one ( Nullipara , Lam.) is hard and stony, forming crusts, or variously shaped lobes or branches, on stones, shells and other marine bodies. ROOM II. The Table Cases in the Second and Third Rooms con¬ tain the collection of Radiated Animals, ( Centronics , Pallas,) so called from all the parts of their body and members being disposed in a radiated form, which often gives them the shape of the flowers of plants. The pores of the skin of some kinds, and the whole of d 3 58 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL, the cellular substance of others, is often so filled with calcareous matter, as to leave, when the animal is dead or removed, a hard case or a stony coral ; the latter often representing, in a very perfect manner, all the more import¬ ant characters of the animal. It is the hard parts or skeletons, as they may be called, of these animals, which alone can be shewn with any effect in collections, but whenever it is possible they should be studied in connec¬ tion with the animals which form them, as the animal alone affords the proper characters for their classification, and the study of the animal and coral together, enables the student to understand, in other cases, by the exa¬ mination of the coral alone, what was the probable structure of the animal that formed it. The Table Cases oe the Second Room contain the hard parts of the Echinodermata, so called from their body being covered with a hard coat formed of variously shaped calcareous pieces imbedded in the surface of the skin. These pieces are formed by the earthy particles being deposited round certain definite spots in the skin, and as they are developed, they assume a definite arrangement into certain distinct shapes peculiar to the different kinds ; although these are strongly united to¬ gether by the skin, and have a kind of organization dur¬ ing the life of the animal, they may easily be separated from each other after death, and then appear likeseparate bones. This structure allows the animal to increase both the size and the number of the pieces that compose its protect¬ ing case as the body grows, and also to repair, by the deposition of fresh calcareous particles on the skin of the healed part, any injury which the animal may have re¬ ceived from external accidents during its life. (See such a specimen, Case 3.) They are all marine, and live on animal food. The free kinds move about with their mouths beneath, and the attached ones are affixed by their backs with their mouth above, to enable their limbs to bring the food within its reach. The First Class, Ditremata, have a distinct di¬ gestive canal, furnished with a mouth and vent, contain¬ ing the Echinida and Holothurida. The Echinida or Sea Eggs; (Cases Nos. 1 to 10 ;) ROOM II.] NATURAL HISTORY. 59 these are covered with a hard case, formed of 40 perpendicular bands of square or six-sided pieces, sunk in the substance of the skin, and furnished externally with numerous spines, affixed by muscles on hemisphe¬ rical tubercles, which allow the spines to move in all di¬ rections, protecting the animals from their enemies and enabling them to bury themselves in the sand on the shore when they are left by the retiring tide. These spines easily fail off when the animal is dead, and the greater part of the specimens exhibited are desti¬ tute of them. Ten pairs of the 40 bands of pieces of which the cases are formed, alternating with the ten other pairs, are pierced with minute double pores, through which are sent out small filaments with dilated ends, which enable the animals to anchor themselves to marine bodies. These animals have two separate openings to their diges¬ tive canal. The more spherical kinds have the mouth and vent placed opposite one another, in the centre of the upper and lower surfaces, with the bands of pores (or ambulacra , as they are called, from their fancied resemblance to the walks in a garden) extending in five pairs of lines from the one to the other ; the mouth is armed with very complicated jaws, furnished with five rather projecting teeth. (See Case 3.) These shells are generally covered with large spines. The Diadems ( Cidaridce ), Case 1, have the tubercles on which the spines are affixed pierced with a central pit, and the Echinidce (Cases 2 to 6) have, on the contrary, simple rounded tubercles. The spines of most of the species of this family are equal-sized, but in some, especially such as are of an oblong shape, as Echinometra lucunter , the spines are large and club- shaped, and in others, as E. atratay they are very short and truncated, forming, in the mass, a smooth surface somewhat resembling a tessellated pavement. These animals are much sought after as food during the latter part of the summer, at which time they are almost filled with eggs. The other Echinida have the vent placed on the side of the body. The Scutellidce (Cases 7, 8) have the rounded mouth in or near the centre of the under side. Their shell is 60 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL. covered with very minute equal-sized spines, and the pores form arched series like the petals of a flower, on the middle of the back. Their jaws are complicated, triangular, inclosed, and formed for crushing the food. The shells of these animals are strengthened by columns of calcareous matter which are deposited in the cavi¬ ties between the folds of the internal organs. Some species are convex, as Echinanthus , but they are mostly very flat and depressed, as the Scutella . Many of the latter are pierced with holes in the disk, or are lobed on the edge. The Galeritidce (Case 9) resemble the former fa¬ mily in the position of the mouth and vent, and in being covered with very small spines, but the lines of pores ex¬ tend from the middle of the back to the mouth ; they are sometimes interrupted at the margin, but then they are to be seen again forming five distinct petal-like impressions on the under side near the edge of the mouth. The cavity of the shell is simple, and their jaws are small or only rudimentary. Only a few kinds are now found in a recent state, but the extinct species are very numerous, forming several very distinct genera. The vent in some of these is above the hinder margin, hut it is never in the middle of the back. The family of Spatangidce (Cases 9, 10,) differ from all the others in the mouth being transverse, and more or less in front of the middle of the under side of the sheik They are destitute of jaws ; the series of pores are ge¬ nerally interrupted, but they form petal -like rows, both on the back and near the mouth. The shell is generally heart-shaped, with a groove from the crown to the mouth in front, and they are sometimes furnished with long slender as well as the usual small short spines. The cases or shells of these animals are formed of the same number of bands as the other Sea Eggs, but the bands are of unequal breadth, as is sometimes the case with deformed specimens of the hemispherical Echini . (See specimen in Case 2.) The Holothurida or Sea Cucumbers have many characters in common with the Echinidce , but their skin is only hardened with irregular scale-like or oblong bones ; their mouth is in general surrounded with 5 or 10 plu- ROOM II.] NATURAL HISTORY. 61 0 mose appendages. Most of them are furnished with rows of pores similar to. and for the same purpose as, the ambulacra of the Echinidse ; in some, as the Holo- tharia , they form regular lines from the mouth to the vent ; in others, as the Cuvieria , (Case 10,) they are all crowded on the under surface of the body, which is in general flat. The $iphiinculid(zhdL\e many characters in common with those animals, but they are destitute of any ambulacra. The Holothuridcs and Siphimculidce are eaten ; the Trepang , a common name of the various species of the former genus, is much sought after by the Chinese to flavour their soup. Also see the specimens of this order in Room VII. The Hypostomata, (Cases 11 to 24,) differ from the former class in the body being expanded into rays or lobed, and in having a bag-like stomach, with only a single aperture through which the food is received, and the indigestible part rejected. It contains the Asteroida and Ophiurida . The true Star-Fishes, or Asteroida, (Cases 1 1 to 18,) have the body expanded into arms of the same structure as itself, and the under sides of the arms are marked with grooves radiating from the centre, pierced with two or four rows of holes, through which are emitted filaments with expanded tips, which the animal uses in locomotion, and they have a wart on the back, the use of which is unknown. The Asterice differ greatly from one another both in texture and form. Most of the species have five rays, but varieties are sometimes met with which have only four rays, one of which is in Case 17. Some species have eight, others nine, and others again from twelve to thirty rays. Most of the species have the faculty of reproducing the arms, or such parts of them as may be accidentally broken off; and if an entire arm be separated, provided a part of the body be attached to it, other arms are repro¬ duced, and a fresh perfect animal is formed. Some spe¬ cimens illustrative of these facts are in the Case. The Typical Star-Fishes (. Asterias ), Cases 11 and 12, have four series of holes and tentacles in each of the arm- grooves. Most of the kinds have only two series of pores in each groove ; they are divided into groups of genera, ac« 62 NATURAL HISTORY. [N. ZOOL. GAL. cording to the structure of the hard particles which form the support of the body, and which generally agree with the external form of the body. The Astropectens (Cases 13 and 14,) have the back of the rays thin and netted, with numerous tubercles at the junc¬ tion of each of the little bones, which are covered at their tips with numerous small moveable spines. They are the most beautiful of the order. The Pentaceridcz (Cases 15 to 17,) have the skeleton formed of large roundish tubercles, the skin between which is pierced with small holes ; some of these have a convex back and triangular arms, as the Pentaceros ; others are flat above and beneath, with five broad, short rays edged with larger pieces, as Goniaster ; many of these have their back studded with conical tubercles, which enlarge in size as the bone on which they are placed increases ; these tubercles sometimes fall off as the animal increases in size, and are easily separated, leaving a flat scar when the specimen is dead. Some of them, as the Dactylosaster , Case \1 , have elongated cylindrical arms. The last family, or the Asterinidce , have the skeleton formed of compressed pieces, placed one over the other like the tiles on a house ; they always have a thin mar¬ gin. They are generally flat and pentangular, but some have a convex back, and a few are many rayed. (Case 18.) The Lizard-tailed Stareishes, Ophiurida, (Cases 19 to 24,) have a suborbicular depressed body with five cylindrical, jointed, very flexible arms, which are some¬ times repeatedly divided into branches ; the arms are furnished with a series of small pores, along each side of their under or oral surface, and they have a lunate hole on each side of the base of their arms. They have no dorsal warts. The family Ophiuridce have an orbicular body covered with spines or scales, and the arms, which are always simple, are furnished with cross series of spines on the sides. In some, ( Ophiosoma , Cases 19, 20,) the spines of the arms are long and expanded, in others, as Ophiura , they are short and appressed. Most of the species have five rays, there is one in the collection (Case 20) with only four, and some have been described as having eight, but they are only monstrosities. ROOM II.] NATURAL HISTORY. 63 The Gorgon heads, ( Euryalidce *) on the contrary, have the body covered with a leathery skin and strengthened behind with five pairs of radiating ribs. The arms are compressed and furnished with a series of pores on each side ; the outer side of each pore is partly covered with a bundle of small spines arising from a common base. The arms of the Astrophyton (Cases 22 and 23) are round and repeatedly branched so as to end in very small flexible filaments, by which the animal attaches itself to marine bodies and strains its food from the surrounding water. The Enryale has square arms only branched at the tip. The Natalia has round simple tubercular ringed arms. The Laspalia only differs from the former in having elongated simple arms covered with a crustaceous coat. The remainder of these animals have a purse-like body, and the middle of their back is produced into an elongated stem, by which they are often attached to other bodies, or if they are free, the middle of their back is fur¬ nished with a bunch of hooked fibres* by which they attach themselves to corals, sea-weeds, &c. ; and some of those which are free in their adult state are attached by a pedun¬ cle when very young. The Class Crinoidea (Case 24) are furnished with five arms, having a series of processes on each side like a feather. The arms are generally forked at their base, and often repeatedly subdivided. Their body is surrounded with hard shelly plates. One recent genus, Comatula , is free, but the other Pentacrinites and many of the fossil genera* as, Encrinites and Poteriocrinites , &c., have an elongated peduncle, which is furnished with claspers, like those on the back of the Comatula. The Class Sph^ronida are like the former, but they have no arms* and the body is more or less spaerical, with a large aperture closed by five valves on the side of the vertex, between it and the costals, and they are only marked with scattered pores. The fossil Blasteroida (Case 24) appear to be nearly allied to the Crinoidea , but they chiefly differ in having no arms, and in their body being marked with five double series of holes like the ambulacra of Sea Eggs, as the genera Pentremites and Orbitremites . 64 NATURAL HISTORY. [N. ZOOL. GAL. The following List will show at one view the Arrange¬ ment of the Radiated Animals, and the Numbers indicate the Table Cases of this Room in which the genera in the collection are placed. Conoclypeus Pygurus Cassidulus Amblvpygus Clypeus Nucleolites Echinobrissus — 9 Sub-kingdom. Centronix. Section I. Echinodermata. Class I. Ditremata. Order I. Echinida. Catopygus Fam. 1. Cidaridce. Pygorhynchus Cidaris, Case 1 Acrocidaris Pedina Tetragramma Acrosalenia Echinopsis Hemicidaris Diadema — 1 Astropyga Fam. 2. Echinidce . Cyphosoma Salentia — 2 Peltastes Goniopygus Goniophorus Acropeltis Arbacia — 2 Echinus — 2, 3, 4 Hipponoe — 4 Echinometra — 5 Coloboeentrus — 6 Heterocentrus — 6 Fam. 3. Scutellidce. Echinanthus— 7 Lagana — 7 Echinocyamus — 7 Fibularia — 7 Echinaraehnius — 8 Echinodiscus — 8 Encope Amphiope Heliophora Lobophora Fam. 4. Galeritidce. Echinolampas — 9 Hvboclypeus Galerites — 9 Pyrina Globator Nucleopygus Pygaster Discoidea Holaster Disaster Fam. 5. Spatangidce . Hemipneustes Micraster — 9 Brissus— 9 Brissopsis Ova — 10 Toxaster Amphidetus — 10 Spatangus — 10 Echinocardium — 10 Echinoneus — 10 Pachygaster E chinocory s — 1 0 Order II. Holothu- Gymnasteria — 17 rida. Dactylosaster — 17 Fam. 1. Holothurid ce. Stellonia 1/ Holothuria Trepang Mulleria Bohadschia Fam. 2. CumeriadcB. Cuvieria — 10 Psolus Fam. 3. Synaptidce . Synaptes Chirodota Rosula — 20 Thyone Fam. 4. Pentactidce. Pentacta Fam. 5. Siphunculidce. ' Siphunculus — 10 Class II. Hypostomata. Ord. I. Asteroida. Fam. 1. Asteriadcs. Asterias — 11, 12 ^Heliaster — 12 Tonia — 12 Fam. 2. Astropectinida. Nauricia — 13 Astropecten— 13, 14 Luidia — 14 Petalaster — 14 Solaster — 14 ^ Poly aster — 14 Henricia— 14 Fam. 3. Pentaceridce. Culcita Pentaeeros — 15 Stellaster— 16 Hippoaster — 16 Calleaster — 16 Goniaster — 16 Echinaster — 19 Cribrella — 17 Linckia — 17 Fam. 4. Asterinida. Palmipes — 18 Asterina — 18 Ord. II. Ophiurida. Fam. 1. Ophiuridce . Ophiosoma — 19, 20 Ophiura — 20 NATURAL HISTORY. 65 ROOM III.] Aspidura Ophiurella— 20 ^Anoura Orbitremites Class IV. Fam. 2. Euryalidce. Astrophyton--22, 23 Euryale — 24 “^/Natalia — 24 ^Laspalia — 24 SPH1RONOIDEA. Sphaeronites Hemicosmites Cryptocrinites Class V. Fam. 2. ApiocriniticUe. Apiocrinites Holopus, &c. Fam. 3. CyathocrinitidcB. Cyathocrinites Marsupites Class III. Crinoidea. Fam. 4. Asterocomidce . Blasteroida. Fam. l^Pentacrinitidce, /X^tevocom^. Fam. 1. Pentremitidce. Comatula — 24 [Continued at p. 74.] Pentremites — 24 Pentacrinites, &c. THE THIRD ROOM Contains the continuation of the collection of Ra¬ diated Animals, consisting of such as are covered with a smooth skin ; in some the outer skin is hardened into a sheath for the protection of the contractile body of the animal, while in others the body of the animal itself, as it enlarges in size, is gradually transformed into a hard and stony coral, by the continual deposition of earthy particles into the older part of its substance. This division (Leiodermata) contains three classes; the Acalepha or Sea Nettles, the Zoophytes , and the Polyzoa. The Acalepha, or Blubber-fishes , are so called from their being almost entirely formed of a soft, very cellular, jelly-like substance, which rapidly decomposes after death, without leaving any hard part or skeleton that can be preserved in a dry state ; they are destitute of any true stomach, but only have vesicles in their substance. They float free on the ocean. A few animals, which ap¬ pear to be intermediatebetween them and the Sea Anemo- nies, as the Porpita and Velella, have a cartilaginous plate sunk in their back, which keeps them of a defined form. The plate of the Porpita (Case 1) is circular and sim¬ ple, while that of the Velella (Case 1) is oblong, with an erect crest placed obliquely across its back. Cases 1 to 30, are occupied with the hard parts of Zoophytes, (Zoophyta,) which are so called because these animals are often crowded together in societies or families, in such a manner as to assume the form of trees. This form is taken to allow each of the individuals of which 66 NATURAL HISTORY. Qn. ZOOL. GAL. the society is composed to procure a fair and equal share of nourishment from the water which surrounds them, and on which they live, as the leaves of trees extract nou¬ rishment from the air in which the plant grows. Each individual animal of these zoophytes has a simple plaited membranaceous bag-like stomach, with only a single orifice, like that of the Star-fish, and their mouth is surrounded by a more or less numerous series of tentacles, which search for and conduct the food that comes within their reach into the digestive cavity, while the animal itself is generally attached by its back to marine bodies, and very commonly to others of its own kind ; the union which they form with each other is sometimes so intimate that one individual cannot be injured without its being felt by the whole society. The hard parts of these animals have been all classed under the name of Corals, but the animals which form them are of three very dif¬ ferent kinds, each forming a peculiar kind of skeleton for its protection. The first kind of these animals, or Zoanthiaria, (Cases 1 to 20,) are so called from their resembling a flower when their tentacles are expanded : they are characterized by having very numerous simple tentacles placed in one or more series round their mouth, and their stomach fur¬ nished with more or less numerous longitudinal folds, which subdivide it into different cells. Some of these, as the Sea Anemonies, ( Actiniadce ,) are quite soft and covered with a smooth skin, so that they can only be preserved in a damp state. The Lucernarice only differ from these in the mouth being cut into 4 or 8 lobes. A few have a hard cartilaginous outer skin, which is often strengthened by the deposition of earthy grains within its surface, as the Zoanthidce (Casel). Some of these are crowded together into a mass, as Corticifera ; others are distinct from one another, but arise from a common surface, which is either an ex¬ panded base, as in Mammillifera , or a creeping stem as in Zoanthus. By far the greater number of these ani¬ mals, as they grow, deposit in the cellular substance of the flesh of their back an immense quantity of earthy matter, which enlarges as the animal increases in size, and in fact fills up all those portions of the substance of ROOM III.] NATURAL HISTORY, 67 the animal which, by the growth of new parts, are on longer wanted for its nourishment, and in this manner they form a hard and stony case, amongst the folds of which they can contract themselves, so as to be pro¬ tected from external injury, and by the same means to form for themselves a permanent attachment, which pre¬ vents their being tossed about by every wave of the ele¬ ment in which they live. The stony substances so formed are called Corals , and their mode of formation causes them exactly to represent the animal which secretes them ; the upper surface is always furnished with radiat¬ ing plates, the remains of the calcareous particles which were deposited in the longitudinal folds of the stomach before referred to, and as these plates do not usually reach to the centre, there is almost always a vacant space in the middle between them. The structure of these animals, and of the corals they form, is most easily studied in those kinds which are simple and separate from each other, as the Fungia , (Case 2,) and if these are understood, the structure of the other kinds will readily be made out, for they are all formed in the same manner, although they are much modified in their outward form by being crowded to¬ gether into a hemispherical mass like the Brain-stone, (Case 10,) in the form of a tree-like Coral, (Case 15,) or of an expanded frondose mass, like the Explanaria. • All these variations result from the manner in which the animal emits from the whole surface, or from a particular part of the sides of its body, the bud by which the new individuals of the general mass or society are produced. In the greater part of these animals, the stomach is furnished with numerous folds, leaving many plates in the cells of the coral, and the mouth has generally equally numerous tentacles, as in the Sea Anemonies, or Actiniae . In some, as the Fungia , Turbi?iolia,&n& Cyathina ,(Case2,) the animals are simple and solitary, and not spontaneously divided, so that the coral only offers a single cell. In others, where the animals live in societies, the mouth often contracts on the side and separates of its own accord gradually into two or more mouths; it then pro¬ duces as many separate cells, which are separated or forked where the contraction took place. In some 68 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL. of these, as the Lobophyllia, &c., (Case 3,) the bodies of the different animals of the same mass, and the cells of the coral remain separate from each other. In a few, as Anthophyllum , (Case 7,) at certain intervals of its growth, the animals throw out an expansion which deposits a shelly plate that unites the different ceils formed by each of the bodies into a common mass, though the cells themselves are distant from each other. But in very many, the bodies of the different animals of the same group, as they are produced, are united to¬ gether side by side, forming a coral with all the cells united together into a globular, branched or expand¬ ed foliaceous mass. These forms depend on the man¬ ner in which the reproduction of the different individuals of the masses takes place, whether by the contraction and spontaneous division of the mouth, when the cells are deep and form a rounded mass, or by the develop¬ ment of buds from the sides of the parents, when the animal forms an expanded frond, as in Pavonia , &c. In some, the stomach of the animal is only provided with 12 slight folds, and the mouth has only 10 or 12 tentacles. In this case the cell of the coral is provided with only a few slightly raised rays. Most of these animals live crowded together in societies forming a branched coral, and the cellular substance of the animal is in ge¬ neral not so perfectly filled with calcareous matter as in the former kinds; consequently the coral is of a more spongy or lighter texture, as in the Madrepores, Madre - porct , Porites , &c. (Cases 15 to 18.) Near these Corals must be arranged for the present, until their animals are better known, the Millepores ( Mil - lepora alcicornis of Linnseus). The latter is remarkable for the rapidity of its growth and the facility with which it expands itself over all the different anomalous objects that come in its way; thus we have it covering shells, bottles, gorgonise, &c., and assuming the form of all the things it covers (Case 20). According to Mr. Nelson, the animal is very different from that of any other coral, being quadrangular, expanded at intervals into four rays, and destitute of any true tentacles. The different kinds of these animals grow and in¬ crease with great rapidity, forming enormous masses ROOM III.] NATURAL HISTORY. 69 of coral, as may be judged from a fragment on the south side of this Room. It is their skeletons that form the reefs round the islands in the Pacific Ocean, the growth of which has furnished such an inter¬ esting problem to the scientific naturalist. The spe¬ cimens usually shewn in collections are small indivi¬ duals which grow in the sheltered places among the rocks, where they are not exposed to the action of the waves, and collected before they have reached their proper magnitude. The form of the masses appears to be greatly influenced by the positions in which they have grown, and the size of the individuals greatly depends on the quantity of nourishment they are able to procure. This is proved by the fact, that if all the individuals of the same mass are equally exposed, they are of an equal size, but if the surface of the coral is waved, as in the Expianaria , (Case 13,) the individuals on the convex part of the mass, which could procure the most food, are large, while those in the concave or sunken parts are small. The Zoophytaria, or second division of the Zoo¬ phytes, (Cases 21 to 28,) are easily known from the other kinds by having only six or eight tentacles, furnished with one or more series of short processes on each side. Their stomach ends in six or eight elongated processes, which are considered as the oviducts. One genus of these animals ( Cornularia , Case 21) is said to have a horny external skin like the Tuhularia , into which the animal is retracted for protection. There are some other genera which are said to have a hard carti¬ laginous external skin like the Zoanthi , as the Telesto . One genus has a similar tough skin, which is at length so hardened by the deposition of calcareous matter within its substance as to become a hard coral. This genus of animals live in groups side by side, and as they increase in size form shelly tubes, which has caused them to be called Organ Coral ox Tubipora (Case 21). At certain intervals the animals contract themselves into their tubes, and bend out the soft part of the outer skin of the body near the head, so that it forms a broad collar round the end of the harder tube ; and as the different animals of the same group of tubes generally perform this action simul- 70 NATURAL HISTORY. |~N. ZOOL. GAL. taneously, the collars of the different tubes come in con¬ tact, and, having chalky matter deposited in them, unite and at length become stony like the rest of the tube. After this has been done, the animal begins to form another tube ; and after a time they repeat the same process again, so that the different tubes of the same group are united by cross layers into a single mass. The animal being bright green, and the coral vivid red, makes it a most beautiful object when alive. By far the greater number of the animals of this order have a very thick, spongy outer skin, which is often strengthened by having variously shaped calcareous grains, or rugose and more or less fusiform calcareous spiculae, imbedded in its surface. These animals live in societies closely united in a single mass by their outer skin, while there appears to be also a general community of function in their more important internal organs. They are constantly emitting buds from different parts of their surface, and as each species emits them in a pe¬ culiar form, the mass assumes a definite shape, varying in the different kinds. In general, the common mass has an expanded base by which it is attached to some marine body, and when the mass is of a low rounded shape, as in Lobularia , (Case 28,) the spiculae in the substance of the skin are strong enough to support the mass, but when the mass assumes an erect or a branched tree-like form, the animals secrete in the centre of their body a more or less rigid support, which has been called their axis, and which has some¬ times, though erroneously, (from its being commonly seen in collections without the remains of the investing animal,) been considered the entire coral. This axis is thickened by depositions of fresh layers of horny matter on its surface as the mass increases in size and requires more support, the increase of the thickness and length of the axis being always simultaneous with the growth of the mass. In some kinds, the axis is only formed of an im¬ mense number of spiculae, like those in the substance of the skin, being crowded together in the centre, as in the genus Briar eum (Case 28). In general it is formed of a quantity of horny matter, which is deposited in successive layers, as in Gorgonia NATURAL HISTORY. 71 ROOM III.] (Cases 24 to 26). The axes of some of these kinds have been called, from their colour, Black Coral , and were for¬ merly much esteemed for their supposed magical and medical qualities. They are now chiefly used to make riding whips and whisks. In some genera a large quantity of calcareous matter is deposited along with the horny matter, forming a stone¬ like axis, as in the Red Coral, Cor allium (Case 21); and in other kinds the calcareous matter is only deposited in certain parts of the axis, leaving the rest simply formed of the horny animal matter as in the genus Isis (Case 21). In this kind the axis has been considered as jointed, because the stony and the horny parts easily separate from each other when the mass of the animal has been removed and the axis is dried ; but a larger and larger quantity of stony matter is gradually deposited as the mass increases in size, and in the large masses, the axis of the lower part is almost entirely stony, like the axis of Corallium. Specimens shewing all the changes are in the collection (Case 21). Lamarck, not being aware of this change, considered the axis of the old specimens as a different genus. The Antipathes (Case 27) have the same kind of animal and axis as the Gorgonia , but the skin of the animal is thin, cellular, and easily leaves the axis bare, when the mass is taken out of the water. In the genus Hyalonema , (Case 28,) the animal mass, instead of forming a single axis for its support, secretes in the middle of its substance a bundle of thin transparent fibres, looking exactly like a rope of spun glass ; each of these fibres is formed of numerous concentric coats, like the axis of Gorgonia , and they are each of them enlarged in size by a new layer of mineral matter as the mass re¬ quires more support. Unlike the axis of Gorgonia , the fibres are formed of nearly pure flint, and are hard enough to scratch glass, and the mass, instead of forming for itself an expanded base, lives with the end of the axis sunk in a species of sponge. This genus is found in the Japanese seas. It is the only one, whose animal nature is well determined, that secretes pure silex, for the Tethya probably belongs to the vegetable kingdom. - ' The Sea Pens, Pennatulidce , (Case 28,) have many characters in common with the Gorgonice . They have 72 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL. only a single axis, which pervades their central stem, but they live floating free in the sea or with the naked part of the base of their stem sunk into the sand and mud on the coast, as the Hyalonema is into a sponge, and they are easily known from both by their symmetri¬ cal form, which, in the true Pennatula, resembles that of a pen with the animals coming out from the upper part of the side branches. Virgularia differs from the former in the stem being longer, more slender, and in having the side branches smaller. The Ttenillce are fleshy, with a kidney¬ shaped expanded head, and the animals coming out on the broad flat sides ; and the Veretillum differs from the rest in being club-shaped, with the animals emitted on all the sides of the club. The Polypiaria, (Cases 29 and SO,) or third order of Zoophytes, like the Actiniae, have numerous simple ten¬ tacles round their mouth, but the stomach is long, simple, and not, or only very slightly, longitudinally folded. The fresh wmter Polype, (Hydra,) which belongs to this group, is peculiar for being free and having a soft contractile skin. The marine kinds have the outer skin hard and horny, forming a sheath for the stomach and more important organs, and into which the head, the contractile tentacles, and other parts of the body can be withdrawn for protection. These animals live associated together in masses like the other Zoophytes, and their union appears to be even more intimate. In some, as the Tubidaria , they assume the form of simple or slightly branched tubes, with the Polypi coming out at their ends. In the Sertularia, the animal throws out a number of lateral buds, which form for themselves small toothlike cases in the sides of the stem ; and as each species throws out its bud in a regular and definite manner, the united mass of animals resulting from this union assumes a defined form, which is peculiar to each of the species. The latter animals also emit from different parts of their bodies variously shaped cells or vesicles which contain eggs, eventually emitted and becoming the origin of other similar masses of animals. The Class of Polyzoa (Cases 31 and 32) has many characters in common with the Zoophytes, with which NATURAL HISTORY. ROOM III.] it has very generally been confounded. The animals are united together in similar common masses ; but they are much more complicated in their organization, have a regular digestive canal, a separate stomach, and distinct mouth and vent. Their mouth is surround¬ ed with eight or more simple ciliated tentacles, which, when the animal is at rest, are contractile into the gul¬ let. Their outer skin is in general thick or fleshy, and very often assumes a stone-like or glassy consistence. They are nearly allied to the compound Ascidia in their organization, but are distinguished from them by their mouth being furnished with distinct tentacles, and by their skin generally assuming gradually a stony texture. In the fluviatile kinds, the series of tentacles is inter¬ rupted on one side, so that they form a horse-shoe shaped group, as in Plumatella , which is found in the ponds and ditches near London. In the marine kinds, which are far more numerous,* the tentacles form a continuous circular series. These animals live united together in masses, exhibit¬ ing almost all the different external forms assumed by the preceding Zoophytes. In the genus Alcyonidium , the outer skin is thick and cartilaginous, forming, when the animals are united together, a hard fleshy mass, which has been mistaken for an alga , and is difficult to keep in a dry state. In others, the skin is more or less trans¬ parent and horny, so that the mass assumes much of the appearance of Sertidaria , as in the genera Serialaria , &c., (Case 31,) but in general the skin is more or less rapidly hardened into a ston}^ case, according to the manner in which the animal is reproduced either by the spontane¬ ous division of its body, or by the emission of buds from various parts of its surface, and these differences produce very differently shaped corals. Sometimes the mass of animals assumes the form of a leaf-like expansion, attached by its lower surface to shells and other marine bodies ; then the younger animals are formed on the circumference of the mass, and if the sur¬ face of the coral is examined, it will shew all the extra¬ ordinary and different changes which the skin assumes as the animals which formed it increase in age ; the skin 74 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. zool. gal. of the younger animal being thin and soft, it gradually becomes harder until the animal arrives at its perfect state of development, and then it thickens, blisters, and swells until the hole through which the head of the animal was emitted is obliterated, and the animals are destroyed by the development of their own skin. These cells are to be found gradually spreading from the centre of the expansion or the base of the stem of the more tree¬ like coral, while the new animals and their cells are being developed on the edge of the frond or the tips of the branches. Sometimes, as the mass increases in size, it sends up more or less erect lobes, and if these lobes have both of their sides equally exposed to the influence of the sea and light, so that the animals of each side can procure their nourishment, then they form two layers of cells applied back to back, as in Eschara. Sometimes the new cells are formed on the surface of the older and dead ones, so as to form a cylindrical branched coral, having all the new pores developed at the ends of the branches. The upright Cases on the Table Cases are intended to contain the large specimens of the skeletons of Zoophytes, or Corals, arranged in the same manner as the more com¬ plete series in the Tables; and the collection of these animals preserved in spirits, (especially those which can¬ not be well exhibited in a dry state,) is kept in the Wall Cases of the Ninth Room of the old building, until the Wall Cases of these Rooms are made. The following is a continuation of the Catalogue of the genera of radiated animals, (from page 61.) The num¬ bers appended indicate the Table Cases in this Room which contain the specimens in the collection. Section II. Leiodermata. Class III. Acaiepha. Order I. Phanero- carpa. Fam. 1. Rhizostomidce . 2. Medusidce. Order II. Crypto- carp a:. Fam. 1. Geryonidce. 2. Oceanidce . 3. JEquoridcE. 4. Berenicidce. Order III. Cilio- grada. Fam. 1. Beroidce. 2. Mnemeida. 3. CallianxadcB. Order IV. Physo- grada. Fam. 1. Diphyidce. 2. Physopkoridce . Order V. Chondro- GRADA. Fam. 1. Velellidcs . Velella, Case 1 Porpita, .... 1 Class IV. ZOOPHYTA. Ord. I. ZOANTHARIA. Fam. 1. Actiniadce . Actinia h ^ h room in.] NATURAL HISTORY. 75 Antbea Metridium Megalactis Actinodendron Epicladia Heterodactyla Lucernaria Fam. 2. Zoanthidrs. Isaura Hugbea Zoanthus Mammillifera — 1 Corticifera — 1 ) Alloporina— 1 8 Nepbthya — 28 Fam. 5. Poecilloporidee. Nidalia— 28 Seriatopora — 19 Fam. Hyalonemides . Anthopora— 19 Hyalonema— 28 Poecillopora— 19 Fam. i0. Pennatulida. Heliopora 19 Pe„natUla-28 Fam. 6. Millsporides. Virgularia _ 28 Millepora — 20 Renilla Fam. 7- Distichoporides. Favonaria r,. V Veretillum Distic opora 20 Fam.ll.C Tmbellariada. Order II. Zoophy- ^Umbellaria ' .. TARIA. Cornularia — 21 Fam. 2. Clavulariades , Actinantha Clavularia Telesto Fam. 3. Madreporidce . Fam. 1. Cornulariades . Fungia— 1, 2 Turbinolia — 2 Diploctenium — 2 Cyciolithes — 2 Desmopbyllum— 2 Cyathina — 2 Caryophyllia — 3 Manicina — 3 Oculina — 4 Stephanocora Cladocora — 5 Columnaria Strombodes Cyathophyllum Pterorrhiza Antbophy llum — 7 Stylina — 7 Favia Astraea — 7? 8 Dictyopbyllia Favosites Monticularia — 9 Meandra — 10 Dendrogyra — 10 Turbin aria — 11 Explanaria — 11 Merulina — 11 Pavonia — 12 Agaricia — 13 Polyastra Haliglossa — 14 Polyphyllia — 1 4 Fam. 4. P or Hides* Madrepora — 15, 16 Porites — 17, 18 Order III. Poly- piaria. Fam. 1. Hydr aides. Hydra Fam. 2. Tubulariades . Tubularia — 29 _ 0 rr, 7. . , Eudendrium — 29 Fam. 3. Tubipondce.^ QT^a Tubipora — 21 Fam. 4. Coralliades. Cor allium — 21 Isis — 21 Mopsea— 22 Melitaea — 23 Prymnoa — 22 Muricea — 23 Scirpearia — 23 Eunicea — 23 PI exaura — 23 Fam. 3. Corynaides. Coryne Syncoryna Fam. 4. Sertulariadee. Thoa— 29 Sertularia— 29 Dynamena — 29 Tbuiaria Pasythea Epistomea Gorgonia— 24 to 26 Lirizoa Pterogorgia — 26 Plumularia——30 -r. r a ’ j Antennularia — 30 Fam. 5. Anhpalhida. Cymodoce_3o Antipatbes— 27 Salacia— 30 ^Leiopatbes — 27 ^ j^ia Fam. 6. Briar eides. Fam. 5. Briareum — 28 Campanulariada. -pi m t -l i ' i Laomedia — 30 Fam. 7- Lobuhnadce. c nularia_30 Lobularia— 28 - - Ammotbsea — 28 Antbelia — 28 Sympodium Rbizoxenia Fam. 8. Zeniades, Zenia Peripyxis — 30 Class V. Pol yz o a. Order I. Carnosa. Fam. Alcyonidiades . Alcyonidium. E 2 76 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. zool. gal. Cliona— 31 Order II. Cornea. Fam. 1. VesiculariadcB. Vesicularia Serialaria — 31 Pedicellaria— 31 Valkeria Bowerbankia Lusia Dedalea Obelia — 31 Discopora — 31 Idmonea — 31 Hornera — 31 Fam. 3. Celleporidce . Cellepora — 31 Hippothoa— 31 Lepralia — 31 M embranipora — 3 1 Fam. 5. Frondiporidce . Frondipora — 32 Alveolites— 32 Fam. 6. Myriaporidce . Myriapora — 32 V Circopora — 32 Fam. 7* Polytremida. Polytrema — 32 Ord. III. Calcarea. Fam. 1. CrissiadcB . Eucratea Crissia — 31 Tibiana Tricellaria Notamia Anguinaria Fam. 2. Tubuliporida. Tubulipora— 31 Fam. 4. Escharidce. Flustra — 31 Electra — 31 Cellularia — 31 Lunnlites — 31 Sabrina — 31 Acamarchis— 31 Farcimia — 31 Retipora — 32 Adeone — 32 Eschara — 32 Fam. 8. Orbitolitida. Orbitolites — 32 Marginipora — 32 Ovulites— 32 Order IV. Hippo- CREPIA. Fam. 1. Cnstatellidce . Cristatella Plumatella— 32 THE FOURTH ROOM Contains a selection of Annulose Animals to illustrate their arrangement; the General Collection being kept in ca¬ binets in a private room for study. (See page 12.) These animals are called annulose, or ringed, because they are covered with a hard skin, which is divided by transverse contractions into rings, which enables the body to move in every direction. This skin falls off as the animal in¬ creases in size, a new soft one being formed beneath it, which hardens on exposure to the air. The outward form is often greatly altered each time they change their skin, until they arrive at their full size. They are furnished with three or more pairs of jointed legs for locomotion, and sometimes with wings for flight ; but these organs are often only exhibited when the animal is in a perfect state of development. The winged annulose animals, (Ptilota,) Cases 1 to 10., to which the name of Insects is most generally confined ; in their last and perfect state they have only three pairs of true legs, and in most instances two pairs of wings. They generally undergo a great change in appearance before NATURAL HISTORY. 77 ROOM IV.] they assume -this perfect state. These insects are di¬ vided into two great groups, according to the form of their mouth, some being provided with jaws ( Mandi - bulata) for gnawing their food, while others have only a trunk or proboscis, ( Haustellata ,) and live by suction. Th e Jaw-bearing Insects (Mandibulata, Cases 1 to4) are divided into orders, according to the form and struc¬ ture of their wings. The Coleoptera , or Beetles, (Cases 1 to 3,) have ge¬ nerally two hard horny wing-cases, or shards, united by a straight line, and covering two folded transparent wings, with which they fly. This order contains some of the most brilliant insects, as the Diamond-beetle, Buprestis, &c. The Orthoptera, (Cases 3 and 4,) the upper wings of which are generally like parchment, and fold over each other at the edge, as the Cockroaches, the Pray¬ ing Insects ( Mantis ), Walking Sticks ( Phasma ), Crickets and Locusts. In the latter Case are also exhibited the Neuropterous Insects, which have usually two pairs of similar netted wings, as the Dragon-flies, Ant-Lion, &c., and the Hymenopterovs Insects, which have four wings, with fewer nervures than in the preceding order, and all taking their origin from the base of the wings ; the body of the female ends in an egg-depositor, or sting, as the Ichneumon, Ant, Wasp, Bee, & c. The Suctorial Insects (Haustellata, Cases 5 to 10) have only a trunk or proboscis. The Lepidopterous Insects (Cases 5 to 9) have their wings for the most part covered with series of minute scales, which are very finely and microscopically striated, and reflect most beautiful colours. Some, as the Butterflies, ( Papilionidce ,) fly by day, and have club-shaped antennae. (Cases 5, 6.) Others, having prismatic antennae, generally fly just before sunset, as the Sphinges or Hawkmoths. (Case 8.) Those which chiefly fly in the evening, and have pectinate, or filiform antennae, as the Moths, are in Cases 8 and 9. The Dipterous Insects , (Case 10,) which have only two transparent wings with radiating ribs, the under pair of wings being replaced with halteres, or balancers, as the Crane-fly, Bluebottle, &c. The Hemipterous insects, so called because in some the 78 NATURAL HISTORY. [n. ZOOL. GAL* lower half of the upper wing is like parchment or leather, and the other half membranaceous, like the lower pair, are in the 11th Case, as the Shield-bugs, Fire-flies ( Fulgora ), Sc c. The Apterous, or Wingless Insects, generally have four or five pairs of legs, and sometimes many more. They are always destitute of wings ; and the chief alteration that takes place in their approach towards maturity, is, that they gain additional legs; this change sometimes takes place at a very early age, which has caused some natu¬ ralists to believe that they do not undergo any meta¬ morphosis. The Arachnida (Cases 11 and 12) differ from the true insects in the head and thorax being united into a single mass, as well as in having more numerous legs and no wings. Some have pulmonary sacs, which fulfil the functions of lungs, with a heart, veins, and very distinct vessels ; these have six or eight simple eyes, and from the manner in which they respire, are called Pulmonarice , as the various kinds of true Spiders. By the side of the kind of Spider that forms it, is placed the tubular case of one of the earth spiders, which forms a door to its tube that falls down to close the cavity when the animal is within. The other Arachnida respire by tracheae, or air tubes, which traverse their body, as is the case with insects in general. The organs of circulation are wanting or very incomplete. They have two, or at most but four, simple eyes, and have been called Trachearice . Among these are the Tarantulae , Scorpions, &c. The Myriapodes, or Centipedes, are so called on ac¬ count of the number of their legs. They have gene¬ rally twenty-four or more, arranged along the entire length of the body, on a series of rings, each bearing one or two pairs. The first, and in several even the second pair of legs seem to form a part of the mouth. These animals bear some resemblance to little snakes and Nereides, from their feet being so closely applied to each other through the whole extent of the body. The number of the rings and the feet increases with age, a character which distinguishes them from the true Insects, which always have the same number of rings from their being first hatched to their adult state ; all the true legs, NATURAL HISTORY. 79 ROOM IV.] which are furnished with hooks, are developed at once, either when they are hatched or when they pass into the Pupa state, while the Myriapodes , when they leave the egg, are destitute of these organs. The Myriapodes live and increase in size longer than most other terrestrial Annulosa, for according to Savi, they require two years before the reproductive organs are developed. They are divided into two orders, which have very distinct external characters. The Chilognatha , or lull of Linnaeus, have a cylindrical crustaceous body with clavate tentacles, formed of seven joints, and two thick jaws without palpi, as the genera Glomeris , lulus , and Polydesmus. They are slow-gliding animals, and roll themselves up spirally, or into a ball. They feed on dead and decomposed animals and vege¬ tables, and some of the species emit a luminous secretion. The Chilopodes have a depressed membranaceous body, with a coriaceous plate on the back of each ring, the last bearing a pair of long tail-like legs. Their antennae are slender, tapering at the tip. Their jaws bear little pal- piform appendages. They run very fast, living under stones, avoiding the light, and eating the remains of ani¬ mals. The larger species are dreaded in warm climates, and some are phosphorescent, as the genera Scutigera , Lithobius , and Scolopendra . The Crustacea, Cases 13 to 22 , are the only Annu- lose animals with jointed feet that respire by gills ; these gills are generally placed near the base of the legs, and are protected by the border of the thoracic shell, or carapace, but in a few they are external. They are the giants among the Annulosa, and all live in the water. Some few leave it for a short time in search of food, but they return to it to breed and respire. Many kinds are found in a fossil state. The more typical Crustacea have their eyes placed on a peduncle ( Podophthalma ) furnished with a facetted cornea, and the rings of the thorax are covered by a common shell. Among these, by far the greater number are called Decapodes , because they have five pairs of feet, with the gills at their base under the thorax, and five pairs of feet-like jawTs. Their head is covered with the same hard common case as the thorax. 80 NATURAL HISTORY. Qn. ZOOL. GAL, The Crabs (Cases 3 to 19) differ from the Lobsters and Prawns in their caudal rings being less developed., and bent under the hinder part of the greatly expanded thorax. Amongst these short-tailed Crustacea are specimens of the Swimming Crabs of the genera Portunns , Podoph - thalmus , &c. These animals have the posterior leg ter¬ minated by very flat joints, of an oval or orbicular form, and calculated to act as fins in swimming. The last pair of legs in all the Swimming Crabs, is constantly furnished with these flattened joints, and in some species the pre¬ ceding pairs have them also, but never so broad as those of the hind legs. The eyes of the Telescope Crab, ( Pod - ophthalmus spinosus ,) Case 17^ are supported on very long slender pedicles, reaching from the middle of the an¬ terior margin of the shell to the lateral angles, and lodged, when at rest, in a groove on the edge : this is the only known recent species belonging to this genus. Some of the Freshwater Crabs, which live in the rivers and streams, and are capable of existing a considerable time out of the water ; one species, peculiar to the south of Europe and the Levant, {Le Carter e de riviere of Rondeletius,) enjoyed great celebrity amongst the Greeks, for its supposed medicinal virtues, and is frequently represented on the coins of Agrigentum with the utmost accuracy. Some of the Crabs peculiar to hot countries, which are remark¬ able for the rapidity of their motions, and other pecu¬ liarities ; they live in holes, usually near the sea-shore or in the neighbourhood of water ; these holes are of a cylindrical form, oblique, and very deep, and several of them are generally found near together, but each hole contains only one inhabitant. When the animal of one of the genera belonging to this family ( Gelasimus ) is in its hole, it closes the entrance with its claw, one of which, sometimes the right, sometimes the left, is com¬ monly much larger than the other. These Crustacea have also a singular habit of holding up the large claw in front of the bodv, as if they were beckoning to some one at a distance, whence they have acquired the name of Calling Crabs ( Cancer vocans , Linn.). What has been said of the rapidity of the motions of these Crus¬ tacea, is particularly applicable to those of the genus NATURAL HISTORY. 81 ROOM IV.] Ocypode , (Case 17,) which hide in holes in the sand on the sea-shore during the day, and leave them at sun-set. The genus Pinnotheres, is a very small race of Crustacea, inhabiting bivalve shells, and supposed by some of the an¬ cients to be consentaneous inmates with the molluscous animal, and attached to it by mutual interest. The Painted or Land Crabs ( Gecarcinus ), Case 17, live in holes in the earth, especially near burying-grounds, and only go to the sea during the breeding season ; their flesh is considered a delicacy, but it sometimes proves deleterious. Besides the preceding, there are specimens of the Globular Crabs ( Leu - cosia ), Case 19 ; Sea Spiders ( Leptopodia ), Case 13, with their very long legs ; Crested Crabs ( Calappa ), having the front part of the claws raised into a crest, and the hinder part of the shell projecting so as to cover the legs; and lastly, those Crabs which have the two hinder pairs of legs placed on their back ( Dorippe ), and the Death's-head Crabs (Case 19), ( Dromia ). Long-tailed Crustacea, (Cases 20, 22,) as the Lobsters and Shrimps ; amongst which, those of the genus Hippa, (Case 20,) have the extremity of the tail simple. The Soldier or Hermit Crabs, ( Pagnrus , Case 20,) live prin¬ cipally in the cavities of sponges, and also in the mouth of spiral shells, occasionally altering the texture of the latter, by some unknown process, to such a degree as to render them quite soft, and easily penetrable by a common pin. Amongst these is a fine specimen of Birgits latro, (Case 20,) said to live on the nuts of palm trees. Also specimens of the Sea Locust (. Scyllarus ), the Rock Lobsters ( Palinurus ), Case 21, the Plated Lobster ( Galathea ), Case 20, and the Crab Lobster (Pore ell an ct), which, from the shortness of their tails, generally resemble crabs in appearance; the Scorpion Lobster (Thalassina), Case 21, which lives a great part of its life on land, and destroys the new made roads in India by the excavations it forms under them; Lobsters (Astacus), Case 21, one of the specimens exhibited was pale red, nearly of its present colour when alive ; Shrimps (Palcemon), Case 22, varying greatly in size. The Stomatopodes or Sea Mantis, differ from the JDeca- podes in the head being horny and separated from the thorax, and in having only three pairs of accessory jaws, e 3 82 NATURAL HISTORY. [n, zool. GAL, seven pairs of feet, and the gills on the abdomen ; among these are different species of Squilla , the glass-like Alima and the Phyllosoma , which is scarcely thicker than a piece of paper, and nearly as transparent as glass ; they are found in the ocean near the equator. The remainder of the Crustacea ( Edriophfhalma ) have sessile eyes. The order of Arthrostraca (Case 21) have a free head, and their body composed of a series of similar rings, the first seven of which are each furnished with a pair of feet, the following and last ones, (seven at most,) forming a sort of tail, ending in fins or filiform appendages. On the head are four antennae and a mouth composed of three pairs of jaws. The females carry their eggs between the scales in a kind of pouch under their thorax, and when the young are hatched, they remain attached to the feet or other part of the body of their mother, until they have acquired strength requisite to swim about and pro¬ vide for their own w^ants. They are all of a small size. A few are found in fresh wrater, and fewer are terrestrial ; some are parasitic on other marine animals. This order has been divided into three sections ; some, as the Amphipodes , have their jaws furnished with a palpus, while the Lcemodipodes and Isopodes are destitute of them. The order of Entomostraca, on the other hand, have a soft head, Which is merely covered with the general skin of the body. Both the head and the body are frequently en¬ veloped in a free horny or coriaceous shield, formed of one, two, or more pieces. The feet are all partially di¬ vided and ciliated. This order has been formed into two divisions, according to the structure of the mouth and the form of the feet. The most prominent representative of it is the King Crab (. Limulus ). They were all referred to one group by the older ento¬ mologists under the name of Monoculus , because they were believed to have only a single eye. The Cirripedes, (Cases 23 and 24,) were formerly considered as molluscous animals, on account of their being inclosed in a hard shelly case, but now that their history and anatomy have been studied, they prove to be ROOM IV.] NATURAL HISTORY. 83 Crustacea, nearly allied to, and indeed forming a part of the Entomostraca , and like them they change their skin and have jointed limbs. When first hatched these animals have only three pairs of legs ; they float about free in the sea, and have a pair of large eyes to direct their course. When they have found a fit place to which to attach themselves, the cartilaginous skin that covers their body thickens, and becomes hardened with calcareous plates, and as it becomes more opake, the eyes, which are no longer wanted, are absorbed. In the perfect state they live affixed -to marine bodies, by the part of the body near the head of the animal, and which is always inclosed in a case or hard skin. This skin has an opening at the end of the free part for the passage of the fringed feet, which, by their action, create a current to carry the small animals, in the sea, near the mouth placed at the base of the cavity. The edge of this opening in the case, is always furnished with four, more or less, distinct valves, and the base of the case is generally surrounded with other similar valves ; the animals are divided into families and ge¬ nera according to the development of these valves. In the Sea Acorns, ( Balanus ,) the four valves, (usually to¬ gether called the operculum,) are nearly equal sized, and sunk into a flexible skin, which allows them to move in the cavity formed by the (four, six, or eight) valves which surround and inclose the base of the body. These latter valves are united together side by side by a dentated suture into a bell-shaped body, and thfey are increased in size (as the animals grow) by the addition of new matter to the base and outer side of each of the valves, deposited by the processes of the skin, which are placed for the purpose between their sutures. They are generally affixed to wood and stones, but a few attach themselves to the bodies of whales, and as they grow and their shells are enlarged by the addition of new matter to the base of the valves, they gradually raise themselves out of the sub¬ stance of the skin, in which they wTere immersed in their young state. Some of the genera which live in this manner, as the Coronula , to enable them to hold more firmly to the skin, form a shell which is variously folded on its edge, the folds being refolded, and thus in- 84 NATURAL HISTORY. Sub-kingdom. Annulosa. I. Ptilota. Class I. INSECTA. Section I. Maxdibulata. Order I. Coleop TERA. Carnivora — 1 Palpi cornes — 1 Clavicornes — 1 Brack elytra — 1 Lamellicornes — 1, 2 Serricornes — 2 Melasoma — 2 Taxicornes — 2 Stenelytra — 2 Trachelides — 2 Bhyncliopbora — 2 Platysoraa — 2 Longicornes — 2, 3 Eupoda — 3 Cyclica — 3 Clavipalpi — 3 Aphidiphagi — 3 Order II. Orthc TERA. Forficulidse — 3 Blattidae — 3 Mantidae — 3 Phasmidae — 3 Gryllidae— 4 Locustidae — 4 Order III. Neur< TERA. Libellulidae — 4 Ephemeridae — 4 Myrmeleonidae — 4 Panorpidae— 4 Termitidas — 4 [n. zool. gal. creasing in number as the shell enlarges in diameter. These shells are greatly altered in form according to their position; if they are separate they are broad and expanded, if crowded they are narrow and high. In Balanus it is the case that is lengthened, and in Cliirona it is the valves that are produced and altered in shape. The Barnacles or Goose-shells, ( Lepas ,) as they have been called, from the extraordinary belief that they were the origin of the Barnacle geese, have a compressed body, which is placed on a long pedicle arising from be¬ hind the head of the animal. This pedicle is sometimes naked, and at others covered with hairy or hard shelly scale-like appendages ; the case of the body is generally strengthened with one or more plates, which are similar in form, and are in the same manner sunk in the skin of the body, as the plates before referred to, which surround the opening. In those kinds, as the Pollicipes, which have many plates, their tip is sometimes produced beyond the attached part. Larger species are used to flavour soup by the Chilians and the Chinese, and eaten as a delicacy at Madeira. The following is the arrangement of the families of annulose animals, with references to the Tables containing them. Phryganidae — 4 Ord. IV. Hymenop- tera. Securifera — 4 Pupivora— 4 Aculeata — 4 Diploptera — 4 Anthophila — 4 Section II. Hatjstellata. Ord. I. Lepidop- tera. Papilionidae — 5 “ Pieridae — 5 Nymphalidae— 6, 7 Lycenidae — 7 Hesperiadae — 7 Spkyngidae— 8 Sesiadas — 8 Cossidae — 8 ROOM V.] NATURAL HISTORY. 85 Bombycidas— 8, 0 Noctuidae — 9 Tortricidae — 9 Phalaenidae — 9 Tineidae — 9 Ord. II. Diptera. Nemocera — 10 Tannystoma — 10 Tabanidae — 10 N otacantha — 1 0 Athericera — 10 Pupipara— 10 Ord. III. Hemip- TERA. 1. Heteroptera. Geocorisae — 10 Hydrocorisae — 1 0 2. Homoptera. Cicadaria — 10 Aphidii — 10 Gallinsecta — 10 II. Aptera. Class II. Arachnid a. Mygalidae— 1 1 Araneidae — 11 Scorpionidae — 11 Pbalangidae — 1 1 Pycnogonidae — 12 Solpugidae — 12 Acaridas — 12 Class III. M Y R I A P O D A. Glomeridee — 12 Iulidae — 12 Polidesmidae — 12 Scutigeridaa — 1 2 Scolopendridae — 12 Geophilidae — 12 Class IV. Crustacea. Sect. I. Podoph- T HALM A. Ord. I. Decapoda. A. Brachyura. Oxyrhynchi — 13, 14 Cyclometopes — 14, 15, 16, 17 Catametopes — 17, 18 Oxystomes — 19 B. Macroura. Apterura — 19 Pterygura — 20 Scutata — 20 Thalassina — 21 Astacidae — 21 Silicoeidae --22 Ord. II. Stomato- poda. Squillidae — 12 Phyllosomidae — 1 2 Alimidae — 12 Section II. Edrioph- T HALM A. Ord. I. Arthros- traca. Amphipoda. Gammaridae — 12 Typhinidae — 12 Laemodipoda — 1 2 Isopoda . Epicaridae Cymotboidae — 12 Asellinidae — 12 Oniscidae — 12 Ord. II. Entomos- TRACA. Sipbonostoma — 22 Lophyropoda — 22 Pbyllopoda — 22 Pcecilopoda — 22 Cirripedes — 23 and 24 THE FIFTH ROOM Contains the hard cases of the Annulose Animals which are destitute of jointed feet, and are only provided with bristles to assist them in moving from place to place. The species are very numerous, as may be seen by the specimens kept in spirits in the Ninth Room of the Old House, but only a few of them, as the Ampkitrite and the Serpula , have cases for their protection. The cases of the Amphitrites only consist of a membrana¬ ceous tube, which being deposited in a fluid state, attaches the stones, sand, and other neighbouring bodies to its outer surface. These bodies add to the strength of the tube, and also assist in concealing the animal from fishes and other rapacious animals. It is doubtless for the same reason that the larvae of the Caddis Fly found in ponds make cases of a somewhat similar structure. The cases 86 NATURAL HISTORY. [jNT. ZOOL. GAL. of the Serpula and allied genera are hard, like shells, and formed in the same manner by the deposition of a quantity of animal matter mixed with a chalky secretion, proceeding from the glands on the surface of the animal. As the animal enlarges in growth, and requires a larger case for its protection, it continually adds new layers of this matter near the end of the shell where its head is placed, and drawing its enlarged body forwards, gradually increases the size of the tube to fit it to the body, on which it is, as it were, moulded, and thus the tube assumes a tapering form. It is difficult to distinguish the tubes of some of these animals from the tubular shells of Mol- lusca, such as Vermetus , Magilus , &c., (some species of which Lamarck confounded with them,) unless the ani¬ mal can be examined ; but there is always one difference, that the animals of Mollusca are invariably attached to their shell by a strong muscle, and never quit it except at their death, while the Annelides only use it as a place of retreat, are not in any way attached to their shells, and often leave and form fresh ones, as occasion may require. These animals are generally provided wdth an ap¬ pendage on the side of the head, which bears on its end a calcareous operculum, used to close the mouth of the tube when the animal is contracted into it. The oper- cula vary greatly in shape in the different genera, and sometimes even in the individuals of the same species in the same group of shells. Turton described the oper¬ culum of one of the British species under the name of Patella tricornis . The operculum of the New Holland genus, Galeolaria, is very complicated, and furnished with a series of reflexed plates on the edge. In Cases 3 and 4 are exhibited for the present, until the Cases in the East Gallery are ready, a series of shells ex¬ hibiting the more prominent points in the economy of Mollusca, as— ] . The great variations in size to be observed in speci¬ mens of the same species of Mollusca. 2. The difference of surface and solidity observable in the same species of shells from different localities. 3. The variations in external form produced by the de- velopement or non-developement of the different processes in the individuals of the same species. NATURAL HISTORY. ROOM V.] 87 4. The change that takes place in the form of the shell during the growth of the animal, as the expansion of the lip of the Strombidee and the Cerithice , the contraction and inflection of the lips of the Cyprceidce, and the develope- ment of the varices of the Muricidce . 5. A series of section of shell to shew the form of the cavity, the form of the plaits, and the contraction of the size of the cavity of the shell to adapt it to the moving forward of the body of the animal, by the deposition of the glassy coat on the upper part of the whorls, or the deposition of cross septa separating the upper part of the cavity from the rest of the shell, which is most perfectly developed in the Chambered shell, or Nautili . 6. Specimen shewing the manner in which the animal mend any accident to their shell. 7. Specimen exhibiting the manner in which Mollusca remove by absorption certain parts of the shell which are no longer necessary to them, or may be in the way of their growth, and of the holes which they make in shells, rocks, or wood, to form habitations for themselves. 8. The specimens exhibiting the manner in which the tubular shells are rolled up into a spire, beginning with the nearly straight Dentalium , gradually passing by the irregularly twisted Vermetus and the separate whorled Scalaria , to the common spiral shell ; others shewing the gradations of form in the involute and spiral shell ; and lastly, some deformed specimens exhibiting the same varia¬ tions in different individuals of the same species of Mol¬ lusca, and the montrosUies which occur in the form of shells. In Cases 5 and 6 are a series of plaster cast of the in¬ terior of the different shells of living Mollusca to facilitate the determination of the cast of the fossil species, which are so commonly found in the Portland stone and other geological formations ; at the same time these moulds are useful as shewing the form of the mantle of the dif¬ ferent species of Mollusca, which is so liable to be distorted or contracted in the preserved specimens, and exhibiting how7 completely the shell is moulded on the body. In Cases 7 and 8 are placed a series of models on an enlarged scale, and some specimens of minute bodies. The nature of the animals which form them is not known; and they may belong to several different orders. Some 88 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. have supposed them to be internal shells ; but this cannot be the case with all, as many are attached by their outer surface to sea-weeds and shells. From their being formed of numerous chambers, they have been generally asso¬ ciated with the Nautili , but they differ essentially from the latter in their construction, which consists of a number of cells piled one on the other ; and in having no terminal cavity for the reception of the body of the animal. The cells are furnished with one or more small mouths, and placed one on another in different directions, some forming straight lines, as Nodosaria, and others spiral ones, as Rotalia. In others the cells are half the length of a whorl, so that each new ceil changes the situation of the mouth from one to the other end of the shell, as in the Miliolce : and in others the cells are divided into nu¬ merous longitudinal tubes, as in Alveolina and Fabularia . These animals have been generally arranged with the Nautili , and some have classed them with the Cephalo- podous Mollusca , w?hile others have thought they might be formed by animals allied to the Annelides. One author has proposed that they should be formed into a class, which he proposes to call Rhizopodes ; but it is not im¬ probable, when they shall have been more completely examined, that they will be found to be allied to the Polyzoa ; and the body, which has been called their shell, may prove to be only a hardened skin, like the cells formed by that class of animals. EASTERN ZOOLOGICAL GALLERY. The Wall Cases contain the Collection of Birds ; but only part of them can at present be exhibited, until the other Cases, now in progress, are ready for their reception. The British specimens are distinguished by a B. on the end of the perch. Birds may be characterized as warm-blooded vertebrated animals, which are covered with feathers and are ovi¬ parous. They are divided into orders and families by the form of their limbs and beaks, as the modifications of these parts most prominently exhibit their habits. I. The first section contains the Raptorial and Passerine birds which generally build on trees or on high places, and have their young hatched blind and nearly naked, so that GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 89 it is necessary they should be fed by their parents and kept for a time in the nest. The Raptorial or Birds of Prey, (the Accipitres of Linnaeus,) which constitute the first Order, are charac¬ terized by strong feet with sharp claws, and a powerful bill, the latter covered at the base by a naked skin, or cere, in which is placed the nostrils ; their stomach is al¬ most entirely membranous, and their sternum broad, giving attachment to the muscles of their long wings. They live chiefly on animal food, especially on other birds. The females are generally one-third larger than the males ; their eggs usually white and spotless. Some of them, which feed chiefly by day, have their eyes placed on the side of their head. The family of Griffons, ( Gypaetidce ,) have rather small heads and a long bill, surrounded at the base by tufts of bristles. The Lammergeiers, or Bearded Vultures of the Alps and Himalaya Mountains, are amongst the largest of the Raptorial Birds, and their quill feathers are often more than two feet and a half long. These are probably the Rock or Condor of the Orientals, the true Condor being only found in America. The family of Condors, ( C at har tides,) found princi¬ pally in America, have naked heads and longitudinal exposed nostrils: as the Condor, or Great Vulture of the Andes ; and the Californian Vulture. The family of Vultures, ( Vulturidce ,) have naked heads like the former, but their nostrils are perpendicular; they are all from the warm parts of the Old World. These birds live chiefly on carrion. The family of Falcons, (Falconidce ,) have their heads covered with feathers, and the eyebrows prominent, giving the eye the appearance of being set deep in the head, and imparting a character to these birds, very different from that of the Vultures. The Noble Falcons, the birds used in falconry, have a roundish nostril, with a tubercle in its centre. Most of them have a deep notch on each side of the apex of the beak. The Ignoble Falcons have simple nostrils ; some, as the Hawks \Astur ), have ovate rather longitudinal nostrils, whilst the Honey Buzzard ( Pernis ), Osprey ( Pandion ), and Kites (. Milvus ), have an oblique 90 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOO L. slit covered with a valve behind* and the Eagles ( Aguila ) and Sea Eagles ( Haliaetus ) have oblong exposed nostrils placed perpendicularly across the front of the cere. Among the Hawks, the most remarkable bird is the Secretary, found at the Cape of Good Hope, called also the Serpent Eater, from its preying on those reptiles; the French have attempted to naturalize this bird in Martinique, in order to destroy the lance-headed serpent, which abounds in that island. The Hen Harrier ( Circus ) has some resem¬ blance to the Owls. All these birds vary greatly in the colour of their plumage before they arrive at the adult state. The Nocturnal Birds of Prey, or Owls ( Strigidce ), have a large head, and their eyes placed in front, and more or less surrounded with a circle of radiating feathers. Their plumage is very soft, their ears large, and placed just at the back of the disk of feathers which surrounds their eyes, and this developement of the organs of hearing pro¬ bably compensates for the imperfection of their sight, at least in full daylight. The Owls have been divided into many genera, as the Eagle Owls (Bubo), Short-horned Owls ( Otas ), the Earless Owls ( Stria: , Syrnium, and Noctaa). The species of the last genus fly more by day than the rest of the Owls, and the disk of feathers round their eyes is not so distinctly marked as in the other genera. The Perching Birds (Passeres Case 36 — 83) are ge¬ nerally smaller than the Raptores, their bills are weaker, and their claws slender and acute ; like them, they have the hind toes articulated on the same plane with the front ones, which enables them to grasp their perch with ease and security. They are separated into five divisions, accord¬ ing to the form of the feet and bill, each division contain¬ ing several families and genera. The Passeres of Linnaeus, which contain the greater part of these birds, have three toes in front and one behind. The two outer toes are generally united together at their base. The Fissirostral Birds, or those which feed chiefly on the wing, have generally very short weak feet, and large gaping mouths ; they live principally on insects, though a few of the larger kinds catch fish. The family of Goat-suckers ( Caprimulgidce ) are noc- GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY- 91 turnal birds, and have the soft downy plumage, and dingy colours of that tribe. They are generally solitary, living on moths, and laying their eggs on the ground without | any nest. The Leona Goat-sucker, from Africa, is peculiar for having a very long feather arising from the middle of each of its wings. The New Holland and South Ame¬ rican Podargi , are much larger than any of the individuals belonging to the family of the true Goat-suckers, and lay their eggs in hollow trees ; and the Steatornis is peculiar ] as yielding oil that is used for domestic purposes in South America, and also as furnishing large quantities of manure. The family of Swallows {Hirundimdce , Case 38) have a close plumage, short bill, extremely long wings, and fly with great rapidity ; they are generally birds of passage, and often live in flocks, as the Swifts, which have all the toes in front. Some have the end of the tail feathers rigid like the Woodpeckers ; and the Esculent Swallow forms a nest of sea-weed, which is used as food in China, and forms no unimportant article in the commerce of that country. The family of Todies ( Todidce , Case 39) have a broad depressed flattened beak, blunt at the end, with rather elongated legs, and a short tail. They live on flies, build¬ ing their nest on the ground. The family of Curucuis ( Trogonidce , Case 40) have a short conical beak. They are covered with very tine, soft feathers ; many of them are beautifully coloured ; they live chiefly in low damp woods, in tropical parts of America and Asia, flying early in the morning and in the evening; they build in holes in trees, living on insects, and often sit for hours at a time alone on the low branches of trees. Some have the upper tail and wing-coverts much elongated, and drooping over the wings and tail, jij fjj> The^King-flshers ( Alcedinidce , Cases 41 and 42) have a long quadrangular bill, long wings, and very small feet, with the toes united to the base ; they are generally of a brilliant blue, or green colour, and live on fish, which they catch by diving. They build in holes on the banks of rivers, and are found in both hemispheres. The family of Bee Eaters ( Meropidce , Case 42), which are generally of a green colour, have long, slightly arched beaks, and long pointed wings; they associate in flocks, and fly like swallows, pursuing bees and wasps, which they 92 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. prey on with impunity. They are only found in the Old World and Australia. In the other groups of this division the outer toes are generally shorter than the middle one, and they are only connected together to the base of the first joint. The Tenuirostral Birds have slender, compressed, and frequently arched bills, and their tongue is often divided at the tip into numerous filaments, and is used for sucking up the honey from the nectaries of flowers. The hind toes and claws are generally much larger than the rest. They are chiefly confined to warm climates. The family of Hqpoes ( Upupidce , Case 43) have an elongated curved beak, with the nostrils covered with fea¬ thers, directed forwards. They have much the habit and appearance of the Crows. The Hopoes live on insects and fruit, and the Promerops upon the honey of flowers. The family of Sun Birds ( Nectarinidce , Case 43), from Africa and India, have the bill arched and finely toothed on the edge : the Hook-bill derives its name from the sin¬ gularly curved form of its beak. The familv of Humming Birds ( Trochilidce , Case 44) have long, very slender bills, and long tongues, which they have the power of darting forward with great force, like the Woodpeckers. They prey chiefly on insects, and one genus (the Spider-Eaters), almost exclusively on spiders. Their small size and brilliant plumage have long rendered them celebrated. The family of Honeysuckers ( Meliphagidce , Case 45), which are peculiar to New Holland and the neighbouring islands, are generally of a dull black or olive colour, with compressed subulate beaks. The family of Creepers ( Certhiadce , Cases 16 and 47) are generally of a dull brown colour, and agree in many cha¬ racters with the Insectivorous Birds, especially the Warblers. Some have rounded tails, as the Anabcites ; others have the ends of the tail feathers and the webs on each side of them rigid like the Woodpeckers, and use them in the same manner to support their bodies v*hile they peck at the insects on the bark of trees ; as the Den - drocolaptes and Creeper ( Certliia ). The Tooth-Billed passerine Birds (Dentirostres, Cases 48 — 61), like the Noble Birds of Prey, have a NATURAL HISTORY. 93 GALLERY.] notch on each side of the tip of the upper mandible, and their gape is often armed with bristles. They live gene¬ rally on insects, worms, &c. The family of Warblers (Motacillidce , Cases 48 — 52) have rather long but slender, weak bills. This family contains many genera and sub-genera. They mostly form very beautiful and artfully constructed nests ; some, as the Taylor birds of India ( Orthotomus ), place their nest in a withered leaf, connecting the sides together with fibres, to prevent its falling out; others, as the Wren (Troglo¬ dytes), the Lyre-tail (Menura), and the Bottle Tit ( Tarus ), form a beautiful oval nest, arched over at the top, and having only a small hole in the sides. Like the rest of the Titmice, the latter birds have a numerous brood, and the young of this species, unlike most other birds, follow their parent until the ensuing spring. The Hemipteryx forms a nest of this kind, but it also forms a small cell in the front of its base, in which the male is said to roost. Many of these birds, as the Soft Tails ( Malurus ), the Wrens ( Troglodytes ), and the Lyre- tail (Menura), carry their tail nearly upright standing over the back. The Wagtails ( Motacilla ), on the contrary, carry their long tail horizontal, and jerk it continually when they first alight or are about to rise from the ground. yy ^ TheAThrushes ( Turdidoe , Cases 53 — 55) have rather strong slender beaks. The Dipper, or Water Ouzel ( Cin - clus), chiefly lives on the banks of rapid rivers in moun¬ tainous parts of the country, where they may be often seen flying down and diving under the water in search of their food. The Orioles ( Oriolus ) are peculiar for the brilliant golden colour of their plumage ; they are only occasional visitants to this country. i A The^ Fly-Catchers ( Muscicapidce , Case 56 and 57) are Known at first sight by their broad depressed beaks, and the strong bristles on each side of the gape. They live on insects, which they generally catch on the wing. The family of Chatterers ( Ampelidce , Cases 58 and 59) are peculiar for the two outer toes of their feet being : united together to the second joint, and they have de¬ pressed bills, as the common Chatterer, Berry Eaters, and Manakins. The Wax Wing (Bomby cilia) has a hard ! appendage at the end of each of the secondaries of the wing. 94 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. which have a great resemblance to a drop of sealing-wax. It only rarely visits this country. The birds of this family chieflv feed on berries. The family of Butcher Birds ( Laniadce , Cases 60 and 61) are the giants of the group. They have strong compressed bills, and destroy great quantities of insects, and some of the larger kind even kill small birds and young frogs, which they impale on thorns, pull to pieces, and devour at their leisure. The Conirostral Birds (Conirostres) have a strong co¬ nical bill, and live chiefly on grain and fruit. They are divided into flve families. The family of Crows, ( Corvidce , Cases 62—64,) have the nostrils covered with a tuft of bristles : the Titmice differ in point of character from the Crows, chiefly by their diminutive size. The Paradise Birds ( Para- disea ) have the front of the head covered with velvety feathers, and generally a tuft of more or less elongated feathers on each side of the chest, which gives them the appearance of having four wings. It was formerly erro¬ neously supposed that these birds had no feet, though in fact their feet are rather large and strong ; their habits are perfectly those of the crows, and though omnivorous, their favourite food is cockroaches and crickets. They are natives of New Guinea and the neighbouring islands, where the natives collect them to make plumes, and generally cut off their wings and feet to prevent those rigid parts from injuring the feathers, which gave rise to the error alluded to above. The family of Starlings ( Sturnidce , Cases 65 — 67) dif¬ fers from the preceding in the bill being conical, slender, and naked, or only slightly bristled at the base, as the Star¬ lings, Pastors, and Orioles, many of which build very arti¬ ficial nests, and some especially the Beef Eater, follow cattle and pick the insects from their skin. The Silk Birds ( Ptilonorhynchus ) form artificial arbours of twigs, which they decorate with shell, bones, stones, and other articles, and through which they run in playful chase after each other. The family of Finches ( Fringillidce , Cases 68 — 71) have short conical bills, and generally feed on seeds or fruits. The W eavers ( Ploceus ) build a very artificial nest. GALLERY.]] NATURAL HISTORY. 95 Some of them build together, and form as it were a large town in the trees. [The Crossbeaks are peculiar for the tips of the two jaws crossing each otherjT'TheTlihagers - ( Tanagro ) are only found in America; some of them are very beautifully coloured ; they have the end of the beak slightly notched, which has caused them sometimes to be arranged with the dentirostral birds. The Buntings ( Emberiza ) have a narrow upper beak, furnished with^a ) hard knob in the centre of the palate. The Larks ( Alauda ), like most of the birds which are much on the ground, have a / V long h hid^law,. T h e Bull-fmchesiffLo^aBand the (£ross- ' C j beaks ((P^rrA^jJvary great! ymthesfze' and form of their ' beaks, that oTThe latter group being often very large and strong. The family of Plantain Eaters ( Musophagidce , Case 71) have many characters in common with the Finches, but their feet are stronger, the outer toes being sometimes directed forwards. The beak is strong, toothed on the edge, and the nostrils are oblong, and sunk as it were into its sub¬ stance. They live on fruit ; building in holes in trees. They are only found in the tropical part of Africa. Some are of a large size, and have been supposed to have some affinity to the gallinaceous birds. The Colies (Colins) are smaller, and have a long tail ; they live in flocks, form¬ ing their nests in company, and sleeping with their heads downwards, closely pressed one against the other. The family of Hornbills ( Buceridce , Cases 72 and 73) have a very large beak, like the Toucans, but heavier, and varying greatly in shape, according to the age of the bird ; they feed on fruit, mice, small birds and reptiles. Like the Toucans, they swallow their food whole, throwing it in the air and catching it, to facilitate their swallowing it. They are peculiar to the warm parts of Asia and Africa. Lastly, the Scansorial Birds (Scansores) have short feet, fitted for climbing ; most of them have the power of turning one of the front toes behind, so as to have two toes before and two behind, thus enabling them to hold more firmly to their perch. The family of Parrots (P silt aci dee, Cases 74 — 76) are known to every one by their domestic habits ; they are characterised by their short, hard beak, which is sur- 96 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. rounded at the base by a naked skin, like the falcon’s, in which is placed the nostrils; and they have a short tongue, which is usually fleshy, but in a few, as the Black Cockatoo, it is hard and tubular. They are a very numerous group, and have been divided into many genera ; they live chiefly on fruit. The family of Toucans ( Ramphastidce , Case 77) are distinguished by their very large, light, cellular beaks, which are irregularly notched on the edge, and by their peculiar long, feather-like tongues ; they live on fruit and small birds, and are only found in tropical America, building in the trunks of trees. The family of Woodpeckers ( Picidce , Cases 78 — 80) have a four-sided wedge-shaped beak with hard points, a very exsertile tongue, and the tips of their tail feathers generally produced and rigid. The Barbets differ from the rest in having a larger, conical beak, swollen out at the sides, surrounded at the base by bristles ; they live chiefly on fruit, but some eat insects, and even attack small birds : some species have deep notches on the side of the bill. The family of Cuckoos ( Cuculidce , Cases 81—413) have a slightly arched, compressed beak, and long rounded tail ; they live chiefly on insects, and many of the species are birds of passage. The Indicators live chiefly on the "wild bees of Africa, and serve to point out their combs to the natives, whence their name ; they are furnished with a very hard skin, but the bees attack their eyes. In the Coucals, the claws of the hind toes are elongated. The Scythops have large bills like the Toucans . Il.^he second section contains the Gallinaceous, Wading, and Aquatic birds, which generally build their nests in the ground, have their young hatched with their eyes open, and covered with soft downy feathers; most of them walk about to collect their own food as soon as they quit the shell. The Gallinaceous Birds (Galling, Linn., Cases 84 — 106) have long muscular legs, well adapted to walk¬ ing, short wings, and blunt claws. They live chiefly on the ground, laying their eggs on the earth ; the males are generally polygamous. The family of Pigeons ( Columbidce , Cases 84 — 88) NATURAL HISTORY. 97 GALLERY.] have their feet and tail formed like the perching birds, but the base of the upper mandible is covered with a soft, tumid membrane, in which the nostrils are pierced. The family of Curassows ( Cracidce , Cases 89 and 90) are peculiar to tropical America, living in the woods, building in the trees, and are easily tamed. They have the base of the beak surrounded with a soft skin, a large rounded tail, composed of broad rigid feathers, and their windpipe is very variously twisted. The family of Pheasants ( Phasianidce , Cases 91 — 103) have the hind toe placed higher on the tarsus than the front ones, so that only the tip touches the ground. Their bill is arched, and the nostril is covered with a vaulted, smooth, naked, horny scale. The tarsus is naked, and that of the male is generally furnished with one or more spurs. These birds are much sought after as food, and often domesticated for the purpose; they are, at the same time, often the most beautiful of the class. The male is generally the largest and finest coloured, and they are most usually ornamented with wattles, combs, or crests. The wings are generally short and rounded. The family of the Grouse ( Tetraonidce , Cases 104 and 105) have many characteristics in common with the former, but their legs are generally more or less covered with feathers, as are also the horny vaulted scales over the nostrils, and the wings are generally long and acute. The Grouse are peculiar to the northern part of Europe and America. The Sand Grouse ( Pterocles ) which are found only in the warmer parts of the Old World, have much the habits of pigeons. The family of Sheath Bills ( Cliionidce ) are like the Grouse, but they have the nostrils surrounded by a kind of sheath. The Attagis has the habits of a grouse. The Tkinocori , on the contrary, so much resemble a snipe in their flight and manners, that the American sportsmen call them short-billed snipes. The Sheath-Bill ( Chionis ), is often found far out at sea, but they chiefly inhabit the tidal rocks, feeding on -sea-weed and shells, which has caused some naturalists to place them with the water birds. The family of Megapodius ( Megapodiidce , Case 106) are peculiar to the Australian islands, their head is rather F 98 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. naked, their bill vaulted, and the nostrils large, rounded, and placed in a wide nasal groove ; their legs are short, strong, spurless, and their feet are furnished with long blunt claws. Their eggs are very large. The Megapodius lays them on the sea shore ; the Alectura (like snakes) deposits them in decaying leaves, &c., which they collect for the purpose into heaps, several laying in the same heap, thus taking advantage of the warmth produced by their fermentation. They are very good for eating. The family of Tinamous ( Tinamidas , Case 106) are peculiar to tropical America. They are intermediate in form between the partridges and the bustards, having the long neck and legs and the small feet of the latter, and the nostrils covered with a naked scale like the pheasants. The beak varies in length ; their wings are short, and the tail and hind toe are rudimentary. The Wading Birds (Grall^e, Cases 107 — ) have long slender legs, and the lower part of the thighs naked. The family of Ostriches, ( Struthionidce , Cases 107 — 109,) which inhabit plains, are peculiar for their short wings, depressed beak, and generally long legs, . as the Ostrich of Africa, the Emu of Australia, the Casowary of the Indian islands, and the Apteryx of New Zealand. In Case 108, is the foot of the Dodo, and a cast of the head of that extraordinary bird. Over the North Door is an original painting of this bird, presented to the Museum by George Edwards, and copied in his works, plate 294, who says it was “ drawn in Holland, from a living bird brought from St. Maurice’s Island in the East Indies.” The only remains of this bird at present known are a foot in this collection, (presented by the Royal Society,) and a head and foot, said to have belonged to a specimen which was formerly in Tradescant’s Museum, now forming part of the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford. The bird represented in the painting, in the shortness of the wings and colour, has much analogy to the ostrich, but its foot greatly resembles that of the common fowl, and the head, from the cere and the position and form of its nostrils, is most nearly allied to the Vultures ; so that if these remains really belonged to one species, and that the one here represented, its true place in the series of birds, is not, as yet, satisfactorily determined. NATURAL HISTORY. 99 GALLERY.] The other Wading Birds have long wings, and fly well ; many of them make periodical migrations, and are thus distributed over great part of the globe ; they usually extend their legs behind them when they fly. The family of Bustards ( Otidco , Cases 1 10 — 114) have the strong legs and small feet of the ostrich, but the wings are longer, and they have sometimes a small hind toe. The base of the beak is flexible, and the end hard and co¬ vered with a horny sheath, as the Bustard ( Otis ), the Plovers ( Charadrius ), which have three, and the Lapwing ( Vanellus), which has four toes ; the Turnstones (Strepsilas) differ from the Lapwings by the end of the beak being compressed, so as to enable them to find their food under stones. The Oyster- catcher ( Hcjematopus ) has strong legs, and the beak, like the former, compressed on the sides. The family of Cranes (Gruidce, Cases 115 — 117) have a rather short hind toe, much higher on the leg than the front ones, and a strong, hard, rather long beak, with the nostrils in the front of a broad groove. The Balearic Cranes ( Ba - learica ) have large open nostrils, naked cheeks, and throat- wattles. The Cariama ( Cariarna ) and Trumpeters ( Pso - phia ) have short beaks: the former has much the air of a raptorial bird, and the latter is peculiar for the metallic brilliancy of its plumage. The family of Herons ( Ardeidcz , Cases 117 — 126) have a hard elongated bill, and linear nostrils, covered with a thin skin, situated at the base of an indistinct, narrow groove. In some the hind toe is low down, and the middle claw toothed on the edge ; as in the genera Heron ( Ardea ), Night Heron ( Nycticorax ), and Crab- eater (Tigrisoma,') which only differ from each other by the size of the beak. The Storks ( Ciconia , Cases 124 — 125) have larger and more exposed nostrils than the Herons, the hind toe is placed rather higher, and the middle claw entire. The form and size of the bill vary greatly in the birds of this family. In the Adjutants ( Leptoptilos ) it is large, and furnished with a sort of throat-pouch ; in the Wood Ibis ( Tantalus ) it is slightly curved, and in the Spoonbill ( Platalea ) the extremity of the beak is flat and rounded. Many of these birds have a tuft of very soft feathers on the under side of the wings ; the Adjutants fur¬ nish the celebrated Cornacauly feathers. 100 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL, The family of Snipes ( Scolopacidce , Cases 127 — 129) have a long soft bill, and no hind toe, or only a very short one, scarcely reaching the ground. They generally live in marshy places, or on the sea-shore, feeding on worms. Some have the end of the bill covered with a leathery skin, and the nasal grooves extended to the end, as the Ibis and Sand-pipers (Tringa), the former having a long, curved bill, the latter a short and straight one ; from these the Sanderlings ( Calidris ) differ merely in having but three toes. The true Snipes ( Scolopaoc ) have the end of the beak sensible and spongy, and furnished with a central longitudinal groove. In others the nasal groove extends only half the length of the beak, as in the Longshanks ( Himantopus ), which have very long legs and but three toes : the Avocets have the bill curved upwards and the feet half webbed, whilst in the Chevaliers ( Limosa ) it is slender, rounded, and slightly recurved. The family of Rails * {Rail idee), whose habits are, of all these birds, the most aquatic, have many of the characters of the next order ; their toes are long and slender, and the hind one is placed on a level with the others. The body is compressed. The Jacana has the claws long and straight, and the bend of the wing armed with a spine ; the Screamers are remarkable for a horn on the centre of the head. Others have short claws and unarmed wings ; as the Coot which has the edge of the toes fringed with a lobed membrane ; and the Gallinules, Taleves, and Rails, which have them simple. The Web-footed or Aquatic Birds (Anseres, Linn.) have their feet placed on the hinder part of the body, with short compressed tarsi, and the toes united together by a web ; their plumage is close, shining, and oily, and they live chiefly on fish, mollusca, and insects. The family of Ducks {Anatidce) have short or moderate wings, their bill covered with a soft skin, and furnished on the edge with a series of plates, through which they filter the water, and thus separate their food. The Swans and Geese have beautifully formed, long necks ; the Cereopsis has the base of the beak covered by a yellow skin, * The families of raptorial and aquatic birds, although here described, are only in progress of bringing into the Gallery. GALLERY. 1 NATURAL HISTORY. 301 “* m and the Hydrobates the hind toe large, and webbed be¬ neath. The Merganser ( Mergus ) has a slender, serrated bill ; and the Flamingo ( Phcenicopterus ) combines the long legs of the Waders with the shining velvet plumage, com¬ pressed legs, and serrated bill of the Ducks. The family of the Divers (Colymbidce) have very mode¬ rately feathered short wings, and the legs placed so far back on the body, that they can assume an erect position. The bill is compressed at the tip, and smooth. They live constantly on the water, and dive for their food. The Grebes have a very silky plumage, and the toes se¬ parate, and fringed on the side by a membrane. These birds live on lakes, and are said to carry their young under their wings when alarmed. The Finfoot ( Podoa ) has the feet Gf the Grebes, but the tail is longer, and the claws sharp ; the Divers ( Colymbus ) have completely- webbed-feet, and live on the sea-coast. The family of Auks ( Alcidce ) have, like the Divers, very short wings, and the legs placed far behind the centre of the body, which enables them to stand nearly erect, but they have the toes all united by a web. In some the wings are covered with feathers, and have no hind toe, as the Guillemots ( Uriel ), Penguins ( Spheniscus ), and Puf¬ fins ( Fratercula ). Others have the wings covered wuth small scale-like feathers, and all the four toes directed for¬ wards. The remainder of the web- footed Birds have very long wings, which enable them to suspend themselves in the air for a great length of time, so that it almost appears to be their proper sphere, as they are seldom seen on the ground except in the breeding season. The family of Gulls ( Laridce ) have the hind toe free, and sometimes very short and rudimentary, and a com¬ pressed bill. The Petrels have the bill strongly hooked at the end ; their hind claw is placed immediately on the tarsus, without any toe. . Of all the Water birds, these keep more especially out at sea ; they often fly so far from land that during tempests they are obliged to take refuge on board the vessels they may happen to fall in with. They build in holes on rocks, and when attacked, squirt out a quantity of acrid oil from their stomachs. Some have the nostrils placed on the top of the beak, forming 102 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. a single tube, as in the Petrels, and others have them formed of two tubes placed on the side of the beak, as the Albatrosses: the latter are remarkable for the extreme length of their wings, furnished with long quills only at the top. The Gulls have the bill pointed at the end, with moderate sized, longitudinal nostrils. They live on the sea- shore, and eat fish, and carrion of all kinds. The young are generally of a dark, speckled-gray colour ; the adult, gray or white. The true Gulls have rounded tails ; from them the Skinner only differs in the under jaw being longest, and much compressed. The Lestris, or Skua Gull, differs from the common Gull by having the two middle tail feathers longer than the rest. Their habits are disgust¬ ing, subsisting chiefly on food rejected from the stomach of the common Gull, in its alarm when chased by the Skua, and which the latter catches before it falls into the water. The Terns ( Sterna ) have forked tails, and the Noddies { Megaloptera ) square tails and very long wings. The family of Pelicans ( Pelecanidce ) is at once distin¬ guished by the hind toe being united to the others by a web : their legs are short ; they are excellent swimmers, and often perch on trees ; the edge of their beak is generally toothed, and their throat dilated into a bag, in which they keep the fish as they catch them, to feed their young. The Darter is peculiar for the small size of its body and the length of its neck; the Tropic Bird, which resembles the Gulls in form, has two long feathers in the middle of its tail ; the true Pelican has a broad beak and enormous pouch ; the Cormorant has a slender bill and rounded tail, while the tail of the Frigate-bird is forked; the Booby, so called from its excessive stupidity, has a broad bill. The following table exhibits, at one view, the arrange¬ ment of the families of birds, and a list of the genera of the British species ; the number, as far as they are yet arranged, indicates the Cases that contain them. Class II. A VE s. Order I. Accipi- tres, Linn. Farm 1. Gypaetidce. Fam. 2. Cathar tides. Neophron. Fam. 3. Vulturid.ee , Fam. 4. Falconidce. a. Buteo. b. Aquila. Pandion. Haliaetus. c. Hierofalco. Falco. Dendrofalco. Timnmculus. Erythropus. d, Pernis. GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 103 Q if Nauclerus. Milvus. e. Daedalion. Accipiter. f. Circus. Strigiceps. Fam. 5. Strigidce . a. Surnia. b. Scops. Bubo. c. Syrnium. Otus. Nyctale. d. Strix. Order II. Pas¬ se res, Linn. Div. 1. Fissirostres. Fam. 1. Caprimulgidce* Caprimulgus. Fam. 2. Hirundinidoe. 38. a. Cypselus. 38. b. Hirundo. 38. Cotyle. 38. Chelidon. 38. Fam. 3. Todidce. 39. Coracias. 39. Fam. 4. Trogonidae. 40. Fam. 5. Alcedinidce. 41. 42. Alcedo. 42. Fam. 6. Meropidce. 42. Merops. 42. Div. 2. Tenuirostres. F am. 1. UpupidcE. 43. Upupa. 43. b. Nucifraga. 63. Pica. 63. Corvus. 63. c. Fregilus. 64. c. Troglodytes. 47. Div. 3. Dentirostres. Fam. 1 . Motacillidas . 48 to 52. -a. Melizophilus. 48. Fam. 2. Sturnidce . 65 b. Locustella. 49. to 67. Calamodyta. 49. Pastor. 66. Acrocephalus. 49. Sturnus. 66. Hippolais. 49. Fam. 2. Nectarinidce. 43. Regulus. 49- Phyllopneuste.49. Sylvia. 49. Curruca. 49. Nisoria. 49. Luscinia. 49. c. Ruticilla. 50. Cyanecula. 50. Rubecula. 50. Vitiflora. 50. Bubetra. 50. d. Accentor. 51. e. Parus. 51. Calamophilus. 51. / Mecistura. 51. f. Motaciila. 52. Budytes. 52. Anthus. 52. Corydalla. 52. Fam. 2. Turdidce. 53 to 55. a. Cinclus. 53. b. Turdus. 54. Merula. 54. c. Oriolus. 55. Fam. 3. Muscicapidce. 56, 57. Muscicapa. 57. Fam- 2- Psittacida, 74 Butalis. 57- t0 7s- Fam. 4. Ampelidcs . 58, Fam. 3. Picidce . 78 to Fam. 3. FringillicUe. 68 to 71. a. Coccothraustes. 68. b. Carduelis. 69. Chrysomitris. 70. Cannabina. 79. Chlorospiza. 70. Passer. 70. Fringilla. 70. c. Emberiza. 70. d. Alauda. 71- Galerida. 71 • Otocoris. 71* Londra. 73* e. Pyrrhula. 71* f. Loxia. 71* Fam. 4. Musophagidce . 71. Fam. 5. Buceridce. 72, 73. Div. 5. Scan sores. Fam. 1. Ramphastidce . 77. 59. Bomby cilia. 58. Fam. 3. Trochilida . 44. Fam. 5. Laniadce. 60, Fam. 4. Meliphagidce . 91. 45. Lanius. 60. f ,7 . 1 Collurio. 60. Fam. 5. Certhiadce . 46, 47. Div. 4. Conirostres. Fam. 5. Cuculidce . 81 a. Certbia. 47. Fam. 1. Corvidcs. 62 to to 83. Tichodroma. 47* 64. Cuculus. 83. b. Sitta. 47. a. Garrulus. 62. Cureus. 82. 80. a. Picoides. 76. Picus. 79. b. Dryocopus. 79. c. Gecinus. 80. d. Yunx. 80. 104 jfpi v NATURAL HISTORY. [[EAST. ZOOL. Order III. Gal¬ ling, Linn. Fam. 1. CohimbidoB. 34 to 88. a. Columba. 86. b. Turtur. 87- Fam. 2. Cracidce. 89, a. Phasianus. 94. b. Gallus. 98. c. Meleagris. 100. Numida. 99. d. Perdix. 101. Starna. 101. Coturnix. 101. Ortyx. 102. Fam. 4. Tetraonidce . 104 to- 106. Tetrao. 104. Lyrurus. 104. Lagopus. 105. Fam. 5. Megapodiidce. 106. Fam. 6. Cliionidce. 106. Fam. 7. Tinamidce . 106. Order IV. Gralla, Linn. Fam. 1. Struthionidce . 107 to 109. Fam. 2. Otidce . 110 to 114. a. Otis. 110. b. (Edicnemus. 112. c. Glareola. 113. Squatarola. 113. Vanellus. 113. Charadrius. 113. Hiaticula. 113. d. Haematopus. 114. Fam. 3. Gruidce . 114 to 117. Grus. 115. Fam. 4. Ardeidce . 117 to 126. a. Ardea. 119. Egretta. 120. Buphus. 122. Botaurus. 122. Ardeola. 122. Nycticorax. 123. b. Platalea. 123. Ciconia. 124. c. Falcinellus. 126. a. Numenius. 127. Limosa. 128. b. Tetanus. 129. Glottis. 129. Guinetta. 129. c. Reeurvirostra. 123. Himantopus. 128. d. Tringa. 129. Machetes. 128. Pelidna. 129. Calidris. 129. e. Macroramphus. Scolopax. Xylocota. Telmatias. Gallinago. f. Steganopus. Lobipes. Fam. 6. Rallidte, a. Ortygometra. Porzana. Rallus. b. Gallinula. Fulica. Order V. Nat at o- res, Linn. Fam. 1. AnaticUe. a. Bernicla. Chen. Anser. b. Cygnus. Olor. c. Tadorna. Casarca. Aix. Mareca. Dafila. Anas. Querquedula. Cyanopterus. Chaulelasmus. Rhvnchaspis. Cairina. d. Oidemia. Somateria, Branta. Fuligula. Nyroca. Clangula. Harelda. e. Erismatura* f. Mergus. Fam. 2. Colymbidce. a. Colymbus. b. Podiceps. Sylbeocyclus. Fam. 3. Alcadce. a. Alca. Utamania. Fratercula. b. Uria. Grylle. Mergulus. Fam. 4. Laridce. a. Puffinus. Thalassidromus. Wagellus. b. Catarracta. Stercorarius. Larus. Laroides. Xema. Chroicocephalus. Rissa. Gavia. c. Gelichelidon. Tbalasseus. Sylochelidon, Sterna. - Sternula. Anous. Megalopterus. Fam. 5 Pelecanidce. Sula. Phalacrocorax. 90. Fam. 3. Phasianidce. Fam. 5. Scolopacidce * 91 to 102. 127 to NATURAL HISTORY. 105 GALLERY.] The Table Cases contain the collection of the Shells of Molluscous Animals (in progress of arrangement). Shells are the hard bodies which are secreted for their protection by the surface of certain soft inarticulated animals, (called Mollusca ;) they are generally large enough to cover the whole of the body, but some are so small as only to protect the more important organs, as the heart, lungs, &c. The shell is formed on the animal before it is excluded from the egg, and even before the unhatched animal has gained all its organs ; and a few kinds, as the Dorides , &c., which are destitute of the shell in their adult state, at which period they are covered only with, a cartilaginous skin, have a shell to cover their soft and just hatched bodies. The animals which form these shells constitute a par¬ ticular division of the animal kingdom, which, from their being soft, fleshy, and destitute of any bony skeleton sup¬ porting jointed limbs, or of any hard ringed skin, have been called Mollusca. They are covered with a muscular coat, called the mantle , endued with a glairy humour, and are generally elongate ; walking on a single central foot or disk, and furnished with one or more pairs of organs on the head and sides, to enable them to move from place to place ; but their most distinctive character is, that their nervous system consists of a certain number of medullary masses, or ganglions, distributing fibres to different parts of the body ; one of the masses being placed over the gul¬ let, and enveloping it like a collar. The shell is formed by the hardening of the animal mat¬ ter which is secreted by certain glands on the surface of the body, by means of chalky matter, which is also secreted by similar glands. The unhatched animal, very shortly after it is formed, begins to construct its shell ; and when the animal is hatched, it deposits on the edge of the mouth of the little shell which covered its body in the egg, a small quantity of mucous secretion. This dries, and is then lined with other mucous matter, intermixed with calcareous particles, and when this becomes hardened the ani¬ mal again places on its edge another thin layer of the mucous secretion, and again lines it as before. The mucous secretion first deposited, called Periostraca , forms the outer coat of the shell, and is of use in protecting it from injury, while the f 3 106 NATURAL HISTORY# [EAST. ZOOL. mucous matter mixed with lime,, which is placed within, forms the substance of the shell itself. This alternate de¬ position of mucus, and of mucus mixed with calcareous matter, goes on as the animal grows, and feels from its in¬ creasing size, the want of a larger shell for its protection. The shell is, in fact, moulded on the body of the animal itself as the body grows, and for this reason any inequality or irregularity of the body is reproduced on the shell. If the irregularity or inequality is of a permanent character, such as a canal, tubercles, &e., it causes a permanent groove or ridge, running from the apex to the mouth of the shell, or even produced beyond it as far as the canal of the mantle extends. But besides these permanent inequalities, which are generally necessary for the functions of the animal, the Mollusca, like most other animals, appear to have seasons of activity, or development, and of rest ; and in the season of activity there are often expanded from the edge of their man¬ tle leaf-like, thread-like, or variously shaped appendages ; which appendages, as soon as they are formed, generally secrete on the edge of the shell, shelly leaf-like expan¬ sions, tubular spines, &c., for their protection ; these fleshy expansions are after a time gradually contracted until the period of rest recurs, and the part of the shell that is formed during this period is destitute of such appendages on its surface. Thus the marks produced by the permanent pro¬ jections form ribs, grooves, &c., running from the apex to the edge of the mouth of the shell ; while those produced by the alternations of the periods of rest and developement are always in concentric lines parallel with the edge of its mouth. This method of formation and enlargement allows only the inner surface and the edge of the mouth of the shell, which is immediately applied to the surface of the animal, to be within its influence, as each deposition of nev/ matter removes the part which it covers from the ani¬ mal’s control ; consequently all the shelly appendages, &c., on the surface, except those on the immediate edge, which were used by the animal to protect its fleshy expansions, are no longer of any use to it, though they often add greatly to the beauty of the shell. The animal has the faculty also of mending any break or injury that its shell may receive, if it is not of such a magnitude as to derange all the functions of the animal 107 GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. itself; and it mends them in the same manner as it forms its shell, that is to say, by depositing first a coat of ani¬ mal matter, which is moulded on the body until it is dry, and then lining it with mucous matter mixed with chalk to harden it. But as the animal is usually very desirous of getting the repairs done as quickly as possible, and is most probably damaged by the injury the shell has received, and also wants the support that the already formed shell gives to it during its growth, these repairs are generally irregular, much more roughly executed than the shell itself, and commonly destitute of regular colour. (See p. 86, Cases 3 and 4.) The shell of the unhatched animal is generally of a self or uniform colour, but after the animal is hatched the surface becomes more or less varied or ornamented. The particles which produce this colouring of the surface are deposited while the shell is increasing in size, immediately un¬ der the outer mucous coat, ( periostraca ,) and as these par¬ ticles are only secreted by peculiar glands, the colour is always disposed in a particular manner in each of the spe¬ cies, the glands being gradually enlarged and gradually separated, but not changed in position by the growth of the animal. All the variations exhibited in the colouring of the different species., or in the different individuals of the same species, are produced by the different position, or by the permanence or temporary interruption of the action of these glands. By far the greater number of these animals are pro¬ vided with two of these shells or valves, which are often nearly alike in size and form, and are hence called Bivalves , as the shells of the Conchifera , where one of the valves is placed on each side of the body, and they are united to¬ gether by a ligament behind. In others, as those of the Brackiopodes, the two valves are separate, one on the upper surface or back, and the other on the under surface of the body. In others, as in the shells of Gasteropodes , the two valves are so unequal that the smaller one merely acts as a lid to close the mouth of the larger, when the ani¬ mal is retracted into it ; hence it has been called an oper¬ culum. This smaller valve, or operculum, is generally cartilaginous, either wholly formed of animal matter, or strengthened by a quantity of calcareous matter deposited on one or both of its surfaces. Sometimes this valve is 108 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL altogether wanting, especially in those genera which have an expanded mouth compared with the size of the remain- ing shell. Most of the Gasteropodous animals; especially the lung- breathing kinds, which are not provided with a second valve, prevent the evaporation of their juices, during the very hot or cold weather, when they are in a torpid state, by secreting a layer of mucus, which forms a temporary lid, called an epiphragma , and is sometimes hardened by a quantity of calcareous particles. Linnaeus referred all the animals inhabiting shells to five different genera, viz., Limax , Ascidia, Anomia , Clio , and Sepia . These genera have become the types of five very distinct classes, viz., first, the Gasteropoda , which have a distinct head and a univalve spiral shell; secondly, the Conchifera, which have the mouth placed at the bottom of the bag-like mantle, and are covered with a bivalve shell. The three other classes are remarkable for being desti¬ tute of any foot, as they are attached to other bodies, float about in the sea, or walk on the tentacles which surround their head. They consist of the Brachiopoda , which have an attached bivalve shell and a pair of spiral arms on the sides of the mouth ; the Pteropoda , which have a pair of fins on the sides of the head, and a very light univalve shell ; and the Cephalopoda, so called be¬ cause they walk head downwards on the large tentacles that surround their mouth. The more typical Mollusca have a single more or less distinct muscular foot, on which they walk, or rather glide, placed under their stomach, as the Gasteropoda and the Conchifera. The Gasteropodous Mollusca (Cases 1 to ) walk on a broad, hat, expanded ventral disk, and have a single large spiral valve, and sometimes a small horny opercu¬ lar valve, which is occasionally thickened by a shelly coat ; they have a distinct head, furnished with feelers, and are generally provided with eyes and other organs of sense. They are divided into orders, according to the form of their respiratory organs. The Ctenobranchiata, or pectinated-gilled Mollusca, are so called from their respiratory organs consisting of a comb-like gill, placed over the back of the neck. This NATURAL HISTORY* 109 GALLERY.] order contains the greater part of the Gasteropodous Mol- lusca which are furnished with large and distinct shells. They are divided into sections, according to the food they live upon and the position of their eyes. 1. The Zoophagous Gasteropodes, or those which prey almost exclusively on dead or living animal food, have a syphon attached to the inner side of the front part of the mantle, to enable the water more freely to arrive at their respiratory organs. Their shells are always provided with a canal, placed in the front of the pillar which is formed to protect this syphon. They are furnished with a retractile proboscis, armed with teeth, which enables them to form round holes in bivalve and other shells, for the purpose of extracting the inhabitant ; their operculum is always horny, and formed of irregular concentric plates. The eggs of these animals are contained in coriaceous cases, each hold¬ ing many eggs, of which only a few gradually enlarge and come to perfection. The cases of Buccinum undatum , and Fusus despectus have been mistaken for the eggs of the oyster, and called oyster spat. This error is the more re¬ markable, as oysters are ovoviviparous, the young being found in the branchiae of the parent in the month of July: the eggs of Purpura and other genera have, by a similar error, been described as a species of Tubularia. The species of these shells are extremely apt to vary according to the roughness or smoothness of the sea they live in, and the quantity and quality of their food ; thus, some of the common Whelks are thick and rugose, others very thin, even, and finely coloured. Rarely the whorls of these shells turn contrary to the common direction, from left to right, and sometimes, when the shell has been injured in its growth, the succeeding whorls are turned out of their usual course, and the shell becomes very much elongated or bent. (See p. 86, Cases 3 and 4.) The larger species are used as food by the natives of the sea-coast, and as bait by the fishermen. In Scotland the shell of the large Fusus despectus is used as a lamp. In India and China the different species of Turbinellus are used to contain the oil to anoint the priests. The ahimal of Purpura Lapillus yields a beautiful purple colour, which has been considered as the Tyrian dye of the ancients ; but there is little doubt that this colour was obtained from no NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. various species, which were most common in the district ; the true Tyrian dye was most probably derived from Mur ex trun cuius. The family of Strombidoe (Case 1, 2) are peculiar for having a very compressed foot, which only allows them to leap and not to walk ; their eyes are placed on the end of a large thick elongated peduncle, having the slender ten¬ tacles arising out of the middle of their hinder sides, and the shell is peculiar for having a deep sinus placed on the side near the canal over the head of the animal, when it is expanded. These animals, when they arrive at their full size, expand the edge of the mantle in a remarkable degree, which causes the shell of the adult animal to be very different from that of the young. This expansion only takes place once in their lives, and not at repeated and stated periods, as in the Murices , &c. Their operculum is narrow and claw-like, the apex being produced beyond the point of its attachment, as it enlarges, by new layers below. All the other Zoophagous Gasteropodes have a broad ex¬ panded foot, by which they glide on and attach themselves to marine bodies ; their eyes are sessile, or placed on a very short tubercle near the base, or on the tentacles. The family of Muricidce (Case 3) have a more or less elongated straight syphon, and the shell has a straight tubular canal for its protection ; the animal, at certain periods of its growth, expands the edge of its mantle, and, during this time, deposits appendages on the edge of the shell for their protection ; these expansions of the mantle are then gradually withdrawn, and the portion of shell which the animal forms between this time and the next development of the appendages, is of the common shape: y but the expansions produced for their protection are left on the surface of the shell, forming variously shaped bands across the whorls, which have been called varices , from some of them looking like dilated veins; these varices , and the spines upon them, being formed on the expanded appendages of the mantle, exactly correspond to them in form, and afford good characters for the determination of the groups and species. In some of these animals the periodical expansions of the mantle are round, forming a convex simple granular varix on the shell, and the inner lip GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. Ill of the shell is generally granulated ; as in the genera Ranella, where there is half a whorl between each varix, and Triton , where there is a varix on each two-thirds of a whorl. In the Murices, on the contrary, the expansions of the mantle are generally produced into elongated processes, the varices are consequently spinose or variously branched, and there is only one-third (or often less) of a whorl between them : the inner lip of these shells is smooth. In the other genera of this family the animal does not, or only very slightly, dilate the mantle at any period of its growth, so that the shell has a uniform surface, or marked with only slightly concentric waves, which may be considered as the rudimentary states of varices, or rather as the intermediate ridges which are found between the varices in the Tritons and Mur ices, and which mark the places where the animals have rested for a short period ; their ridges are generally fringed with an expansion of the periostraca. In some of the genera, as Pleurotoma , Conus, Fusus, and Pyrula, the pillar of the shell is smooth. In others, as Turbinellus, Fasciolaria, and Cancellaria , this part is plaited as in the Volutes, but they are known from the latter by the canal of the syphon being more elongated. The family of Buccinidce (Case ) have the syphon of the mantle recurved, and the shell has a more or less elongated recurved canal in the front of the mouth for its protection. Some of these animals form convex rounded varices at distant places on the whorls, like the Tritons , and generally have the lips veined or granular, as Cassis , Cassidaria , Folium, and Harpa. Others, like the Murices, have close irregular varices, which are sometimes produced into spines or branched processes, as Ricinula, Purpura, and Magilus. The latter is very peculiar ; for the animal, at a certain period of its growth, deposits in the cavity such a quantity of calcareous matter, as to produce the shell, in its subsequent growth, into a more or less elongated straight process. In others the animal does not form any, or only very rudimentary, varices, as Buccinum , Terebra, Nassa, and Columbella, and the shells are covered with a horny pe¬ riostraca. These genera are severally distinguished from each other by the form of the mouth ; some of them, which have the lips much dilated over the base of the last whorl, have a very large foot, which is believed to secrete the 112 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. shelly matter of which the lips are formed. The Olives have the shell covered with a polished coat, and sunk into the large expanded foot, so that only a small part of its hack can be seen when the animal is walking ; the front of the foot is separated from the hinder part, as in the Volutes,* by a deep nick on each side, and the front of the pillar of the shell isobscurely plaited. The true Olives {Oliva) have a canal round the suture of the whorls, formed to inclose a filiform process arising from the hinder end of their small inclosed mantle, which is wanting in the An - cillarice . The family of Volutes ( Volutidce, Case ) have a re¬ curved syphon, and only a nick in the front of the mouth of the shell, like some of the former genera ; but the front of the pillar of the shell is regularly and obliquely plaited. The foot of the animal is very large, partly hiding the shell, and generally deeply nicked on each side in front. In general the shell is covered with a distinct periostraca, as Mitra, Valuta , and Musica , but in a few, as Cymbium , the animal, when any sand or other matter gets between the shell and the upper surface of its foot, secretes a quantity of shelly matter, and covers the adventitious sub¬ stance with a glassy coat, so as to prevent the extraneous particles from irritating it. In some, as Voluta angulala , one of the sides, and in others, as Mar gin ell a, both sides of the mantle, are produced and reflected over the back of the shell, and the shelly matter secreted by these parts covers the outer surface of the shell with a polished coat, like the Cowries. Only a few species, as Voluta musica , and some of the smaller Mitres, are provided with a horny operculum, which is entirely deficient in the other kinds. The animals of the genus Cymbium are ovoviviparous ,* the shell of the newly born animal is very large, and the apex of the spire of many of these shells is very irregularly twisted. The family of Cowries {Cyprceadce, Case ) in the young state have a thin shell, covered with a thin peri¬ ostraca, and with a wide mouth like that of Bulla, but, as they approach the adult age, the lobe of the tnantle spreads out so as to cover the back of the shell with two large lobes, which are capable of being contracted into the cavity of the shell at will ; at the same time the mouth of GALLERY.]] NATURAL HISTORY. I 13 the shell is gradually contracted and indexed, only leaving a narrow slit, and its back is covered with an enamel coat, deposited on its sides by the lobes of the mantle. In Cyprcea, Algoa , and Ovula , the outer coat of the shell is polished, but in Cyprovula and Trivia it is covered with raised ribs. In most of the genera both the lips are plaited, but in Ovula the inner one is smooth. Near this family must be placed, for the present, the anomalous genus Coriocella , (Case ,) which is peculiar among these animals for having a thin, white, ear-like shell, imbedded in the large expanded coriaceous mantle, which is nicked in front for the syphon. 2. The Phytophagous Gasteropodes , so called because they live chiefly on vegetable food, are destitute of any dis¬ tinct syphon for the passage of water to the branchial cavity, and therefore have no canal in front of the mouth of the shell ; their eggs are membranaceous, and often depo¬ sited on the surface of other shells ; but many of the animals are ovo viviparous. Many of them have a spiral oper¬ culum or lid, which is attached to the back of the hinder part of the foot of the animal : this operculum turns round backwards on the apex of its spire, as it increases in size, by the addition of new matter to the edge of its last whorl, so that this edge is always in the same position in the mouth of the shell. They are divided into sections accord¬ ing to the position of their eyes. The Podophthalmi have their eyes placed on short pedi¬ cels at the . back inner angle of the tentacles ; their heart generally surrounds the rectum. In most the sides of the body are furnished with a fringe sending out a series of filaments or tentacles. These are all marine, often living on rocks near the shore ; when left by the tide they shut a quantity of fluid into the respira¬ tory cavity, and close the mouth of the shell with the oper¬ culum to prevent its evaporation until the water again covers them. Many of them are hermaphrodite, like the snails. The family of Turbinidce (Case ) have solid spiral shells, with a roundish aperture, which is generally pearly within. Their operculum is spiral, and protected by a hard external shelly deposit ; and the tentacles have an appendage at their bases. They are mostly covered 114 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. with a thick periostraca, but some, as Phasianella , are covered with a very thin transparent one, shewing the brilliant colours of the shell through it. The Turbo Sar - maticus is peculiar for having a layer of blackish animal matter between the outer opaque and the inner pearly coat of the shell ; this coat forms a dark zone between the edges of the two coats, just within the aperture of the shell. The family of Trochidce (Case ) chiefly differ from the former in having a more conical shell, with a square mouth ; the operculum, which is generally formed of many slowly enlarging whorls, is destitute of any shelly coat ; and the bases of the tentacles are without appendage. The family of Stomatellidce (Case ) are very like the former, but the mouth of the shell is large and expanded compared with the size of the spire and operculum. The family of Haliolidce (Case ) have even a more expanded mouth than the former ; they have no opercu¬ lum, and the side of the foot of the animal is covered with a hard warty skin; but their most peculiar character con¬ sists in their having usually a groove or slit in the mantle, over the part where their gills are situated. In Stomatia the place of this slit is marked in the shell by a groove, while in Halioils , and the allied genera, the groove of the shell is pierced with a series of holes in front, which are gradually filled up behind as new ones are required to be formed by the growth of the animal, the last being occu¬ pied by the vent ; and in Scissurella and Pleurotomaria there is a long slit in the shell, over the opening in the mantle. The family of the Keyhole Limpets ( Emarginulidce , Case ) have an animal very like the Ear-shells, but the shell is depressed, simply conical, not pearly, and furnished either with a hole, placed in the front of the apex, as in Fis - surella, or with a notch in the front of the edge, as in Emarginula and Parmophorus . These holes or grooves afford a passage for the water to the respiratory organs, and for the expulsion of the faeces. In Pupillia the shell is surrounded by a sharp white edge ; and in Lucapina the mantle covers the cancellated shell. Here must also be placed the family of the Tooth-shells, ( [Dentaliadce , Case ,) which have been, till lately, re¬ garded as the tubes of worms, but are now known to be NATURAL HISTORY. 115 GALLERY.^ formed by true Mollusca ; they chiefly differ from the former family in being much higher and nearly cylindrical, with a very small base, and the foot is clavate and not used for walking, as the Tooth-shell, Dentalium . The family of Lottiadce , the shells of which are so simi¬ lar to those of the Patella , that it is impossible to distin¬ guish them from each other : the animals, however, which form them are quite different from those of the latter shells, whilst they are closely allied to the Fissur elite, from which they scarcely differ, except in having only one gill, placed obliquely across the back, which is exserted when the ani¬ mal walks. The second group of the Podophthalmi are destitute of any appendages or tentacles on the sides of the feet, and the insides of their shells are always opaque and porcellaneous. The tentacles are generally elongate and slender. The family of Nerites ( Neritida , Case ). Their shells are semi-ovate, with a small semicircular mouth furnished with a sharp transverse inner lip ; they have the operculum articulated to the pillar lip, as the genera Nerita , Neritina, and Navicellus ; the former has a shelly operculum grooved on the edge, and the two latter, a thin one with a flexible margin. The eggs of some, as the Neritce, are ovate, co¬ vered with a horny skin and attached to other shells. The family of Ampullariadce (Case ) differ from all the foregoing in the operculum being annular ; the shells are globular, and are covered with a thick olive periostra- cum. The animals have long filiform tentacula, a forked forehead, and are oviparous. The eggs are large, globular, greenish, and translucent, attached to plants under water. They live in fresh water. In some the ojierculum is simply horny ; others, which have a thick edge to the mouth of the shell, have a thick shelly internal coat to the operculum. The family of Violet Shells, or lanihinidce , (Case ,) so called from the fine blue colour of the shells, which appear to be stained by the abundant violet juices of the animals, seem to be most nearly allied to the last mentioned family. These animals, which generally float on the surface of the sea, have a large head and a small oblong foot, which has a mass of cartilaginous bubbles attached to the middle of the ventral surface, serving the office of a float, and on which 116 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. the animals deposit their eggs. This part is probably a modification of the operculum. The shells are thin, with a large angular mouth, and the whorls have a deep notch in the middle of the outer lip, which is occupied by the neck of the animal when it is floating. The family of Atalants ( Atalantidce ) have the same habits, and much of the appearance of the former animals, but the foot is smaller, and the middle of its ventral sur¬ face is provided with an erect compressed rounded fin, with a sucking disk on its hinder edge, and there is a distinct shelly operculum on its peculiar mantle. Their shells are thin, transparent, and sometimes almost cartilaginous, with an angular mouth having a nick in the middle of the outer lip ; the whorls are often keeled. The second division of Phytophagous Ctenobranchous Mollusca , or Eriophthalmi , are so called because their eyes are sessile, or only placed on a very small prominence at the base of the tentacles ; their sides are simple. They are unisexual, and they are most usually provided with a distinctly spiral operculum. They are oviparous, but a few have their eggs hatched in the oviduct of the parent. 1. In the following families the gills are formed of trian¬ gular plates, and are not exposed ; and their shells' are generally regularly spiral, with a moderately-sized aper¬ ture. The family of Nipple Shells ( Naticidce ) are peculiar for having a large foot, in which the hemispherical shell is im¬ bedded, and which is much produced in front, beyond its edge ; the tentacles are small, sometimes obliterated, and the mouth is hid in a groove ; the operculum is spiral. The eggs are deposited in a broad, expanded band, folded like a funnel, sunk in the sand on the sea shore ; these bands have been described as a cGral, under the name of F lustra are - nosa . The genera Natica and Nacca , which have a moderate mouth, have a large operculum ; and Crypto- stoma, which has a very large mouth, has a very small oper¬ culum. The animals of the following families have usually a moderately sized foot. The family of Periwinkles ( Littorinldcc ) have a free oval, spiral, or subspiral horny operculum ; the shells ge¬ nerally have a roundish mouth, and are not pearly within ; GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 117 some have a simple round mouth* with a concave inner lip, as the Liltorince and Assiminia, Lacuna differs in the pillar lip being flattened, and the axis pierced ; Scalaria is re¬ markable for having a white shell, marked with numerous varices ; the Turritellce are turreted, and the Melanice and Cerithice , which have also generally elongated turreted shells, usually have a more or less distinct groove or nick in the front of the mouth. Some, as the Melanopses , have a nick quite like the Buccina; but they are easily known from the marine zoophaga by their structure and mode of life, which is passed in fresh water ; their apices are gene¬ rally eroded, and they are often covered with a dark olive periostraca. The Tristoma are peculiar for having a con¬ tracted mouth, and a tubular hole, like the Typhis , at the posterior angle of the outer lip. The family of Looping Snails ( Truncatellidce ) have an oval spiral operculum, and the same form of animal as the former family, but the foot is small, and the lips very large and expanded ; the animal walks by contracting the space between these parts into a loop, like the Looper or Geometric Caterpillars. The family of Pond Snails, ( Paludinidce ,) like the Am - pullariadce , and unlike the other families of this group, are fresh water Mollusca, with the opercula formed of regular rings, but they differ from the Ampullar iadce in having short tentacles, sessile eyes, and an entire forehead. The Paludince have a horny operculum, and are ovovivipa- rous, while the Bithinice , which have a shelly operculum, are oviparous like Lymncea . The family of Valve Shells [V alvatidce) are small duvia- tile Ivlollusca, found in rivulets, with an orbicular many- whorled spiral operculum ; they are remarkable for having their gills, which are formed of spiral plates, protruded beyond the shell when they walk. The family of Pyramid Shells (Pyramidellidce) are at once known by the oblique plaits on the front of the pillar lip of the shell, and by their tentacles being broad and folded like the ears of a hare ; they have the eyes at the inner side of their base, like the Auriculce ; their operculum is horny, with a flap on the inner side to adapt it to the plaits on the pillar. The family of Turned Shells ( Tornatellidce ) also have 118 NATURAL HISTORY. [[EAST. ZOOL. plaits on the pillar, and a horny operculum with a flap ; but the animal has no true tentacles, only an expanded disk on the front of the body, somewhat like the disk of the Bulladce . 2. The animals of the families which follow have their gills formed of long filaments, and often exserted when the animal is expanded; their shells are very variable and anomalous in form, and often have a very large aperture. The family of Worm Shells [ Vermetidce ) are peculiar for having an irregularly tubular shell, which is generally attached, by its outer surface, to shells and other marine bodies. The body is elongate, and living thus fixed, the foot is not furnished with a distinct disk for walking ; its two ends are folded together, and its hinder end is pro¬ duced into a flat orbicular disk, as large as the mouth of the shell, which is generally protected by an orbicular horny operculum. The operculum is very variable in form ; it is sometimes concave, with a central star, at others it is formed of many whorls with a thin raised outer edge, and in Siliquaria , after the animal has arrived at its full size, it continues to form new whorls to the operculum, which are nearly all of the size of the mouth of the shell. This lat¬ ter genus is also peculiar for the mantle having a slit near the edge of the gill, as in the Haliotides , and its tubular shell is also furnished with a similar slit. Another genus, Spiroglyphus , instead of a tube, forms a groove on the sur¬ face of other shells, which it covers over and converts into a tubular case for its body ; in their young state these ani¬ mals assume a regular spiral form, but after a time they often take another direction. The family of Foolscap Limpets (Capulidce) have a short conical body, covered with a simple conical shell, having a subspiral tip ; they are attached to rocks and other marine bodies like Limpets, with which they were formerly confounded, but they differ from them in their gills forming an oblique line across the back of the neck of the animal ; their eggs, contained in membranaceous cases, are often affixed in radiating groups to the side of the foot. In Capulus the foot is flat, with a plaited front edge ; in Hip - ponyx and Sabia it is, as it were, folded on itself, and is unfit for walking upon ; the back of the foot of the former of these animals secretes a shelly plate, marked with a GALLERY."! natural history. 119 horse-shoe shaped muscular impression, like an operculum ; and the latter forms a depression by corroding a space on the surface of the shell to which it is attached of the size of its own shell, and marked with a crescent- shaped ridge, shewing the place where the muscles were affixed : the ge¬ nus Brocckia only differs from Capulus in having a broad sinus on the right side of the aperture. The family of Slipper Shells ( CalyptrceidcE ) chiefly dif¬ fer from the former family in the body and shell being somewhat spiral, but they differ from most other spiral shells in the hinder lip being deeply concave, and fur¬ nished with a much raised edge, so as to inclose the whole of the foot of the animal when it is living attached to marine bodies like the Limpets, which they greatly resemble in their shape and manner of life. The shells of this family greatly differ in shape ; indeed, so much so that it is diffi¬ cult to believe how they could be formed by the same kind of animals, yet, when a large series of them are compared, they so gradually pass one into the other that it is not easy to separate them even into genera. In Crepidula and Calyptrcea the apex is spiral ; in some of the latter genus the axis is perforated. In some species, otherwise allied to Calyptrcea , the spire is so reduced in length, and the la¬ mina which separates the whorls of the body is so rudi¬ mentary, that nothing but the part which surrounds the much enlarged perforation of the axis is left ; these modi¬ fications, when fully developed, have been called the Cup and Saucer Limpet ( Dispoiea ). The Cremoria , on the other hand, have only a folded plate on the apex of the cavity to support the back of the body, which is probably a modifica¬ tion of the plate usually found between the whorls of the body. These animals also have the faculty of secreting a cup-shaped shelly plate to support their foot, like the Hip- pony ces, but it is distinguished from the plate of the latter by being furnished with an oval central scar. The family of Carrier Shells ( Phoridce ) must be placed here provisionally until their animal is better known, although it has a horny subangular operculum like the Zoophagous Ctenobranchiate Mollusca. Their shell is coni¬ cal, much like a Calyptrcea in shape, but they have the peculiarity of attaching, as the shell is enlarged in size, stones, fragments of other shells, coral, and other marine 120 NATURAL HISTORY. [jEAST, ZOOL. substances to its outer surface, from whence they have been called, respectively, “ the Conch ologist ” and “ the Mine¬ ralogist.” Some species have this laabit only in an early stage, others retain it during the whole period of their life. The next order of Gasteropodous Mollusca are called Pleueobranchiata, from having their gills placed on the right side of the back, and covered with a thin mantle, which is sometimes protected by a small shell, more or less sunk within its substance. They have no operculum, and usually swim about, aided by the membranaceous append¬ ages on the side of the foot. In some, the gills are on the side of the back, and covered by the mantle, as the Bulladce and Aplysiadce . The family of Bubble Shells, Bulladce , have the head or front part of the animals without any distinct tentacula, the eyes being placed in a hat shield, as in the genera Bulla , Bullcea, Acer a, and Gay ter opt era ; the latter has no shell, and the sides of its head are dilated into large wings, by means of which it swims about in every direc¬ tion. The Bullcece are very voracious, and prey on shell¬ fish, for which purpose they are furnished with a gizzard covered with three shelly plates, by means of which they can crack the shells after having swallowed them whole. The BulUnoe have the edge of the frontal disk produced into lobes. The family of Sea Hares, ( Aplysiadce ,) so called from the form they assume when sitting on the rocks, have an elongated head and distinct tentacula : as the genera Aplysia , Dolabellay and Notarchus ; the latter has no shell, and the Aplysice emit a great quantity of a purple fluid. The family of Pterotracheidce , which Lamarck separated into an order under the name of Heteropodes , on account of their foot being compressed into a rounded, erect fin, with only a sucker at its hinder edge, appear to be most allied to these families. The viscera, as in the slugs, are chiefly contained in the elongated body ; the heart and gills are protruded, forming a small dorsal mass, (which has been called the nucleus ,) and which, in Pterotrachea and Firola is naked, but in Carinaria is covered with a very thin keeled subspiral shell, having a very large triangu- NATURAL HISTORY. 121 GALLERY.] lar mouth. Here, I believe, should be placed for the present, on account of the similarity of the form and texture of the shell, the Paper Nautilus ( Argonauta ) and probably the fossil genus Bellerophon , As yet only a peculiar kind of cuttle fish, with a web to the end of the longer arms, has been found in the Argonaut shells ; but there are many reasons for believing that this is only a parasite, adapted by its form to live in such shells, as the web of the arms is used by the animal to embrace the shell and keep it in its right position on the body; for, unlike all other mollusca which form the shell they inhabit, the cuttle-fish is not attached to the shell by any muscle, nor has the animal any muscle like the bone-bearing cuttle¬ fish, formed for the purpose of attaching the body to its internal shell. Secondly, the animal when alive does not fit the shell, so that the shell cannot have been moulded upon its body, as in other mollusca. Thirdly, the skin of the animal is of the same texture and appearance as the other naked cuttle-fish, and the presence of sand between the shell and the body appears to cause no uneasiness to the animal, as it does in all other shell-bearing mollusca, where the animal immediately rids itself of the irritation so caused, by covering it over with a calcareous coat. Lastly, the animals found in these shells are always females, and the apex of the shell is filled with very small eggs, while from the large size of the young shell which is to be seen on the apex of the true Argonaut, we should expect the animal which formed that shell, to have a large egg. The other animals of this order have their branchiae placed on the right side of the body, in the groove between the edge of the mantle and the foot. They comprehend the two following families. The family of Pleurobranchidce, consisting of the ge¬ nera Berthella and Pleurobrcinchus , have a very thin membranaceous shell inclosed in the mantle. The family of the Umbrellidce have a suborbicular, flat, hard, external shell. The genus Umbrella was formerly supposed to have its shell placed on its foot, and was called Gastroplax , but this has been proved to be an error. Tylo - dina differs in the head being produced and bifid; while in Umbrella it is sunk into a deep cavity in the front of the foot. Q 122 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. The order Gymnobranchiata have naked gills of various forms placed on different parts of the back., or a series of plates placed round the edge of the mantle of the animal. Many of these animals are destitute of any shell. The family of Sea Lemons,, or Doridcz, have the gills placed round the vent, which is situated in the hinder part of the back. In some* as Doris and Onchidoris, the whole body is protected by a hard convex skin, so as to resemble half a lemon ; others, which are only covered with a soft skin, are generally angular; some of these have several pairs of filiform tentacles. The family of Tritons ( Tritoniadce ) have their gills of various forms, scattered on different parts of the back or sides, and the vent is placed on the middle of the side. These genera, which are all destitute of shells, are chiefly distinguished by the form of the gills ; in Glaucus , they are in the form of a tuft of simple processes on each side of the body; in Eolida , they consist of similar tufts placed in lines acros the back ; in Scyllcea , they are tree-like, and placed on fin-like processes on the edge of the back. The Tethyce have their head enveloped in a large hood. The family of Placohranchidce have the gills in the form of laminae, radiating from a centre, and extending all over the back of the mantle, the edges of which are rolled over towards the centre, so that they form a de¬ pressed tube on the back of the animal for the water to pass through. The head is produced, and furnished with two tentacles. From the positions these animals assume they have been called Sea Cats . They feed on green algae, and are themselves generally of a deep green co- GUte The other families have the gills in the form of plates on the edge of the under side of the mantle. The family of Phyllidiadce are destitute of any shell ; they have two retractile tentacles, and the vent on the side of the body. In Phyllidia the mantle is har'd, con¬ vex, and tubercular, like the Sea Lemons ; in Dipkyllidia it is soft, wTith the edges turned up. The family of Limpets ( Patellidce ) have a simple conical shell, writh the apex directed towards the head of the animal, contrary to what prevails in almost all other shells. The animal has two tentacles. The gills GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 123 are small, and the vent is on the side of the body, near the head. The family of Sea Woodlice ( Chitonidce ) are as anoma¬ lous as the above, since instead of having a single shell, they have a row of shelly valves, like plate armour, ar¬ ranged in a regular series down the middle of the back. The animal has no tentacles, and the vent is in the hinder margin. The Tonichia has the upper surface of the man¬ tle bald and cartilaginous, and the under covered with a very hard striated skin. Acanthochetes is peculiar for having a bundle of bristles placed on each side of the valves ; and Chitonellus and Auricula only differ in having the valves nearly hidden in the mantle of the animals. The remaining Gasteropodous Mollusca have been called Pneumobranchiata, from their respiring free air, which is received into a cavity between the mantle and the back, lined internally with numerous reticulated vessels, like the lungs of beasts and birds. They are mostly terrestrial, and when aquatic they come to the surface of the water to respire, but they have the power of suspending their re¬ spiration for a considerable time during the cold weather of temperate and the dry season of warm climates. They are all oviparous, but in a few the eggs are hatched before they are deposited. The greater part of the kinds of this order have the respiratory cavity closed by the edge of the mantle being attached to the back of the neck, leaving only a small hole, covered with a fleshy valve, for the entrance and escape of air. These are all hermaphrodite, and they are always destitute of any true operculum, but the mouths of their shells are closed, during the period of their tor¬ pidity, with a temporary lid, called the epipkragma , which is formed by the hardened juices of the body moulded on the surface of the contracted animal ; this lid, which is easily removed by the pressure of the foot, when its edge has been softened by the mucous secretions of the animal within it, is renewed as often as the animals require it. I. The more terrestrial kinds have the eyes seated at the top of the long cylindrical tentacles, which are placed above the true ones. The latter are sometimes rudiment¬ ary, or even wanting. g 2 124 NATURAL HISTORY. [jEAST. ZOOL. 1. In some of these the head,, eye-pedicels, and tenta¬ cles, can be withdrawn under the skin, which covers them like a sheath, into the cavity of the bo'dy. The family of Arions ( Arionidce ) are peculiar for having the end of the tail furnished with a large gland, which secretes a quantity of mucus ; this causes the end of the body to appear truncated. Their respiratory ca¬ vity is on the anterior part of the body, the air hole is in the front of the edge of the mantle, and the orifices of reproduction are near this aperture. The shells of the animals of this family are in very different degrees of developement. Sometimes, as in Avion , when the body is simply elongated, it consists of only a few calcareous grains ; in others, wdiich have the digestive and more important organs as it were protruding from the body in a small bag-like mantle, this part is covered with a spiral shell, which is generally thin, and sometimes itself covered, (when it is polished,) with some reflexed lobes of the mantles, as in Helicarion, or nearly naked, with only a thick edge to the mantle of the animal, as in Nanina and Ste?iopus. The family of Snails, Helicidce, have a tapering tail, with¬ out any terminal gland. Their pulmonary cavity is generally on the front of the back, and the respiratory hole is in the hinder part of its margin, while the apertures of the reproductive organs are near the base of the right tentacle. This family contains many species and genera which are difficult to distinguish, from the gradual manner in which they pass into each other. A few genera are destitute of any shell, or if they have any, it is quite hidden in the mantle. Their body is always elongate and attached to the foot the whole length. Among these the Limacellus and Mekimatium are peculiar for having a large mantle cover¬ ing the whole of the back, while the true Slugs, Limax , have only a shield-like mantle on the front of the back, like the Arions . Most of the genera have a more or less exposed shell, which is placed on and protects a thin mem¬ branaceous mantle, with a thickened margin, which incloses the protruded bag that contains the internal organs. In Parmacella , Vitrina , Helicolimax , &c., the margin of the mantle is broad, compared to the size of the partly inclosed shell, and forms a shield on the front of the body. In 125 GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. Plectophorus it is divided into two parts, the front part being shield-shaped, and the hinder elongate, bearing an external conical shell. In the remaining genera of this family the mantle is simple, thin, and covered with an ex¬ ternal shell. Among the genera of this group, which in¬ cludes a very large proportion of the species of the order, the Testacella are peculiar for having the mantle and shell on the posterior extremity of the body. This animal also has the power of extending the edge of the mantle, so that it can cover up the whole of the contracted body, and thus protect it from drought ; its lips are cylindrical and retrac¬ tile, like the tentacles : they live, the greater part of their time, in holes under the ground, where they feed on earth¬ worms. In all the other genera the mantle and shell are on the central part of the foot, and the lips are short and rounded, and sometimes serrated or torn beneath. As the animals of the different genera are so similar, it is necessary to divide them into sections, according to the form of the shell. The first section, which have been generally called Snails, have the whorls twisted round a short axis into a subglobose shell. The animal has a dis¬ tinct and variously divided vesicula multijida . The true Helices , Helicodonta, &c., have the peristoma of the shell thickened, while the Helicophanta , Epistylium , and Proser¬ pina have it thin and sharp. The second group chiefly differ in the whorls being on a longer axis, so that the shell is oblong. These animals have no vesicula multijida , and the mouth of the shell is longer than it is broad. This group is again subdivided into those that have the mouth of the shell continued without interruption into the pillar lip. The axis of their shell is generally perforated, especially in the young state, for the animal, as it grows, sometimes covers the perforation with the reflexed portion of the inner lip ; and the eyes are placed, as in the snails, on the tips of the blunt tentacles. The genera of this section, as in the snails, is distinguished by the modifications that the mouth of the shell assumes when the animal has arrived at its per¬ fect state ; for during their growth they all have the same thin, simple lips. Thus the Bulimi have simple, thick¬ ened, reflexed lips, and gradually enlarging whorls. The Pupce have one or more solid teeth formed by the thickening of the inner edge of the lips, and the 126 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. whorls enlarge in diameter so gradually (after the very early age of the animal) that the shell generally assumes a cylindrical form. The Chondri chiefly differ from the former in the mouth being armed with long plaits,, formed by the inflection of the surface of the shell when the animal is about to complete its mouth, which forms ex¬ ternal grooves and internal ridges. The Glausilice are similar to the latter, but have a continuous groove in front of the last whorls, and the animal forms, a short time be¬ fore it arrives at the adult age and is about to complete the mouth of the shell, an expanded plate, (which is evi¬ dently a peculiar modification of a tooth,) attached to the pillar of the shell by a slender pedicel, and placed in such a position that it closes the throat of the shell when the animal is inclosed, while the animal can push it on one side behind the plait formed by the groove above referred to, when it desires to protrude itself from its shell and walk about to search for food. The Siphonostoma only differ from the former in not having the plate-like tooth above described. Other genera, as Succinca, Amphihulina , and Bulimulus , have most of the characters of Bulbni , but differ in the edge of the peristoma being thin and acute. The group containing the Achatince, on the contrary, have the front of the mouth truncated, the axis of the shell imperforated in all its stages of growth, and the edge of the lips thin, whilst the tips of the upper tentacles of the ani¬ mal are acute and produced beyond the eyes. They gene¬ rally form a shelly epiphragma with a long impressed line near the outer hinder edge of the mouth of the shell, over the respiratory hole of the mantle ; and they deposit very large eggs, which are generally covered with a hard shell. The family of Veronicellld^e have the head retractile into a sheath formed by the front edge of the mantle ; the foot, the sides of the body, and the four tentacles are con¬ tractile, and the lowrer pair of tentacles are bifid. The mantle is smooth, coriaceous, edging the foot. They live in forests under leaves. The family of Onchiduadce are very like the former, but the back is warty, and they have only two contractile rather club-shaped tentacles, and a broad lunate head ; the respiratory organs are posterior, just under the edges NATURAL HISTORY. 127 GALLERY.] of the mantle. The Onchidia live on aquatic plants in ditches, and Onchis and Peronia under stones on the sea¬ shore. The aquatic kinds* on the contrary* have the head and tentacles of the same structure and surface as the rest of the body, and like it* are only contractile ; the eyes are always placed on the side of the base of the tentacles. They are divided into two families : the Auriculidce and Pond Snails* or Limnceadce. The family of Auriculidce are peculiar for having cylin¬ drical tentacles* like the land slugs* and their eyes are placed on the inner side of the base of these tentacles. They have a ringed conical muzzle. The mantle is thin* with a thickened edge ; they are always provided with an external spiral shell* which has a plaited pillar in all ages ; and the animal has the peculiarity of absorbing the septa which separate the cavities of the whorls from one another, even in Scarabus * which has these parts only incompletely deve¬ loped. The true Auriculce have a thickened edge to the mouth of the shell* which is covered with a brown perios- traca. The Scarabus * like Banella * forms half a whorl be¬ tween each period of rest* the thickened and reflexed part of the lips forming an edge to each side of the shell. The Sidulce have a sharp internal ridge to the outer lip. Cari - chium is one of the smallest terrestrial Mollusca ; it has a sinuated mouth and a reflexed lip* like a Bulimus . The Conovuli * which are found under stones on the sea-shore* and in the mud of salt marshes* have an obconic shell with a narrow linear mouth ; and the Chilince * which live in clear running streams* in South America* have much the habit of the Pond Snails* from the shells of which they are chiefly to be distinguished by the sharpness of the plaits on the pillar, and by the shell being spotted. The family of Pond Snails ( Limnceadce ) differ from the former in having compressed tentacles* with the eyes at the outer side of their base ; their muzzle is short and dilated at the end ; their shell is uniformly horn-coloured* with a more or less oblique plait on the pillar ; they live on vege¬ tables* having a muscular stomach. Like many marine Gasteropodes* they have the power of floating on the sur¬ face of the water* with the back downwards* the concave surface of the foot forming a kind of boat ; their eggs are 128 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. transparent, and deposited in oval masses on water-plants. The outer lip of the shell is thin, but when the ponds are dried up, the animal strengthens it by an internal rib, and forms a membranaceous epiphragma over the mouth, like the snails. The shells are generally external, as th eLimncece and Aplexi ; the former having an oval shell and triangular tentacles, and the latter filiform tentacles and a reversed shell, like the Planorbes , which differ in having a discoidal depressed shell, with the whorls revolving one over the other on their own axis. The Physce bear the same rela¬ tion to the Aplexi as the Amphipeplece to the Limnceee , but they both differ in the edge of the mantle being pro¬ duced and ref exed over their thin polished shell when the animal is expanded. The three first genera have an upper and two lateral jaws, and simple conical teeth on the tongue, while the two latter have only a single upper jaw and ser¬ rated teeth. The Ancyli only differ from the Pond Snails in having a simple conical shell, which has caused them to be called fresh-water Limpets. The Velletice differ in the animal and shell being reversed, like the Physce . The animals of Segmentina , which are like the Planorbes, deposit at each stoppage in their growth three transverse plates, which contract the mouth of the shell, and make it appear as if it was chambered j hence it has been called a fresh-water Nautilus . The marine lung-breathing Mollusca have no distinct tentacles, as the Ampkibolidce and the Siphonariadce . The family Ampkibolidce have a subglobose, spiral, urn- bilicated shell, with an oval mouth and a rather expanded outer lip, which is sinuated behind ; the head has no tentacles, but a transverse disk across the front, which is free at top, and has the eyes placed on its outer hinder side. The operculum is horny and spiral. They are only found in the Pacific Ocean. The family of Siphonariadce are like the former, but they are protected by a conical shell like a Patella, with which they have been confounded ; but the apex is rather on one side and posterior, and the scar left by the adductor muscle near the edge of the cavity (as in Ancylus ) is interrupted in the centre of the right side, where the breathing-hole of the dorsal respiratory cavity is placed ; they have no operculum. NATURAL HISTORY. 129 GALLERY.] The family of Gadiniadce have an animal and shell like the former, but the passage to the respiratory cavity is in front of the adductor muscle, its place being marked in the cavity of the shell by a slight groove. II. In the remainder of the animals of this order, the respiratory chamber is open, that is to say, the front edge of the mantle is free from the back of the neck, leaving a large slit for the admission of the air. They are uni¬ sexual, have a distinct operculum, and two rather elon¬ gated contractile tentacles, with the eyes at the outer side of their base. They are all terrestrial, living in damp places in woods, and under stones. The family of Cyclostomidce have a spiral operculum, and the edge of the mantle of the animal is thin and simple. The mouth of the shell is round, and often fur¬ nished with an external rim. The operculum is some¬ times extremely beautiful, having a more or less developed raised edge to the outer side of each of the whorls. In the Cyclostoma , which have a shelly operculum and simple mouth to the shell, the foot of the animal is divided into two equal parts by a longitudinal groove, and the animal walks by alternately moving forward first one and then the other of these sides. In Cyclophorus , Ptero - cyclos and Megalomastoma , which have a horny many- whorled operculum, the foot is simple, and the animal glides along like the other Gasteropodes. Some of these, as Pterocyclos , have a more or less developed groove or hole at the hinder angle of the mouth, evidently formed by some periodically developed process of the edge of the mantle. In others, as Megalomastoma , there is a perma¬ nent appendage to the mantle, which produces a groove and ridge in the front of the mouth near the pillar ; and in Papina , which has been confounded with the Buccina , the groove ends in a narrow-edged marginal notch. The CallicE have a peculiarly polished shell very like the former, but they want the groove. The fossil genus Stropho - stoma is peculiar for the animal, when it is approaching to its adult state, suddenly reversing the position of its body, so that the mouth of the shell is placed on a plane with the surface of the spire, as in the genus Anostoma among the Helices. The Pomatias have an elongated shell with re¬ flexed lips, and a horny operculum. g 3 330 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. The family of Helicinas ( Helicinidce ) have a half ovate annular operculum, and the edge of their mantle is said to be thickened like that of the snails. The mouth of the shell is half ovate, with a reflexed edge ; they use their elongated tapering tentacles to feel their way as they walk. The Helicince have a simple mouth. Alcadia differs in having a slit in front of the mouth, into which is fitted the tooth-like process of the operculum ; and the Lucidellce are peculiar among operculated shells for having three or four teeth on the thickened edge of their mouths. The second class of Mollusea, or Conchifera, have the animals always covered with a two-lobed mantle, each protected by a shelly valve, and they have within the mantle, between it and the compressed body, a pair of laminar branchiae on each side. The lower part of the body is generally dilated into a keeled or horn-shaped foot, by which they walk along the sand or mud of the shore, or a flat disk, by which they attach themselves to rocks and form holes in their surface. They have no distinct head, the mouth being placed (guarded by two elongate fleshy lips, somewhat like the gills in appearance) at the back of the cavity between the mantle-lobes, near the front of the base of the foot. They depend for nourishment on the food which is brought near this aperture by the currents that are continually circulating within the cavity of the mantle for this purpose and that of supplying water to the gills to aerate the blood, hence they are all aquatic. This current enters on the lower side of the hinder end of the mantle and shell, and makes its exit, carrying with it the faecal matter, at the dorsal angle of the same extremity, and the various modi¬ fications which this end of the mantle assumes, to offer more or less facility to the entrance and exit of the cur¬ rent, afford some of the best characteristics hitherto ob¬ served to divide these animals into orders. The two valves, which are each formed and enlarged exactly after the plan of the shell of Gasteropodes, are always united together on their dorsal edges by a ligament of greater or less strength, and within this ligament there is placed an elastic cartilage, formed of perpendicular fibres ex¬ tended from the edge of one valve to the other, and is often so closely united to the inner surface of the liga- GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 131 ment that they have generally been confounded together and regarded as one body; but their use is extremely dif¬ ferent, the former being to keep the valves together, and with the assistance of the teeth in the proper situations with respect to each other, while the use of the cartilage is to separate the lower edges of the valves from one another, without any exertion to the animal, wrhile it is waiting with its mantle leaves open in quest of its prey, or walking about to find a place more agreeable to its habits or where food may be more abundantly procured. That the carti¬ lage is distinct from the ligament, is easily proved by the fact of its being often separated from it and placed in a triangular pit on the hinge-margin of the valves, when the shell is said to have an internal cartilage, as in Pecten) Mactra , &c. In these the fibres of the cartilage are directly pressed by the surface of the valves, as it is again pressed by the edge of the valves against the inner surface of the ligament in those shells which have the cartilage situated immediately within that body. In some few, as the Pid- docks ( P kolas ), there is no cartilage, its place being supplied by muscles, which are attached to the posterior edge of the valves, and are covered by a thin skin in¬ stead of a ligament, in which shelly plates are usually im¬ bedded. The ligament and cartilage are increased in size as the animal grows by the addition of new particles to their hinder edge, which are deposited by the fold of the mantle, situated immediately within them, between the edges of the valves, the ligament being always first en¬ larged so as to form a protection to the cartilage which is afterwards produced below it. The Conchifera are in general free, and walk about by means of their compressed foot, forming for themselves holes in the sand or mud on the sea-coast, in which they rest with their syphons near the surface, and their mouths downwards. Others, as the Petricolce , Lithodomi , and Pholades , form for themselves holes in calcareous rocks or old shells, in which they constantly remain during the whole of their lives. Some few line these holes with a calcareous secretion, as the Gastrochcence and Teredines ; Clavagella and Aspergillum form testaceous tubes, to which the former fixes one of its valves, leaving the other free to move at the will of the animal, wdiile the 132 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL, latter fixes them both, so that the valves appear to form a part of the tube, their apices only being visible exter¬ nally. Those animals which fix the valves to their tubes, have the ends thereof pierced with holes for the passage of filaments, and they only appear to increase it at its upper or exposed hinder edge ; while in those in which the valves are free, the case is extended, at its lower part, by the animals boring into the substance in which it is lodged. Some shells, as the Arcce , Nuculce , and Soleno - myce} attach themselves to rocks and stones, by a secre¬ tion which they emit from the expanded end of the foot : this secretion often hardens, and is calcareous. Other shells are attached by a beard, passing out either from the gape of the shell, as in the Mytili , Pinnce , and Tridacnce , or from a groove in the anterior and upper part of the edge of the right valve, as in the Pe dines, Aviculce, and Mallei . The Anomice are fixed by a muscle passing out of a deep notch in the under valve, which secretes a hard disk at the places of its attachment to the rock : and others, as the Chamce, Etherice , Spondyli , and Ostrece, are attached by the outer surface of their shell to rocks, &e. These shells, and those which inhabit tubes, do not become attached until some time after they are excluded from the egg : the remains of the young shells, which at first are not distorted, as they afterwards become, are often to be seen on the outside of the umbones of the parent shells. The animals of most of the larger species of these shells are used for food in various parts of the world. Many of them are liable to a disease which causes them to form calcareous pearly secretions, either in the substance of their bodies or on the surface of their shells; these secre¬ tions always agree in colour with that of the inner sur¬ face of the shell to which the animal belongs. Thus those of the Pinnae are pale brown and transparent ; those of the Oyster are white and opaque ; and those of the Muscles are either white or purple ; while those of the shells which have a pearly lustre, as the Aviculce , Uniones, and Anodons, partake of the same mild brilliancy. As the peculiar lustre of Pearls greatly depends on their more or less globular form, the Chinese have attempted, not very honestly, to make the pearly inside coat of some of the pond-muscles assume that shape, by placing GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 133 hemispherical pieces of mother-of-pearl between the animal and the shell, which it eventually covers with a pearly coat. In other countries, spurious Pearls have been produced, for an equally laudable object, by placing pointed pieces of wire in a similar situation. These animals are divided into orders, according to the modification of the mantle and foot. In the more typical kinds, the hinder edge of the man¬ tle is furnished within with two (separate or united) syphons, which are provided with a large fan-shaped mus¬ cle on each side, for the purpose of retracting them into the shell when the animal fears external danger. The edges of these muscles form, according to their extent, a more or less deep sinuosity in the hinder part of the muscular im¬ pression, which passes round the inner margin of the shell. They are also furnished with two distinct adductor muscles, for the purpose of closing the shell to protect the animal from injury ; these leave an anterior and posterior scar on the oblong elongate valves, which are generally provided with distinct cardinal teeth under the umbones. In the Phyllopoda, so called because the foot is gene¬ rally lamellar or elongate, the gills are not produced into the canal of the syphon ; the mantle-lobes are generally separate below, and the syphons are elongated, and ge¬ nerally separate from each other at the top. The family of Veneridce have short syphons, which are united together for the greater part of their length, and they have an external cartilage, and three diverging teeth ■ in their hinge, and none, or only rudimentary lateral teeth. They live on the sea-shore. Some few, as Fenerupis, form holes in rocks. The family of Cyrenidce are very like the former, but they are fluviatile, living in rivers and streams, and the shells have distinct lateral teeth, and are covered with a hard olive polished petiostraca. The family of Cockles ( Cardiadce ) have very short syphons, not leaving any syphonal inflections. Their foot is large and sickle-shaped, and the shell cordate and radiately ribbed, with two large teeth in each valve, placed in a cross, and distinct lateral teeth. The family of Mactridce have the cartilage separated 134 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOQL. from the ligament, and placed in a triangular pit in front of the cardinal teeth. Their anterior hinge tooth is bifid, or triangular. The Mesodesmidce only differ from the former in the anterior cardinal tooth being single and compressed. The family of Tellinidcje have very long slender sy¬ phons, which are separated from each other in their whole length ; their shells are consequently marked with a very large syphonal inflection. The genus Donax is peculiar for having the hinder side of the shell much shorter than the front, giving it a truncated wedge-shaped form, which has caused most conchologists to mistake the front for the back of these shells. The Amphidesmcz only differ from the Tellince in having the cartilage placed in an in¬ ternal pit. The order of Clabopoda, on the contrary, have a large club-shaped foot, which is sometimes truncated and ex¬ panded at the end. The mantle-lobes are generally united together, forming a bag open only in front to allow of the passage of the foot. The syphons are large, exserted, and generally united together nearly to the end, and the gills are produced into the upper or anal syphon. The periostraca is extended so as to cover the exposed part of the mantle and syphons. The family of Pholadce have the valves united only by a very thin ligament, scarcely thicker than the periostraca, in which are generally imbedded one or more shelly plates. The place of the cartilage is supplied by a mus¬ cle situated on a reflection of the inner surface of the shell, over the umbones. They live in holes, which they form in the substance of shells, calcareous rock, wood, and resin. The foot is truncated in front, to enable them to retain their position while they rotate their shell to form the holes, the substance in which they burrow being partially softened beforehand by the juices of the animal. The Teredo , in¬ stead of having any plates in the dorsal ligament, continues to bore deeper and deeper into the wTood, and lines; the holes as he proceeds with a shelly tube for his protection. The family of Gastrochcenad(S , have animals very similar to the former ; the valves are thin, gaping in front, and united by a narrow ligament with a thin marginal carti¬ lage. They live inclosed or sometimes imbedded in the NATURAL HISTORY. 135 GALLERY.] substance of a shelly tube, which is formed by the animal to protect its elongated and partly naked body from the roughness of the sand, or the rock in the holes of which they reside. The animal is provided with a series of filaments in front, which it emits to ascertain wdiat is in its neighbourhood, and for the protection of which it forms tubes that serve as anchors to keep it in its place ; and when it requires to enlarge its tubular dwelling, it adds new matter to the outer or hinder extremity of the tube, having previously absorbed any of the old tube that may be in its way. When this is not the case, the expanded mouth of the old tube forms ruffles on the tube beneath the last formed aperture. In Aspergillum both the valves are imbedded in the lower part of the tube, so that only their umbones can be seen on the outer side. In Clavagella one valve is imbedded and the other is free, while in Fistulana and Gastrochcsna both the valves are regular and free ; in the former the tube is regular and club-shaped, and in the latter it is irregular and distorted. The family of Solenidce have a very elongate club-shaped foot, and elongate subcylindrical valves gaping at each end ; the hinge is formed by two or three compressed teeth in each valve, the hinder of which is bifid, and the cartilages are external, linear, and supported on a large very prominent fulcrum. In Solen and Ensis, the foot is club-shaped, and the tubes are short and united. In Phams, the foot is long with a dilated end, and the syphons are elongate and separate. In Solecurtus the foot is ovate, compressed, very large, and the syphons very long, united together beneath, and distinct at the top, where they often separate into rings when irritated. In Cidtellus the foot is thick and pointed, and the two syphons are separate nearly to the base. In several the periostraca is hard and produced beyond the margin ; in Glycimeris it is much produced, very thick and black, and the tubes are united. Ctenoconcha , which has many characters in common with the Solens, has the teeth like Nucula , but it has an ex¬ ternal cartilage. The family of Anaiinidce have a broad compressed foot; the edges of the mantle-lobes are thickened, and the sy¬ phons are elongate and more or less united ; the shells are oblong, thick, and brittle, covered wdth a granular or 136 NATURAL HISTORY. ^EAST. ZOOL. spinular periostraca ; the hinge is obscurely toothed ; the cartilages are internal, placed in a pit in each valve, and furnished with a peculiar shelly hinge-piece, wThich is either placed before it or sometimes so as to cover the whole of its surface. In most of the genera the shell is regular and free. In Auriscalpium , Periploma, Cochlodesma and Hemicyclostoma , the cartilages are in a pit on a projecting spoon-shaped process, and the hinge-piece is small. In Thracia the cartilages are only on a callosity of the hinge margin. In the Lyonsice and Myadorce , the cartilage pit is sunk into the hinge margin of each valve, and covered by a large flat hinge-piece ; the shell of the former is thin and of the latter thick, with very unequal valves, the left one being flat. Chamostrea and Myochama differ from the rest in the shell being irregular and attached by the outer surface of one of the valves. The family of Myadce are very like the former, but the cartilage is placed on a spoon-shaped cavity in one of the valves, fitting into a pit in the surface of the other ; there is no hinge piece, and the hinge is toothless ; the tubes are long and the lips small. The family of Corbididoe differ from the former in having small tubes and very large lips ; in the right valve being the largest ; and in being provided with a large tooth in each valve in front of the cartilage pit. The family of Pandoridce have very unequal valves and pearly shells, with two diverging teeth in each valve, near the cartilage pit. They have short tubes, like the Corbu- lidce , but the foot is small, the gills on each side are united into one, and it is the left valve that is the most concave. The family of Solenomyadce are very peculiar for being covered with a very hard cartilaginous periostraca, wThich is much produced beyond the edge of the shell ; they have only one gill on each side, no lips, and the foot truncated and ciliated round the edge of the radiated grooved end, by means of which they very quickly bury themselves in the mud. They have only a single large ciliated syphon. In the more aberrant orders the mantle is not pro¬ vided with any distinct syphons, but the lobes are either free behind or united together, and pierced with one or two holes for the passage of the water. GALLERY.]] NATURAL HISTORY. 137 In the two following orders the animals have oblong elongated shells, like the preceding, and two distinct ad¬ ductor muscles, leaving scars on the surface of the shell. The Gonopoda have a more or less compressed angular foot; without any syphons. The mantle-lobes are united together so variously and so differently in genera that are evidently very nearly allied, that we are led to believe that in this order it must afford a very secondary charac¬ ter. They may, however, until more is known of the animals, be arranged in the following families. In some the shells are adherent to other bodies by the outer surface of their valves. In the family Chamidce , the mantle-lobes are united, leaving only a small hole for the passage of the small elongate oblong foot. The shells are porcellanous, and the animals attach themselves to rocks, coral, and shells on the sea-shore. The family Etkeriadce are fluviatile, being attached to stones and shells in the African rivers. Their mantle- lobes are free, with a large quadrate foot, like the Uniones, and the shell is pearly and blistered internally, and covered with a green periostraca, which is often eroded. The animals of the remainder of the families live free, moving about from place to place. The family Carditidce have the mantle-lobes free, but united together behind so as to form one or two syphonal holes. The shells have very oblique cardinal teeth, and the cartilage is external ; they have no lateral teeth, and the periostraca is thin. The family of Crassinidce only differ from the former in the teeth being triangular and diverging like the Vene - ridce , and they are covered with a thick brown periostraca ; the hinder lateral tooth of the left valve is double. The family of Crassatellidce are nearly similar, but they are at once known by the cartilage being placed in an internal triangular pit near the cardinal teeth. The family of Isocardiadce have the very oblique cardinal teeth and the linear external cartilage of Cardita , but the hinder lateral teeth of the right valve are double. The family of Lucinidce have an orbicular white shell, with none or only a few very small cardinal teeth, and the mantle-lobes are more or less united together beneath, 138 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. leaving only a hole for the elongate strap-shaped foot. They have a single, conical, contractile anal syphon over the aperture for the entrance of the water ; the front ad¬ ductor muscle is very long and high, and the inner disk of the shell is opake and rugose. In general the carti¬ lage is marginal under the ligament, but in Loupes it is internal in an elongated pit. The family of Unionidce , or of Pond Muscles, are, like the Etherice, only found in fresh water ; they are covered with a hard olive periostraca, under which the shell is hard and beautifully pearly. The mantle-lobes are free beneath ; the cartilage is always marginal, and the hinge presents several modifications, but is always destitute of any cardinal teeth ; in Anodon it has no teeth at all ; in Unio, Damaris , & c., it has lateral teeth of different degrees of development and form, so that they some¬ times resemble cardinal ones. The family of Iridinidce are very like the former, but the hinder parts of the mantle are united together, and produced into two short, unequal, separate syphons. The shell is solid, and the hinder part of the submarginal scar is more or less indexed. In Iridina and Leila the hinge edge is smooth, like Anodon , and the latter has a sharp syphonal inflexion. The Pleiodon has a series of trans¬ verse teeth, like Area , but they are irregular ; and Hyria (and Castalia) have compressed crest-like lateral teeth, as in Unio. The two latter genera may be distinguished from Unio, by having the smaller anterior scar placed over (and not under) the larger scar of the adductor muscle. The family of Mycetopodidce are like the latter, but the shell is nearly cylindrical, and widely gaping at each end. The foot is very long and cylindrical, and the two anterior muscular scars are widely separated, with the smaller one before the larger ; the lobes of the mantle are free, and there are no syphons. The family of Trigoniadee have a thick cordate shell of a pearly laminar texture, with an external cartilage, and the hinge formed of two diverging grooved inter¬ locking lateral teeth. The mantle-lobes are free, with a large foot, having an acute hooked end, somewhat like the cockles, by means of which the animal leaps. GALLERY.^] NATURAL HISTORY. 139 The family of Arcades are all marine, and have the mantle-lobes free like the former ; the foot is com¬ pressed, rather variable in shape, but always bifid, and furnished with a broad lower edge. The hinge of the valves consists of a number of transverse interlocking teeth, which appear to be formed by the subdivision of two elongate lateral teeth. In general the cartilage is external, arising from diverging angular lines marked upon the facet, formed by the gradual thickening of the dorsal edges, which causes the umbones to be separated from each other as the shell enlarges, as the Pectunculi , which have an orbicular shell, a lunate foot, and the teeth in an arched line, and the Arcce , which have an an¬ gular elongated shell with the teeth in a straight line, and a broad short foot, from the end of which the animal secretes a quantity of mucus which hardens into lamellae, and by means of which it affixes itself to marine bodies. The Nuculce are free, like the Pectunculi , but the teeth of the hinge form an angular line with the cartilages in a triangular pit at its angle ; they are pearly within. The Pygonopoda attach themselves to rocks and other bodies by a bundle of fibres which arise from the front of the base of their foot. These fibres are separately formed in a groove in the front of that member, and after each has become of a certain consistence, the animal, by extend¬ ing its foot, attaches the dilated end of the fibre to some marine body, and then allows it to be withdrawn from the groove. New fibres are formed as they are required either by the breaking of the old ones or by the enlarged size and greater strength of the animal. The family of Tridacnidee have the solid opake white shell, and the broad and subquadrate foot of the preced¬ ing families ; but they are very peculiar for having the mantle-lobes united together, so as to leave only three apertures, and for the animal being so placed in the shell that the hinder adductor muscle is in the middle of the lower margin ; the hinge is furnished with very oblique interlocking teeth. They are the giants among the Con - chifera , and live attached by their byssus to rocks, shells, and corals. They also have the faculty of forming holes in the surface of the shell to which they may happen to be fixed. 140 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL, The rest of the animals of this order have a tongue- shaped foot, their shells are generally' of a prismatic crys¬ talline texture, and the hinder adductor muscles are much larger than the front. In some of these the mantle-lobes are more or less united together. The family of Mytilidce have the mantle lobes free, with only a distinct anal slit ; the shell is ovate triangular, with a marginal cartilage, and sometimes one or two in¬ distinct teeth under the umbo. In Mytilus the umbo is acute at the anterior margin of the shell, and in Mo¬ diolus it is placed rather behind the extremity. The family of Crenellidce chiefly differ from the former in the mantle-lobes being united together so as to leave only two posterior holes for the entrance and exit of the water, and a slit for the foot and beard ; the hinge margin is denticulated on each end, and the umbo is nearly central. The family of Dreissenidce have been confounded with the Mytilidce like the last family, with which they agree in having the mantle-lobes united ; but they differ from them in having a large, elongated, conical, inferior syphon; the umbo is acute, and placed at the front apex of the shell, as in Mytilus , and it has a septum forming a cavity beneath it. In the remainder the mantle-lobes are free all round without any particular apertures, and the hinder end is bearded. They differ from the Macropoda chiefly in having two more or less unequal adductor muscles. The family of Pinnidce have a large triangular shell of a prismatic crystalline texture, united by a linear mar¬ ginal cartilage, the apical part of the valves is divided in half by a central longitudinal suture filled with a cartila¬ ginous substance. The animal has two double lips besides the usual pair of appendages, and by the side cf the vent, which is above the large hinder muscle, there is a conical contractile appendage, the use of which is unkpown. They live sunk in the sand, or between cracks in rocks, with their gaping truncated end just above the surface. The beards of these animals are sometimes spun into gloves, &c., like silk. The family of Aviculidce differ from the former in GALLERY.]] NATURAL HISTORY. 141 having a notch in the front margin of the right valves for the passage of the byssus or beard, and in the cartilage being placed in one or more pits in the surface of the dorsal edge ; the animal is also destitute of the hinder appendage. They live, as it were, anchored to rocks, corals, and other marine bodies by their byssus ; the anterior adductor mus¬ cle is small and rudimentary, and the hinder one larger, and nearly in the centre of the cavity. In some the car¬ tilage is placed in a single cartilage pit under the umbo. Among these the Hammer Oyster ( Malleus ) is peculiar for the dorsal edge being elongated, and the disk, which is very narrow, being much produced, so that the shell assumes the form of a hammer. The Vulsellce that live sunk in the surface of sponges are very variable in shape, but the cartilage pit is large and always produced into the eavity of the shell. Reniella is only a distorted specimen of the common species of Vulsella . The Aviculce are ovate, convex shells, with the hinder margin produced so as to resemble the forked tail of a bird ; hence they have been called Swallow-tailed Muscles. The mother-of-pearl shell only differs from these in the disk of the shell being larger and rounder, and the dorsal edges less produced. In the other genera the cartilages are placed in several distinct pits in the hinge mar¬ gins, as in Crenatula, where the shell resembles the Avi¬ culce in shape, and having a thin margin, the pits project into the cavity, or in Perna, which are like the Mallei or Hammer Oysters in form, but having a very thick hinge margin, forming an area on the top of each valve, the car¬ tilage pit forms distinct grooves across it. Besides these there are numerous fossil genera, as Inoceramus , Pachy - my a, Gervillia , which must be referred to this family ; the latter is peculiar for having teeth like Avicula, but more developed, as well as the many cartilage pits of Crenatula . The Micropoda have a large single adductor muscle, placed nearly in the centre of the sub-orbicular shell. The mantle-lobes are always entirely free, except near the dorsal edge, and without any peculiar tubes; they have none or only the rudiment of a foot on the lower side of the abdomen. In some the shells are solid, thick, and the animal has NATURAL HISTORY, 142 [east. zool. a more or less developed foot ; the cartilage is placed in a small triangular internal pit. The family of Pectinidce have rather a large foot, which enables the animal to move about, and they have a tuft of byssus at its base, which passes out at a notch under the front margin of the right valve, by which they affix them¬ selves to rocks and other marine bodies, like the Muscles. The dorsal edges of the valves are produced at each side into ears. The Pectens have small bright eyes like spots on the edge of the mantle, which are not found in the Limce. The family of Spondylidce have a small foot without any byssus, and the shells are attached to rocks and stones by the outer surface of one of the valves. In Spon- dylus and Plicatula , the hinge margin is provided with two large interlocking teeth in each valve, and in Hinnites the hinge is toothless like the Pectens , with which it has generally been confounded. The remainder of these animals have lamellar shells and no foot. The family of Oysters ( Ostreidee ) have a thick iaminal shell, and the animal has short lips, separate from the gills ; they live attached, like the Spondyli , by the outer surface of their shells ; the cartilage is placed in a large triangular internal pit. The family of Placiinidce are very peculiar for having a very compressed body and thin nearly transparent shells ; the cartilages are placed on the edge of two di¬ verging ridges on one of the valves, which fit into two grooves in the other. These shells are sometimes used as glass to glaze windows. The family of Anomiadce have the thin pellucid shell of the former, but the body is usually rather more convex, and they are attached to marine bodies by a peculiar mus¬ cle, which passes out through a notch in front of, one of the valves ; this muscle after a time secretes on the sur¬ face to which it is affixed a stony substance, formed of longitudinal shelly plates, probably deposited between the fibres of the muscles, which has been called a stopper, and by some considered as a third valve. In Anomia this stopper is free. In Placunonomia it is fixed in the notch. NATURAL HISTORY. 143 GALLERY.]] which is obliquely prolonged as the shell enlarges. These shells become gradually moulded to the surface they rest on. Thus, if the shell is found on a Pecten , it is ribbed, and if on the spine of an Echinus, or the stem of a sea¬ weed, it is compressed and subcylindrical. The three remaining Classes of Mollusca have none or only a rudimentary foot. The Brachiopodous Mollusca (Brachiopoda) are in¬ closed by two regular shelly valves, one placed on the back and the other on the lower surface of the body, which are quite free from each other, or only united by interlocking teeth on the hinge margin. They have no distinct head, but the mouth is placed on the hinder part of the cavity between the leaves of the mantle, and is furnished with two long spirally twisted arms, by which they reach their food ; the organs of respiration are placed on the edge of the mantle. All these shells are attached to marine bodies. The family of Terehratulidce are regular, and somewhat like a Grecian lamp in form, and have therefore been called Lamp-shells. The valves are articulated together, and are attached by means of a tendinous band, which passes out of the hole in the apex of the upper valve, as in the Terebr atulce and Spirifer. The Lingulidce are attached by a tendinous tube, re¬ sembling the stem of the Barnacles, which projects between the apex of the gaping valves. The Discinidce , on the other hand, have the tendon passing out of a linear slit near the middle of the under valve. The Craniadce are immediately attached by the outer surface of their under shell. The Pteropodous Mollusca (Pteropoda) live float¬ ing in the sea; they are furnished with one or rarely two wing-like fins placed on each side of the mouth; some few have a small flat space, the rudiment of the foot, between the base of the fins. The body is soft and transparent, and most of them are contained in a very thin, transparent, more or less conical, glass-like shell ; they appear on the surface of the ocean when it is calm, especially in the evening, and from the brilliancy of their colours may be 144 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOLr compared to the evening-flying Lepidoptera . They are most abundant near midnight, and gradually disappear to¬ wards the break of day. The Thecosomata are so called because their body is in¬ closed in a thin shell ; their head is indistinct, the mouth being placed in the centre of the two large wings, which are united into a funnel-shaped expansion ; their gills are in¬ ternal. They use their fins as oars to their boat-like shell, when they swim on the calm ocean. The family of Cleodoridce have an elongate or subglobose conical glassy shell, and the fins are simple without any intermediate foot-like lobe. The body is divided into two distinct parts, the head with the tw^o fins, and the large and swollen body. The gills are superior and internal. In some there are lateral slits in the sides of the shell, which are interrupted in front in the globular shells of the Hyalcece , and continued to the mouth in the elongate Diacrice ; in others which have an elongate tapering shell there are no lateral slits, as Cleodora , &c. The family Limacinidce is probably allied to the former, but it has a spiral discoid al shell. The family of Cuvieridce have a glassy conical cylin¬ drical shell, which becomes truncated in its adult state. The animals have a small foot-like fin between the bases of the two side fins. The family of Cymbuliadce have the intermediate fin like the former, but the shell is only of a firm gelatinous substance. They have two eyes and two tentacles. The shells are variable in shape, but generally somevrhat re¬ semble a slipper. The Gymnosom ata, or naked-bodied Pteropodes , are des¬ titute of any shell; their head is distinct, and they have two or four distinct fins on the neck, and a central foot-like ap¬ pendage between their bases. Their gills are external. The family of Pneumodermidce have a fusiform body, and the head furnished with two contractile arms, armed with peduncled suckers ; they have two wdngs, and the gills are posterior ; in Pneumodermon they are in the form of four leaves ; in Spongobranchia they are like a prominent spongy ring ; and in Trichocyclus in the form of three hair-like rings. gallery.] natural history. 145 The family of Cymodoceidce have two wings on each side, placed in the space that separates the body into two parts. The family of Clionidce have only two wings, which are said to be covered with a vascular net-work, and serve the purpose of gills ; their head is formed of two rounded lobes, with small conical tentacles and two fleshy lips ; their body is oblong depressed ; they are the chief food of the whales. The Headwalking Mollusca, or Cephalopoda, have a large head armed with strong jaws, like a parrot’s beak, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned with fleshy tentacles. The head is separated from the oblong body by a distinct neck, which has an excretory tube in the front of its lower part. Their gills are inclosed in the bag-like body. They are all marine, changing the colour of their skin with great rapidity ; they live on marine animals, are voracious and cruel, and some are themselves esteemed as food. They are divided into two orders. The Sepiophora have a naked oblong or conical body, often furnished with two longitudinal fins, and they have eight or ten fleshy conical tentacles on the head, furnished with sucking disks. Their eyes are sessile, and they have have only two gills. They swim tail fore¬ most, or walk and run on their heads with the end of their body on high. The family of Sea-spiders ( Octopodidce ) have a purse¬ like body, without any fins, only eight sessile arms, and no shell. The Ocythoce , wrhich have the ends of the two dorsal arms webbed, take possession of the Argonaut s shell, when they are about to lay their eggs. The Philo- nexif which have no eyelids and free arms, live on the ocean, while the Octopodes and Eledonce , which live on the coast, have distinct eyelids. The family of Cuttle-fish ( Sepiadce ) have an elongate body with a fin on each side ; they have, besides the eight arms of the former family, two longer arms, cylindrical at the base and enlarged and furnished with suckers at the end, which are not developed until some time after they are hatched. They have a cartilaginous or calcareous in¬ ternal dorsal plate. H 146 NATURAL HISTORY. ^EAST. ZOOL. From the imperfect specimens of the animals of the ge¬ nus Spirilla which have been seen, and from the very small size of the terminal chamber, the tenuity of the structure, and the colour of the shell, there is every rea¬ son to believe that it will form a family of this order ; and if this should be the case, it is very probable, as the shells have the same texture, an equally small terminal chamber, and a very contracted mouth, that the fossil Ammonites , Scaphites , and other allied genera, will also be referrible to this order, or to a new one charac¬ terised by the developement of the shell, and regular syphoned septa. Their shells are to be distinguished from Spirula by the edge of the chamber being sinuated and the syphon placed near the dorsal surface. The Nautilophora have an oblong body inclosed in the cavity of the last whorl of a chambered shell, which has a tubular syphon passing through each of the cham¬ bers ; their eyes are slightly pedicelled, and they have numerous arms furnished with short tubular retractile tentacles and four gills. The family of Nautilidce have two series of very nume¬ rous tentacles, and a large fleshy appendage on the head, serving the animal as a foot for locomotion ; the shell is exterior, with simple concave septa between the chambers, and the syphon in the centre or near the inner edge. The family of Goniatidce are fossil shells, which only differ from the former in the septa between the chambers being flexuous or angular. The following Tables exhibit the series of genera of Mollusca at one view. Sub Kingdom. Fam. 2. Muricidce. Mollusca. a. Raneua, 3. a. Class I. Triton, 3. b. 4. Gasteropoda. Persona, 4. Section I. Apollon, 4. Ctenobranchiata. Murex, 4. c. Order I. Zoophaga. CMcoreus^. d. 5. Fam. 1. Strombidce . Typhis, 6. Strombus, X. e. Pleurotoma, 7* Pteroceras, 2. a. b. Clavatula, 7* Rostellaria, 2. b. Conus, 7* Terebellum, 2. b. Fusus, 8. Pyrula, 8. Tritonium, 8. Struthiolaria, 8. Aporha'is, 8. d. Lathirus. Polygona. Turbineilus. Cynodonta. Fasciolaria. Cancellaria. Fam. 3. Buccinidaz. a. Cassis. Cassidaria. GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 147 Oniscia. Dolium. b. Harpa. Purpura. Monoceros. Planaxis. "^Quoyia. Concholepas. Ricinula. Magilus, Leptoconchus. Buccinum. Terebra. Nassa. Phos. Bullia. Cyllene. Oliva. Ancilla. Eburna. Fam. 4. Volutidce. Cymbium. Voluta. Mitra. Volvaria. Imbricaria. Marginella. Persicula. Fam. 5. Cyprceadce. Cypraea. .'Cyprovula, Trivia. Erato. Ovula. Coriocella. Order II. Phyto- phaga. 1. Podophthalma. Trocbus. Polyodon. y Clangulus. Phorcus. Ziziphinus. Canthiridus. Thalotia. Monodonta. Gibbium. Gibbula. Rotella. Talopia. . Camitia. Delphinula. Fam. 8. Ianthinidce. Ianthina. Fam. 9. Atlantidce. Atlanta. Helicoplegma. Helicophora. 2. Eriophthalma. Fam. ]. Naticidas. Natica. Neverita. Nacca. - Cepatia. Mammilla. Fam. 3. Stomatellidce . Cernina. Stomatella. Globulus. Gena. "-Naticina. Fam. 4. Haliotid «. Cryptostoma. fetylma ? Stomatia. Haliotis. Padollus. Deriobranchus. Scissurella. Pleurotomaria. Fam. 5. Fissurellidce. Parmophorus Emarginula. Diodora. Fissurella. Macrochisma. Pupillia. Lucapina. Fissurellidia. Fam. 6. Neritidce. Nerita. Pileolus. Culana. Neritina. Fam. 1. Turbinidce , Clithon. Turbo. Batilla. Imperator. Trocbiscus. Phasianella. Thicolia. Fam. 2. Trochidce. Pyramis. Cardinalia. Radula ? Fam. 2. Melaniadat. Littorina. Hydrobia. Amnicola. Assiminea. Lithoglyphus. Ri sella. Nematura. Paludestrina. Lacuna. Medoria. Niomia. Merria. Fossar. Pagodus. Modulus. Solarium ? * Torinia. Bifrontia. Turritella. Haustator. Zaria. Mesalia. Eglisia. Dostia. Velates. Navicella. Fam. 7- Ampullariadce.i[fa\imai' Ampullaria. Nisso. Marisca. Bacalia. Lanistes. Rissoa. Asolene. Nectia. Ampulloidea. Turbonella. H 2 148 NATURAL HISTORY. [EAST. ZOOL. Rissoina. Chemnitzia. '■<4 Tania. ** Vibex. Melania. ^ Tbaira. Paebystoma. " a Lampania. Potamia. Proto. Pyrena. Anculosa. lo. Melanopsis. Potamides. Tympanotomus. Telescopium. Pyraze. Vertagus. Cerithium. Ceripbasia ? Acione. Scalar! a. Clatbrus. Cyclotrema. Cornu ? Fam. 3. Truncatellidce . Truncatella. Fam. 4. Paludmidce. Paludina. Meladomus. Bitbinia. Bullsea. Acera. Boridium. Gasteropteron. Fam 2. Aplysiadce. Aplysia. Bolabella. Notarcbus. Fam. 3. Umbrellidce. Umbrella. Tylodina. Fam. 4. Fleur obr an- chidce. Pleurobrancbus. Bertbella. Pleurobrancbia. Fam. 5. Pterotracheid(B. Pterotracbea. Firola. Carinaria. Argonauta. Belleropbon. Ord. IV. Gymno- branchiata. Fam. 1. Doridce . Boris. Hexabrancbus. Asteronotus. Bendroris. Fam.5. Pyramidellid(e. Glossodoris. Py rami della. Actinodoris. Odostomia ? Pterodoris, Nerinea ? Actinocyclus. Fam. 6 Tornatellidce. Ogdons. Bracbycblamy u Tornatella. Solidula. Cinulia. Monotygrna. Section II. Heterobran- CHIATA. Polycera. Villi ersia. Plocamopborus. Cladopbora. Triopa. Idalia. * Bimorpba. Order III. Pleuro- Tbecatbera. bran chiat a. Fam. 2. Tritonidce. Fam. 1. Bulla. Bullidce . a . Glaucus. Laniogerus. _ Eolida. Eolidia. ^ ‘Styliger. Pbyllodesmium. Flabellina. Bursiris. ^-Cavolinia. Calliopea. SLiopa. &^Tetbya. /Malybe. Melibaea. Scyllsea. Tritonia. _J)ota. Eubrancbus. Montagna. Buraucelia ? Tergipes. Fam 3. Placobran- chidce. Placobrancbus. - Acteon. Fam. 4. Phyllidiadoe . Pbyllidia. Bipbyllidia. Fam. 5. Patellidce . Patella. Patina. Helcion. Nacella. Lepeta. Fam. 6. Chitonidas. а . Cbiton. Acanthopleura. Tonicbia. б. Acantbochetes. Cbitonellus. -"Uryptoconcbus. Amicula. Order V. Pneumo nobranchiata. Fam. 1. Arionidcs . a . Arion. Pbospborax. b . Helicarion. c. Nanina. V» GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY, 149 Stenopus. d. Zonites. Fam. 2. Helicidcs. a . Limacellus. Scutelligera. Mehimatium. b. Limax. e. Parmacellus. Cryptella. •**ceratites. Orthoceras. Ammonites. Planites. Globites. Crioceratites. Cyrtoceras. Clymene. Scaphites. Hamites. Conoceras. /Cyrtolites. Actinoceras. Fam. 2. Goniatidce, Phragmolites. Ceratites. Goniatites. JOHN EDWARD GRAY. Oct 16, 1840. NORTH GALLERY. This Gallery, above the Library on the North side of the North Wing, is appropriated to the Oryctognostie or Mineralogical Collection, and to that of Palaeontology, (Secondary Fossils or Organic Remains). The greater portion of these Collections, removed from the room here¬ tofore called the Long (but now the Eastern Zoological) Gal¬ lery, is under re-arrangement. x4ccording to the plan laid down for their distribution, the Table Cases containing the General Collection of Minerals will form two rows or series, extending through four rooms, as follows : — In Room I., being the N.F. corner room, the first series of Table Cases begins and the second terminates: it contains Cases 1 to 6 and 56 to 61. Room II. will contain the Cases 7 to 13 and 49 to 55. Room III. will contain the Cases 14 to 23 and 39 to 48, and Room IV., the Cases 24 to 30 and 32 to 38. The system adopted for the arrangement of the Minerals, with occasional slight deviations, is that of Berzelius, founded upon the electro-chemical theory and the doctrine of definite proportions, as developed by him in a memoir GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 153 read before the Royal Academy of Sciences of Stock¬ holm. The detail of this arrangement cannot here be entered into : it will, however, be partly supplied by the running titles at the outsides of the glass Cases, and by the labels within them. The first two Cases, and part of the third, contain the electro-positive native metals: iron, copper, bismuth, lead, silver, mercury, palladium, platinum, osmium and gold. Case 1. Of native iron, found in insulated masses, and disseminated in meteoric stones, the following specimens are deposited ; — native iron from Gross-Kamsdorf in Sax¬ ony; — two small polished pieces of the mass found in Southern Africa, which weighed about 250 pounds, and is now in the cabinet of Haarlem; — fragment of the iron from Senegal ; — specimens of the native iron from Otumpa, in the Gran Chaco Gualamba, in South America, described by Don Rubin de Celis, who estimated the weight of the mass to be about 300 quintals, or 15 tons *; — a large piece detached from the celebrated mass of Siberian native iron, which was discovered by Pallas on the summit of a hill be¬ tween Abakansk and Belskoi Ostrog on the banks of the Jenisey, where it was considered by the Tartars as a sacred relic: the mass originally weighed about 1680 pounds; — a mass of iron from Atacama, resembling that of Siberia, and also containing much of the olivine-like substance within its ceils ; — a piece of the large mass from Eilen- bogen, in Bohemia, and another of that found on the Col- lina di Brianza, in the Milanese ; — two specimens of the mass of iron found at Lenarto in Hungary, one of which (being polished and treated with acid) exhibits the outlines of imperfect crystals ; — a small piece of the large mass in the Capitania di Bahia, Brazil; — another, from that found in the province of Durango, Mexico ; — a portion of the mass from Zacatecas, Mexico, described by Humboldt ; — a specimen detached from the large mass of iron preserved at Aix-la-Chapelle; — an Esquimaux knife and harpoon (from Davis’s Straits, Lat. 76° N. Long. 66° W.), the iron of which is meteoric; — a large piece of the problematical mass of iron lately found at Magdeburg, and which, ac- * The large mass of iron placed against the wall under the window in Room I., was sent from Buenos Ayres, by Sir Woodbine Parish ; it is supposed to be part of that of Otumpa : its weight 1400 pounds. H 3 154 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH cording to Stromeyer’s analysis, contains (besides nickel and cobalt) also copper, molybdenum, and arsenik. — Of meteoric stones (classed with native iron, because they all contain this metal, generally alloyed with nickel) the" fol¬ lowing are placed in chronological order : — a large frag¬ ment of the stone which fell at Ensisheim, in Alsace, Nov. 7th, 1492, when Emperor Maximilian, then king of the Romans, was on the point of engaging with the French army : this mass, which weighed 270 pounds, was preserv¬ ed in the cathedral of Ensisheim till the beginning of the French revolution, when it was conveyed to the public li¬ brary of Colmar; — one of the many stones which fell, July 3d, 1753, at Plaun, in the circle of Bechin, Bohemia, and which contain a great proportion of attractable iron ; — specimens of those that were seen to fall at Roquefort and at Juliac, in the Landes of Gascony, July 24th, 1790; — one of a dozen of stones of various weights and dimensions that fell at Sienna, in Tuscany, Jan. 16th, 1794; — frag¬ ment of the meteoric stone, weighing 56 pounds, which fell near Wold Cottage, in Yorkshire, Dec. 13th, 1795 ; — frag¬ ment of a stone of 20 pounds, which fell in the commune of Sales, near Villefranche, in the department of the Rhone, March 12th, 1798; — specimens of stones fallen near the city of Benares, in the East Indies, Dec. 19th, 1798; — - entire and broken specimens of the meteoric stones of which a shower descended at Aigle, in the department of the Orne, April 26th, 1803 ; — fragment of that of Smolensk, June 27th, 1807 ; — fragment of one of those that were seen to fall at Weston, in Connecticut, Dec. 14th, 1807 J — two meteoric stones with shining black surfaces, fallen May 22d, 1808, at Stannern, in Moravia ; — two fragments of the Tipperary meteorite which fell in August, 1810: it contains quartz globules of a green colour, owing to oxide of nickel ; — a fragment of that of Berlanguillas, in Cata¬ lonia, July 8th, 1811 ; — a fragment of one, weighing 66 pounds, which fell August 5th, 1812, near Chantonnay, in the Vendee; — fragment of the meteoric stone which fell at Adare, in the county of Limerick, Ireland, in 1813 ; — frag¬ ment of one of those which fell Sept. 5th, 1814, at Agen, in the Pyrenees, and another of that which descended at Juvenas (Ardeche), on June 15th, 1821 ; — a portion of the meteorite which fell at Nanjenoy in Maryland, February 155 gallery.] natural history. 10th, 1825 ; — three entire stones and a fragment, of those that were seen to fall, October 13th, 1838, at Old Bok- keveld, at the Cape of Good Hope. (See Philos. Transact, for 1839.) Among the specimens of native copper (which presents a great variety of forms besides the crystallized, such as dendritic, filiform, &c.) may be specified the mass from Hudson’s Bay, found by Mr. Hearne, and described by him in his journal. — Native bismuth , massive, disseminated, and dendritic, in jasper, &c. : to which are added, speci¬ mens exhibiting the artificial crystallization of the same, produced by the sudden cooling of the melted metal. — Na¬ tive lead in lava : to which is added a medal cast in the same lead which was ejected by Vesuvius in 1631. Case 2. Native silver : among its varieties may be par¬ ticularized those exhibiting the various forms in which it most frequently occurs, such as tooth-shaped, wire-shaped, dendritical, mosslike, &c., many of which are aggregations of minute crystals. — Native mercury , and hydrarguret of silver or native amalgam ; the former chiefly as globules, disseminated in cinnabar, sparry limestone, &c. ; the latter crystallized in perfect and modified rhombic dodecahedrons, globular, &c. : to which are added figures and ornaments moulded and modelled in amalgam, by the miners of Mexico. — Native platinum , massive and as grains: rock specimens of the formation in which it occurs in the Ural, Siberia. — Palladium and osm-iridium , in a wrought state. Case 3. Native gold, subdivided into pure and alloyed gold ; the former chiefly massive, in detached crystals and as grains (from Bengal, Guinea, Sumatra, Brazil), and in brown iron-stone, in quartz, with needle-ore, &c., from Siberia ; the alloyed gold (principally from Transylvania) crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons variously aggregated, in reticular plates, &c. With these are placed a few specimens of the alloys known by the names of au¬ riferous silver and electrum . In this Case begin (continued to Case 12) the electro¬ negative metallic substances (metalloids), and their not oxidized combinations. — Tellurium and tellurets : the scarce native tellurium, which (like sulphur and sele¬ nium) has the property of mineralizing several metals. 156 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH combining with them as electro-negative substance, viz. — ■with bismuth (formerly called molybdena- silver) from Eastnaes ; to which also belongs the tetradymite ; — with silver, from the Altai, Siberia ; — with lead (foliated tel¬ lurium, or nagyag ore) ; — with silver and lead (white and partly yellow tellurium) ; — with silver and gold (graphic tellurium or schrift-ertz of authors), all from Transyl¬ vania. — Native antimony from Dauphiny, and antimonial silver or stibiuret of silver from the Hartz, &c. Case 4. Native arsenic (formerly called testaceous cobalt and scherben-cobalt) in reniform and botryoidal shapes, from Andreasberg, &c. ; and its chemical combinations (arseniurets) : with nickel (commonly called copper- nickel) ; with cobalt, comprising the grey and part of the white cobalt of some mineralogists, &c. The remainder of this Case contains the substances be¬ longing to the confined orders of Carbon and of Selenium. To the former are referred the diamond, anthracite, gra¬ phite; to the latter the selenium metals or seleniurets. Among the specimens selected to illustrate the crystalline forms of the diamond are: — the primitive regular octahe¬ dron ; the same with solid angles truncated ; with edges truncated, forming the passage into the rhombic dodeca¬ hedron ; varieties of the latter, giving rise to the six-sided prismatic and the tetrahedral forms ; cubes with truncated and bevelled edges ; various hemitropic crystals or macles of diamonds ; an octahedral diamond, embedded in gold ; two others in hydrous oxide of iron, from Brazil; models of the largest diamonds [known, &c. With these are placed specimens of the alluvial rock in which this pre¬ cious substance occurs in the East Indies and in Brazil. — Specimens of anthracite or kohlenblende (to which may be referred the Kilkenny coal), with native silver from Kongsberg, &c. ; — graphite (commonly called black-lead), massive, disseminated in porcelain earth, &c. — Seleniu- rets : lead seleniuret ; copper and lead seleniuret mer¬ cury and lead seleniuret, all from Tilkerode, Hartz ; — copper seleniuret ; copper and silver seleniuret ( eukairite ), both from Strickerum, Sweden ; — to which are added speci¬ mens of sulphur, fromrthe island of Volcano, incrusted and coloured by reddish-brown or orange-red particles of sele¬ nium. GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 157 Case 5. The suite of specimens of sulphur (crystallized, massive, and stalactic, with selenite, sulphate of strontia, &c. ; and the same found sublimed near the craters of vol¬ canos, &c.) is succeeded by the Sulphurets , which occupy half of this and seven of the succeeding glass-cases. They begin with sulpkuret of manganese or manganese-blende, from Nagyag in Transylvania and from Peru. — Among the numerous varieties of sulphur et of zinc , or zinc-blende, may be particularized those relative to colour, viz., the yellow, the brown, and the black blende of Werner ; the first of which is generally most pure, while the others con¬ tain a portion of iron ; the fibrous blende of Przbram in Bohemia, in which cadmium was discovered by Stromeyer ; the variety called testaceous or schaalen-blende (the most characteristic specimens of which are from Geroldseck in theBrisgau) contains, besides iron, a portion of lead. Case 6. — Sulphurets of iron , or iron-pyrites : — common pyrites , smooth and striated, variously crystallized, from se¬ veral localities ; radiated pyrites, a substance very subject to decomposition, and to which belong most of the varieties of what is commonly called lenticular or coxcomb -pyrites, as also the globular pyrites, of a radiated texture, and the hepatic or liver-pyrites of Werner, (distinct from the fer sulfur e hepatique of some French mineralogists, which is both radiated and common iron-pyrites converted into brown iron-stone) ; — magnetic pyrites, which is nearly allied to the preceding species: massive and crystallized in six-sided prisms. — Sulphuret of cobalt, from Bastnaes in Sweden. — Sulp h uret of nickel, formerly called capillary iron-pyrites, and afterwards considered as native nickel, till its real composition was determined by Arfvedson. Case 7- Sulphuret of copper, or vitreous copper, va¬ riously crystallized, foliated, compact, &c. ; to which are also commonly referred the vegetable fossil remains known by the name of Frankenberg corn-ears, from the bituminous marl-slate of Frankenberg in Hessia, which are principally composed of vitreous and grey copper. — Tennantite . — Sulphuret of copper and iron, to which belongs the yellow copper or copper-pyrites, including the pale-yellow fine¬ grained variety, called hematitiform or blistered copper- pyrites; and the variegated copper ore (buntkupfererz), differing from the former in the proportions of its con- 158 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH stituent parts, and easily known by the reddish colour of its fractural surfaces: crystallized, massive, and foliated. Case 8 contains a suite of specimens of sulphur et of lead or galena , which include various modifications of crystals, detached and grouped together, in combination with blende, pyrites, and many other substances; galena of various grain, massive and disseminated ; galena of cor¬ roded appearance, decomposed and regenerated ; the com¬ pact and specular variety, called slickenside by the Derby¬ shire miners. Case 9. Sulphurets continued : sulphuret of bismuth , or bismuth- glance, inacicular crystals, from Riddarhyttan, &c.— Sulphuret of copper and bismuth , called copper-bis¬ muth . — The needle-ore of Werner, a triple sulphuret of bismuth, lead, and copper.* — Sulphuret of copper and tin , or tin-pyrites . — The remainder of this case is taken up by a considerable suite of specimens of sulphuret of mercury or cinnabar , divided by Werner into the dark-red (by far the most common variety), and the bright-red cinnabar (native vermilion, much esteemed by painters) ; the hepatic or idrialine-cinnabar , a mixture of cinnabar with bitu¬ minous and earthy particles, from Idria, compact and slaty : the same with testaceous organic remains (coral ore). Case 10. Sulphuret of silver, vitreous silver, or silver glance , massive, crystallized, and in other external forms, among which are the laminar and capillary: the black silver ore appears to be a pulverulent variety of this spe¬ cies — flexible silver glance. — Sulphuret of antimony , or grey antimony, compact, foliated, radiated, and plumose : the more remarkable among these are the specimens of crystallized antimony in splendid groups, especially from Transylvania ; radiated grey antimony with baroselenite, realgar, &c., plumose antimony (feather-ore), some varie¬ ties of which, appearing likt delicate wool or down, dis¬ play a fine iridescent blue, yellow, and red tarnish : it should, however, be observed here, that several of the plu¬ mose varieties of grey antimony are referable to the sulphur- salts in the next glass case. Case 11. Part of this Case is occupied by the speci¬ mens of sulphuret of arsenic , viz. the yellow orpiment , mas¬ sive and in striated, transparent, separable laminae ; and the red orpiment or realgar , perfectly crystallized and GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 159 massive. — The rest of this and part of the next Case con¬ tain the simple and double sulphur-salts formed by the sulphurets of antimony and of arsenic, with basic sul- phurets of electro-positive metals ; they are (besides some varieties of the plumose antimony or feather-ore) — the jamesonite or axotomous glance antimony ; — the zinkenite , nearly related to plumose antimony ; — the red or ruby silver ore , divided into the dark and the light red, both of the same crystalline forms, but in the latter of which sul- phuret of arsenic takes the place of the sulphuret of anti¬ mony of the former; — the miargyrite of H. Rose, first separated by Mohs from red silver under the name of hemiprismatic ruby-blende ;— the sulphur-salt commonly called brittle vitreous silver (the roschgewachs of the Hun¬ garian miners) appears to be composed of the same con¬ stituent elements as the dark and the bright red ruby- silver ores, but in different proportions; — bournonite , a sulphur-salt known also by the names of endellion, and triple sulphuret of lead, antimony, and copper ; — the scarce poly b asit e and in the next case. Case 12, the grey copper or fahl-ore (a double sulphur- salt, on the chemical constitution of which some light has lately been thrown by the researches of H. Rose), crystallized, massive, and disseminated in various sub¬ stances. The remaining substances in this Case are (besides the sulphuret of molybdenum or molybdena- glance) several of the arsenio-sulphurets , such as the arsenic-pyrites or mispickel (some varieties of which, containing accidentally admixed silver, constitute Werner's weiss-ertz) ; cobalt- glance , massive and crystallized in the form of the cube and its modifications, &c. In the six following Cases the oxides of the electro-posi¬ tive metals are deposited. Case 13 contains the oxides and hydrous oxides of man¬ ganese , formerly distinguished as foliated, compact, and earthy grey manganese ; but now generally divided into three species, called manganite, pyrolusite , and psilometane, to the two first of which may be referred the earthy man¬ ganese or wad , some varieties of which have the property of inflaming spontaneously when mixed with linseed oil. Case 14. This and the two following Cases contain 160 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH the oxides of iron. Specular oxide of iron or iron-glance , among the specimens of which may_ he specified those from Elba, remarkable on account of their beautiful iri¬ descence and play of colours ; the variety in large laminar crystals appearing like polished steel, from Stromboli and Vesuvius ; — -the micaceous iron-ore of Werner, belonging partly to this species, partly to the scaly hydrous oxide ; — red iron ore , divided into compact red iron-stone and red hematite. Case 15. Oxydulated iron or magnetic iron-ore, massive and of various grain, compact, crystallized, in ser¬ pentine, chlorite-slate, &c. ; ore from the East Indies, which yields the wootz, or salam- steel, remarkable for its hardness ; magnetic iron-sand. With the oxides of iron is also provisionally placed the crucite of Thomson ; and the beudantite, which latter is composed of the oxides of iron and lead. Case 16. Hydrous oxide of iron or brown iron-stone , among the most remarkable varieties of which species are, the micaceous, called goethite, in delicate transparent tables of a blood red colour ; that in fine scales coating the cells of lava ; a shining brownish-black variety used as hair powder by the Bootchuana natives beyond the Great River in South Africa ; the fibrous- brown iron-stone or brown hematite ; the compact and the ochrey brown iron-stone— and, as appendix to it, the argillaceous or clay iron-stone, with its many varieties, such as the columnar, the pisiform (pea iron-ore), the reniform, &c. Case 17. Oxide of copper : — red or ruby -copper ore, compact, foliated, and fibrous ; one of the more remark¬ able is the bright-red capillary variety from Rheinbreiten- bach (in which selenium has been discovered by Kersten), and from the Bank mines in Siberia : — the ferruginous red oxide of copper or tile-ore , a mixture of red copper and brown iron-ochre ; the black oxide ox copper-black, ge¬ nerally mixed with the oxides of iron and manganese. - — Oxide of lead: — the native minium from Hessia (first described by Mr. Smithson), from Siberia, &c., probably produced by the decomposition of galena. — Oxide of bis¬ muth or bismuth-ochre, from Saxony and Bohemia. — Oxide of zinc or red zinc ore from New Jersey, and th e frankliniie, composed of the oxides of zinc, manganese.— Black and GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 161 yellow earthy cohalt , both called cohalt-ochre , which seem to be hydrates of the oxides of cobalt and manganese, frequently mixed with oxide of iron. — Oxide of uranium, or uran-ochre , and the hydrous protoxide of the same, called pitch-ore . Case 18. Oxide of tin or tinstone, divided by Werner into common tinstone and wood-tin : among the speci¬ mens of the former (chiefly from Cornwall, Saxony, and Bohemia) may be specified the greyish-white crystals re¬ sembling scheel-ore or tungstate of lime, the regular and macled crystals, the pebble-like and granular tin-stone (shoad-tin, stream-tin, grain-tin, &c.), the columbiferous oxide of tin from Finbo in Sweden ; a variety of fibrous oxide or wood-tin, composed of radiated-fibrous small glo¬ bules, and marked with concentrically disposed brown and yellow colours, is called toad's eye wTood-tin. In the next Case begin the oxides of electro-negative bodies, and their various combinations. Case 19. Alumina and Aluminates. To the former belongs the corundum, comprehending the precious stones, commonly called oriental gems (the sapphire, ruby, orien¬ tal amethyst, oriental topaz, oriental emerald), of the crys¬ tallized forms of which the principal modifications are here deposited ; and the common or imperfect corundum from Bengal, Mysore, China, the Carnatic (Werner's dia¬ mond spar), Lapland, Piedmont, &c. As appendix to these are added, the Jibrolite, (bournonite of Lucas,) one of the concomitant substances of the common corundum of the Carnatic ; — the indianite of Bournon, being one of the matrices of the same corundum ; — the emery, which owes its hardness and consequent usefulness in polishing to an ad¬ mixture of blue corundum. — The diaspore and the gihh - site : both hydrates of alumina. Aluminate of magnesia — the spinel: among its varieties is the blue spinel of Aker in Siidermannia. The ceylon- ite or pleonaste, and the automolite (also called gahnite), from Fahlun in Sweden and from Franklin in New Jersey, are, the former an aluminate of protoxide of iron and mag¬ nesia, the latter an aluminate of zinc. The mineral called gum-lead ( plomh gomme), from Huelgoet in Brit¬ tany : a hydrous aluminate of lead. 162 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH The five following Cases contain the acid or oxide of silicium (silica,, quartz), the numerous' varieties of which, formerly considered as so many distinct species, are mostly indebted for their generally very striking external charac¬ ters to the admixture of matter foreign to the species, or to other casual circumstances that prevailed at their form¬ ation. Case 20. Amethyst quartz of various tints, in grouped crystals, &c.- — Rock crystal : various modifications of crys¬ talline forms : small dodecahedral and other crystals, known by the names of Gibraltar diamonds, Bristol dia¬ monds, &c. ; varieties of colour, according to which this substance obtains the familiar denominations of smoky topaz or morion, cairngorm, citrine, &c. ; specimens of rock crystal enclosing various substances, such as rutile, brown iron-stone, micaceous iron, acicular antimony, actinote, asbest, chlorite, &c. ; groups of rock crystal ; some speci¬ mens of rock crystal in a wrought state are added, among which is Dr. Dee's show-stone (see Walter Scott's Demon¬ ology), &c. Case 21. Common quartz : among the specimens of this widely diffused substance, which offers such great variety in its external aspect, the more remarkable are the hacked, corroded, and cellular quartz from Schemnitz, as also the pseudomorphous or supposititious crystals, principally derived from modifications of calcareous and fluor spars ; and, with regard to colour, the blue quartz, called siderite , from Salzburg, and the rose or milk quartz , which are both used as ornamental stones ; — -fibrous quartz ; — flexible sandstone ( itacolumite ) from Brazil and China; — flelid quartz , from Nantes; — iron-flint. In this Case are also deposited several varieties of stalagmitic quartz or quartz - sinter , the most remarkable among which are the siliceous concretions deposited by the celebrated hot spring in Ice¬ land, the Geyser; another variety of it is the pearl- sinter from Santa-Fiora in Tuscany (whence it has ob¬ tained the name of fiorite), and from the island of Ischia. With these are placed specimens of the ceraunian sinter or those enigmatical siliceous tubes which were discovered in the sands of the Senner Heath in the county of Bippe (where, on account of their probable origin, they are gallery.] natural history. 163 called lightning tubes, from which name those of fulgurite , ceraunian sinter , astraphyalite, are derived), at Drigg on the coast of Cumberland, and lastly, by the late Capt. Clapperton, near Dibbla in the Tuarick country, Africa, from which localities specimens are here deposited. The hyalite is placed here as a mineral related both to stalag- mitic quartz and calcedony. — Haytorite , a substance purely sileceous, but presenting the form of datolite. Case 22 contains some more of the varieties of common quartz : prase, which appears to be an intimate mixture of this substance and actinote ; — the av anturino- quartz ; — as also some varieties of the cat's eye (mostly from Ceylon), in which the chatoyant lustre is generally produced by nearly invisible fibres of amianth lodged in the quartzy mass. — Part of this Case is occupied by the siliceous sub¬ stance called hornstone, divided into the conchoidal and splintery varieties ; among these are the remarkable pseu- domorphous crystals from Schneeberg in Saxony, derived from various modifications of calcareous spar ; also beauti¬ ful specimens of wood converted into hornstone, being the wood-stone of Werner ; hornstone balls from Haunstadt in Bavaria. — Of flint, a well known mineral substance, some interesting varieties are deposited. The remainder of this and the whole of the following Case are occupied by calcedonic substances. Among the specimens of common calcedony the most remarkable are, the smalt-blue variety from Felsobanya in Transylvania, crystallized in obtuse rhomhohedrons ; the branched and stalactical calcedony from Iceland, &c. ; the botryoidal, from Ferroe ; nodules, including water (enhydrites), from Monte Berico, near Vicenza, where they occur in volcanic rocks. Case 23. Calcedonic substances continued : cut and polished pieces of calcedony with red and black dendritic and other figures, called mocha-stones; varieties with white, brown, and black, straight or curved lines, some of which were probably among the substances of which the costly vasa murrhina of the ancients were made ; red and yellowish varieties of calcedony called carnelian — Plasma . — Heliotrope , an intimate mixture of calce¬ dony and green earth, which, when containing disse¬ minated particles of red jasper, is commonly termed 164 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH blood-stone. — The beautiful and much esteemed variety of calcedony called chrysoprase, hitherto only found at Kosemiitz in Silesia, and which owes its colour to oxide of nickel, as does the green siliceous earthy sub¬ stance, named pimelite , which accompanies it. To these are added specimens of some varieties of the siliceous com¬ pounds called agates , in which either common calcedony, carnelian, or heliotrope generally form a predominant in¬ gredient. Case 24. One half of this Case is occupied by the dif¬ ferent varieties of jasper, such as they are enumerated by Werner, viz. the globular or Egyptian jasper, found chiefly near Cairo in rounded pieces, which appear not to owe their form to rolling, but to be original, and produced by infil¬ tration ; — the riband-jasper or striped jasper, the finest varieties of which are found in Siberia ; — the variously- tinted common jasper ; — the agate-jasper , found only in agate veins, and the porcelain-jasper, produced by the action of subterraneous fire on clay-slate. The other half of this Case contains opaline substances (mostly hydrates of silica), viz,, specimens of the noble opal, which owres its beautiful play of colours to a multiplicity of imperceptible fissures in its interior; — the sun, or fire-opal ; — the common opal, a translucent white variety of which, appearing yellow or red when held between the eye and the light, is called girasoi; — the semi-opal, agreeing in its principal characters with the common ; — specimens of a variety which, having the pro¬ perty of becoming transparent when immersed in water, is called hydrophane, or oculus mundi ; — wood-opal, or opa- lized wood;— j asp-opal, referred by some authors to jasper ; - — the menilile, liver or opal, found at Menil-Montant, near Paris, in a bed of adhesive slate, a specimen of which is added. In the two next Cases are placed the Silicates with one base . Case 25 contains the silicates of lime and the silicates of magnesia. To the former belongs the table spar or /vollasto- nite from Mount Vesuvius, Nagyag, &c. ; — the latter com¬ prehends several of the minerals placed by Werner in the talc genus: — steatite, the more remarkable varieties of which are, that of yellowish green colour from Greenland, NATURAL HISTORY. 165 GALLERY.] and that from Gopfersgriin in Bareuth, with small crystals of other mineral substances, especially quartz, converted into, and forming part of the massive steatite; variety called chalk of Briancon ; — keffekil , or meerschaum, from Natolia, of which the well-known pipe-bowls are made, and that from Valecas in Spain; — also a related substance, called keffekillite by Dr. Fischer, who discovered it in the Crimea; — lilhomarge , the more remarkable varieties of which are, that of a reddish yellow colour in porphyry from Rochlitz, and the fine purplish blue variety from Planitz, formerly called terra miraculosa Saxonica, &c. — serpentine , the purer varieties of which (generally hydrates) are called noble serpentine : they constitute, in combination with pri¬ mitive limestone, the verde antico and some other fine green marbles; of the varieties of the common serpentine, are best known those from Baireuth and from Zoblitz in Saxony, where they are manufactured into vases and various other articles ; serpentine with imbedded garnets, magnetic iron¬ stone, asbest, &c. — the marmolite of Hoboken in New Jersey likewise belongs to serpentine. — With these is also placed the olivine, which, in its purer state, is denomi¬ nated chrysolite or peridot, and when protoxide of iron is predominant, has, by some, been called hyalosiderite . Case 26. Silicate of zinc, called also electric or sili¬ ceous calamine, the finest specimens of which are those from Siberia and Hungary ; the variety called willemite, from Aix-la-Chapelle. — Silicate of manganese, of which there are several varieties (some of them only mechanical mixtures of this silicate, of carbonate of manganese, and quartz), which have received particular names, such as allagite, rhodonite, &c. Silicate of cerium or cerite, from Bastnas, Sweden, — with which is placed the rose-coloured substance called thulite, found with blue idocrase in Telle- marken, Norway. — Silicate of iron, to which belong the hisingeriie, sideroschizolite, chlorophceite, stilpnomelane, and gillingite. — Silicate of copper, or siliceous malachite, for¬ merly called chrysocolla and copper-green : to which is also referred the dioptase or copper-emerald, a scarce mineral from the Kirguise country in Siberia. — Silicate of bismuth, also called bismuth-blende, a mineral presenting hair- brown globules, from Schneeberg, Saxony. — Silicate of zir- conia, to which belong Werner’s common zircon and some i 166 NATURAL HISTORY. £nORTH hyacinths of jewellers* from Ceylon* Auvergne* Chili* the Lake Ilmen in Siberia ; also the variety called zirconite from Friedricksvarn in Norway* &c. *• — the blue zircon from Vesuvius. — Silicate of alumina: of these we have the kyanite or disthene* and its varieties* the bucholzite and the sillimanite , and also the scarbroite * halloysite, lenzinite, &c.; — together with such varieties of clay as are chemical combinations of alumina and silica. For the subdivision into groups of the Silicates with several bases * the reader is referred to the tickets in the interior of the following ten Cases* which contain this ex¬ tensive class of mineral species. Case 27 contains the following zeolitic substances : apophyllite * or ichthyophthalmite* in line crystals* from Hesloe in Faroe ; with stilbite *• with tessellite of Brewster* with poonahlite of Brooke* &c. ; a variety of apophyllite* formerly called albine, by Werner; — chabasite or chabasie* in groups of primitive rhomboidal and modified crystals ; —the variety called haidenite from Baltimore ; — mesotype from Auvergne* Faroe* & c.* to which are also referred the natrolite of Klaproth* the needle-stone of "Werner* the scolicite * the mesolite * krokalite * &c. ; — t/iomsonite ;—anal- cime * among the crystallized varieties of which are re¬ markably large specimens of the trapezoidal and triepointe modifications from Fassa in Tyrol. Case 28. Zeolitic substances continued ; stilbite and heulandite ; — brewsterite -,— laumontite or lomonite* also called efflorescent zeolite* because some of its varieties are subject to decomposition by exposure to the air ; — prehnite * the grass-green variety of which* discovered in South Africa by the Abbe Rochon* has been mistaken for chryso¬ lite* chrysoprase* and even emerald ; — to this also belongs the koupholite of Vauquelin The substance known by the name of Chinese jade or you-stone, is likewise placed with prehnite* to which it has been referred by Count Bournon ; but no chemical analysis has as yet been given of it. — A suite of specimens of comptonite from Vesuvius* lining the cavities of a pyroxenic lava, &c.* accompanied by gismondine and other crystallized substances ; — gmeli - nite or hydrolite ; — levine * and some other new species of this extensive family of minerals. Case 29. To the same family belongs the harmotome GALLERY. 1 NATURAL HISTORY. 167 or cross stone, divided into baryte-harmotome and potass- harmotome, to which latter are to be referred the Vesuvian minerals called zeagoniie , gisrnondine, abrazite, and also the philipsite. The remainder of this Case is occupied by species of the feldspar family. — Common feldspar, variously crystallized and massive : among the specimens here deposited may be specified — the fine green variety from Siberia, called ama¬ zon stone ; the beautiful large crystals from Baveno ; feld¬ spar with embedded crystals and fragments of quartz (gra¬ phic stone, graphic granite), from Siberia, &c. — Labra¬ dor feldspar (also called opalescent feldspar, being remark¬ able for its beautiful play of colours), chiefly from the coast of Labrador and from the transition syenite of Laur- wig in Norway ; — adularia or naber feldspar, principally found on Mount St. Gothard, but not in the valley of Adula from which its name is derived : the fine variety from Ceylon, when cut en cabochon, is called moon-stone ; and a yellow naker feldspar with reddish dots has obtained the name of sun-stone, which is also sometimes given to the beautiful avanturino variety of common feldspar placed in this glass-case. Case 30. Feldspathic substances continued: — ice-spar and sanidine or glassy feldspar, both nearly allied to com¬ mon feldspar ; albite, or cleavelandite, the finest specimens of which are those from Dauphine and Siberia, and peri - dine, united by some mineralogists with the preceding species, from St. Gothard, Tyrol, &c. ; — anorthite from Vesuvius; — oligoclase, also called natron-spodumen — to¬ gether with some other species separated, perhaps unne¬ cessarily, from common feldspar and cleavelandite ; — leu - cite or amphigene, chiefly from Vesuvius, in separate crys¬ tals of various sizes and degrees of transparency, massive, embedded in pyroxenic and other lavas; — triphane or spo- dumen and petalite: substances in which lithia, or the oxide of lithium, was first discovered by Arfvedson. Case 31. This Case contains — nepheline, from Mount Vesuvius, with which are now combined several varieties of the elceolite or fettstein of Werner ; — wernerite, under which name, formerly confined to some varieties of com¬ mon and compact scapolite, are now united the meionite of Vesuvius, and the greater part of the scapolite of Werner, 188 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH the paranihine and also the dipyre ; substances which, to¬ gether with several others provisionally placed in this glass Case, stand in need of further investigation as to their chemical and crystallographical characters. Case 32 contains micaceous and talcose substances. Our imperfect knowledge of the optical properties and chemical constitution of many varieties of the former, does not admit of their being arranged according to those distinc¬ tive characters ; such varieties as have been more closely examined in this respect, may be divided into potassa-mica (by far the most common), which has two axes ; magnesia - mica (from Vesuvius, Siberia, and Monroe, in New York), which has but one axis; — and the lithia-mica, which, be¬ sides the beautiful peach blossom, red, violet, greenish- grey, and white scaly varieties known by the name of lepi - dolite , from Rozna in Moravia, likewise comprises several large-foliated varieties of what was formerly considered as common mica, such as that from Zinnwald in Bohemia and Altenberg, accompanied by apatite, tin-stone, and topaz. -—The species and varieties of the talcose substances are likewise very imperfectly understood. Among the speci¬ mens of talc in this glass Case may be specified the com¬ mon or Venetian (which enters into the composition of cos¬ metics), and the indurated talc ; to the former of which may be referred the green radiated variety from Siberia, composed of distinct groups of small diverging laminae, and to which the name of pyrophyllite is commonly given ; — agalmatolite, (Werner’s bildstein, Haiiy's talc gla- phique), employed by the Chinese for carving images, vessels, &c. ; — chlorite , crystallized in aggregated, small, modified rhombic prisms ; the earthy and foliated varieties, coating crystals of octahedral magnetic iron-stone, &c. ; — pinite , crystallized in regular hexagonal prisms, and gie- seclcite , from Greenland, which appears to be a variety of this species. — Fahlunite , under wrhich name several dis¬ tinct substances have been noticed by authors. Case 33. This and part of the following Case chiefly contain substances related to hornblende or amphibolic minerals, among which may be specified the basaltic and common hornblende, including the pargasite ; — the actino - lite or strahlstein (divided by Werner into the glassy, common, and fibrous varieties) the grammatite or tremo - GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 169 lite (so called from Val Tremola, where, however, it is not found), among the specimens of which are the fine, fibrous varieties, resembling asbest ; the glassy tremolite, in dolomite and granular limestone, &c. — Arjvedsonitc — Anthophyllite . Case 34. Part of this Case is filled with the mineral substances called asbestine, many of which appear to pass into some of the varieties of amphibole in the preceding glass Case. Among these may be observed specimens illus¬ trative of the transition from a very close to a loose-fibrous structure ; — several varieties of the flexible asbest or amianth , with some antique incombustible cloth, paper, &c., made of it ; — the varieties called common andschiller- asbest, mountain wood, mountain cork, or nectic asbest, &c., separate, and in combination with other substances ; — the blue and yellow asbest from South Africa, to which the name of krokydalite has been given. The remainder of this Case contains pyroxenic minerals : — augite , in separate crystals, and imbedded in lava from Vesuvius, together with groups of well-defined crystals from Arendahl in Norway, where this substance occurs in primitive rocks ; — the jef- fersonite ; — the granular variety called coccolite ; — the va¬ rieties of diopside , at first considered as a distinct species, including the mussite and alalite from Piedmont ; — the sahlite or malacolite, to which also belongs the baikalite, of which a few fine specimens are here deposited ; the pyrgome or fassaite, and the achmite . The metalloid diallage or diallagite, also called schiller-spar, from the Hartz, Salz¬ burg, &c., the bronzite and the hypersthene or paulite (La¬ brador hornblende of Werner), may likewise be referred to this tribe of minerals. Case 35. Among its contents may be specified the mineral substances which have been described under the appellations of thallite, arendalite, acanticone, delphinite, &c.; most of these are Werner’s pistaciie and are now more generally designated by the name of epidote, given to them by Haiiy. To this also belongs the manganesiferous epi¬ dote, considered by some as an ore of manganese. — Camming - tonite . — Zoisite. — Among the specimens of idocrase (vesu- vian of Werner), the more conspicuous are the large beau¬ tiful crystals (the unibinaire of Haiiy), discovered by Laxmann on the banks of the Vilui in Kamschatka, em» 170 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH bedded in a steatitic rock ; those from Vesuvius, where this substance occurs accompanied by 'other volcanic ejec¬ tions, have, in Italy, obtained the name of Vesuvian gems, hyacinths, and chrysolites ; the varieties called egerane , loboite , and that from Teilemarken in Norway, coloured blue by oxide of copper, and known by the name of cy- prbie; — essonite (Jiessonite) or cinnamon- stone, chiefly from Ceylon, which was supposed to contain zirconia, till a more accurate analysis proved it to be nearly allied to vesu¬ vian: most of the hyacinths of commerce are cinnamon-stone. Case 36. The greater part of this Case is appropriated to the various species and varieties of the garnet tribe, formerly divided into noble and common garnets. Among the more distinct chemical species now established are : — - the pyrope or chrome garnet, generally called Bohemian garnet, which occurs in rounded grains, and also embed¬ ded in serpentine, &c. ; — the colophonite , so called from its resemblance to rosin, from Norway and North America ; - — the melanite, found particularly in the neighbourhood of Frascati ; — the grossular or Wilui garnet, a fine light- green species from Kamschatka, so called from the fancied resemblance which its separate crystals bear to a goose¬ berry ; — the allockroiie , also called splintery garnet, from Drammen in Norway; — the romanzovite . In this Case are also deposited — the gelilenite, from the Monzoni in Tyrol, to which species the melilite from Capo di Bove, near Rome, is referred by some mineralogists ; — the iolite or pelioma, now generally called dichroite (from its exhi¬ biting two different colours when viewed in different posi¬ tions), massive and crystallized, from Capo di Gate, from Greenland, Bodenmais in Bavaria, and Orayervi in Fin¬ land ( steinheilite ) ; — the sordawalite from Finland ; — the karpholite from Bohemia, &c. Case 37. This Case contains the following substances : — staurolite , a bisilicate of alumina and of oxide of iron, called also granatite and cross-stone, among the specimens of which are the fine macled crystals from Brittany, and the modifications of the simple crystals from St. Gothard, accompanied by prisms of disthene, perfectly similar to those of the staurolite, and sometimes longitudinally grown together with them. — Silicates containing yttria and protoxide of cerium ; viz. the gadolinite , from Ytterby GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 171 and Kararfvet in Sweden ; the allanite from Greenland (to which may be referred the cerine of Bastnaes) ; the orthite and pyrorthite . Silicates containing glucina, the principal species of which is the emerald , or beryl, the former being a variety which owes its fine green colour to oxide of chromium : from Santa Fe, from Mount Zahara in Egypt; and from Heubachthal in Salzburg; embedded in mica slate ; — beryls of various colours; the more common of which is the variety called aquamarine ; the perfectly white and limpid; and fine oil green varieties from Nerchinsk and Odontchelong in Siberia ; the large beryls of Limoges; and from Ac- worth in New Hampshire, where crystals weighing up¬ wards of fifty-nine pounds have been found, (the fragment of a prism in the centre of the Case weighs nearly forty- three pounds) ; — the euclase , a rare crystallized mineral substance, discovered by Dombey in Peru, but since only found as loose crystals, at Capao, near Villaricca, in Bra¬ zil, and in the chlorite slate of that neighbourhood ; — chrysoberyl or cymophane, among the specimens of which may be specified those in a matrix of quartz and feldspar with garnets, from Haddarn in Connecticut, and also those from Saratoga and New York ; helvine, a substance which is considered by some as a triple silicate of glucine, iron and manganese. In this Case are also placed the speci¬ mens of lazulite or lapis lazuli, (which furnishes the valuable pigment known by the name of ultramarine,) massive and exhibiting planes of the rhomboidal dodecahe¬ dron ; the hauyne , and a few other of the imperfectly known silicates of alumina, soda and lime combined with sulphates : such as the spinellane, &c. Case 38. In this Case are provisionally placed (be¬ sides sodalite, eudialyte, and pyrosmalite, substances which, being chloriferous, may perhaps be referred to the chlo¬ rides, Case 60), the suites of tourmaline and shorl, many varieties of which have been found to contain boracic acid. Among those here deposited are, the rubellite , also called siberite (tourmaline apyre of Haiiy), a specimen of which, remarkable both for size and form, is that in the centre of the Case : it was presented by the king of Ava to the late Colonel Symes, when on an embassy to that country, and afterwards placed by the latter in the Hon. Charles Greville's 172 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH collection ; other red and blue varieties, chiefly from Siberia and from Massachusetts in North ' America ; the flesh- coloured tourmaline, from Rozena in Moravia ; the dark green, called Brazilian emerald ; the asparagus-green variety in dolomite, from Campo Longo ; varieties of com¬ mon shorl ; — aociniie, in most beautiful crystals, from Bourg d’Oisans in Dauphiny, from Norway, &c. Case 39. The silicates terminate in this glass Case, with the topaze and chondrodite, two species which, from their chemical composition, might be classed with the fluorides (in Case 59) ; — among the specimens of topaz here deposited may be specified a series of crystals of Saxon, Brazilian, and Siberian varieties, among which there are several new modifications ; Saxon varieties im¬ bedded in the topaz rock, an aggregate of topaz, shorl, quartz, and sometimes mica ; fine Brazilian topazes, yel¬ low and pink, imbedded in rock crystal, &c. ; — also the pyrophysalite from Fahlun in Sweden, and the pycnite , formerly considered as a variety of beryl, are referable to topaz ; — chondrodite (maclurite, brucite) from New Jer¬ sey, and from Pargas in Finland. The rest of this Case is occupied by oxide of titanium and titanates; — rutile , also called titan-shorl, massive, crystallized, and fibrous, to which belongs the reticulated variety with golden varnish, from Moutier near the Mont- blanc ; acicular and capillary crystals of rutile in rock crystal, from Brazil, &c. ; — the anatase , or octahedrite, from Bourg d’Oisans; — the silico-titanate of lime, called spkene or titanite , among the varieties of which are those called brown and yellow menakan-ore, in large crystals, from Arendal in Norway, and that from St. Gothard de¬ nominated rayonnante en gouttiere by Saussure, on feldspar with chlorite, &c. ; — titanate of lime with titanate of ura¬ nium, &c., called pyrochlore , from Fredriksvarn in Nor¬ way titanates of iron , to which belong the nigrine , ise - vine, ilmenite , and most of the volcanic and other specular iron with glassy fracture; — crichtonite , brookite , polymig - nite, &c. Case 40. Columbates : — columbite or tantalite : a por¬ tion of the specimen from North America, in which Mr. Hatchett discovered the metal ; variety of the same from Rabenstein, Bavaria, accompanied by beryl and uranite ; GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 173 — the Finbo - and the Brodbo-tantalites of Berzelius ; — yttrotantalite , from Ytterby. Oxides of antimony and antimoniates : — antimony -ochre on native and grey antimony ; — white antimony , formerly considered as a muriate : on galena, quartz, &c. ; — red antimony (a combination of oxide and sulphuret of this metal), mostly in fine capillary crystals, from Braunsdorf in Saxony, Malazka in Hungary ; and an argentiferous variety from the Hartz, in fibrous flakes resembling tinder, and therefore called zunderertz ( tinder ore). Tungstates : — tungstate of lime (scheelin calcaire of Haiiy), also called scheelite and tungsten (heavy stone), among the more interesting specimens of which is the pri¬ mitive acute octahedron from Allemont in Dauphiny; — tungstate of iron and manganese or wolfram , massive and crystallized, from Bohemia and other countries ; also as octahedral supposititious crystals, derived from tung¬ state of lime; — tungstate of lead , or scheel-lead ore , from Zinnwald in Bohemia, formerly confounded with the molybdate of this metal. Molybdic acid and molybdates ; — ochry molybdenum or molybdic acid, as a yellow powder on the sulphuret of this metal, from Sweden, &c. ; — molybdate of lead, or yellow lead ore, massive, lamelliform, and crystallized in splendid groups on compact limestone, &c. ; chiefly from Bleiberg in Carinthia. Case 41. Oxide of chromium and chromates : — a suite of specimens of chromate of lead, or red lead ore, from the gold mines of Beresof in Siberia, where it chiefly occurs in a kind of micaceous rock, mixed with particles of quartz and brown iron-stone ; — chromate of lead and copper , called vauquelinite , a concomitant of the Siberian red lead ore; — chromate of iron, from the department of Var in France, and from Baltimore in Maryland, intermixed with talc stained purple by chromic acid. Vanadic acid and vanadiates. Vanadium was disco¬ vered in some ores of iron from Taberg in Smaland, by Sefstrom : by Del Rio the acid of this metal, which he called erythronium, had been found, combined with oxide of lead, in the brown lead ore of Zimapan in Mexico. For the discovery of the vanadiate of lead ( Johnstonite ) at Wanlockhead, and the analysis of this mineral sub- i 3 174 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH stance, science is indebted to Mr. Johnston, of Edinburgh ; — vanadiate of lead from Beresof, Siberia. Boracic acid ( sassoline ) and borates ; — borate of soda, the salt known by the names of borax and tincal, from Tibet, Monte-rotondo, Tuscany, &c. — borate of magnesia or boracite in separate crystals, and the same embedded in gypsum ; — datolite, being a borate with tri-silicate of lime, from Arendahl in Norway ; the variety from Sont- hofen (supposed to be a distinct species, called humbold - tite by Levy) ; and the globular-fibrous variety (which has received the name of botryolite') likewise from Arendahl. In this Case begins the family of the Carbonates. — Car¬ bonate of soda , from various localities, and among which is the African trona. — Carbonate of strontia, called stron- tianite, in prismatic and acicular crystals, which latter have sometimes been mistaken for arragonite. — Carbonate of baryta or witherite, among the specimens of which may be particularised the beautiful groups of double six-sided pyramids, and those of six-sided prismatic crystals. — Ba- rytocalcite . Case 42. Carbonate of lime . The whole of this Case is appropriated to the species called arragonite, among the principal specimens of which are the groups of prismatic crystals from Kosel, Bohemia, Arragon, &c. ; those of the coralloid variety of this substance from Eisen- ertz in Stiria, formerly called flos ferri, &c. To the massive varieties some of the calcareous deposits of Carls¬ bad in Bohemia may be referred. Cases 43, 44, and 45 contain the crystallized varieties of carbonate of lime or calcareous spar . Among the speci¬ mens in Case 43 may be specified those illustrative of the double refraction, cleavage, supernumerary joints, colour, &c. ; likewise the various secondary obtuse and acute rhombohedrons ; among the former of which the most common, but not the least striking, is the inverse variety of Haiiy, so called from its being as it were an inversion of the primitive rhombohedron of calcareous spar ; and the same with a considerable admixture of quartz, commonly called crystallized sandstone of Fontainebleau, &c. In the next two Cases are deposited many interesting and beautiful specimens, from the Hartz, Derbyshire, &c., of prismatic and pyramidal modifications of the same substance. NATURAL HISTORY* GALLERY.] m Case 46 contains various specimens of stalcictic lime¬ stone , some varieties of which (such as those here deposited from Egypt, Shir Amin in Persia, &c.) bear the name of alabaster in common with the finer varieties of gypsum, and have, by Werner and other mineralogists, been re¬ ferred to fibrous limestone ; the most beautiful modifica¬ tions of which latter are those from Cumberland and Swe¬ den, with pearly lustre (which has obtained for the former the appellation of satin-spar), and that in coloured layers from Africa. Also some specimens of granular limestone (granular marble) are placed in this Case. Case 47 is set apart for such compact varieties of lime¬ stone as are generally called Marbles ; for the present it only contains some varieties of shell limestone, the most esteemed of which, for ornamental purposes, is that from Carinthia, called lumachella or fire marble. Case 48 contains the remaining varieties of carbonate of lime, among which may be specified the well-known depositions from the hot springs of Carlsbad in Bohemia, particularly the pisiform limestone, or pea stone , as also the globular variety (considered by some as magnesian limestone) found in the bed of a small river near Tivoli, and known by the name of Confetti di Tivoli, — the tufa - ceous limestone, in porous, spongy, cellular, tubular and other imitative forms, as incrustation on various objects, such as on the human skull here deposited, which was found in the Tiber at Rome ; calcareous deposition formed in a square pipe in a coal mine in Somersetshire ; casts made at the baths of San Felippe, where moulds of medals, gems, &c., are placed in suitable situations to receive the spray impregnated with calcareous particles.— Chalk . — Anthraconite or madreporite . — Marie, &c. Case 49. In this Case, besides some specimens of carbonate of magnesia, or magnesite, from Baudissero and from New Jersey, are placed those substances which, being chiefly composed of carbonate of lime and car¬ bonate of magnesia, are called magnesian limestone, or dolomite, comprising Werner’s rhomb-spar, dolomite and brown spar. Among the varieties of the first of these subspecies are those called miemite, tharandite, and some modifications of pearl spar; among those of dolomite , a remarkable one is that from Pittsfield, Massachusetts, 37 6 NATURAL HISTORY. [north North America, which exhibits a considerable degree of flexibility : and another having the same property will be found among the singular varieties of magnesian limestone from the vicinity of Sunderland. Of the varieties of Werner’s brown-spar or pearl-spar, which in some cases is with difficulty distinguishable from rhomb-spar, several interesting specimens for figure, colour and lustre, are de¬ posited in this Case, and continued in Case 50, which is partly occupied by those fibrous varieties of brown spar, several of which were formerly referred to common fibrous limestone. — Carbonate of iron, or iron-spar, crystallized, fibrous,1 massive, and botryoidal ( sphcerosiderite of Hausmann). — Carbonate of manganese, in globular and botryoidal shapes of various shades of rose colour, on sulphuret of manganese, &c. The remainder of this glass Case is occupied by the several varieties of carbonate of zinc, (also called calamine, in common with the silicate of zinc in Case 26), crystal¬ lized, botryoidal, and in other forms, among which are the pseudomorphous crystals, derived from modifications of carbonate of lime. Case 51. In this Case are deposited the specimens of carbonate of lead, or white lead ore, among which are the delicately acicular varieties from the Hartz, accompanied and partly coloured by green carbonate of copper; the crystallized varieties from Siberia, Mies in Bohemia ; the pulverulent variety, & c. It also contains part of the specimens of carbonate of copper, viz. the blue copper, or copper-azure, the more remarkable varieties of which. are those from Chessy, and from the Bannat, combined with various substances ; — the earthy varieties, some of which have been used as pigments under the name of mountain- blue ; — those crystallized varieties which, passing from the state of blue into that of green carbonate, have, by Haiiy, been called cuivre carbonate epigene. Case 52. Carbonates of copper continued : green car¬ bonates ; among which are the fine and rare varieties of fibrous malachite, in acicular crystals, and massive with fibrous structure and velvety appearance, accompanied by carbonate of lead, &c. ; and, among the specimens of compact malachite, those characteristic and splendid ones from the Gumashevsk and Turja mines, in the Uralian mountains. GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 177 Case 53. Arsenious acid and arseniaies : the former (also called arsenic-bloom, or octahedral oxide of arsenic) is frequently confounded with arseniate of lime, and the white octahedral crystals, often seen in collections, on realgar and orpiment, are generally artificially produced in the interior of mines. — Of arseniates we have in this glass- case: — arseniate of lime , called pharmacolite , chiefly in white acicular crystals, from Wittichen in Suabia, and Riegelsdorf in Hessia. — Arseniate of iron or pharmacosi - derite , which occurs only crystallized, chiefly in cubes (whence Werner’s name of cube-ore), from Cornwall, from San-Antonio-Pereira, Brazil, on hydrous oxide of iron, &c. ; — skorodite , a substance which appears to be closely allied to Bournon’s martial arseniate of copper. — Arse¬ niates of copper, consisting of the foliated arseniate or copper-mica , the lenticular arseniate or lentil-ore , and the olive-ore of Werner, which are formed into five species by Bournon, and probably admit of further subdivision. To these also belongs the kupferschaum of Werner, at least that from Falkenstein in Tyrol : for some other varieties appear to be referable to carbonate of zinc. — Arseniate of cobalt , or red cobalt ore, comprising the earthy ( cobalt- crust ) and the radiated ( cobalt-bloom ) varieties, from Sal- feld, Allemont, &c. — Arseniate of lead from Corn wall, Nert- chinsk in Siberia, Johanngeorgenstadt in Saxony, &c. Case 54. This, and part of the next Case, contain the phosphates : among the phosphates of lime may be speci¬ fied several very scarce and interesting crystallizations of Werner’s apatite , such as the large violet-coloured crystals from St. Petersburg ; the groups from Ehrenfrieders- dorf, Maggia on St. Gothard, Traversella in Piedmont, &c. ; the variety called asparagus-stone , particularly the specimens from Jumilla in Murcia; the Norwegian apatite called moroxite ; also the phosphorite or fibrous and com¬ pact phosphates of lime, and the pulverulent variety, known by the name of earth of Marmorosh, and which was formerly considered as a variety of fluoride of calcium (fluateof lime). — Phosphate of lead , or pyromorphite , gene¬ rally divided into brown lead ore and green lead ore : among the varieties of the former, the more remarkable are the large six-sided prisms from Ilueigoet in Brittany ; of the latter we have the massive botryoidal ( trauben - 178 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH ertz), the spieular, and crystallized varieties, of various shades of green passing into greenish- white, into yellow and orange. — Phosphate of yttria , or pliosphyttrite, a very scarce mineral substance, first found in the granite of Lin- denas in Norway, and subsequently, in equally small quan¬ tities, at Ytterby in Sweden. — Phosphate of iron, Werner's vivianite , in variously grouped crystals (from Bodenmais in Bavaria, from Cornwall, from Fernando Po, &c.), mas¬ sive and pulverulent : among the specimens of the latter are the massive variety of -New Jersey, and several earthy blue varieties in clay, peat, wood, &c. : the chalcosiderite of Ull- mann, Werner's green iron earth, and Thomson’s mullicite, are likewise phosphates of iron. — Phosphate of manganese or triplite, from Chanteloube, near Limoges, in the depart¬ ment of Haute Vienne in France, where several other mineral substances have lately been found, the essential component parts of which are iron, manganese, and phosphoric acid. - — Triphyline, a phosphate of iron, manganese and lithia. — Phosphate of copper, of which the best characterised species are — the octahedral, also called olive-malachite, from Lebethen in Hungary; and the prismatic, called pseudomalachite, from Rheinbreitenbach, where it occurs with quartz which sometimes passes into calcedony. Case 55. Part of this case is occupied by the remaining phosphates. Phosphates of alumina, to which belong — the wavellite, a substance which was originally mistaken for a hydrate of pure alumina, and therefore called hy dr argillite, from Devonshire, Ireland, Brazil, Greenland, from Amberg in Bavaria (called lasionite), from Aussig in Bohemia, on sand stone, &c. — the Jdaprothiie, called also blue spar, and lazulite, and therefore sometimes confounded with the lapis lazuli in Case 37 ; — together with some other substances of which no exact analyses have as yet been published, though they are known to be chiefly composed of alumina, in combination with phosphoric acid, such as — rthe calaite, or real turquois firuzah in Persian), an opaque gem found chiefly at Nishapur, in the province of Khorasan, Persia, in nodules or as small veins traversing a ferrugino-argil- laceous rock, and greatly esteemed on account of its beau¬ tiful blue colour, which will in most cases be sufficient to distinguish it both from the blue silicate of copper (Case 26) and from fossil bones (particularly teeth) impregnated NATURAL HISTORY. 179 GALLERY.] with blue phosphate of iron or carbonate of copper (the occidental turquoises of lapidaries). — The kakoxene , a rare substance of a crystalline diverging-fibrous structure and yellow colour, found in the fissures of argillaceous iron¬ stone, nearZbirow in Bohemia ; — and the childrenite from Tavistock, in Devonshire : both which mineral substances contain alumina and oxide of iron combined with phos¬ phoric acid, but require to be subjected to closer chemical examination. — Phosphate of uranium : — to these belong the yellow uranite or uran-mica from Autun, Limoges, Bodenmais; and the green uranite, or chalcolite , chiefly from Cornwall and Saxony: both of them phosphates of oxide of uranium, but distinct by containing, the former a small portion of phosphate of lime, and the latter an equivalent portion of phosphate of copper.— This Case also contains the nitrates and part of the sulphates. Ni¬ trate of potassa , native nitre or saltpetre , found as efflo¬ rescence, mixed with other nitrates, and as crystalline crusts; from Pulo di Molfetta in Apulia, from near Burgos in Spain, &c. — Nitrate of soda, — Sulphate of soda, or glauber salt. — Thenar dite, a hydrous sulphate of soda, found in crystalline crusts, at the bottom of the briny waters at the Salines d’Espartines, five miles from Madrid;— glau- herite, a mineral composed of the anhydrous sulphates of soda and of lime, from the salt mines of Villarubia and Aranjuez in Spain, embedded in salt and clay. — Among the specimens of sulphate of strontia, or celestine, the more remarkable are, the splendid groups of limpid pris¬ matic crystals from La Catolica in Sicily, accompanied by sulphur ; those from the vicinity of Bristol, from St. Beat in the Dep. des Landes; those from Falkenstein in Tyrol; from the salt mines of Aranjuez ; the acicular variety in the hollows of compact sulphate of strontia from Mont¬ martre ; in the fissures of flint and in chalk, from Meudon ; the radiated and fibrous celestine from Pennsylvania, &c. Case 56. The whole of this Case is occupied by the sulphates of baryta, (baroselenite or heavy-spar ,) among which may be specified the splendid groups of straight - lamellar crystallised heavy-spar, especially those from Schemnitz in Hungary, and Clausthal in the Hartz, Traver- sella in Piedmont, &c. ; the curved-lamellar varieties ; the columnar, resembling carbonate of lead; the radiated, to J 80 NATURAL HISTORY. [north which belongs the Bolognese spar , from Monte Paterno, near Bologna, from Bavaria, &c. ; "the beautiful variety called ketten-spath , or chain-spar, from the Hartz; the fibrous and the granular varieties; the compact, called barytic or ponderous marble, &c.; fetid barytes or hepatite , an intimate mixture of sulphate of baryta with bituminous matter ; earthy barytes : also the rvolnyne from MuzSay in Hungary is a variety of sulphate of baryta. Case 57 contains the sulphates of lime , the principal varieties of which are, — -the selenite or sparry gypsum , in detached crystals and splendid groups, from Bex in Swiss- erland, Montmartre near Paris, Oxford, &c. ; from St. Jago di Compostela, stained by red iron ochre ; the fibrous gypsum with silky lustre, from Derbyshire, Swisserland, Montserrat; the granular gypsum or alabaster; the com¬ pact variety, to which belongs the stalagmitical gypsum from Guadaloupe ; the scaly gypsum (chaux sulfatee nivi- forme of Haiiy) from Montmartre ; common earthy gyp¬ sum, &c. — Anhydrous sulphate of lime, or anhydrite, (also called cube-spar and muriacite ,) crystalline, fibrous, granular and compact ; to the last of which belong some of the Italian varieties known by the name of bardiglio and bar - diglione , as also the singular fibrous-compact variety, fami¬ liarly called tripe-stone (pierre des trippes), from the salt mines of Wieiiczka. Case 58. Sulphates continued: — sulphate of magnesia, generally occurring in crystalline fibres : the fine variety from Calatayud in Arragon ; also the haar-salz (capillary salt) of Idria belongs to this species, and the stalactic co¬ balt-vitriol, as it is called, from Herrengrund in Hungary, which is only sulphate of magnesia, coloured red by oxide of cobalt. — Poly halite, a chemical compound of several sul¬ phates, formerly mistaken •fbr anhydrous sulphate of lime : compact and fibrous, from the salt formation of Berchtes- gaden in Bavaria, and Ischei in Austria. — Sulphate of zinc, white or zinc vitriol. — Sulphate of iron, or green vitriol, (a salt mostly produced by the decomposition of iron pyrites,) in beautiful large rhombohedral crystals, from Bodenmais in Bavaria, and massive, and in stalactic- fibrous forms, such as the specimens from the Rammels- berg, in the Hartz, where it also occurs in the form of yellow scales, known by the name of misy ; and as concre- GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 181 tions of a red colour, called vitriol-roth or botryogene : the plumose vitriol (federsalz), and a botryoidal-reniform sub¬ stance called bergbutter , are nothing but casual mixtures of sulphate of iron and hydrous sulphate of alumina. — Sul¬ phate of cobalt . — Sulphate of copper or blue vitriol: — the finest sky-blue specimens here deposited, together with the stalactic, fibrous and crystallized varieties, (the large group of crystals is artificially prepared,) are from Herren- grund in Hungary. There are also two or three sub-sul¬ phates of copper placed in this Case, which, however, stand in need of more accurate chemical examination. — Sulphate of lead , lead-vitriol , or anglesite , of which we have a suite of specimens with brilliant and well defined crystals from Baden weiler in Suabia, from the Parys mine in Anglesea, &c. ; the sulphato-carbonate ( lanarkite ), and sulphato - tricarbonate ( suzannite ), the cupreous sulphato carbonate ( caledonite ) of lead, &c., from Leadhills, &c. The rest of this Case is occupied by sulphates of alumina : — common alum , crystallized, fibrous, &c., from various places ; and the hydrous subsulphate of alumina, called aluminite, or web - sterite, from Sussex and from Halle in the territory of Magdeburg, which was by some mistaken for pure alumina, and by others for hydrate of alumina with mechanically admixed sulphate of lime : it must not be confounded with another substance also called aluminite or alum-stone (alu- nite of some mineralogists,) from Tolfa, &c., which is a basic sulphate of alumina and potassa. Case 59 contains the fluorides, of which by far the most important species is the fluoride of calcium, generally called fluate of lime and fluor-spar : among its numerous varieties may be particularized, the rose-coloured crystals from Chamouni ; the phosphorescent massive fluor-spar, called chlorophane, from Siberia ; the varieties called forti» fication-fluor ; earthy and compact fluor, &c., chiefly from Derbyshire and Saxony. — Fluoride of calcium yttrium and cerium ; — yttrocerite ; and some related minerals from Finbo and Brodbo near Fahlun in Sweden. Fluoride of sodium and aluminum, called cryolite, found in West Greenland : pure and mixed with brown iron stone, galena, &c. Case 60 contains the chlorides . — Chloride of sodium {muriate of soda), or rock salt: the most interesting speci¬ mens here deposited of this important mineral substance, 182 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH are the crystallized varieties* the massive and fibrous coloured varieties* the red chiefly from Hallein in Tyrol* the blue and violet from Ischel in Upper Austria ; the stalactical rock salt from Mexico* &c Chloride of am¬ monium or sal-ammoniac , from Vesuvius* Saint Etienne en Forez* &c. — Chlorides of lead: to these belong, the co- tunnite from Vesuvius ; the basic muriate of lead from Mendip; and the murio-carhonate of lead from Derby¬ shire, of which most rare substance a considerable suite is deposited in this glass Case. — Chloride of copper or ataca - mite * in crystallized splendid groups* chiefly from Remo- linos, Soli dad and Veta negra della Pampa larga* in Chili ; what was originally termed Peruvian green sand* or ataca- mite (being obtained from the desert of Atacama between Chili and Peru) is now known to be artificially produced by pounding the crystallized and laminar varieties for the purpose of using the sand (arenilla) in lieu of blotting paper. — Chloride (or muriate) of silver * called also horn- silver and corneous silver : amorphous* botryoidal* in laminae, and crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons* from Veta Negra in Chili* the Saxon Erzgebirge* &c. — Chloride or muriate of mercury , with native quicksilver from Moschel-Landsberg* Almaden* &c. Case 61 contains a small collection of organico-che- mical* or such mineralized substances as are composed after the manner of organic bodies, from which they derive their origin. They are divided into salts* resins* bitumen* and coal. To the salts belong — the mellate of alumina , also called mellite or honey-stone * found in the beds of brown coal at Artern in Thuringia ; and the oxalate of iron, formerly known by the name of resinous iron* but to which that of humboldtite is now generally applied. — To the resins may be referred- —the amber, of the varieties of which a considerable suite is deposited* many of them enclosing insects, &c. ; to which* for the sake of com¬ parison, are added* specimens of recent copal* likewise containing insects ; fossil copal or Highgate resin ; retinite or retinasphalt, found at Bovey ; together with some other undetermined resinous substances ; the idrialite, to which the bituminous cinnabar is partly referable. To the bitumina be-long the varieties of mineral pitch of all degrees of consist¬ ence* from the fluid naphtha and mineral oil or petroleum, to the solid and hard asphalt and jet or pitch coal ; the GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 183 elaterite or elastic bitumen of Derbyshire, (a suite of speci¬ mens exhibiting all degrees of solidity, from that of honey to that of a compact ligneous substance) ; with these is also placed the dapeche, an inflammable fossil substance found by Humboldt in South America, having several properties of the common caoutchouc or Indian rubber ; — the hatcliettine , a bituminous substance from Merthyr Tydvil in South Wales, the sheererite , &c. — Coal: black coal, and brown coal — of these a few specimens only are deposited, their different varieties being rather objects for a geological collection. The collections of Organic Remains begin in Room I. with that of the Fossil Vegetables, at present deposited chiefly in the Wall Cases of the S. and W. sides of the room. A systematic botanical arrangement has been adopted, so far as the limited space and the as yet doubtful nature of many of those fossil remains admitted of it. Case A. is set apart for the yet small number of fossils apparently of the class of submerged Alga:, such as the Fucoids , Confervites , &c. In the same Case are pro¬ visionally placed those impressions on coal slate, of plants wuth verticillated leaves, known by the generic names of Asterophyllites , Annularia, &c., and supposed by some to be referable to the Naiades ; as also a few that appear to bear affinity to the Marsilacea:, such as Pilularites , Solenites , &c. ; together with some other vegetable remains, the nature of which is not yet deter¬ mined. The upper division of Case B. is occupied by the Equl- setacea:, most of which may be united under the ge¬ neric name of Calamites , the absence of the sheaths by which the latter are said to be distinguished from real Equiseta, being a character not to be depended upon. The species of Calamites , almost all from the rocks of the most ancient coal formation, are far from being satis¬ factorily determined, their internal structure being en¬ tirely unknown. The species of Calamitea of Cotta, (Case E.,) which exhibit a peculiar organic structure, can scarcely be said to belong to the same natural order. The genus Phyllotheca of Brongniart, from the coal sand- 184 NATURAL HISTORY. [north stone of Port Jackson, in which the sheaths are pro¬ longated into leaves, is a distinct genus of this order ; as is likewise the Equisetum Lyellii from Pounceford. The lower division of Case B., and part of C., contain the Ferns (Filices), most of them as impressions in clay slate forming the carboniferous strata of the transition series. Many of them bear a strong resemblance to exist¬ ing, especially tropical, species ; and fructification, dis¬ tinctly exhibiting the sporangia variously disposed in sori, &c., has latterly been observed in several species ; but the classification founded on characters derived from them and the distribution and ramifications of the nerves, though of great importance in the classification of recent ferns, is obviously, at least in the present state of our knowledge, inapplicable to those in a fossil state. The arrangement and the generic names here adopted, with occasional devia¬ tion, are those proposed in the concluding numbers of the late Count Sternberg’s work. The species, as far as de¬ termined, are all named ; the synonymy being added in most cases where it appeared requisite. In the upper division of Case C., and part of D. and E., are deposited those genera which are generally supposed to belong to the family of Lycopodiacea:, of which Lepido - dendron of Sternberg ( Sagenaria of Presl.) is the principal one. Much uncertainty still prevails in the determination of the genera and species of this family. Some of them appear to exhibit an internal structure intermediate be¬ tween that of the Lycopodiacae and the Coniferse ; but Lepidodendron punctatum of Sternberg, of the unique specimen of which, in Mr. Cotta’s collection, a portion is seen in CaseC., 6,) presents the organization of a real arbo¬ rescent fern. Nearly allied to the Lepidodendra are seve¬ ral vegetable fossils, considered as distinct genera, among which may be specified Lepidophyllum and Lepidostro- bus (Case D.) of Brongniart, (the former perhaps only the leaves, the latter the fruits of species of Lepidoden¬ dron or Lycopodites,) the Ulodendron ( Lepidod . ornatis - simum , Sternb.), the Bothrodendron of Lindley, the Rhyti - dolepis of Sternb., & c. In the upper division of Case E. are placed the species of Sigillaria , (including Favularia ,) Brong., which are very distinct in their structure from arborescent Ferns, with GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 185 which they have by some been arranged. To these also belongs the Megaphyton Nohd. ; of which the original spe¬ cimen figured and described by Artis is deposited here. In the lower division of the same Case, are seen some very in¬ teresting vegetable remains, some of which undoubtedly are referable to the family of Asphodelea:, such as the Draccena Benstedii (from the Iguanodon quarry near Maidstone) so called after the discoverer of the fine spe¬ cimens presented to the Museum. With these are placed magnificent specimens, from Dr. Mantell’s collection, of the Clathraria Lyellii from the Wealden : the generic name, formerly synonymous with Sigillaria, is now ex¬ clusively given to this remarkable vegetable. Stern - bergia transversa of Artis, ( Artisia of Sternberg,) hitherto described and figured from very imperfect specimens, also probably belongs to this natural order. Another interesting vegetable of Dr. Mantell’s discovery is the Endogenites erosa, of which many specimens from Hast¬ ings, &c., are deposited, exhibiting its structure : it seems related to the Palmse, and is no doubt a congener of Cotta’s Porosus marginatus , of which a specimen is added ; but neither of those generic appellations appear to be admissible. There are also remains of real Palma: in this Case, such as the fruits from Sheppev, the cut and polished specimens of wood from Antigua, &c. Whether or not Noggerathia flabelliformis and a related species are referable to them, remains doubtful. The upper division of Case F. contains only specimens of Stigmaria , a genus totally distinct from any other known of the natural orders of Lycopodiaceae or Filices, to both of which its species have been referred by au¬ thors. Their internal structure, as proved by transversal sections of the stem, approximates to that of the Euphor- biace^e. Below these, in the same Case, are placed various interesting specimens belonging to species of genera of Conifera, such as Pinus, Araucaria , Thuytes , Volzia , Brachypliyllum , &c. In another part of the same Case are deposited interesting remains of the natural order of Cycadea:, (among which may be specified the fine specimens from the oolitic formation at Whitby,) of various species of Pterophyllum , Zamia , Ctenis , and (on the top of the Case) the globular trunks (two of them cut and polished) of Dr. Buckland’s Cycadites megalophylla. 188 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH (Brongniart’s Mantellia nidiformis ,) from the oolite of Portland. Various other vegetable remains, especially of Dicotyledonous plants, such as those from the fresh water formation of Oeningen, &c., will hereafter be arranged in Table Cases to be made for their reception. On the lower shelves of the Cases C, D, and E, is placed a very extensive series of cut and polished specimens of fossil wood, most of them from the red sandstone forma¬ tion of Chemnitz in Saxony, and New Paka in Bohemia, and many of them described and figured in Cotta’s work : Die Dendrolithen , Dresd. 1832. The genera Tubicaulis , Psaronius (Staar-stein) and Porosus , no doubt belong to the Filices ; many of the remainder are referable to the Palms, and a still greater portion of them to the Coni- ferse ; in the vicinity of which natural orders they are respectively placed in the Wall Cases. The two Cases placed against the piers, between the windows of the E. wall of the room, contain a suite of varieties of Wood opal from Van Diemen’s Land, presented by Mrs. Howley, the lady of his Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. Among the objects separately placed in Room I. are — near the window opposite to the Table Case containing the native silver, a branched variety of that metal from Kongsberg, presented by H. Heuland, Esq.; — in the win¬ dow, near the Table Cases containing the Sulphates, a very large mass of Websterite, from Newhaven, Sussex, presented by Dr. Man tell 5 — a large specimen of the brown coal of Iceland, called Surturbrand, presented by Sir Joseph Banks ; — two busts carved in jet-like bitu¬ minous brown coal, the one of Henry VIII., the other of his daughter the Lady Mary. The Wall Cases in Room II. contain osseous remains (both original and in plaster casts) of the orders Edentata and Pachydermata. To the former of these the Megatherium (M. Cuver ii) is generally referred, of which the casts here de¬ posited, though constituting only a small portion of the whole skeleton, are sufficient to convey an idea of the consider¬ able dimensions of this animal.— Among the specimens of the last mentioned natural order, may be specified the re¬ mains of two species of that extraordinary genus, the Dei- notherium , lately discovered in Bavaria, some of the teeth of which were known to Cuvier, who supposed them to GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 187 belong to gigantic tapirs ; — jaws, tusks, molar teeth, and other osseous parts of the elephant ( Elephas primigenius of JBlumenbach), especially those of the Siberian variety, which is the Mammoth of early writers : a name errone¬ ously transferred to the gigantic Mastodon ( Mastodon ohioticus). There are various species of this latter genus, the osseous remains of which are now under arrangement, together with those of several species of Rhinoceros, Ano- plotherium, Palaeotherium, Tapir, & c. In a distinct Case at the N. side of this Room is de¬ posited the fossil human skeleton embedded in limestone, brought from Guadaloupe by Admiral the Hon. Sir Alex¬ ander Cochrane, and presented to the British Museum by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. In Rooms III. and IV. several wall Cases are to be fitted up for the Class Reptilia, comprising osseous remains of the Batrachian, the Chelonian, the Emydosaurian, and the Enaliosaueian Orders. The specimens of Rep¬ tiles removed to Room III. from the Room lately called the Long Gallery, belong chiefly to the two last mentioned natural orders : their number has been considerably in¬ creased by late acquisitions. The first of those orders is divided into the families of the Crocodiles and the Iguanas. Among the specimens under arrangement the following may be specified : — a species of gavial (now considered a distinct genus, bearing the name of JEolodon) from the lias at Monheim in Franconia, being the unique specimen described and figured by Soemmerring in the Memoirs of the Academy of Munich, under the name of Crocodilus priscus y—a portion of the head, with the snout, &c., of a gavial ( Teleosaurus Chapmanni) from Whitby, which, though correctly determined by its dis¬ coverer, Capt. W. Chapman and also by Wooller (Phil. Trans, for 1758), was subsequently mistaken for a species of Ichthyosaurus ; — a head of Crocodilus Toliapicus, mentioned by Cuvier as Crocodile de Sheppy ; — the head and other parts of the Geosaurus (the Lacerta gigantea of Soemmerring) found together with the preceding, and first figured and described by the last mentioned naturalist in the Transactions of the Academy of Munich ; — the lower jaw and other parts of the cranium, vertebrae, &c., of the huge reptile ( Mososaurus Sancti Petri ) from the St. Peter's 188 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH Mountain near Maestricht, presented, in 1784, by the celebrated Peter Camper, and figured by Cuvier ; — a por¬ tion of a new species, from Lyme Regis, of the remarkable genus of flying reptiles, the Pterodactylus of Cuvier, described and figured by Buckland in the Transactions of the Geological Society, under the name of P. macronyx ; together with a coloured cast of the unique P. longirostris of Cuvier from Solenhofen, the quarry of which place has also furnished the small lamina of lias on which may be observed the impression (with some of the osseous substance remaining) of the last two articulations of the toe of a flying animal, considered by Spix as related to the V ampire, but which is more probably a large and distinct species of pte- rodactyle. The order of Enaliosauri is confined to the genera Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus , among the exhibited spe¬ cimens of which are — a very perfect head (formerly in the museum of Mr. Bullock) of a pretty large specimen of the Ichthyosaurus communis ; — a full length specimen of the same (in a separate glass Case) : the restored parts distinguished by a colour different from that of the genuine portion of the skeleton ; — part of the head of another of still larger dimensions, cut transversely to show the internal structure of the jaws ; — the carpal bones of one of the ex¬ tremities of a most gigantic species ( Ichthyosaurus i?n- manis ) : all from the lias of Lyme Regis ; — a new small species ( Ichthyosaurus latifrons), in which the spiracle on the top of the head, between the eyes, claims particular attention : this specimen was found at Balderton in the county of Nottingham, twelve feet under the surface, about three miles and a half south of Newark-upon-Trent, near the drain dividing the counties of Lincoln and Notting¬ ham : presented by Dr. Bland. — From nearly the same locality is the specimen here deposited of a species of ple- siosaure, an account and figure of which have been given in the Philosophical Transactions for 1719, by Mr. Stukeley, who took it for a crocodile. A very perfect specimen, with head exhibiting the teeth, of the long-necked plesio- saure ( Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus of Conybeare) from Lyme Regis ; and another, apparently specifically distinct, (as likewise a cast of the same, with restorations) from Street in Somersetshire. NATURAL HISTORY. 189 GALLERY.] As illustrative of the natural order of Ciielonidje, we have some interesting specimens, chiefly from the isle of Sheppey, and the coast of Essex. The only fossil species of the Batraciiian Reptiles in this collection is the gigantic Salamander, the subject of Scheuchzer’s dissertation. Homo diluvii iestiset theoscopos . Tiguri , 1726. In the central passage between the Table Cases of these Rooms are placed various objects illustrative of particular mineral substances. One of the most interesting is a Table, presented by H. G. the Duke of Rutland, the slab of which is composed of a stalagmitical deposition which was found investing the interior of a square wooden pipe in Blithe Lead Mine, Derbyshire. The sculptured tortoise near the centre of the Gallery,, placed on a round table inlaid with various antique mar¬ bles and other mineral substances, is wrought out of ne¬ phrite or jade. It was found on the banks of the Jumna, near the city of Allahabad, in Hindostan, brought to Eng¬ land by Lieutenant-General Kyd, and presented to the Museum by Thomas Wilkinson, Esq. K 190 NATURAL HISTORY. [north ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE MINERALS IN THE NORTH GALLERY, WITH REFERENCES TO THE TABLE CASES. Abrazite, 29 Acanticone, 35 Achmite, 34 Acid, arsenious, 53 — — boraeic, 41 — — molybdic, 40 « — - silicic, 20, 24 — - — sulphuric, 55 Actiuote, 33 Adularia, 29 iEschynite, 39 Agalmatolite, 32 Agates, 23 Agate-jasper, 24 Alabaster, 46,57 Alalite, 34 Albine, 27 Albite, 30 Allanite, 37 Allochroite, 36 Allophane, 26 Almandine, 36 Alum, 58 Alumina, 19 — — fluoride, 59 - mellate, 61 - phosphate, 55 - silicate, 26 - sulphate, 58 Aluminite, 58 Alum stone, 58 Amalgam, native, 3 Amazon stone, 29 Amber, 61 Amblygonite, 55 Amethyst, 20 — — oriental, 19 Amianth, 34 Ammonium chloride, 60 Amphibole, 33 Amphigene, 30 Anaicime, 27 Anatase, 39 Andalusite, 31 Anglesite, 58 Anhydrite, 57 Anorthite, 30 Anthophyllite, 33 Anthracite, 4 Anthraconite, 48 Antimoniates, 40 Antimony, grey, 10 - native, 3 - - ochre, 40 - - oxysulphuret,40 - - plumose, 10 - red, 33 — - sulphuret, 10 - white, 40 Apatite, 54 Aphrite, 45 Apophyllite, 27 Arendalite, 35 Arfvedsonite, 33 Arragonite, 42 Arsenic, native, 4 - - oxide, 53 - - sulphurets, 11 Arsenic bloom, 53 Arsenious acid, 53 Arseniurets, 4 Asbest, 34 Asparagus-stone, 54 Asphalt, 62 Atacamite, 60 Avanturino-quartz,22 - - - felclspar, 29 Augite, 34 Automolite, 19 Axinite, 38 Azurite, 37,54 Babingtonite, 34 Baikaiite, 34 Baroselenite, 56 Baryta, carbonate, 41 - sulphate, 56 Barytes, 56 Barytocalcite, 41 Baudisserite, 49 Bergmannite, 31 Berthierite, 11 Beryl, 37 Berzelite, 60 Beudantite, 13 Bildstein, 32 Bismuth - carbonate, 50 - glance, 9 - native, 1 - oxide, 17 Bismuth blende, 26 Bitumen, 62 Black lead, 4 Blende, 5 Blood stone, 23 Blue spar, 55 Bog-iron ore, lo Bolognese spar, 56 Boracic acid, 41 Boracite, 41 Borax, 41 Botryolite, 41 Bournonite, 11 Breunerite, 49 Brewsterite, 28 Brochantite, 58 Bronzite, 34 Brookite, 39 Brown coal, 62 Brown spar, 50, 51 B rucite , 39 Bucholzite, 26 Bucklandite, Buntkupfer, 7 Bustamite', 34 Calaite, 55 Calamine, 50 - electric, 26 Calcareous spar, 43-45 Calcedony, 22, 23 Calcium, fluoride, 59 GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 191 Caledonite, 58 Carnelian,23 Cat’s eye, 22 Celestine, 55 Cererite, 26 Cerine, 37 Cerite, 26 Cerium, carbonate, 5C • - fluoride, 59 - silicate, 26 Ceylonite, 19 Chabasite, 27 Chalcolite, 55 Chalcosiderite, 54 Chalk, 48 Chiastolite, 48 Childrenite, 55 Chlorides, 60 Chlorite, 32 Chloropal, 26 Chlorophaeite, 26 Chondrodite, 39 Chrome-garnet, 36 Chromium, oxide, 41 Chrysoberyl, 37 Chrysolite, 25 Chrysoprase, 23 Cinnabar, 9 Cinnamon stone, 35 Ciay-iron stone, 16 Cleavelandite, 30 Coal, 62 Cobalt, arseniate, 53 - grey, 4 - oxides, 17 - sulphate, 58 - sulphuret, 5 - vitriol, 58 - white, 4 Cobalt-bloom, 53 Cobalt-crust, 53 Cobalt-glance, 12 Cobalt-vitriol, 58 Coccolite, 34 Colophonite, 36 Columbite, 40 Comptonite, 28 Conite, 49 Copper, arseniates, - bismuth, 9 - blue, 51 » Copper, carbonate, 51 52 - chloride, 60 - native, 1 ” - oxides, 17 - * phosphate, 54 - red, 17 - seJeniuret, 4 - - silicate, 26 - sulphate, 58 - sulphurets, 7 - variegated, 7 - yellow, 7 Copper-azure, 51 Copper-black, 17 Copper-emerald, 26 Copper-glance, 7 Copper-mica, 53 Copper-nickel, 4 Copper-pyrites, 7 Copper-vitriol, 58 Coral-ore, 9 Corundum, 19 Cotumiite, 60 Couzeranite, 29 Crichtonite, 39 Cross-stone, 29 Crucite, 14 Cryolite, 59 Cube-ore, 53 Cube-spar, 57 Cubicite, 27 Cummingionite, 35 Cymophane, 37 Cyprine, 35 Dapeche, 61 Datoiite, 41 Dialiagite, 34 Diamond, 4 Diamond spar, 19 Diaspore, 19 Dichroite, 36 Diopside, 34 Dioptase, 26 Dipyre, 31 Disthene, 26 Dolomite, 49 Egerane, 35 3 Elaterite, 61 Elzeolite, 31 Eleetrum, 3 , Emerald, 37 Emery, 19 Endellion, 11 E pi dote, 35 Epsomite, 58 Essonite, 35 Eucairite, 4 Euclase, 37 Eudialyte, 38 Fahl-ore, 12 Fahlunite, 32 Feather-ore, 10 Feldspar, 29 Fettstein, 31 Fibrolite, 19 Fiorite, 21 Fire-marble, 47 Fire opal, 24 Flint, 22 Fluorides, 59 Fluor spar, 59 Franklinite, 17 Frugardlte, 35 Fulgurite, 21 Gadoiinite, 37 Gahnite, 19 Galena, 8 Garnet, 36 Gehlenite, 36 Gems, oriental, 19 Gibsite, 19 Gillingite, 26 Gismondine, 29 Glance cobalt, 12 Glauberite, 55 Glauber salt, 55 Gmeiinite, 28 Gcethite, 16 Gold, native, 3 Grammatite, 33 Granatite, 37 Graphite, 4 Greenockite, 6 Grey Copper, 12 Grossular, 36 Guano, 61 Gum-lead, 19 Gurhovian,49 Gypsum, 57 Haarsalz, 58 Haidenite, 27 K 2 192 Halloysite, 26 Harmotome, 29 Hatchettine, 61 Hausmannite, 13 Haiivne, 37 Haytorite, 21 Heavy spar, 56 Heliotrope, 23 Helvine, 37 Hematite, red, 14 - - brown, 16 Hepatic ore, 9 Hepatite, 56 Hessonite, 35 Heulandite, 28 Hisingerite. 26 Honey-stone, 61 Hornblende, 33 Hornsilver, 60 Hornstone, 22 HumboIdtite,41, 61 Hyacinth, 26 Hyalite, 21 Hyalosiderite, 25 Hydrargillite, 55 Hvdrolite, 28 Hypersthene, 34 Ice-spar, 30 Ichthyophthalmite,#' Idocrase, 35 Idrialite, 6l Ilmenite, 39 Ilvait, 34 Indianite, 19 lolite, 36 Iridium, 3 Iron, arseniate, 53 - - - carbonate, 50 — — chromate, 41 — — meteoric, 1 - - native, 1 — — oxides, 14, 15 - phosphate, 54 - silicate, 26 - - sulphate, 58 - sulplmrets, 16 - titanate, 39 - tungstate, 40 Iron-flint, 21 Iron-glance, 14 Iron-mica, 14 NATURAL HISTORY. [N0RTH Iron-ore, pisiform, : Iron-pyrites, 6 Iron-sand, 15 Iron-spar, 50 Iron-stone, brown, : Iron green, 54 - magnetic, 15 - - micaceous, 14 - red, 14 - - sparry, 50 Iron vitriol, 58 Iserine, 39 Itacoiumite, 21 Ittnerite, 31 Jade, Chinese, 28 Jamesonite, 11 Jasper, 24 Jasp-opal, 24 Johannite, 58 Johnstonite, 41 Karpholite, 36 Kakoxene, 55 Keffekilite, 25 Elaprothite, 55 Kohlenblende, 4 Konigine, 58 Koupholite, 28 Krokalite, 27 Krokydaiite, 34 Kupferschaum, 50 Kyanite, 26 Labrador spar, 29 Lapis lazuli, 37 Lasionite, 55 Latrobite, 31 Lamnontite, 28 Lazulite, 37, 55 Lead, ahiminate, 19 - arseniate, 53 - - brown, 54 - carbonate, 51 - - chromate, 41 - green, 54 - molybdate, 40 - murio carbo¬ nate, 60 - native, 2 — — oxides, 17 - phosphate, 54 - red, 41 - sulphate, 56 Lead, sulphato-car- bonate, 58 - sulphuret, 8 - tungstate, 40 - vanadiate, 41 - yellow, 40 - vitriol, 58 Leelite, 22 Lentil-ore, 53 Lenzinite, 26 Lepidolite, 32 Leucite, 30 Levine, 28 Lievrit, 34 Lime, arseniate, 53 - - carbonate, 42-48 — — fluate, 59 - nitrate, 55 - phosphate, 54 - sulphate, 57 - tungstate, 40 Limestoue,compact,4 Limestone, granular, 7 46 - - fibrous, 46 - - fetid, 48 - magnesian, 49 - staiactie, 46 - tufaceous, 48 53 Lithomarge, 25 Liver-ore, 9 Liver-pvrites, 6 Lomonite, 28 Lumacheiia marble, 47 Lydian-stone, 21 Maclurite, 39 Madreporite, 48 Magnesia, aluminate, 19 - - carbonate, 49 - silicate, 26 - sulphate, 58 Magnesite, 49 Malachite, 52 Malacolite, 34 Manganese, carbo¬ nate, 50 - oxides, 13 - phosphate, 54 - silicate, 26 - sulphuret, 5 GALLERY.] Manganese spar, 50 Manganite, 13 Marie, 49 Marmolite, 25 Mascle, 37 Meerschaum, 25 Mei'onite, 31 Melanglance, 11 Melanite, 36 Melilite, 36 Mellite, 61 Menacanite, 39 Menilite, 24 Mercury, native, 3 - chloride, 60 - - muriate, 60 - suiphuret, 9 Mesitine spar, 49 Mesotype, 27 Meteorites, 2 Miargvrite, 11 Mica, 32 Microlite, 40 Miemite, 49 Minium, native, 17 Mispickel, 12 Misy, 58 Molybdates, 40 Molybdena sui¬ phuret, 12 Molybdena-ochre, 40 Molybdic acid, 40 Moonstone, 29 Moroxite, 54 Mountain blue, 51 Mountain cork, 34 Mountain wood, 34 Muriacite, 57 Mussite, 34 Nagyag-ore, 3 Naker-feldspar, 29 Naphtha, 62 Natrolite, 27 Needle-ore, 9 Needle-stone, 27 Nepheline, 31 Nickel, arseniate, 53 — — green, 53 - suiphuret, 6 Nitre, native, 55 Nosine, 37 NATURAL HISTORY. ] 93 Nutallite, 31 Obsidian, 31 Octahedrite, 39 Oligist-iron, 14 Oligoclase, 30 Olive-malachite, 54 Olive-ore, 53 Olivine, 25 Opal, 24 Orpirnent, 11 Orthite, 37 Osm-iridium,3 Palladium, 3 Pargasite, 33 Paulite, 34 Pea iron ore, 16 Pea stone, 43 Pearl sinter, 21 Pearl spar, 50, 51 Pearl stone, 31 Pelioma, 36 Pericline, 30 Peridot, 25 Petalite, 30 Pharmacoiitei 53 Phannacosiderite, 5 Phenacite, 37 Phiiipsite, 29 Phosphorite, 54 Phosphyttrite, 54 Picrolite, 25 Pimelite, 23 Pinite, 32 Pistacite, 35 Pitch ore, 17 Plagionite, 12 Plasma, 23 Platinum, 3 Pleonaste, 19 Plomb-gomme, 19 Polybasite, 11 Poiyhalite, 58 Polymignite, 39 Polysphrerite, 54 Poonahlite, 2? Porcelain jasper, 24 Potassa, nitrate, 55 Prase, 22 Prehnite, 28 Prunnerite, 25 Pseudomalachite, 54 Psilomelane, 13 Pycnite, 39 Pyrgome, 34 Pyrites, magnetic, 6 Pyrochlore, 39 Pyrodmalite, 38 Pyrolusite, 13 Pyromorpliite, 54 Pyrope, 36 Pyrophyllite, 32 Pyrophvsalite,39 Pyrorthite, 37 Pyroxene, 34 Quartz, 21, 22 Quicksilver, native, 3 Realgar, 11 Retinasphalt, 61 Rhomb-spar, 49 Riband jasper, 24 Rock crystal, 20 Rock salt, 60 Rock wood, 34 Romanzowite, 36 Roschgewachs, 11 Rubellite, 38 Ruby, 19 Ruby-copper, 17 Rubj^-siiver, 11 Rutile, 39 Sal ammoniac, 60 Salite, 34 Salt, common, 60 Saltpetre, 55 Sammeterz, 58 Sanidine, 30 Sapphire, 19 Sassoline, 41 Satin -spar, 46 Saussurite, 31 Scapolite, 31 Schaalenblende, 5 Scheelite, 40 Scheererite, 61 Scherbenkobalt, 4 S chiller-spar, 34 Schriftertz, 3 Scolicite, 27 Selenite, 57 Seleniurets, 4 Selenium sulphur, 4 Serpentine, 25 194 NATURAL HISTORY. [NORTH GALLERY Shell-limestone, 47 Strontia, sulphate, 55 Uranium, phosphate, 55 Short, 38 Strontianite, 41 - - sulphate, 58 Siberite, 38 Sulphur, native, 5 Vauquelinite, 41 Side rite, 21 Sulphurets, 5 — 13 Vesuvian, 35 Sideroschizolite, 26 Sulphuric acid, 55 Velvet ore, 58 Silica, 20—24 Sun opal, 24 Vermilion, native, 9 Sillimanite, 26 Sun-stone, 29 Vivianite, 54 Silver, antimonial,3 Surturbrand, 62 Vitriol, blue, 58 - - auriferous, 3 Talc, 32 - green, 58 — - — chloride, 60 Tantalite, 40 Vitriol, white, 58 - muriate, 60 Tellurets, 3 Wad, 13 — — native, 2 Tellurium, 3 Wavellite, 55 - - red, 11 Tennantite, 7 Websterite, 58 - — - stibiuret, 3 Tesselite, 27 Weiss- ertz, 12 - sulphuret, 10 Tetradymite, 3 Wernerite, 31 Silver-glance, 10 Thallite, 35 Willemite, 26 Sinter, siliceous, 21 Tharandite, 49 Withamite, 35 Skorodite, 53 Thenardite, 55 Witherite, 41 Slate spar, 45 Thomsonite, 27 Wolfram, 40 Slickenside, 8 Thulite, 26 Wollastonite, 25 Smaragdite, 31 Tile-ore, 17 Wolnyne, 56 Soda, carbonate, 41 Tin, oxide, 18 Wood-opal, 24 — — muriate, 60 - sulphuret, 9 Wood-stone, 22 — — - nitrate, 55 - - stone, 18 Wood-tin, 18 — — sulphate, 55 Tincal, 41 Wootz-ore, 14 Sodalite, 38 Tin pyrites, 9 Yenite, 34 Sodium chloride, 60 Tinder-ore, 40 You-stone, 28 Somervillite, 35 Titan-shorl, 39 Yttria, phosphate, Si- Sordavalite, 36 Titanite, 39 Yttrium fluoride, 59 Sphaerolite, 31 Topaz, 39 Tourmaline, 38 Yttrocerite, 59 Sphaerosiderite, 50 Yttrotantalite, 40 Sphene, 39 Trauben-ertz, 54 Zeagonite, 29 Spinel, 19 Tremolite, 33 Zeolites, 27, 28 Spinellane, 37 Triphane, 30 Zinc, blende, 5 Spodumen, 30 Triphyline, 54 - carbonate, 51 Staurolite, 37 Triplite, 54 Zinc, ore, red, 17 Steatite, 25 Tron a, 41 - - silicate, 26 Steinheiiite, 36 Tufa, calcareous, 48 — — sulphate, 58 Sternbergite, 7 Tungsten, 40 Zinc vitriol, 58 Stilbite, 28 Stilpnomelane, 26 Turquois, 55 Zinkenite, 11 Uranite, 55 Zircon, 26 Stinkstone, 48 Uran mica, 55 Zoisite, 35 Stones, meteoric, 2 Uranium, oxide, 17 Zunder-ertz, 40 Strontia,carbonate,41 C. KONIG. Oct . 16, 1840, 195 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES *. FIRST ROOM. TERRACOTTAS. Over the door which fronts the entrance into this room, is a bust of Charles Towneley, Esq., to whose pro¬ found knowledge of ancient Sculpture, and zeal in the acquisition of the finest specimens of it, the nation is indebted for the formation of a considerable part of the splendid collection of Terracottas and Marbles con¬ tained in this Gallery. The bust was presented by his uncle, John Towneley, Esq. It is executed in marble by Nollekens. No. 1. A female statue, probably one of the Muses. PI. hi. No. 2. An Amphora. No. 3. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus. PL xxxvii. f. 75. No. 4. A bas-relief, representing a combat between two Amazons and two Griffins. PI. iv. f. 4. No. 5. Ditto, representing the head of a Triton, on each side of which is a Cupid riding on a dolphin. PL iv. f. 5. No. 6. Ditto, representing a group of Silenus and Cupid, before whom is a female Bacchante dancing, and playing on the tambourin. PL v. No. 7. Ditto, representing an engagement be¬ tween one of the Arimaspi and a Griffin ; on the left of the combatants is the bust of an athletic figure, armed with a battle-axe. PL vi. f. 7. No. 8. Ditto, intended by the artist as a companion to No. 7, and to be joined to it in the manner in which it is here seen. The subject in both pieces is precisely the same: the bust, however, in this piece is placed on * All the articles in the following catalogue of antiquities, unless where it is otherwise specified, belonged to the collection of the late Charles Towneley, Esq. More ample descriptions, with Plates, of the antiquities contained in the British Museum, are in the course of publication ; and references to the several parts already published are affixed to those articles which have been therein engraved. 196 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM I. the right of the combatants, and is armed with a sword and shield. PI. vi. f. 8. No. 9. Repetition of No. 6. PI. v. No. 10. A bas-relief, representing a head of Me¬ dusa, on each side of which is an eagle in the act of seiz¬ ing with its talons, one of the snakes entwdned in the locks of her hair. PI. vn. f. 10. No. 11. Ditto, representing a couple of chimeras lapping water out of vessels held to them by two youths who are attired in Phrygian dresses, and are each kneel¬ ing on one knee. PI. vii. f. 11. No. 12. Ditto, representing a female, wTho seems to be overwhelmed with affliction. She is seated, and is rest¬ ing her head upon her right arm, while her attendants, from the concern visible in their countenances, appear to participate in her sorrow. This bas-relief probably re¬ presents Penelope dejected at the departure of Ulysses. PL viii. f. 12. No. 13. Ditto, imperfect, representing a fragment of Medusa’s head, on one side of which is a figure of Minerva. PI. viii. f. 13. No. 14. Ditto, representing the bearded Bacchus, and a female attendant on Bacchus, each of them hold¬ ing a thyrsus. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . PI. ix. f. 14. No. 15. Ditto, imperfect, representing a head of Minerva, and a head of Jupiter. PI. ix. f. 15. No. 16. Ditto, representing Minerva assisting the Argonauts to build the famous ship Argo. PI. x. No. 17. Ditto, imperfect, representing Venus on the ocean, riding upon a sea-horse. PI. xi. f. 17. No. 18. Ditto, representing Victory pouring out a libation to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . PL xi. f 18. No. 19. Ditto, representing a candelabrum lighted for a sacrifice. On each side stands a priestess, wdio with one hand supports the sacred fillets which decorate the candelabrum, and with the other raises a small por¬ tion of her robe, like the figure of Hope on coins of the Roman Emperors. PL xii. f. 19. No. 20. Ditto, representing Machaon, after he has been wounded. He is supposed to be sitting in the tent TERRACOTTAS. 197 ROOM I.] of Nestor, who is administering a potion to him, as de¬ scribed in the Xlth book of the Iliad. The females in attendance are slaves. PI. xii. f. 20. No. 21. A bas-relief, representing Bacchus and a Faun ; the former holds a thyrsus in his left hand, the latter carries a torch in his right hand, and an amphora on his left shoulder. PI. xiii. No. 22. Ditto, representing two Fauns kneeling, one of them playing upon the tambourin, the other accom¬ panying him with small musical instruments called crotala. Between them is Ampelus, the lower part of whose figure terminates in branches of the vine. PI. xiv. f. 22. No. 23. Ditto, representing two of the Seasons, Spring and Summer. PI. xiv. f. 23. No. 24. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull before a lighted candelabrum, which is used as an altar. PI. xv. f. 24. No. 25. Ditto, imperfect, representing Perseus cut¬ ting off the head of Medusa. PI. xv. f. 25. No. 26. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull before a small altar, which is placed upon a tripod table. PI. xvi. f. 26. No. 27. Ditto, imperfect, representing a female Bac¬ chante offering a basket of figs to the goddess Pudicitia. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . PI. xvi. f. 27 - No. 28. Ditto, representing two Fauns gather¬ ing grapes into baskets. P1-. xvn. f. 28. No. 29. Repetition of No. 21. PI. xiii. No. 30. A bas-relief; representing Bacchus leaning on the shoulders of a Faun. At his feet is a panther holding up his mouth to receive the wine which is poured from the vase held in the right hand of Bac¬ chus. Before this group is a female attendant on Bacchus, holding a thyrsus in her hand. PI. xvit f. 30. No. 31. Ditto, representing two Fauns leaning over a large open vessel of wine, as if observing the reflec¬ tion of their faces on the surface of the liquor. PJ. xviix. f. 31. No. 32. Ditto, imperfect, representing a trophy, be¬ fore which stands a captive attended by a guard, and k 3 198 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM I. secured by a chain fastened round his right wrist. PL xviii. f. 32. No. 33. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns gathering grapes into baskets. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . PI. xxxiv. f. 69. No. 34. Ditto, representing Paris carrying off Helen, in a car drawn by four horses. PI. xix. f. 34. No. 35. Ditto, representing Egyptian hieroglyphics. PI. xix. f. 35. No. 36. Ditto, representing two persons navigating the Nile in a boat. In the fore-ground are a hippopo¬ tamus, two crocodiles, some birds, and several plants of the Nymphsea lotus. In the distance are buildings, on the roofs of which are seen three Ibises. The whole of this scenery is viewed through two arches supported by columns. PI. xx. f. 36. No. 37. Ditto, imperfect, representing a vase with two handles, on one side of which is a panther leaping up, a thyrsus, and the letter A. PI. xx. f. 37. No. 38. A statue of the muse Urania ; both the hands are wanting ; but from the position of the arms, it is pro¬ bable that the figure held a radius in the right hand, and a celestial globe in the left hand. It is three feet ten inches high, and is one of the largest statues that have been found of terracotta. PI. xxi. No. 39. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . No. 40. A statue of a muse resting her left arm upon a pile of writing tablets which are placed upon a square column. The right arm is raised towards the neck. The figure, in its present state, is three feet four inches high : the head is lost. PI. xxn. No. 41. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir Hans Shame . No. 42. A bas-relief, representing a short naked human figure, with a beard ; he holds in each hand the stem of a plant. On each side of this figure is seated a quadruped, whose head is that of an elderly man, and whose tail terminates in a flower. PI. xxm. f. 42. No. 43. Ditto, representing Cupids supporting fes¬ toons of fruit. PI. xxm. f. 43. ROOM I.] TERRACOTTAS. 199 No. 44. A bas-relief, representing a Faun and a Bac¬ chante dancing, and holding between them the infant Bac¬ chus in a basket used for winnowing corn. PI. xxiv. f. 44. No. 45. Ditto, representing the head of Pan, on each side of which is the head of a Satyr ; one of the Satyrs is crowned with branches of the pine, and the other with branches of ivy. PI. xxiv. f. 45. No. 46. Repetition of No. 45. No. 47. A bas-relief, representing the Indian Bac¬ chus received as a guest by Icarus. PI. xxv. No. 48. Ditto, representing two Fauns riding on panthers. The hinder part of the panthers terminate in vine leaves. Between the panthers is a vase with two handles. PI. xxvi. f. 48. No. 49. Ditto, representing a bull and a lion running in contrary directions. The hind legs of both animals are enveloped in foliage. PI. xxvi. f. 49. No. 50. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum, which is composed entirely of a plant. The flames issue from the flower, which grows upon a long stem. On each side stands a priestess, with one hand holding up a small portion of her robe (see Nos. 19 and 54), and with the other hand holding one of the branches of the plant. PI. XXVII. f. 50. No. 51. Ditto, representing two of the Seasons, Autumn and Winter. PI. xxvn. f. 51. No. 52. Ditto, imperfect, representing the goddess Salus, feeding a serpent out of a patera. The serpent is twined round the trunk of a tree, from a branch of which are suspended two cast off skins of the serpent. PI. xxviii. f. 52. No. 53. Ditto, representing a warrior consulting the oracle of Apollo. PI. xxviii. f. 53. No. 54. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum, on each side of which stands a priestess carrying a pa¬ tera on her head, and holding up a small portion of her robe with one hand. (See Nos. 19 and 50.) PI. xxix. No. 55. Ditto, representing Theseus slaying a Cen¬ taur. PI. xxx. f. 55. No. 56. Repetition of No. 18. No. 57. Repetition of No. 23. 200 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[ROOM I. No. 58. Repetition of No. 50. No. 59. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns tread¬ ing out the juice of grapes in a wine-press. On one side is a Faun playing upon the double pipe ; and on the other side another Faun, somewhat aged in his appearance, loaded with a heavy basket of grapes. PI. xxx. f. 59. No. 60. Ditto, representing a chariot-race. PI. xxxi. f. 60. No. 61 . Repetition of No. 6. No. 62. A bas-relief, representing a mask of Bac¬ chus, between those of a young and an old Faun. PI. xxxi. f. 62. No. 63. Repetition of No. 62. No. 64. Repetition of No. 6. No. 65. A bas-relief, representing two captives in a car drawn by two horses. The captives have chains fastened round their necks and round their ancles, and the ends of the chains are held by guards walking on each side of the car. PI. xxxii. f. 65. No. 66. Ditto, representing a head of Jupiter Ammon, which rests on a flower. The ends of the flllets with which the head of Jupiter is crowned are held on each side by a Faun, who is furnished with wings, and whose figure terminates below^ in foliage, which curls in such a manner as to give the figure the appearance of a Triton. PI. xxxii. f. 66. No. 67. Ditto, representing two Fauns gathering grapes into baskets. PI. xxxiii. f. 67. No. 68. Ditto, representing a figure of Victory standing upon a plant, and supporting the branches of it with her hands. PI. xxxiii. f. 68. No. 69. Repetition of No. 33. No. 70. A bas-relief, representing Victory sacrificing a bull before a tripod altar. Pi. xxxiv. f. 70. No. 71. Ditto, imperfect, representing Theseus riding at full speed, and cutting off the head of an Amazon, wrhom he has caught by the hair of her head. PI. xxxv. f. 71. No. 72. Ditto, representing Venus carried through the air upon a swan. PI. xxxv. f. 72. 201 ROOM II.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 73. Ditto, representing Cupid pressing Psyche, in the form of a butterfly, to his breast. PI. xxxvi. f. 73. No. 74. A bas-relief, presenting Cupid flying with a palm-branch in one hand and a wreath in the other. PI. xxxvi. f. 74. No. 75. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus. PI. xxxvii. f. 75. No. 76. A female statue, probably of Thalia, the pastoral Muse. PI. xxxviii. No. 77. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . No. 78. A female statue, the character unknown. The head and lower arms are modern. PI. xxxix. No. 79. A statue of Juno, crowned with an indented diadem. Part of the arms is wanting. Pi. xl. Nos. 80 — 83. Amphorae of various forms. SECOND ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A colossal head of Minerva. Pt. 1. PI. i. No. 2. A funeral urn, ornamented with equestrian and pedestrian combatants. Pt. 1. PI. n. No. 3. One of the feet or supports of an ancient tripod table. Pt. 1. PI. ixi. No. 4. A statue of a canephora, anciently made use of as a column. It was one of the Caryatides which sup¬ ported the portico of a small temple dedicated to Bacchus. Pt. 1. PI. iv. No. 5. A candelabrum. Pt 1. PI. v. No. 6. The triangular base of a candelabrum, on the sides of which three Genii hold each a part of the armour of Mars ; namely, his helmet, his shield, and his sword. Pt, 1. PI. vi. No. 7. A vase three feet high, with upright massive handles ; it is of an oval form, and is ornamented ail round with Bacchanalian figures. Pt. 1. PI. vn. No. 8. A statue of Venus, naked to the waist, and covered with drapery thence downwards. It was found in the Maritime Baths of Claudius, at Ostia. Pt. 1. 202 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM III. No. 9- A vase two feet eight inches high, of an oval form, with two upright double handles, which spring from the necks of swans. The body of the vase in front is enriched with a group of Bacchanalians. Pt. 1. PI. ix. No. 10. A fountain ornamented with ivy and olive branches. The water was conveyed through a perfora¬ tion in the back part of this monument to a serpent’s head, in which a leaden pipe was introduced, part of which still remains in the mouth. Pt. 1. PL x. No. 11. A colossal head of Hercules, dug up at the foot of Mount Vesuvius, where it had been buried by the lava of that volcano. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . Pt. 1. PI. xi. No. 12. A colossal head of Hercules, in a very ancient style of Greek sculpture. Pt. 1. PL xn. No. 13. A fragment of one of the three supports of a tripod basin, composed of the head and neck of a lion. On the forehead are the horns of a goat. Pt. 1. PL xm. No. 14. The capital or upper division of a votive cippus. Pt. 1. PL xiv. No. 15. The kev-stone of a triumphal arch, orna¬ mented with a figure of Victory elaborately hollowed out between the two volutes. This fragment is inserted in a modern pedestal. Pt. 1. PL xv. No. 16. A colossal head of Minerva, a specimen of early Greek work. Pt. 1. PL xvi. THIRD ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A bas-relief, representing an old Faun strug¬ gling with a nymph. Pt. 2. PL i. No. 2. Ditto, representing a candelabrum. Pt. 2. PL ri. No. 3. Ditto, representing a funeral column, near which is a statue of the god of Lampsacus. Pt. 2. PL in. No. 4. Ditto, representing Bacchus received as a guest by Icarus. Pt. 2. PL iv. No. 5. Ditto, representing warriors consulting the oracle of Apollo. Pt. 2. PL v. No. 6. Ditto, in the flat early style of Grecian sculp- ROOM III.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 203 tare. It represents Castor managing a horse. Pt. 2. PI. VI. No. 7- A bas-relief, representing Hercules securing the Maenalian stag, which, at the command of Eurystheus, he had pursued a whole year in the forest of Arcadia. Pt. 2. PI. vii. No. 8. Blank . No. 9. A bas-relief, divided into three compartments. In the upper division, the infant Bacchus is represented riding on a goat; in the middle, a Triton, in attendance on Venus, is seizing a marine bull by the horns; and in the lower division is a company of hunters returning home with their spoil. Pt. 2. PI. ix. No. 10. Ditto, representing a festoon of vine branches suspended from the skulls of bulls. In the centre, above the festoon, is a mask of a Faun. It has served as a de¬ coration in the inside of a circular building. Pt. 2. PI. x. No. 11. Ditto, representing the Dioscuri on horse¬ back. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . Pt. 2. PI. xi. No. 12. Ditto, representing a Bacchanalian group, consisting of three figures ; the first a Bacchante playing on the tambourin ; the second, a Faun playing on the double pipe ; and the third, an intoxicated Faun holding a thyrsus. Pt. 2. PL xn. No. 13. Ditto, representing Victory offering a liba¬ tion to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . Pt. 2. PL xm. No. 14. Ditto, which has served as an ornament on the outside of a circular building. It consists of a couple of branches issuing from one stem, and curling in oppo¬ site directions. Pt. 2. PL xiv. No. 15. Ditto, representing the Centaur Nessus car¬ rying Deianira in his arms. Pt. 2. PL xv. No. 16. Ditto, representing a cow suckling her calf, and drinking out of a circular vessel. Pt. 2. PL xvi. No. 17. Two terminal heads, joined back to back ; one of the bearded Bacchus, the other of Libera. Pt. 2. PL xvii. No. 18. A statue of the Goddess Fortune. Pt. 2. PL xviii. 204 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM III. No. 19. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, of very early Greek work. Pt. 2. Pl.-xix. No. 20. A head of Hippocrates. Pt. 2. PI. xx. No. 21. A terminal head of Mercury. Purchased , in 1812, at the sale of Antiquities belonging to William Chinnery> Esq . Pt. 2. Pl. xxi. No. 22. A statue of Venus. Pt. 2. PI. xxn. No. 23. A bas-relief, representing the apotheosis, or deification, of Plomer. The Father of Poetry is seated on a throne at the foot of Mount Parnassus, the re¬ sidence of the Muses ; before the poet is a group of figures offering up sacrifices to him. Above are Apollo and the Nine Muses ; and on the summit of the moun¬ tain is Jupiter, who appears to be giving his sanction to the divine honours which are paid to Homer. This highly interesting bas-relief was found about the middle of the 17th century, at Frattochi, the ancient Bovillse, on the Appian road, ten miles from Rome. It was for many years in the Colonna Palace, at Rome, and was purchased for the British Museum in the year 1819. Nos. 21*. 22*. Two feet covered with sandals. They have belonged to the same statue, and are in beautiful preservation. No. 23*. A bas-relief, representing a comic and a tra¬ gic mask. No. 24*. Ditto, representing four Bacchic masks. Purchased in 1818. No. 25*. A tragic mask. No. 24. A statue of a Faun. Pt. 2. PI. xxiv. No. 25. A terminal head of Homer, represented in an advanced age, with a sublime and dignified character. Pt. 2. PI. xxv. No. 26. A bust of Sophocles. Pt. 2. PL xxvi. No. 27. A terminal nead of the bearded Bacchus. Pt. 2. PL xxvii. No. 28. A statue of a nymph of Diana resting her¬ self after the fatigues of the chase. Pt. 2. PL xxviii. No. 29. An entire terminus of the bearded' Bacchus, six feet high. Pt. 2. PL xxix. No. 30. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus Pt. 2. PL xxx. ROOM I'll.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 205 No. 31. A statue of a youth holding with both hands a part of an arm which he is biting. This statue be¬ longed to a group, originally composed of two boys who had quarrelled at the game of Tali, as appears by one of those bones called tali remaining in the hand of the figure which is lost. Pt. 2. PI. xxxi. No. 32. A terminal head of Pericles, helmeted, and inscribed with his name. Pt. 2. PI. xxxix. No. 33. A statue of a Faun ; the trunk of the tree which supports the figure is inscribed with the name of the artist. Pt. 2. PI. xxxiii. No. 34*. A terminal head of Epicurus. Pt. 2. PI. xxxiv. No. 35. A terminal statue of Pan playing upon a pipe. Pt. 2. PI. xxxv. No. 36. A Greek inscription upon a circular shield, containing the names of the Ephebi of Athens under Alcamenes, when he held the office of Cosmetes. Pt. 2. PI. XXXVI. No. 37. A terminal statue, supposed to be that of Venus Architis. Pt. 2. PI. xxxvn. No. 38. A circular votive patera; having on one side, within a wreath of ivy, an eagle standing upon a slaughtered hare ; on the other side, Cupid sacrificing to the god of Lampsacus. Pt. 2. PI. xxxviii. No. 39. An unknown bronze head, supposed to be that of Pindar. Presented , in 1760, by the Earl of Exeter . Pt. 2. PI. XXXIX. No. 40. A circular votive patera, with a head of Pan in very high relief, on one side; and on the other, in low relief, a profile head of Silenus, in front of a blazing altar, and a branch of ivy between them. Pt. 2. PL xl. No. 40*. A torso of Hercules. No. 41. A Greek sepulchral monument. The bas- relief in front represents a trophy, on one side of which stands a warrior, and on the other a female figure feed- 1 ing a serpent that is twined round the trunk of a tree on which the trophy is erected. On the right of these figures is the fore-part of a horse. An inscription on I the top of this monument contains a list of names, pro¬ bably of those who fell in some engagement. Brought to England by Mr. Topham> in 1725, and presented to the 206 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM IV., V. British Museum , in 1780, by the Right Hon . Sir Joseph Banks , and the Hon. A. C. Fraser. Pt. 2. PI. xli. No. 42. A terminal head of Periander. Pt. 2. PI. xlii. No. 43. A repetition of No. 33. Pt. 2. PI. xliii. No. 44. An unknown terminal head, probably of a Greek poet. Pt. 2. PI. xliv. No. 45. A statue of Actseon attacked by his dogs. Pt. 2. PI. xlv. No. 46. A terminal head of the young Hercules ; it is crowned with the leaves of the poplar. Pt. 2. PI. xlvi. FOURTH ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A bust of Trajan, with the breast naked. Pt. 3. PL i. No. 2. A statue of Apollo, of very early Greek work. Purchased , in 1818, at the sale of the Comte de Choiseul - Gouffiers Antiquities . No. 3. A head of Apollo, of very early Greek work. Pt. 3. PI. iv. No. 4. A head, supposed to be that of Arminius. Pt. 3. PL vi. No. 5. A statue of Thalia, found at Ostia, in the maritime baths of the Emperor Claudius. Pt. 3. PL v. No. 6. A colossal head of Marcus Aurelius, repre¬ sented in the character of one of the Fratres Arvales. Pt. 3. PL ix. No. 7. A colossal bust of Lucius Verus, covered with the imperial paludamentum. Pt. 3. PL x. No. 8. A group of Bacchus and Ampelus. Pt. 3. PL xr. No. 9. A head of the }^oung Hercules. Pt. 3. PL xn. No. 10. A head, supposed to be that of Dione. Pt. 3. PL xiii. No. 11. A statue of Diana. Pt. 3. PL xiv. No. 12. A bust of Hadrian, with the breast naked. Pt. 3. PL xv. FIFTH ROOM. ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. The objects in this room are figured, and more par- ROOM V.] ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. 207 ticularly described, in “ The Description of the Ancient Marbles in the British Museum.” Pt. 5. No. 1. A sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief in front; it appears never to have been used, as it is solid, and without any inscription. Presented , in 1817, by IV. A . Mackinnon , Esq . No. 2. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Atime- tus. Presented , in 1817, by W A. Mackinnon, Esq . No. 3. A funeral inscription to M. Naevius Proculus. Presented, in 1151, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . No. 4. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Ver- nasia Cyclas. No. 5. Ditto, with an inscription to L. Lepidius Epaphras. Presented , in 1817, by IV. A. Mackinnon , No. 6. Two earthen ollae, placed in the manner of those which contained the ashes of the slaves and in¬ ferior order of the Roman people. The monumental in¬ scription, in front of them, records the names of Annio- lena Maxima and Servilia Irene. No. 7. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Pom- peius Justinianus. No. 8. Ditto, with an inscription to T. Titulenus Isauricus. No. 9. Blank . No. 10. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Fi. JElius Victor. No. 11. Ditto, with an inscription to Silia Attica. No. 12. A sepulchral vase, found in a tomb near Naples. No. 13. A sarcophagus, on the front of which is re¬ presented the lamentation of a family over a female corpse. Under No. 13. Front of a sepulchral urn, inscribed to Cornelia Servanda and Cornelia Onesime. No. 14. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Serullia Zosimenes. No. 15. Ditto, with an inscription to P. Licinius Successus. No. 16. Blank . No. 17. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Cos- sutia Prima. No. 18. Ditto, with an inscription to Ti. Claudius 208 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. ^ROOM V. Lupercus. Presented , in 1817, by W. A . Maclcinnon, Esq. No. 19. Two earthen ollae, similar to those described at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front of them, records the names of P. Stenius Rufus and Plosurnia Salvilla. No. 20. A funeral inscription to Eutychia. Pre¬ sented, in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . No. 21. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay. The bas-relief in front represents the hero Echetles fighting with a ploughshare for the Greeks at the battle ( of Marathon. Upon the cover is a recumbent female figure. No. 22. A sepulchral urn, wTith an inscription to Claudia Fortunata. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . No. 23. A funeral inscription to Lucretia. Presented , in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq. No. 24. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay. The story of Echetles is represented in front (see No. 21), and on the cover is a recumbent female figure. The figures on this monument w'ere originally painted. On the upper part of the urn is an Etruscan inscription in red letters. From the collection of Sir William Hamil¬ ton. No. 25. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to T. Sex. Agatha. No. 26. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster, with an in¬ scription to Flavia Valentina. No. 27. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Junia Pieris. No. 28. An earthen olia, similar to those described at No. 6. The monumental inscription placed in front of it records the name of Opilia Faustilla. No. 29. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to C celia Asteris. From the collection of Sir William Ha¬ milton. No. 30. Ditto, with an inscription to P. Uctanus Secundus. No. 30*. A sepulchral vase, in yellow alabaster. No. 31. A fragment of a testamentary inscription, cut from a sepulchral cippus. ROOM V.] ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. 209 No. 32. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Pompeius Locusto, Attilia Clodia, and Pompeius. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton, No. 33. Ditto, with an inscription to C. Magius PaL Heraclides. No. 34. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay* The bas-relief in front represents the single combat be¬ tween the two brothers, Eteocles and Polynices. The two female figures, who are standing near the combat¬ ants, are Furies. An Etruscan inscription is painted in red letters on the upper part of this urn ; on the cover is a recumbent female figure. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . No. 35. A sarcophagus, on the front of which various figures of Cupid and Psyche are represented. No. 36. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to D. Albiccus Licinus. No. 37. Ditto, with an inscription to Flavia Eunya. No. 37*. A sepulchral vase, in }^ellow alabaster. No. 38. A monumental inscription to Dasumia So- teris. No. 39. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. No. 40. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Isochryses. No. 41. An earthen olla, similar to those described at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front of it, records the name of Apuleia Tychen. No. 42. A funeral inscription to Flavia Provincia. No. 43. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Pilia Philtata. From the collection of Sir William Ha¬ milton. No. 44. A funeral inscription to Isidorus. Presented , in 1757, hy Thomas Hollis , Esq. No. 45. A mosaic pavement, discovered in digging the foundation for the new buildings at the Bank of Eng¬ land. Presented , in 1806, hy the Directors of the Bank. In a temporary Building, opposite the Fifth Room, is placed the large and valuable collection of casts, chiefly architectural, which belonged to the late Sir Thomas Lawrence. They were bequeathed by him, 210 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM VI. on payment of a sum much inferior to their real value, to the Royal Academy, by whom they were presented to the British Museum. On the left hand, next the floor, are five plaster casts of the very remarkable sculptured Metopes discovered at Selinus in Sicily by Mr. Harris and Mr. Angell, in the year 1823. Presented to the Museum by Samuel Angell , Esq . The fragments of mosaic pavement were found at Withington in Gloucestershire. They voere presented , in 1811, by Henry Brooke , Esq. Three paintings ; the Cromlech at Plas Newydd, An- glesea ; Stonehenge; the Tolmen at Constantine, Corn¬ wall. Presented by Richard Tongue , Esq ., 1837. Models of the Trevethy Stone near St. Cleer ; the Chunquoit in Cornwall ; Lanyon quoit near Penzance ; Double Cromlech at Plas Newydd, Anglesea; Cromlech at Duffrin. Presented by Richard Tongue , Esq ., 1828-32. SIXTH ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A medallion, representing in profile the bust of an unknown Greek philosopher. No. 2. Part of the front of a sarcophagus, repre¬ senting Achilles among the daughters of Lycomedes. No. 3. A bas-relief, cut from the end of a sarco¬ phagus; it represents two Fauns punishing a Satyr. No. 4. Part of the front of a large sarcophagus, re¬ presenting a marriage. No. 5. The front of a sarcophagus, representing the Nine Muses with their respective attributes. No. 6. A bas-relief, cut from the end of the same sarcophagus as No. 3. It represents two Cupids and a Faun carrying an intoxicated Satyr. No. 7. Part of a sarcophagus, representing a carpen- tum, or funeral car, drawn by four horses. No. 8. A medallion, representing in profile the bust of an unknown Greek philosopher. It is similar to No. 1, but of a later time and inferior sculpture. No. 9. The front of a sarcophagus, representing cap¬ tive Amazons with their shields and battle-axes. 211 ROOM VI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 10. A fragment of a sarcophagus, representing Bacchus with a thyrsus in his left hand, and with his right arm thrown over the shoulders of a Faun. No. 11. A fragment of a magnificent sarcophagus, representing an elderly man, with a manuscript roll in his hand, which he is reading. Before him stands a Muse holding a mask. No. 12. The front of a sarcophagus, representing a Bacchanalian procession. No. 13. Heads of Paris and Helen, in alto-relievo. No. 14. The front of a sarcophagus, representing Genii supporting various pieces of armour. On a shield, in the centre, is an inscription to Sallustius Iasius. No. 15. A head of Jupiter. No. 16. A terminal statue of a youth represented with the attributes of Mercury. No. 17. A votive altar, sacred to Apollo. No. 18. A head of Apollo Musagetes, resembling, in the disposition of the hair, and in the character of the face, the head of a Muse. No. 19. An altar of Roman work, ornamented with Egyptian figures. Upon it, a votive statue of Diana Triformis, with a dedicatory inscription round the plinth. No. 20. A torso of a small statue of Venus. No. 21. A swan, in red marble. No. 22. A small statue of Cupid bending his bow. No. 23. A funeral monument of Xanthippus, who is represented sitting in a chair, and holding a human foot in his right hand. No. 24. An altar, on which various Egyptian figures are represented. It is of Roman work. Upon it, a statue of a satyr. No. 25. A head of an Amazon, in the early style of Greek sculpture. No. 26. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull. No. 27* A bust of Hadrian with the imperial palu- damentum. No. 28. A bas-relief, representing a female Bac¬ chante clothed in thin floating drapery, through which the beautiful forms of her body are perfectly apparent 212 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[ROOM Vl‘ With one hand, which is held somewhat above her head, she holds a knife, and at the same time secures a portion of her robe which is blown behind her ; with the other hand, which is held downwards, she carries the hind quarters of a kid. This piece of sculpture was originally one of the ornamental figures on the triangular base of a candelabrum. Upon it a head of a child. No, 29. A bust of Severus with the imperial palu- damentum. No. 30. A sarcophagus, in the centre of which is the portrait of an elderly man, placed in the inside of a shield, which is supported by two Genii. Upon it, three tiles, in terracotta, brought from Athens, The fronts are ornamented with a border of the honeysuckle pattern, and in the centre of each is a head of a lion, for carrying off the water. Purchased in 1815. Underneath, a colossal foot of Apollo, Presented , in 1784, by Sir William Hamilton . No. 31. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull. No. 32. A head of Faustina, the wife of Marcus Aurelius, No. 33. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to Viria Primitiva. Upon it, a triangular base of a small candelabrum. No. 34. An Eagle. No. 35. Bust of the Empress Faustina the younger. Presented by P, Du Cane , Esq., 1838, No. 36. A statue of Diana Lucifera, of which the head and arms are lost. It was found at Wooachester, in the county of Gloucester. Presented , in 1811, by Samuel Lysons , Esq . No. 37. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas- relief, and an inscription to Isias, who was a native of Laodicea, and daughter of Metrodorus. Brought from Smyrna. Presented , in 1772, by Matthew Duane , Esq., and Thomas Tyrwhitt , Esq. No. 38. A triangular base of a candelabrum, the sides of which are ornamented with the attributes of Apollo ; namely, a griffin, a raven, and a tripod. No. 39. A head of Plautilla. 213 ROOM VI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 40. A statue of Libera, holding a thyrsus over her right shoulder, and a bunch of grapes in her left hand; at her feet is a panther. No. 41. A head of Atys. No. 42. A head of an unknown female, the hair elegantly bound with broad fillets. No. 43. A statue of Ceres, crowned in the manner of Isis. No. 44. A head of Nero. No. 45. A sepulchral cippus, without an inscription. On the front, beneath a festoon which is composed of fruits and foliage, and is suspended from the skulls of bulls, are two birds perched on the edge of a vase, out of which they are drinking. Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman, who is carrying a round leathern bucket suspended from his left arm. The head is covered with a mariner’s bonnet, and a dolphin serves as a support to the figure. No. 46. A small scenic figure, sitting on a square plinth. The face is covered with a comic mask. No. 47* A head of one of the Homeric heroes. It is highly animated, and is looking upwards, apparently in great agitation. Pt. 2. PI. xxm. No. 48. A small statue of Jupiter sitting. He is re¬ presented in his twofold capacity, as king of the upper and lower regions. No. 49. A Greek funeral monument of Democles, the son of Democles, with a bas-relief and an inscription in eight elegiac verses. It was brought from Smyrna. Presented , in 1772, by Matthevo Duane, Esq., and Thomas Tynvhitt, Esq. No. 50. A votive altar sacred to Bacchus. On the front, Silenus is represented riding on a panther. Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman, holding a basket of fish in his left hand. No. 51 . A bust of Caracalla; the head only is antique. No. 52. A group of two dogs, one of which is biting the ear of the other in play. No. 53. An unknown bust, dressed in the Roman toga. No. 54. A bas-relief, representing Priam in the act L 214 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. QrOOM VI. of supplicating Achilles to deliver to him the body of his son Hector. Upon it, a head of a female child. The hair is divided into plaits, which are twisted into a knot on the back part of the head. Some of the red paint, with which the hair was originally coloured, is still visible. No. 55. A bust of Gordianus Africanus the elder, dressed in the Roman toga. No. 56. A sphinx, which anciently formed part of the base of a superb candelabrum. No. 57- The front of the cover of a magnificent sar¬ cophagus. It represents a group of cattle, on one side of which is an old Faun, and on the other a young Faun, both recumbent. Upon it, two tiles in terracotta, brought from Athens ; the fronts are painted. Purchased in 1815. Underneath, A fragment of a colossal toe. A fragment of a colossal foot. A votive foot, with a sandal. Round the foot a serpent is twined, with its head resting on the summit, which ter¬ minates a little above the ancle. An earthen vase, which has two handles at the neck and terminates in a point at the bottom, like an amphora. It was found in the baths of Titus, with above seventy others of the same sort ; all of them contained the fine African sand with which, when mixed with oil, the Athletae rubbed their bodies before they exercised. A votive foot covered with a sandal, and having a ser¬ pent twined round it as in the one before described. A colossal hand. A mask of Bacchus. No. 58. A head of Sabina. No. 59. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to M. Ceelius Superstes. Upon it, an Egyptian tumbler, practising his art on the back of a tame crocodile. No. 60. A small statue of a muse, sitting on a rock, holding a lyre in her left hand ; the plinth is inscribed EYMOY2IA. No. 61. An unknown bust of a middle-aged man. ROOM VII.] BRITISH ANTIQUITIES. 215 The hair of the head and beard is short and bushy ; the left shoulder is covered with part of the chlamys ; the right shoulder and breast are uncovered. On the plinth is an inscription, signifying that L. iEmilius Fortunatus dedicates the bust to his friend. No. 62. A small statue of Hercules, sitting on a rock, with the apples of the Hesperides in his left hand. No. 63. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas- relief, and an inscription to Exacestes and Metra his wife. No. 64. The front of a votive altar, with an inscrip¬ tion for the safe return of Septimius Severus and his family from some expedition. The parts in the inscrip¬ tion which are erased contained the name of Geta, which, by a severe edict of Caracalla, was ordered to be erased from every inscription throughout the Roman empire. Upon it, a small statue of a Muse, sitting on a rock and playing on a lyre. No. 65. A head of Domitia. No. 66. A statue three feet ten inches high, ending from the waist downwards in a terminus. In the right hand is a bunch of grapes, at which a bird, held under the left arm, is pecking. No. 67. A votive altar, with a dedicatory inscription to Bona Dea Annianensis. No. 68. A head of Jupiter Serapis. The paint with which the face was originally coloured is still discernible. SEVENTH ROOM. BRITISH ANTIQUITIES. A stone sarcophagus. In it were two glass vessels, each containing burnt bones, and much liquid ; between them, two pair of shoes of purple leather, embroidered with gold. Near the sarcophagus were found the remains of a wooden box, with the brass clamps and round headed brass nails, by which it had been held together, and with them two bottles of red pottery and two pans of the same, on which were some ashes, and two small rib bones. At some little distance was found the large globular earthen vessel. It contained some burnt bones, and the remains of a small glass bottle. It is capable of 216 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [R003I VII, containing about six gallons. These were all found at Southfleet, in 1801, within the site of an old building about fifty feet square, and were presented to the British Museum by the Rev . George Rashleigh , 1836. A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief, in front, of Ceres holding a cornucopiae and pouring incense from a patera upon an altar. A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front, of Mars or a Roman general, holding a spear and shield. A small Roman altar, similarly decorated with the preceding. These three were found at Kingstanley, in Gloucestershire, and presented by the Rev . Peter Haivker . A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Domitian inscribed upon it. It weighs 154 pounds. It was dis¬ covered, in the year 1731, under ground, on Havshaw Moor, in the manor of Dacre, in the West Riding of Yorkshire. Bequeathed by Sir John Ingilby , Bart., and presented by his Executors in 1772. A pig of lead, inscribed with the name of L. Aruconius Verecundus. It weighs 81 pounds. It was found near Matlock Bank, in Derbyshire. Presented , in 1797, by Adam Wolley, Esq., and Peter Nightingale , Esq. A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Hadrian inscribed upon it. It weighs 191 pounds. It was found in the year 1796, or 1797, on a farm called Snailbeach, in the parish of Westbury, 10 miles s.w. of Salop. Prc- sented , in 1798, by John Lloyd , Esq . A pig of lead, also inscribed with the name of the Emperor Hadrian. Its weight is 125 pounds. It was found on Cromford Moor, in Derbyshire. Presented , in 1797, by Adam Wolley , Esq., and Peter Nightingale , Esq. A Roman altar, erected by some freedmen and slaves, upon the restoration of their master to health. On one side are the rod and snake of iEsculapius, and sacrificial instruments. On the other, are the cornucopiae and rudder, with a patera, simpulum, &c. Found near the Wa¬ tergate, Chester, 1779. Presented by Sir Ph . de Malpas Grey Eger ton, Bart . A large stone vessel, in form of half an octagon, on each of four sides is sculptured a bust in high relief, viz. Venus holding a mirror, Jupiter, Mercury with a cadu- ceus, and Mars with a spear. It was first noticed by ROOM IX.|] BRONZES, VASES, GEMS, ETC. 217 Horsley “ lying neglected in the mill at Chesterford, Essex.” It was afterwards procured by Dr. Foote Gower, from a blacksmith, who had used it as a cistern for cooling his irons. In 1780, Thomas Brand Hollis received it from the Doctor’s widow, and 'presented it , 1803. An altar, with a Greek inscription, dedicated by Dio- dora, a high priestess, to the Tyrian Hercules. One side is decorated with a bull’s head and sacrificing-knife, the other with a crown. It was found at Corbridge, in Northumberland, and presented by His Grace the Duke of Northumberland , 1774. A bas-relief, representing a Roman standard of the second legion, between a Pegasus and Capricorn ; un¬ derneath is leg. II. AVG. A colossal head, marble. A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front, of Mars, as a Roman general, holding a spear and shield. A small Roman altar, similar to the preceding. A pig of lead. EIGHTH ROOM. At present unoccupied. NINTH or ANTE-ROOM, (up stairs.) To the left, at the foot of the stairs leading to this room, a circular vase, or capital of a sepulchral cippus, decorated with foliage and the symbolical serpent. No. 1. In the centre of the room is placed the celebrated Barberini Vase, which was for more than two centuries the principal ornament of the Barberini Palace. This Vase was purchased of Sir William Hamilton considerably more than thirty years ago, by the Duchess of Portland, since which period it has been generally known by the name of the Portland Vase. It was found about "the middle of the sixteenth century, two miles and a half from Rome, in the road leading from Frascati. At the time of its discovery, the vase was inclosed in a marble sarcophagus, within a sepulchral chamber under the Mount called Monte di Grano. The material of which the vase is formed is glass: the figures, which are executed in relief, are 218 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM X, of a beautiful opake white, and the ground is in per¬ fect harmony with the figures, and of a dark transparent blue. The subject of these figures is extremely obscure, and has not hitherto received a satisfactory elucidation; but the design and the sculpture are both truly admira¬ ble. This superb specimen of Greek art was deposited in the British Museum, in 1810, by his Grace the Duke of Portland. No. 2. An ancient painting in fresco, representing deer ; it was found in a subterraneous chamber at Scro- fano, about sixteen miles from Rome. From the collec¬ tion of Sir William Hamilton . No. 3. A bas-relief, in stucco, representing a winged boy, or genius, carrying a pedum across his right shoulder. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . No. 4. An ancient painting in fresco, representing a female figure holding a patera, on which a vase is placed. Presented , in 1111, by the Earl of Exeter . No. 5. An ancient painting in fresco, representing two females seated, in the Arabesque style, on the curling branches of a plant ; one of them is holding a vase* the other a tambourin. Between these figures is a bas-relief, in stucco, representing a human head surrounded with ivy, and underneath are two birds drinking out of a well. Presented , in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . No. 6. Decorations of Roman armour, found in Britain. No. 7. A Persian sextant. Case A. Antiquities from Persepolis, Babylon, and Nineveh. Purchased with Mr. Rich's collection in 1825. Case B. An ancient lyre and two flutes found in a tomb at Athens. Antiquities, found by Sir R . Ker Por¬ ter in Persepolis , Babylon , 3cc. Shelves C. Antiquities from Nineveh. From Mr. Rich's collection. Shelves D. Antiquities from Babylon. From Mr. Rich's collection . TENTH ROOM. COLLECTION OF SIR WILLIAM HAMILTON, ETC. Cases 1, 2, 3, 4. Penates or household gods, in bronze. In the lower part of these Cases, are contained some large bronze vessels, one of which, in the form of 219 ROOM X.] BRONZES, VASES, GEMS, ETC. a round deep patera, is remarkable for the beauty of its handles, which are raised above the edge : they repre¬ sent two serpents holding an egg in their mouths ; un¬ derneath the serpents is the aegis of Minerva. Case 5. A raven, the size of life, and seven large candelabra, in bronze. The raven was presented, in 1777, by Lord Seaforth. It is of the finest workman¬ ship, and has probably accompanied a statue of Apollo. Case 6. Specimens of ancient glass. The principal articles are eight cinerary urns. One of them has the leaden covering in which it was preserved ; and another contains the burnt bones, and the asbestos cloth which prevented the ashes of the body from mixing with those of the funeral pile. These articles are accompanied by a great number of lachrymatories, and various other vessels and fragments of vessels, of different forms and colours ; the whole of which afford ample proof of the ingenuity of the ancients, and of the great knowledge they possessed in the art of manufacturing glass, and of imparting to it whatever colour or form they chose. Case 7« Necklaces, ear-rings, armillse, and various other trinkets in gold, several of which are enriched with precious stones. Among the antiquities of gold in this Case are a bulla and a large patera ; the latter is embossed with bulls, and was found at Gergenti in Sicily. This case contains also a large collection of scarabaei, and engraved gems. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton , Charles Tovonley , Esq., and the Rev . C. M. Cracherode. Case 11. Gems from the collections of Charles Town- ley, Esq., R. P. Knight, Esq., and the Rev. C. M. Cracherode. The celebrated bronzes of Siris, consisting of two portions of Greek armour, representing warriors combating with Amazons. A piece of small mosaic work, and a few specimens of ancient art executed in silver, mirrors, &c., are likewise among the articles included in this Case. Case 15. Fragments in terracotta. They consist chiefly of small heads, some of which are well executed, and some are valuable as exhibiting specimens of the Roman head-dresses. Case 16. Small figures, and miscellaneous articles in terracotta. 220 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. £ROOM X. Case 17. Hindu, Chinese, and Japanese idols. Case 26. Ditto. Case 27. Small figures, and miscellaneous articles in terracotta. Cases 28, 32, 36. Fragments of friezes in terra¬ cotta. Case 37* Specimens of ancient armour in bronze, consisting of helmets, breast-plates, standards, swords, belts, heads of spears, points of arrows, &c. In the middle division of this Case is the Roman helmet which was found at Ribchester in Lancashire. Case 38. A tripod, a lectisternium, a pair of steel¬ yards, and two very large candelabra, in bronze. The first two articles were presented by Sir William Hamilton, namely, the tripod, in 1774, and the lectisternium in 1784. Cases 39, 40, 41, 42. Miscellaneous antiquities in bronze, comprising scales, knives, paterae, andsimpula; mirrors, lamps, bells, and mortars ; measures and wine- strainers ; large vessels for culinary and other purposes ; several small candelabra, and other articles. Cases 43, 44, 45. A large collection of Roman lamps in terracotta. Cases 46, 47, 48. Ditto. Cases 49, 50, 51. A large collection of Roman lamps in terracotta. Case 52. Dice and tali, formed of various substances. Case 53. A great variety of tesserae in ivory, bronze, crystal, agate, and terracotta, many of which were tickets of admission to the theatres. In this Case also is a considerable number of styles for writing on wax tablets ; pins for the hair ; bodkins, and needles both for sewing and netting. Case 54. Architectural mouldings in porphyry, part of a frieze in rosso antico, handles of knives, fragments of lectisternia, &c., &c. Case 55. Stamps for sealing casks. Case 56. A large collection of Roman weights. , Case 57- Votive offerings in bronze. Case 58. Mirrors upon which are engravings princi- palty in outline. Case 59. Specimens of ancient painting, from Her¬ culaneum. Case 60. Mirrors, a patera, the umbo of a shield, ROOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 221 upon all and part of the scabbard of a parazonium, which are engravings principally in outline. Cases 61, 62, 63. Specimens of bas-reliefs in stucco, from the walls of Herculaneum. Case 64. Celts. Case 6.5. Various instruments used by the ancients. Case 66. Celts. Case 67. A marble patera, fourteen inches in diameter, found in the ruins of Hadrian’s Villa ; in this Case are also contained specimens of Roman enamel, and inlaid work ; and likewise some figs and other vegetable substances, found in a calcined state in the ruins of Herculaneum. Case 68. Armillae, or bracelets, and various unknown ornaments, in bronze. Case 69. A large patera of Oriental jasper, cups of crystal, agate, &c. Case 70. Hinges and nails. Fibulae, or brooches. Buckles used by the ancients for different Case 71- Case 72. purposes. Case 73. Case 74. Case 75. Case 76. iron. Case Handles and other parts of vases. Ditto. Specimens of locks and keys. Spears, knives, and various instruments, in 77. Bits, spurs, and ornaments for harness ; fragments of chains, &c. Case 78. Some articles in bronze, the uses to which many of them were applied are unknown. Case 107. A bronze statue of a Roman Emperor, probably of Nero when he was young. The figure is represented in armour, which is nlost beautifully inlaid. It was found near Barking- Hall, in Suffolk, on the estate of the Earl of Ashburnham. Presented , in 1813, by the Earl of Ashburnham . The remaining cases in this room, at present not ar¬ ranged, contain various objects in bronze, terracotta, & c* ELEVENTH ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A bas-relief representing Minerva and two other deities. Presented by H. Gaily Knight, Esq., 1839. l 3 222 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM XI. A fragment of a sepulchral monument. A fragment of a mask of Bacchus.- A sepulchral monument to a girl, Abeita, deceased at the age of ten years and two months, who is represented seated, with a dog behind her in a fawning attitude. Sepulchral monument, with figure of Astarte and Phenician inscription of two lines. No. 2. Part of a frieze, representing the head of Me¬ dusa in a wreath supported by a Cupid, and the arm of another figure. Presented by the Board of Control , 1837- Part of a frieze from the ruins of a temple at Paieo- kastro, ten miles S. of Joannina in Epirus, supposed to have been the temple of Jupiter at Dodona. Presented by Col. Leake , 1839. No. 3. A man conducting a bull ; from a sepulchral monument. A portion of a capital of a pilaster. Youthful genii contending in a chariot race within the circus. Fragment of a sepulchral monument to Eporia. No. 4. Blank. No. 5. A sepulchral monument to Cassiodorus, in¬ scribed with six elegiac verses in Greek. The front of a sarcophagus, with a Greek inscription to M. Sempronius Neicocrates. A sepulchral monument, representing the deceased seated at a funeral banquet (ccena feralis) ; a veiled female seated near his feet. No. 6. Sepulchral monument representing an indi¬ vidual reclining on a couch, and another standing. Fragment of a bas-relief, representing a battle of Amazons, perhaps the death or capture of Penthesi- lea, from Brysese in Laconia. Presented by Col . Leake , 1839. Bas-relief, representing a votive offering of hair to Neptune, by Philombrotus and Aphthonetus, sons of Deinomachus. Presented by Col . Leake , 1839. Bas-relief, representing the lustration of a horse and dog, from Crannon in Thessaly. Presented by Col . Leake} 1839. No. 7. A small sepulchral monument, representing a veiled female seated. ROOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 223 A fragment of another, representing part of a female procession apparently approaching some deity. A bas-relief, representing two men pouring wine into a large vessel, and two others attending on a cauldron placed upon a fire. A sepulchral monument, representing a man fishing, inscribed to Agathemetros. Part of a sepulchral monument, representing a funeral banquet. No. 8. A sepulchral monument; a husband, wife, and child, preparing to sacrifice to Serapis, reclining at a funeral banquet. A sepulchral monument ; a family of seven persons preparing to sacrifice a pig to two Deities, seated at a funeral banquet. A bas-relief, representing a horse held by a slave ; cu from a monument, probably of one of the Equites singu¬ lars, who fought at the emperor’s left hand. No. 9. A bas-relief, representing the arms of the Dacians and Sarmatians. No. 10. A sepulchral monument, representing the Dioscuri standing, with an altar between them, in a distyle temple. A fragment of a frieze, representing two Cupids run¬ ning a race in cars drawn by dogs; they appear to have just started from the carceres of a circus. Part of a sepulchral monument, very much defaced ; it appears to represent a man holding a bunch of grapes, with a cock at his feet. Presented by Dr . Jarvis . No. 11. A bas-relief, representing a Faun playing on the double pipe. A bas-relief, front of a sarcophagus, representing eleven infant genii under the character of a bacchanalian procession. A bust of a sleeping child, in alto-relievo. No. 12. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing three legs ; they have belonged to two figures in power¬ ful action, one of which appears to have been aiming a blow at the other, who is falling. Bequeathed , in 1812, by the late Charles Lambert , Esq. No. 13. Inscription recording honors conferred on a 224 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM XI. Lacedaemonian physician by the Gytheatae, from Gythium in Laconia. Presented by Col. Leake , 1839. A sepulchral monument ; a boy sacrificing to Mercury, standing near an altar inscribed deo mercvrio. A fragment, representing Pan playing upon a lyre, with a Faun playing upon a reed. A fragment of a bacchanalian group. Painted tile, from iEgium, in Arcadia. Presented by Col. Leake, 1839. No. 14. Mithraic group. Brought from Rome , in 1815, by Charles Standish. Esq., from \ whom it was pur¬ chased by the Trustees in 1826. At the back of the pedestal, a bas-relief, representing two persons, one abandoning his arms, the other sacri¬ ficing at an altar; beneath, an inscription recording the death of a warrior. A bas-relief of Mercury, seated upon a heap of stones. A sepulchral monument, with a Greek inscription, and a bas-relief of a skeleton. No. 15. A sepulchral cippus, without any inscrip¬ tion. It is richly ornamented on the four sides with festoons of fruit. Upon it is a Greek sepulchral urn, solid, and with a bas-relief in front; it is inscribed with the names of Pytharatus and Herophilus. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane. No. 16. A statue of an intoxicated Faun. No. 17. A votive altar, dedicated to Silvanus. Upon it is a trophy found on the plains of Marathon. Presented , in 1802, by John Walker , Esq . No. 18. A statue of a Faun. Purchased in 1826. No. 19. A statue of a Discobolus, who is repre¬ sented at that precise moment of time which imme¬ diately precedes the delivery of the discus. It is an ancient copy in marble, from the celebrated bronze statue executed by Myro. No. 20. A sepulchral cippus, the inscription upon which appears to have been erased. Upon it is a circular altar. Formerly belonging to CoL Rooke , and presented, in 1825, by A. E. Impey , Esq. On this is placed a fragment of a youthful statue. 225 ROOM XI. 1 GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 21. A statue of Mercury, sleeping upon a rock. No. 22. A Grecian altar. Presented , in 177 5, by Sir William Hamilton . Upon it is a statue of Bacchus, represented as a boy about five years old. The head is crowned with a wreath of ivy, and the body is partly covered with the skin of a goat. No. 23. A statue of Cupid bending his bow. Pur¬ chased. in 1812, at the sale of the late Right Hon . Ed¬ mund Burke's Marbles. No. 24. A bronze statue of Hercules, carrying away the apples from the garden of the Hesperides. Pt. 3. PI. ii. Beneath, is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient tripod table. Pt; 3. PI. m. No. 25. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscrip¬ tion to M. Clodius Herma, Annius Felix, and Tyran- nus. Upon it is a circular sepulchral vessel of stone, in¬ scribed with the name of Phsenariste, the wife of Philo- phanus. No. 26. A Greek funereal monument, with a bas- relief and an inscription. It is to the memory of a person named Alexander, a native of Bithynia. This marble , brought from Smyrna , was presented to the Mu¬ seum, , in 1772, by Matthew Duane , Esq ., and Thomas Tyrwhitt , Esq. No. 27* A small statue of Neptune, standing, with a dolphin by his side. Presented by J . S . Gaskoin , Esq., 1836. No. 28. A shelf, containing An unknown bust, the head perfectly bald. An unknown bust of a female. A bust of Diogenes the Cynic. All bequeathed by the late R. P. Knight , Esq. Underneath, a fragment of a bas-relief, bearing a figure of a youthful Hercules. Part of a bas-relief, representing four horses’ heads from a quadriga and a hand. No. 29. A chair, after the model of an invalid’s chair; found in the Antonine Baths. A cinerary urn of marble ; on the cover is a recumbent 226 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[ROOM XI9 female figure. On the front is a bas-relief, representing Penthesilea dragged by the hair from her chariot by Achilles armed with a drawn swTord. A square altar, dedicated by Aur. Thimoteus to Diana ; the three other sides are decorated with rude sculptures. "No. SO. Bust of iEschines, inscribed with his name, from Bitolia in the Ancient Pelagonia. Presented by Col . Leake , 1839. No. 31. Greek sepulchral monument of Tryphon, the son of Eutychus, who is represented standing, nearly the size of life, holding in his right hand a strigil, and with a garment on his left shoulder, in his left hand some undetermined object; in white marble. From Asia Minor. No. 32. Head, supposed to be that of Homer, from Bitolia in the ancient Pelagonia. Presented by Col. Leake , 1839. No. 33. A monumental inscription, cut from the front of a sepulchral cippus, to the memory of Claudia Tychen. A cinerary urn of marble ; on the cover is a recum¬ bent female figure; on the front is a bas-relief, repre¬ senting the hunt of the Calydonian boar, Meleager, Ata- lanta, &c. ; at each end is a vase. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to T. Clau¬ dius Epictetus. No. 34. A shelf, containing A bust of Hercules. A bust, supposed to have been intended for Achilles. A bust of a Faun. All bequeathed by the late R . P. Knight , Esq . Underneath, a sepulchral monument to Sotnikes, who is represented standing enveloped in his pallium, with his hand to his cheek. No. 35. Draped female, wanting the head. No. 36. Greek funereal monument of Lenseus, son of Artemidorus. No. 37. A fragment of a group in alto-relievo ; a man is seated on a chair, with a female standing near him. It is so broken and mutilated that the subject cannot be ascertained. ROOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 22J No. 38. Sepulchral monument to Hermodorus, son of Aristomenes. No. 39. Blank. No. 40. An alto-relievo, representing five of the la¬ bours of Hercules. Presented by the Executors of the late O . S, Brereton. No. 41. Blank . No. 42. Small statue of Ceres. Presented by J . S. Gaskoin , Esq., 1836. No. 43. A shelf, containing An unknown bust of a boy. A bust of iElius Caesar. An unknown bust. All bequeathed by the late R. P. Knight , Esq . Underneath, a sun-dial. Purchased in 1821. No. 44. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas- relief, and an inscription to Mousis, who was a native of Miletus, and daughter of Argaeus. Presented , in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society . No. 45. A Mithraic group. Between this and the next No. a colossal votive foot. No. 46. A head of Demosthenes. Purchased in 1818. No. 47. The front of a tomb, from Delos. Formerly belonging to Col . Rooke , and presented , in 1825, by A . E. Impey , Esq . No. 48. An unknown head. Purchased in 1818. Between this and the next No., a bas-relief represent¬ ing three nymphs standing between Jupiter and Pan. No. 49. A recumbent female, resting her left arm upon an urn : her head encircled by a diadem. No. 50. A Greek inscription, being a decree of the people of Athens and of the Pireeeus, in honour of Callidamas. Presented , in 1785, by the Dilettanti So¬ ciety. No. 51. A shelf, containing A head of Tiberius. A bust, inscribed to the memory of Cl. Olympias, by Epithymetus, her freed-man. A head of Augustus. Jill purchased , in 1812, at the sale of the late Right Hon. Edmund Burke's Marbles . A Greek inscription, originally placed under a statue of Jupiter Urius, which stood within a temple erected 228 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. QrOOM XII. to that deity at the mouth of the* Pontus. Presented, in 1809, by Miss Mead. Underneath, a bas-relief, representing the goddess Luna surrounded by the signs of the zodiac. Presented , in 1818, by Col. de Bosset. No. 52. A seated figure of Cybele. Presented by J So Gashoin , Esq., 1836. No. 52#. A terminal statue of a Faun. No. 53. A very ancient Greek inscription, known by the title of the “ Marmor Atheniense.” It relates to a survey of some temple at Athens, supposed to be the Erechtheium. Brought to England by Dr. Chandler , and presented to the British Museum } in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society. No. 54. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscrip¬ tion to Agria Agatha. Upon it is a small domestic fountain, used for sacred purposes. It is decorated with four flights of steps, and four figures of Satyrs and Fauns in bas-relief. No. 55. A bronze statue of Apollo. Pt. 3. PI. vii. Beneath is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient tripod table, executed in porphyry. It represents the head and leg of a panther. Pt. 3. PI. vm. TWELFTH ROOM. GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. No. 1. A head of Juno, crowned with a broad in¬ dented diadem ; placed upon An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with branches of the olive and the vine. No. 2. A shelf, containing An unknown female head; the sockets of the eyes are hollow, and have been originally filled with coloured stones, or some other material. A head of Diana. An unknown female head, with a broad fillet across the forehead. Underneath, an epitaph on a dog. From the collec¬ tion of Sir Hans Sloane. Upon this is placed Cupid sleeping upon a lion’s skin. No. 3. An unknown head. ROOM XII.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 229 No. 4. A head of Apollo. No. 5. A head of a lion, being a fragment of a large sarcophagus. Underneath, an oblong square basin of granite, similar to such as were used in the temples to contain the water necessary for the purification of those who sought admittance to the sacrifices. No. 6. A mask cut from the cover of a large sarco¬ phagus. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. No. 7. A terminal head of Libera. No. 8. A Case containing the following objects Small terminal heads of Bacchus and Libera, joined back to back. A small terminal head of Libera. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. Ditto, in yellow marble. Ditto, in red marble. A small terminal head of Libera, in reddish yellow marble, with a necklace composed of ivy leaves. A small terminal head of Libera, in white marble, with the breast covered with drapery. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. A small female head, the hair of which is formed of a distinct piece of marble, and is fitted to the head in the manner of a wig. A small head of a young man, covered with a helmet, which is ornamented with the horns of a ram. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. A small mask of Silenus. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A small cylindrical piece of marble, which appears to have been part of the stem of a candelabrum. It is or¬ namented with four griffins and two candelabra. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing the head of an elderly man. It has the beard on the chin and upper lip, and the hair of the head is short and curly. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a head of An- tinous. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A votive barrel, sacred to Bacchus. 230 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM XII. A small terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, in yellow marble. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane. A votive horn, in marble, two feet long. On No. 8 : — A head of a female Bacchante. A votive torso of an athleta^ in terracotta, the size of life. P resented by IV. G. Coesvelt , Esq., 1834. A head of a laughing Faun. No. 9. A head of Adonis, covered with the pyrami¬ dal hood. The lower part of the face and neck is co¬ vered with drapery. No. 10. A shelf containing A head of Jupiter Serapis in green basalt. An eagle, in marble. A head of Jupiter Serapis. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . Underneath, a piece of Mosaic pavement, found at Woodchester, in the county of Gloucester. Presented , in 1808, by Samuel Lysons , Esq . No. 11. A shelf containing A small bust of Antoninus Pius ; the head only is an¬ tique. A small figure of a recumbent Satyr. A bust of a child, with the breast naked. Underneath, a bas-relief, representing, probably, Jupi¬ ter and Ceres standing, each holding a cornucopia. Presented by the Right Hon . Sir Joseph Banks , Bai t. No. 12. A bust of an unknown female, represented in the character of Isis. It is gracefully terminated by the flower of the nymphsea lotus, on which it appears to rest. No. 13. A Case containing the following articles : — A fragment of a small head of Hercules, covered with the skin of a lion. Presented , in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq. A funeral mask which was used to cover the face of a female corpse. From the collection of Sir William Ha¬ milton. A small head of Plercules. Presented , in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . A small unknown bust, with a military garment. The head is of yellow marble. Presented , in 1757, by Tho¬ mas Hollis , Esq . 231 ROOM XII.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. A small head of Hercules, very much injured by the decomposition of the marble. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . The capital of a small column of the Ionic order. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A small unknown head. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A small head of Vulcan, covered with a cap. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A votive mask of a bearded Faun. Presented , in 1765, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . A small unknown female head, the hair of which is tied in a knot behind. From the collection of Sir Wil¬ liam Hamilton . A small head of Juno. Presented , in 1757, by Thomas Hollis , Esq . A group representing Venus and two Cupids. One of the handles of a vase. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A fragment of a bas-relief, representing part of a fe¬ male figure. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A bas-relief, representing a mask of a Faun. A left foot covered with a sandal. The right foot of a child. A hand of a female, holding a lock of hair. This fragment probably belonged to a statue of Venus, who was represented in the act of wringing the water from her hair. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . The right hand of a female holding a pipe. A lion’s foot, which probably has formed part of a tripod table. The left hand and part of the arm of a female, pro¬ bably Psyche, holding a butterfly. A lion’s foot, which probably has formed part of a tripod table. The left hand of a female stretched out upon a frag¬ ment of something unknown. The right hand of a youth, holding, apparently, a fragment of a bow. This is probably part of a statue of Cupid bending his bow. The right hand of a child holding the head of a ram. A left foot, covered apparently with linen, round which bandages are fastened. 232 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM XII. A large votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side, one representing Silenus, and the other a Satyr. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton. A small fragment of a figure holding a bird. The left hand of a child holding a fragment. A torso of a male figure, the arms of which appear to have been raised above the head. A small mutilated figure. The right breast is naked ; the other parts are entirely covered with drapery. It has a necklace, from which a scarabaeus is suspended. A head of an eagle, which appears to have served as the hilt of a sword. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side, one representing a mask of the bearded Bacchus, and the other a panther. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A fragment of a serpent. A torso of a faun. Presented , in 1833, by the Rev . Henry Crotve. On No. 13: — A head of a Muse, crowned with a wreath of laurel. A draped portion of a female statue ; the upper part has been naked, and sculptured from a separate block of marble. A head of one of the Dioscuri. No. 14. A head of Apollo. No. 15. A head of Cybele. No. 16. A head of a iion, which wras a part of the same sarcophagus from which No. 5 was taken. Underneath, a cistern of green basalt, originally used as a bath. On the sides are carved two rings in imitation of handles, in the centre of which is a leaf of ivy. No. 17. A head of Minerva. No. 18. A colossal head of Antinous in the character of Bacchus ; it is crowned with a wreath of ivy. No. 19. A shelf containing A head, apparently of a trumpeter. A head of Diana, the hair of which is drawn up from the sides, and tied in a knot at the top of the head. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton . A head of a goat. GRAND CENTRAL SALOON. 233 Underneath, a small domestic fountain, of a square form, which was used for sacred purposes. No. 20. A bust of Minerva ; the head only is antique. The helmet and the bust, which are of bronze, are, with some variations, copied from an ancient bust of Minerva which was formerly in the Vatican, but is now at Paris. Placed upon An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with branches of the olive and the pine. GRAND CENTRAL SALOON. Over the entrance, Plaster cast of the face of the Northern Colossus at the rock temple of Ipsamboul. Against the square columns on the west side are placed A statue of Venus, preparing for the bath ; of white marble. Presented by His Majesty King William IV. A statue of the Emperor Hadrian, in a military dress ; the breast-plate is in high preservation, and richly orna¬ mented. Purchased in 1821. Against one pilaster on the north side is a bust of Ju¬ piter. Presented by J. T . Barber Beaumont, Esq., 1836. Against the other, a head of Apollo. Presented by the Hon. Mrs. Darner. Against a pilaster on the east side, a mutilated draped statue of a youth. Against another, a mutilated statue of a draped female. In the first recess, A female statue without head and arms, found in the temple of Themis at Rhamnus in Attica. Presented, in 1820, by John P. Gandy Peering, Esq . (307*«) Casts of sculptures and inscriptions from Persepolis, &c. Presented by the Rt . Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone. Persepolitan sculptures and inscriptions ; those num¬ bered 48, 85, 86, 87, 88, presented by the Rt. Hon . Sir Gore Ouseley ; 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, by the Earl of Aber¬ deen, in 1818. In the centre recess, Casts from Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the Rt. Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone. In the third recess, 234 ANTE-ROOM. Casts of Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the Right Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone. Arabic inscriptions. The three marked F presented by Col. Franklin. Of these, the small one was placed over the door of Firuz Shah’s Minaret at Gour ; the large one upon the same shelf was in front of the Golden Mosque at Purrooah ; and the one upon the ground was upon the mosque of Mohajen Tola, at Gour. ANTE-ROOM. At one end of this room are arranged, for the present, a number of Egyptian papyri ; and a terracotta sarcophagus discovered in a tomb at Tuscania, the front of which is decorated with two dolphins ; on the cover is the recumbent figure of a young woman, with one leg bent under the other; her head, which is decorated with a wreath of flowers, rests upon her right arm. At the other end of this room are four sarcophagi dis¬ covered in a tomb near the road leading from Tuscania to Tarquinia ; the fronts are decorated with sculpture and inscriptions, and on the cover of each is a recumbent statue of the person whose remains were deposited within. Near them lies, for the present, a terracotta sarcophagus ; the front is marked with two branches, probably of palm ; and on the cover is the recumbent figure of a female with one leg bent under the other, as in that already described of the same material, and found near the same place. In the centre of this room stands a magnificent marble Tazza or vase of very large dimensions, the height being 4 feet 3^ inches, and the diameter of the cup 3 feet 7 inches. It stands upon a single stem, and has handles very curiously formed of swans’ necks and heads grace¬ fully intertwined. It was brought to England in 1825. Presented by Lord Western , 1839. Pedestal on which, as appears from the inscription, was a statue of Peraia, daughter of Apollonius, son of Hermogenes, erected by her son Socrates. On this pedestal is a statue in white marble repre¬ senting the youthful Bacchus or a Faun, found at An- tium. Pedestal of calcareous stone, on which has apparently been placed the statue of Apollonius, son of Hermogenes, PHXGALIAN SALOON. 235 and father of Peraia, the mother of Socrates ; erected to him by the same Socrates. On this pedestal is a bronze statue, the size of life, found at Zifteh, supposed to represent Eros Apteros ; the eyes are inlaid with silver and the nipples with copper. It is composed of nine pieces hammered together. Pur¬ chased in 1840. PHIGALIAN SALOON. Nos. 1 — 23. Bas-reliefs, representing the battle of the Centaurs and Lapithae, and the combat between the Greeks and Amazons; they were found in the ruins of the temple of Apollo Epicurius (or the deliverer) built on Mount Cotylion, at a little distance from the ancient city of Phigalia in Arcadia. These bas-reliefs composed the frieze in the interior of the Celia. The battle of the Centaurs and Lapithae is sculptured on eleven slabs of marble (1 — 11). That of the Greeks and Amazons oc¬ cupies twelve (12 — 23). The direction of the slabs be¬ longing to the former subject was from right to left ; that of the latter from left to right. A circumstance which adds very much to the interest of these marbles is our knowledge of the precise time when they were executed ; for Pausanias, in his descrip¬ tion of this temple, informs us that it was built by Ictinus, an architect contemporary with Pericles, and who built the Parthenon at Athens. These marbles are all en¬ graved and more fully described in the fourth part of the description of the Museum Marbles. No. 24. A fragment of a Doric capital of one of the columns of the peristyle. From the same temple. No. 25. A fragment of an Ionic capital of one of the columns of the cella. From the same temple. Nos. 26, 27- Two fragments of the tiles wdiich sur¬ mounted the pediments, and formed the superior mould¬ ing. From the same temple. Nos. 28 — 38. Fragments of the Metopes, found in the porticos of the pronaos and posticus, which were en¬ riched with triglyphs. From the same temple. No. 39. A small tile, which was used for the purpose of covering the joints of the greater tiles; the ornament in front surmounted the cornice. From the same temple. 236 PHIGALXAN SALOON. No. 40. Another tile used for the same purpose, but on the point of the ridge. From the same temple. No. 41. A cast in plaster, from one of the ends of the celebrated sarcophagus in the cathedral church at Agrigentum, which represents the story of Phaedra and Hippolytus. Phaedra is here represented surrounded by her female domestics, and plunged into grief at the refusal of Hippolytus, which has just been communi¬ cated to her. The attendants are endeavouring, in various ways, to console their mistress, and some of them attempt to alleviate her distress by the sounds of their instruments. The large fragment of a bas-relief, numbered 166, belongs to the Elgin collection : it represents Hercules preparing to strike Diomed, king of Thrace, whom he has already knocked down, and is holding by the hair of his head. At the sides of the Saloon, over the Phigaiian frieze, are two pediments, of precisely the same form and dimensions as those which decorated the eastern and western ends of the Temple of Jupiter Panhellenius, in the island of iEgina. The ruins of this temple were visited in 1811 by Mr. Cockerell and other gentlemen, and extensive and careful excavations were carried on, by which all the mem¬ bers and details of the cornice and mouldings have been ascertained ; and the minute and accurate measurements then made have been the authorities from which these imitations have been constructed. The greater part of the statues which adorned these pediments were at the same time discovered, and every circumstance illustrative to their original position, with relation to the architecture of the temple, was noted with as much accuracy as the case would admit. From the notes then made, and from long and careful study of the sculptures themselves, and the space which they occupied, Mr. Cockerell composed the groupes very much in the mode in which they are now ex¬ hibited. From the violence with which the temple had been destroyed, probably by an earthquake, all the statues had been in some degree’ mutilated, and some so entirely destroyed that it was in vain to attempt their restoration. Those which were capable of repair were committed to the hands of Mr. Thorwaldsen, and in uniting the broken ELGIN SALOON. 237 fragments, and restoring the parts of them that were de¬ ficient, that eminent artist has shown the greatest care and sagacity. The pediment at the north side of the room is taken from the western end of the temple; it contains ten figures, and it is supposed that there was originally one more, who was stooping down to assist the fallen warrior, who is wounded, at the feet of Minerva. The subject is supposed to be the contest between the Greeks and Trojans for the body of Patroclus. Of the figures which adorned the other pediment only five now remain, and the loss of the rest is the more to be lamented, as the sculptures of this eastern end are of a much higher character than those of the western. From the few figures which are still spared to us, it appears that the subject of this picture was similar to that of the other pediment, modified only by the taste and skill of the artist. In this room are two sarcophagi ; one, found at Tar- quinia, is decorated on all sides with sculptures, represent¬ ing, on three sides, the sacrifice of human victims; on one end, a gladiatorial exhibition. Within this sarcophagus were found the bones of the deceased with his shield, and other armour. The other sarcophagus was found at Polo- marzo. The cover is in form of a roof, terminating at the cornice with tiles, masks, &c. Upon the ridge of the roof are, at each end a sphinx, and in the middle two serpents. All the sides are decorated with sculptures, amongst which, on the front are two genii, on the back a genius and an armed warrior. These sarcophagi, a torso of Venus of very fine sculp¬ ture purchased in 1821, an imperfect statue of Hymen purchased in 1831, and a few more articles, are not yet numbered, the arrangements of the room not being com¬ pleted. ELGIN SALOON *. Many of the sculptures in this room having been described by various authors, and referred to by the numbers with which they were marked in their former situation, those numbers have been retained : but to faci- * All the articles in this room, except a few which are particularly spe¬ cified, belonged to the Earl of Elgin. 238 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN litate a reference from the Synopsis to the marbles, a fresh set of numbers, adapted to their present disposition, has been added, which will easily be distinguished from the former by being painted in red . The general order observed in affixing these numbers to the several objects is as follows : — - 1. The metopes of the Parthenon. 2. The frieze of the Parthenon, commencing on the left hand of the visitor as he enters the room. 3. Such of the sculptures placed along the middle of the room, as belonged to the eastern and west¬ ern pediments of the Parthenon. 4. The remaining articles placed along the middle of the room. 5. The casts and bas-reliefs above the frieze on the eastern side of the room (those nearest the en¬ trance being taken last in order). 6. All the objects below the frieze, taken in their order of position, and commencing, as before, on the left of the entrance. The original numbers are subjoined to the descriptions. Those which have the letter A prefixed refer to such ar¬ ticles as were originally placed in the room then denomi¬ nated the fourteenth. Nos. ] — 16. Sixteen of the metopes belonging to the Parthenon, (of which No. 9 is a cast in plaster, from the original in the Royal Museum at Paris,) which, alter¬ nately with the triglyphs, ornamented the frieze of the entablature surmounting the colonnade : they represent the battle between the Centaurs and Lapithae, or rather between the Centaurs and Athenians, who under Theseus joined the Lapithae (a people of Thessaly) in this contest. In some of these sculptures the Centaurs are victorious, in others the Athenians have the advantage, while in others, again, the victory seems doubtful with respect to either of the com¬ batants. These magnificent specimens of ancient, art are executed with great spirit in alto-relievo ; they were seen at a height of nearly forty-four feet from the ground. (11, 2, 8, 12, 15, 6, 4, 5*, 13, 7, 1, 3, 9, 14, 10.) The sculptures from 17 to 90 (inclusive) compose the exterior frieze of the cella of the Parthenon, which em- GREEK SCULPTURES. 239 SALOON.] bellished the upper part of the walls within the colonnade at the height of the frieze of the pronaos, and which was continued in an uninterrupted series of sculpture entirely round the temple. It is in very low relief. The subject represents the sacred procession which took place at the great Panathensea, a festival which was celebrated every fifth year, at Athens, in honour of Minerva, the patroness of the city. The bas-reliefs which compose this frieze are arranged, as nearly as can be ascertained, in the order in which they were originally placed in the Parthenon ; se¬ veral alterations having been made on their removal to their present situation, in consequence of a more careful examina¬ tion and minute comparison of them with drawings made before their removal from the temple. Those on the prin¬ cipal front of the temple, namely the east, commence on the left hand of the visitor as he enters the room, then follow those of the north, and lastly those of the west and south. Nos. 17 — 24. That portion of the above-mentioned frieze which occupied the east end of the temple. On two of the slabs which compose this part of the frieze are represented divinities and deified heroes, seated; namely, Castor and Pollux, Ceres and Triptolemus, Jupiter and Juno, and dSsculapius and Hygeia. There was originally a third slab, which represented four other divinities, also seated, but it has disappeared for many years. On the right and left of these sacred characters, are trains of females with their faces directed to the gods, to whom they are carrying gifts : we see also directors or regulators of the procession, among whom are the officers whose duty it was to receive the presents that were offered. These females appear to have headed the procession, and to have been followed by the victims, charioteers, horsemen, &c., both on the north and south sides of the temple, which toge- gether formed a procession up to the same point in two separate columns. Nos. 20 and 23 are casts in plaster, pre¬ sented by Sir Francis Chantrey. The original of the latter is in the Royal Museum at Paris. The upper parts of two of the figures in No. 21, the legs and right arm of the youthful figure in No. 22, and the two figures placed under the latter number, are also of plaster, from moulds made before the destruction of these figures, wrhich took place m 2 240 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN before the marbles came into the possession of Lord Elgin. (16, 17, 18, 18* 19, 20, A 100, 2L) Nos. 25 — 46. A portion of the same frieze, taken from the north side of the temple. No. 25 is a fragment of a much larger slab ,* it represents two of the Metceci, or strangers, who settled at Athens, and were allowed to take part in the procession. They carry on their shoulders a kind of tray filled with cakes and other articles. The re¬ mainder of this part of the frieze represents charioteers and horsemen. Among the latter are seven slabs, (Nos. 37 — 43,) which, whether we consider the elegance of the compositions, or the spirit with which the figures of the men and horses are executed, present us with the highest effort of the art of sculpture in the class of low relief. No. 46 having been placed at the south-west corner of the temple, the figure sculptured at the end of it belongs to that part of the procession which decorated the west end of the cella. It is repeated in plaster, that the whole of the western frieze may be seen by the spectator at one view. (22, 24, 23, 34, 98, 177*, 35, 35*, 37, 178*, 36, 35**, 38, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 38* 32, 33.) No. 47. A single slab of the frieze from the west end of the temple. It represents two horsemen, one of whom is riding before the other, and seems to be in the act of urging his companion to quicken his pace. The direction of these figures is the same as that on the north side, namely, from right to left. (39.) There is a peculiarity in the frieze of the west end, which distinguishes it from that on the north and south sides of the temple. The subjects represented on the slabs of those two sides run one into another, that is, what was left imperfect in one slab is completed in the next ; whereas in the west end the subjects are nearly complete on each piece of marble. The western frieze is likewise distinguished from those of the two sides of the temple, by the comparatively few figures introduced into it. Nos. 48 — 61. Fourteen plaster casts, composing the remainder of the frieze at the west end of the temple. (A. 75—88.) Nos. 62 — 90. That portion of the same frieze which enriched the south side of the temple. It represents a procession of victims, charioteers, and horsemen, and is SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 241 very similar, in its general character and appearance, to the frieze on the opposite or north side. With respect to the victims, we do not possess any that were on the north side of the temple ; but that they formed a part of the procession on that side, as well as on the south, cannot be doubted, since Stuart, in his celebrated work on Athens, has engraved a fragment of one of them. The figure sculptured at the end of No. 90, (on the right of the en¬ trance,) belongs to the eastern portion of the frieze. No. 62 was presented by R. C. Cockerell, Esq. (40*, 41, 41*, 38**, 46, 50, 47, 52, 40, 42, 49, 45, 48, 43, 44, 51, 38***, 53, 54, 56, 55, 15*, 57, 59, 61, 60, 58, 96, 62.) The sculptures which follow, from 91 to 106, are from the pediments of the Parthenon. Nos. 91 to 98 are from the eastern pediment, on which was represented the birth of Minerva. Nos. 99 to 106 are from the western pedi¬ ment, on which was represented the contest between Minerva and Neptune for the honour of giving name to the city of Athens. These sculptures are placed in the order in which they originally stood in the building. No. 91. The upper part of the figure of Hyperion rising out of the sea. His arms are stretched forward, in the act of holding the reins of his coursers. This figure, which represents the approach of Day, occupied the angle of the pediment on the left of the spectator. (65.) No. 92. The heads of two of the horses belonging to the car of Hyperion. They are just emerging from the waves, and seem impatient to run their course. (66.) No. 93. A statue of Theseus, the Athenian hero ; he is represented half reclined on a rock, which is covered with the skin of a lion. Theseus, it is well known, pro¬ fessedly imitated the character of Hercules ; and it is worthy of remark, that the attitude here given to Theseus is very similar to that of Hercules on some of the coins of Crotona. (71 •) No. 94. A group of two goddesses, probably intended to represent Ceres and her daughter Proserpine ; the latter is leaning on the right shoulder of her mother. They are sit¬ ting on low seats, which are nearly alike in their construc¬ tion, both of them being furnished with cushions, and ornamented with mouldings of a similar style. (77«) No. 95. A statue of Iris one of the daughters of 242 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN Qcearms, and the messenger of the celestial deities* parti¬ cularly of Juno. Iris is represented in quick motion, with her veil inflated and fluttering behind her ; and she appears evidently in haste to execute the mission on which she is sent, that of communicating to the distant regions of the earth the important intelligence of the birth of Mi¬ nerva. (74.) No. 96. A torso of Victory, The wings of this figure were probably of bronze : the holes in which they were fastened to the marble may still be seen. (72, 262.) No. 97. A group of the three Fates. (67, 63.) No. 98. The head of one of the horses belonging to the chariot of Night, which was represented plunging into the ocean on the right angle of the east pediment, that is to say, the right angle in reference to the spectator. The car of Day has been already described, (Nos. 91, 92,) as it was represented rising out of the waters on the opposite angle of the same pediment. (68.) No. 99. A recumbent statue, supposed to be of the river-god Ilissus. The Ilissus was a small stream' that ran along the south side of the plain of Athens. This figure, which, with the exception of the Theseus, is the finest in the collection, occupied the left angle of the west pediment. (70.) No. 100. The torso of a male figure, supposed to be that of Cecrops, the founder of Athens. (76.) No. 101. The upper part of the head of Minerva. (See the following No.) This head was originally covered with a bronze helmet, as appears from the holes by which it was fastened to the marble : and the sockets of the eyes, which were originally filled with metal or coloured stones, are now hollow. (118.) No. 102. A fragment of the statue of Minerva, one of the principal figures in the west pediment, and of nearly the same proportions as the torso of Neptune, from the same pediment. (No. 103.) This fragment consists- of a portion only of the chest of the goddess, which is covered, as usual, with the aegis. The angles of the aegis appear to have been ornamented with bronze serpents, and the centre of it to have been studded with the head of Medusa, of the same metal; the holes in which these ornaments were fastened to the marble are plainly visible. The upper part of the head of this statue, the feet, and a portion of SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 243 the Erichthonian serpent, are preserved in the collection. See Nos. 101, 256, and 104. (75.) No. 103. The upper part of the torso of Neptune, one of the principal figures in the west pediment. (64.) No. 104. See No. 102. (271.) No. 105. The torso of Victoria Apteros, or Victory without Wings, who was represented in this manner by the Athenians to intimate that they held her gifts in per¬ petuity, and that she could not desert them. This goddess was represented driving the car of Minerva, on the west pediment ; the car approached Minerva, as if to receive her into it, after her successful contest with Neptune. (69.) No. 106. A fragment of a group which originally con¬ sisted of Latona with her two children, Apollo and Diana. This group was placed on the right side of the west pedi¬ ment. All that remains in the fragment before us, is the lap of Latona, with a small portion of the figure of the in¬ fant Apollo. (73.) No. 107* The celebrated Sigean inscription, first pub¬ lished by Chishull, in his Antiquitates Asiaticse,” and afterwards more correctly by Chandler in his “ Inscrip¬ tions Antique.” It is written in the most ancient Greek characters, and in the bustrophedon manner, that is to say, the lines follow each other in the same direction as the ox passes from one furrow to another in ploughing. The pur¬ port of the inscription is to record the presentation of three vessels, namely, a cup, a saucer or stand, and a strainer, for the use of the Prytaneum, or hall of justice, of the Sigeans. The name of the donor was Phanodicus, the son of Hermocrates, and a native of Proconnesus. (199.) No. 108. A piece of the ceiling of the temple of Erech- theus at Athens. (299.) No. 109. The lower part of a female statue covered with drapery. (299*.) No, 110. Apiece of the shaft of an Ionic column, be¬ longing to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (312.) No. 111. A colossal statue of Bacchus, from the choragic monument of Thrasyllus, at Athens. It is a sitting figure covered with the skin of a lion, and with a broad belt round the waist ; it was originally placed on the summit of the edifice, at a height rather exceeding twenty-seven feet. (205.) 244 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN No. 112. The capital,, and a piece of the shaft of one of the Doric columns of the Parthenon.- (2070 No. 1 13. An imperfect statue of a youth ; of the size of life, and of the most exquisite workmanship. (306.) No. 114. A piece of the shaft of a column, belonging to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (304.) Nos. 115, 116, 117, are now 199*, 199**, 199***. No. 118. Blank . No. 119 is now 113. Nos. 120, 121, are now 187*, 187*** No. 122. A sepulchral solid urn, having three figures in bas-relief on the front. The first of these is a warrior with a helmet and a shield, who is joining hands with an elderly man dressed in a long tunic ; the third figure is a female. The inscription underneath these figures probably contained the names of the parties, but is too mutilated to admit of being decyphered. (167.) No. 123. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the name of Anaxicrates, an Athenian, the son of Dexiochus ; beneath the inscription is the representation of a sepulchral urn, executed in very low relief. (240.) No. 124. Another monumental urn, of the same kind, in¬ scribed with the name of Phaedimus of Naucratis. (A. 51.) No. 125. The capital of an Ionic column, from the por¬ tico of the Erechtheium, at Athens. The building to which this singularly beautiful piece of architecture belonged, was a double temple dedicated to Minerva Polias and Pan- drosus. (A. 47.) Nos. 126, 127. A portion of the shaft, and the base, of the same column. (A. 48, 49.) No. 128. An architectural statue; it was one of the Caryatides which supported the roof under which the olive tree of Minerva was sheltered in the temple of Pandrosus at Athens. (A. 42.) No. 129. A piece of the shaft of an Ionic column. (A. 43.) No. 130. A capital of a Doric column, from the Pro- pylsea, at Athens. (206.) No. 131. A part of a Doric entablature, from the Pro- pylsea at Athens. (308.) No. 132. A solid monumental urn, or cenotaph, with a bas-relief in front, not inscribed. (A. 50.) No. 133. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to a SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 245 temple of Diana at Daphne, on the road from Athens to Eleusis. (A. 44.) No. 134. Apiece of the shaft of an Ionic column, belong¬ ing to the same temple. (A. 45.) No. 135. The base of an Ionic column, likewise belong¬ ing to the same temple. (A. 46.) Nos. 136 — 149. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the pronaos of the temple of Theseus. The subject of this frieze is a battle fought in the presence of six divinities, who are represented sitting in the midst of the combatants. (A. 55—68.) Nos. 150 — 154. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the posticus of the same temple. The subject of these sculp¬ tures is the battle of the Centaurs and Lapithae. (A. 69 — 73.) Nos. 155 — 157- Casts in plaster of three of the metopes of the north side of the temple of Theseus at Athens. The first represents Theseus killing Creon, king of Thebes ; the second, Theseus overcoming Cercyon, king of Eleusis, in a wrestling match; and the third, Theseus killing the Crommian sow. (A. 52 — 54.) Nos. 158, 159. Two bas-reliefs, which formed part of the frieze of a temple of the Ionic order (near the Propylaea at Athens), and dedicated to the Wingless Victory (Nike Apteros.) The subject represented on them is a combat between the Greeks and Persians. (258, 257. ) Nos. 160, 161. Two bas-reliefs, from the same temple: the combatants appear to be all Greeks. (259, 260.) No. 162. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (182.) No. 163. Ditto. (183.) No. 164. A bas-relief, representing a narrow upright vase with one handle : the form of this vase very much resembles that of the solid urns, so often used by the Greeks as sepulchral monuments. (276.) No. 165. A Greek inscription from Athens, signifying that certain gifts, which are specified, had been consecrated to some goddess, probably Venus, by a female who held the office of lighter of the lamps, and interpreter of dreams, in the temple of the goddess. The name of this female which was no doubt inserted at the beginning of the in¬ scription, is now lost. (88.) M 3 246 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN No. 166. An agonistic inscription,, in Greek, consist¬ ing of the names of those who kad conquered in the foot race of the stadium, and double stadium ; in wrestling ; in boxing ; in the pancratium ; and penta - thlum . (93.) No. 167- A fragment of a Greek inscription : it con¬ sists of twenty lines of very ancient characters, and seems to be a part of* a treaty. (286.) No. 168. A Greek inscription, imperfect, and very much defaced. It seems to be an inventory of valuable articles contained in some temple. (277«) No. 169. A fleuron, from the temple of Ceres at Eleu- sis. (173.) No. 170. A capital of a pilaster. (174.) No. 171. A fragment of a very ancient Greek inscrip¬ tion from the Acropolis : it contains an account of certain expenses defrayed by those to whom the care of the public games was confided. The name of the Archon, under whom the stone was engraved, is effaced. (159.) No. 172. A fragment of a decree; the beginning is wanting, and what remains is much mutilated. At the conclusion of the decree it is ordained that the people of Hierapytna in Crete shall affix to it the public seal. (157.) No. 173. A Greek inscription, written in two columns ; it contains a list of names arranged in the order of the tribes to which they respectively belonged. (92.) No. 174. A votive Greek inscription, dedicated by some sailors, as a mark of their gratitude, to Apollo of Tarsus. (223.) No. 175. A sepulchral column, of large dimensions ; it is inscribed with the name of Aristides, who was the son of Lysimachus, and a native of Estiaea. (305*.) No. 176. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a figure standing upright in a dignified attitude ; it is pro¬ bably intended for Bacchus. (107-) No. 177- A piece of a frieze, or architectural ornament from the tomb of Agamemnon at Mycenae. The sculpture is exceedingly ancient, and consists of two kinds of scroll¬ work, one of which represents the curling of the waves, and the other a series of paterae which are perfectly flat and plain. The stone is of a brilliant green colour. (220.) No. 178- A fragment of a colossal female statue, from SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 247 one of the pediments of the Parthenon ; it has belonged to a sitting figure, of which the only remaining part is the left thigh, covered with drapery. (156.) No. 179. A circular altar, from the island of Delos; it is ornamented with the heads of bulls and festoons in very bold relief. (106.) No. 180. A piece of frieze or architectural ornament, from the same place as No. 177- It consists of three rows of scroll-work, all of which are similar representations of the revolving of the waves. The colour of the stone is bright red. (221.) No. 181. A sepulchral column with an inscription to the memory of Theodotus, who was the son of Diodorus, and a native of Antioch. (225.) No. 182. A sepulchral solid urn, with a bas-relief re¬ presenting three figures, one of which is seated. The inscription presents us with the following names : Archa- goras, Pythyllis, and Poly stratus. (274.) No. 183. A sepulchral column inscribed with the name of Socrates, son of Socrates, and a native of Ancyra, a city of Galatia. (164.) No. 184. A sepulchral column of Menestratus, the son of Thoracides, and a native of Corinth. (168.) No. 185. A Greek inscription, imperfect, containing an account of the treasures of some temple, probably those of the Parthenon. The characters which we see on this marble are of a much more modern form than in the in¬ scription of the same kind, No. 379. (216.) No. 186. A sun-dial, with four different dials repre¬ sented on as many faces. The inscription imports that it is the work of Phsedrus, the son of Zoilus, a native of Pasania. From the form of the letters of this inscription, the sun-dial cannot have been made much earlier than the time of the Emperor Severus. It was found at Athens. (285.) No. 187. A fragment of a Greek inscription : it is a decree of the people of Athens in honour of Hosacharas, a Macedonian. This decree was passed in the Arch on* ship of Nicodorus, in the 3d year of the 116th Olym¬ piad. (280.) 5 No. 187*. Part of the capital of anionic column. (306*.) No. 187**. A circular altar, brought from the island of 248 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN Delos. It is ornamented with the heads of bulls, from which festoons of fruit and flowers are suspended. (307- ) No. 188. A solid urn, or cenotaph, in the front of which two figures, a man and a woman, are represented joining hands. The former is standing, the latter is seated. The names of both were probably inscribed upon the urn, but that of the woman only is preserved, Ada, (U0.) No. 189. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a procession of three figures, the last of which carries a large basket on his head : they are accompanied bv two children. (284.) No. 190. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing two of the goddesses, Latona and Diana, in procession. Similar bas-reliefs, in a more perfect state, are preserved in the Al- bani collection. The temple which is here introduced, is probably that of Apollo, which stood in the street at Athens, called “ The Tripods.” (103.) No. 191. A fragment of the upper part of a sepulchral stele. (95.) No. 192. A solid funeral urn, of large dimensions. It has a bas-relief in front, representing two figures joining hands ; these figures consist of a female who is seated, and a man who is standing before her. The Greek inscription gives us the names of both persons: one is Pamphilus, the son of Mixiades, and a native of iEgilia ; and the other is Archippe, the daughter of Mixi¬ ades. (237.) No. 193. A bas-relief, representing a Bacchanalian group? found among the ruins of the theatre of Bacchus, on the south-west of the Acropolis. It consists of four figures, each carrying a thyrsus ; one of these is Bacchus, dressed in the Indian costume, who with his right hand is holding out a double-handled vase, into which a female Bacchante is pouring wine from a monota, or vase with one handle. On each side of these figures is an elderly Faiin, in a dancing attitude, one of whom is glancing his eye at the contents of a large vessel of wine placed on the ground. (235.) No. 194. The upper part of the head of an Egyptian idol, in granite ; the head is that of a lion, and is remark¬ able for being ornamented with a crown of serpents, simi- SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 249 lar to that which is spoken of in the Rosetta inscrip¬ tion. (105.) No. 195. A very large funeral urn, solid, and without any inscription. It has three figures in bas-relief ; the first of these is clothed in a tunic and is seated ; the se¬ cond is a warrior standing up and joining hands with the former ; and the third is a boy carrying a large circular shield. (228.) No. 196. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a female figure seated in a chair, with a child standing by her side ; the upper part of the woman is wanting. This fragment is probably part of a sepulchral monu¬ ment. (162.) No. 197* A bas-relief, imperfect, representing a cha¬ rioteer driving four horses at full speed ; a figure of Vic¬ tory is flying towards him with a crown. (236). No. 198. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing part of the body and legs of a boy. (109.) No. 199. A cinerary urn, ornamented in front with four standing figures ; two of these, in the centre, are join¬ ing hands, the other two are in a pensive attitude. The names of all the figures were originally inscribed on the urn ; the first name is not legible; the others are Philia, Metro- dora, and Meles. (148.) No. 199*. A bronze urn, very richly wrought. It was found inclosed within the marble vase in which it now stands, in a tumulus on the road that leads from Port Piraeus to the Salaminian ferry and Eleusis. At the time of its discovery, this beautiful urn contained a quantity of burnt bones, a small vase of alabaster, and a wreath of myrtle in gold. (300.) No. 199**. A large marble vase; it is of an oval form, and within it was found the bronze urn described in the preceding number. (301.) No. 199***. A circular votive altar, ornamented with the heads of bulls, from which festoons are suspended. The inscription, in Greek, near the bottom, is a prayer for the prosperity and health of a person named Casiniax. (91.) No. 200. A small female figure, covered with drapery ; it is without a head. (90.) No. 201. A sepulchral column of Thalia, the daughter of Callistratus, of Aexone. (149.) 250 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN No. 202. A votive Greek inscription, dedicated by Gorgias the Gymnasiarch. (224.) No. 203. A decree of the people -of Tenos, in Honour of Ammonius, their benefactor : this decree is directed to be engraved on marble, and affixed in the temple of Nep¬ tune and Amphitrite. Strabo and Tacitus mention a cele¬ brated temple that was dedicated to Neptune in this island, and it is highly probable that the same temple was dedicated to Amphitrite, as well as to Neptune. Nep¬ tune and his symbols frequently occur on the coins of Tenos. (231.) No. 204. A fragment of a bas-relief, on which are re¬ presented part of the skin of an animal and the branch of a tree. (158.) No. 205. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬ fect. (178.) No. 206. A fragment of a Greek inscription, engraved in very ancient characters. It seems to be a treaty be¬ tween the Athenians and the people of Rhegium, a town of the Rruttii, in Italy. (282.) No. 207. Small statue of Ganymede ; part only of the eagle's claw remains upon the left thigh. (293.) No. 208. A sepulchral column of Mysta : the Greek inscription informs us that she was a native of Miletus, daughter of Dionysius, and wife of Rhaton, who was a native of Thria, a town belonging to the tribe of CEneis. (HI.) Nos. 209 — 218. Ten objects of small dimensions : they represent (with two exceptions) various parts of the human body, and have been offered up as vows to Jupiter Hyp- sistos, praying for the cure of diseases in those parts, or in gratitude for cures already received. The part of the body which had received a cure has been broken off from No. 212 ; but the inscription implies, that Syntrophus presents it as a mark of his gratitude to Jupiter Hypsistos. No. 213 is a prayer in behalf of Euphrosynus. (247* 245, 249, 252, 241, 251, 248, 246, 253, 250.) Nos. 219, 220. Two pieces of the architrave belonging to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (291, 85,)' No. 221. A fragment of a boy, holding a bird under his arm, and feeding it. (81.) No. 222. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 251 name of Botrychus, son of Euphanus, and a native of Heraclea. (278.) No. 223. A Greek inscription, imperfect, engraved in very small characters: it is an enumeration of the sacred dresses which belonged to some temple. (283.) No. 224. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing the fore-legs and part of the body of a bull. (160.) No. 225. Fragment of a Greek inscription ; very im¬ perfect. (180.) No. 226. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is the latter part of a decree in honour of a person who had de¬ served well of some particular city. It is directed, as in the inscription No. 203, that the decree shall be engraved on marble, and placed in the temple of Neptune and Am- phitrite. (230.) No. 227. A small figure of Telesphorus, completely en¬ veloped in a cloak ; it wants the head. (78). No. 228. A sepulchral column, with an inscription to the memory of Biottus, who was the son of Philoxenus, and a native of Biradium. (275.) No. 229. A sepulchral stele, with a bas-relief, representing a man clothed in a tunic. The inscription over this figure records the name of Erasippus, who wras the son of Callinicus, and a native of (Eum in Attica. (212.) No. 230. A solid sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief, re¬ presenting five figures, executed in a singularly rude style. The first of these figures is a boy carrying a large circular shield, the second is a warrior joining hands with a third person, who is seated before him : the group is completed by the introduction of a child, and of a female whose atti¬ tude evinces a dejected state of mind. Over the warrior is the name of Sosippus, in Greek letters. (239.) No. 231. The capital of an Ionic column, from the temple of Diana, at Daphne. (80). No. 232. The upper part of the shaft of a small Ionic column. (310.) No. 233. The capital of a Corinthian column. (308*.) No. 234. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is too imperfect to admit of a full explanation, but it seems to have been in honour of a person who had distinguished himself on some occasion by great humanity. (170.) No. 235. A fragment of a decree made by a Society 252 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. TeLGIN which is distinguished by a number of epithets, among which are two derived from the names of Hadrian and Antoninus. The Society appears to have been formed of musicians, and the decree to have been passed in honour of Bacchus and the Emperor Antoninus Pius. A patera is represented on the upper part of this marble. (161.) No. 236. A sepulchral inscription, in six elegiac verses, to a young man of the name of Plutarchus, who died in Ausonia, at a distance from his native country. (242.) No. 237. A Greek inscription, imperfect. (287-) No. 238. An amphora. (215.) No. 239. An unknown female head, the hair of which is concealed within a close head-dress. (122.) No. 240. A fragment of am unknown female head. (255.) No. 241. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an unknown female head : from the style of the hair, which is curiously plaited, we may fix the sculpture to about the time of Antoninus Pius. (123.) No. 242. A head of the bearded Hercules. (120.) No. 243. A head of the bearded Hercules, similar to the last, but of larger dimensions. (117-) No. 244. A large head. (266.) No. 245. A female torso, covered w7ith drapery. (296.) No. 246. A large head. (263.) No. 247. An unknown bearded head, very much muti¬ lated : it is larger than life, and is crowned with a very thick cord-shaped diadem,. (119.) No. 248. The head of a middle-aged man, with a conical bonnet ; it appears to have had very little beard, and is most probably the head of a mariner. (116.) No. 249. A fragment of a head, crowned with vine leaves : it appears to have been executed at a declining period of the arts. (121.) No. 250. An unknown female head, the hair of which is confined within a close elegantly formed cap. The same style of head-dress is observable on some of the silver coins of Corinth. (114.) No. 251. The head of a laughing figure, executed in the early hard style of Greek sculpture. (115.) No. 252 — 255. Four pieces of the frieze from the temple of Erechtheus at Athens ; they are enriched with SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 253 flowers and other ornaments, which are designed with the most perfect taste, and are chiselled with a degree of sharp¬ ness and precision truly admirable. (127 — 130.) No. 256. The base on which a statue has stood ; the feet, which still remain, are very wide apart, and shew that the figure must have been in powerful action ; they are presumed to be the feet of Minerva, from the west pedi¬ ment of the Parthenon. See No. 102. (201.) No. 257. An amphora. (171*) No. 258. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, having the inscription, as well as the arabesque ornament on the summit, perfect. The inscription is to the memory of Asclepiodorus the son of Thraso, and Epicydes the son of Asclepiodorus ; both the deceased were natives of Olyn- thus, a city in Macedonia. (169.) No. 259. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, inscribed with the name of Euphrosynus. (155.) No. 260. A piece of Doric entablature, originally painted. (154.) No. 261. A Greek inscription, imperfect at the end, being a contract respecting the letting of some lands and salt pits by the people of Piraeus. Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society . (289.) No. 262. An unknown bust. (100.) No. 263. A sepulchral solid urn, ornamented with reeds, and inscribed with the name of Timophon, the son of Timostratus, and a native of Anagyrus, whose inhabit¬ ants were of the tribe of Erechtheis. (163.) No. 264. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to a temple of Diana, at Daphne, in the road to Eleusis. (295.) No. 265. A piece of the shaft of a small Ionic column, the lower part of which is fluted and reeded. (297-) No. 266. A sepulchral stele, with a very ancient in¬ scription to the memory of Aristophosa and others. A pe¬ culiarity occurs in this inscription, namely, that the letters vo are twice used for viov. (214.) No. 267- A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides of a thick slab of marble. It is an inventory of the valuable articles which were kept in the Opisthodomos of the Par¬ thenon at Athens. (305.) No, 268, A fragment of the capital of a Corinthian 254 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN column : it is ornamented with the leaves of the laurel and acanthus. (102.) No. 269. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬ fect. (193.) No. 270. Ditto. (190.) No. 271. Ditto. (197.) No. 272. Ditto. (189.) No. 273. Ditto. (1790 No. 274. A sepulchral Greek inscription, engraved on a piece of entablature. It consists of two lines in prose, and sixteen in pentameter verse. The name of the deceased was Publius Phaedrus, a native of Sunium, son of Theo- philus and Cecropia, and grandson of Pistoteles. The in¬ scription states that he was of noble family, and that his death was followed by the universal regret of the Athe¬ nians, on account of his youth, learning, wisdom, and per¬ sonal accomplishments. (153.) No. 275. A fragment of a cinerary urn, on which are represented four figures in bas-relief. The two central figures consist of a young man and woman who are joining hands, and whose names are inscribed above in Greek cha¬ racters, Demostrata and Callistus. Two other figures are standing by the side of these, in a pensive attitude. (104.) No. 276. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides of a large piece of marble. It is an inventory of the sacred treasures belonging to the Parthenon. (298.) No. 277* Fragment of a figure. (147.) No. 278. A bas-relief, representing Hygeia feeding a serpent out of a patera. She is seated on a throne which is covered with a cushion, and her feet are placed upon a footstool. She wears a high ornament, or tut ulus, on her head, and she has a fan, in the shape of an ivy leaf, in her left hand. (238.) No. 279. A bas-relief, imperfect, representing a god¬ dess seated on a chair or throne, behind whom are seven figures, four of which are children ; one of the latter is lead¬ ing a ram to an altar, the rest are in the attitude of devo¬ tion. (94.) No. 280. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a female sitting. (279.) No. 281. Fragment of a figure. (146.) No. 282. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sur- SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 255 faces of a tablet of marble. It is an inventory of articles of gold and silver belonging to the Parthenon, and which the qusestors of the temple acknowledge that they have re¬ ceived from their predecessors. (311.) No. 283. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, in¬ scribed with the name of Eumachus, who was the son of Eumachus, and of the city of Alopece. Presented , in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society . (292*.) No. 284. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (184.) No. 285. A fragment of a Greek inscription, contain¬ ing a list of Athenians, with the townships to which they respectively belonged. We read the names of no less than twelve different townships in this small fragment ; namely, according to the order in which they occur, Sunium, Ionidias, Alopece, Pallene, Halae, Ericea, Colonus, Sphettus, Ce« riadae, Thoricus, Hephaestia, and Bate. (222.) No. 286. The upper part of a sepulchral column, with an inscription to the memory of a person named Simon, who was the son of Aristus, and a native of Halae in Attica. (217.) No. 287* Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (185.) No. 288. Ditto. (1870 No. 289. A portion of the cornice from the portico of the Erechtheium at Athens. (165.) No. 290. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, orna¬ mented with leaves and flowers ; the inscription is to the memory of Chabrias. (226.) No. 291. A Greek inscription, engraved on three sides of a piece of marble. The characters are extremely an¬ cient ; but unfortunately the marble has been very much mutilated, and the letters defaced. (309.) No. 292. An amphora, (211.) No. 293. A bas-relief, representing a votive figure of Cybele, seated in a kind of small temple. (97-) No. 294. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬ fect. (192.) No. 295. A fragment of a sepulchral stele from which the bas-relief has been almost entirely broken away ; the inscription is to the memory of Hieroclea, the daughter of Leucius. (218.) 256 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN No. 296. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (188.) No. 297- A small tile, in terracotta, which has been used to cover the joints of the larger tiles. The front is enriched with a fleuron, and is also inscribed with the name of the maker, Atheneeus. (113.) No. 298. A votive monument with two Greek verses, signifying that Horarius had dedicated some lamps, which he won in the games, to Mercury and Hercules. The bas- relief above, which probably represented the two deities here mentioned, is almost entirely broken away ; only the feet of one figure remain. (219.) No. 299. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (198.) No. 300. A small bas-relief, imperfect, representing Cybele seated. Presented , in 1820, by John P. Gandy Deer mg, Esq . (103*.) Nos. 301 — 309. Fragments of figures, many of which have belonged to the metopes of the Parthenon. (131 — 134, 136—140.) Nos. 310 — 315. Fragments of colossal statues, some of which have probably belonged to figures which stood in the pediments of the Parthenon. (261, 264, 267, 270, 272, 271*.) No. 316. A small statue of a Muse, without a head; it was probably intended to represent Polyhymnia. (208.) No. 317- A sepulchral column, inscribed with the name of Callimachus, who was a native of the city of Aexone, and the son of Callistratus. (209.) No. 318. A base of a column brought from the plains of Troy. (210.) No. *319. Fragment of a figure. (143.) No. 320. Fragment of No. 327. (141.) No. 321. The chest of a female figure, covered with drapery ; it has probably belonged to one of the metopes of the Parthenon. (79.) No. 322. Fragment of No. 327. (142.) No. 323. A fragment of a metope of the Parthenon ; it is the torso of one of the Lapithse. (294.) No. 324. An oblong shallow vessel for containing holy water. The front is ornamented with a bas-relief repre¬ senting five figures, one of which, probably Juno, is seated SALOON.]] GREEK SCULPTURES. 257 on a throne : of the remaining figures,, three females are imploring the benediction of the goddess in behalf of their children, whom they are carrying in their arms, and a fourth is bringing oblations. From Cape Sigeum, near the plain of Troy. (99.) No. 325. A colossal head, much mutilated; it was found in the temple of Nemesis, at Rhamnus, in Attica, and is supposed to be the head of Nemesis. Presented , in 1820, by John P. Gandy Peering, Esq. (273.) No. 326. The feet of a male statue, on the plinth. Presented , in 1820, by John P . Gandy Peering , Esq. (107*0 No. 327. A torso of a male figure, probably that of iEsculapius. (202, 135, 151.) No. 328. A sepulchral column to the memory of Callis, who was the daughter of Strato, and a native of the city of Gargettus. (203.) No. 329. A base of a column, brought from the plains of Troy. (204.) No. 330. A fragment of a square altar, which has pro¬ bably been dedicated to Bacchus. The ornaments on two of the sides only have been preserved ; these represent female Bacchantes in dancing attitudes. One of the figures holds a shawl or veil in her hands, the other brandishes a thyrsus. (112.) No. 331. A fragment of a sepulchral stele; the in¬ scription is very imperfect, but records the name of Mu- sonia. The summit is ornamented with the figure of a butterfly on some fruit. (150.) No. 332. A fragment of a statue of Hygeia. (125.) No. 333. A small fragment of a very ancient Greek inscription, written in the boustrophedon manner. Pre- sented , in 1735, by the Pilettanti Society . (81*.) No. 334. An imperfect Greek inscription, engraved on , three sides of a piece of marble, in very ancient letters. Presented , in 1785, by the Pilettanti Society. (87*) No. 335. A fragment of a bas-relief, with part of an inscription. (126.) No. 336. A bas-relief, imperfect, inscribed with the names of Aristodice, Aristarchus, and Athenais, natives of Sestus. Presented , in 1785, by the Pilettanti Society . (236*.) 258 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[ELGIN No. 337* Part of the stem of a candelabrum ornamented with four female figures, one of which is playing on the lyre, and the others, with joined hands, are leading the dance. (124.) Nos. 338, 339. Fragments of colossal statues. (265, 269.) No. 340. A part of a colossal foot, probably belonging to a figure in one of the pediments of the Parthenon. (244.) No. 341. The left knee of a colossal statue of very fine work : it has probably belonged to a figure in one of the pediments of the Parthenon. (256.) No. 342. Fragment of a statue. (268.) No. 343. Ditto. (144.) No. 344. An amphora. (176.) No. 345. A funeral inscription to the memory of Po- iyllus ; it consists of one line in prose, and two in verse. The line in prose gives us only the name and titles of Polyllus, and the verses intimate that Polystratus had erected a statue to the deceased, and had placed it under the protection of Minerva ; the marble on which this in¬ scription is cut formed a part of the base on which the : statue stood. (292.) No. 346. A Greek inscription/ relating to the Eryth- raeans : the characters are very ancient. (288.) No. 347. A fragment of a decree of the Athenians, en¬ graved on a very large piece of marble. So much has j been broken away from this inscription, that the precise l object of it is not easily collected : it is ordained, however, 1 that the decree shall be fixed up in the Acropolis. (281 .) No. 348. A very ancient Greek inscription, which has J served as an epitaph on the tomb of the Athenian war- l riors killed at Potidsea. This inscription, which originally 5 consisted of twelve elegiac verses, has suffered from the in¬ juries of time. (290.) No. 349. Fragment of a figure. (145.) * No. 350. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (195.) No. 351. A sepulchral stele, with an ornament of flowers on the summit.' It is inscribed with the names of Hippocrates and Baucis. (175.) Nos. 352 — 360. Casts in plaster of the frieze of the Choragic Monument of Lysicrates, commonly called the SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 259 Lanthorn of Demosthenes. The subject of this frieze is the story of Bacchus and the Tyrrhenian pirates. (A. 89, 97, 96/9 5, 94, 93, 92, 91,90.) No. 361. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an elderly man before one of the gods, probably Bacchus, who appears to hold a vase in his right hand. (84.) No. 362. A fragment of a decree of the people of Tenos, in honour of some benefactor, whose name is not preserved on the marble. (232.) No. 363. A fragment of a public act relating to the people of Athens and Myrina. (234.) No. 364. A fragment of a public act of the Athenians; it consists of twenty-one imperfect lines, and seems to re¬ late to the repair of the pavements and roads in the neigh¬ bourhood of Athens. (233.) No. 365. An architectural fragment, which hasxformed one of the ornaments of a roof. (243.) No. 366. A sepulchral Greek inscription in ten verses, of which the first two and the last two are in the elegiac measure, and the rest are hexameters. The inscription is in memory of a young lady of extraordinary beauty, named Tryphera, who died at the early age of 25 years. (152.) No. 367- An architectural fragment, similar to No. 365. (254.) No. 368. A Greek inscription relating to Oropus. Presented , in 1820, by John P . Gandy Deering , Esq . (106*.) Nos. 369, 370. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, very imperfect. (191, 196.) No. 371. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing 1 Minerva placing a crown upon a person’s head. (89.) No. 372. A sepulchral stele with a Greek inscription, consisting of four lines and a half, part of which is written in prose and part in verse. The inscription informs us that the monument was erected by a mother to the memory of her two sons, Diitrephes and Pericles, the former of whom was a soldier of Pariurn ; and also to the memory of her daughter, whose name was Agnes, and that of her brother, Demophoon, who was a soldier of Pariurn. (172.) No. 373. A sepulchral stele. The bas-relief in front, )he lower part of which is broken away, represents two ?emales joining hands, one of whom is seated and veiled. 260 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. ^ELGIN the other standing. Between these appears an old man, clothed in a tunic, and standing in a pensive attitude. (229.) No. 374. A votive Greek inscription of Antisthenes, the priest of Pandion : he was the son of Antiphates, and belonged to the tribe of Pandionis. (86.) No. 375. A bas-relief, representing a young man standing between two goddesses, Vesta and Minerva, who are crowning him. (82.) No. 376. A bas-relief, representing two divinities, i namely, Jupiter seated on a throne, and Juno standing > before him ; the latter is removing the veil from her face, as if to address the king of the gods. (227.) No. 377. A Greek inscription, imperfect, but of which f; fifty-five lines remain. It is written in the Boeotian j iEolic dialect, and is a treaty between the cities of Orcho- <] menus in Boeotia and Elataea in Phocis, respecting some t payments due from the Orchomenians to the Elataeans. i These payments were for the rent of certain pastures which ; the people of Elataea had let out to the Orchomenians. j The treaty confirms the payment of the stipulated sums, j and renews the treaty of pasturage for four years. (1770 No. 378. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides i of a tablet of marble. It is a decree of the council of the i Boeotians, ordaining the election of three extraordinary < magistrates, who, in concert with the ordinary magistrates, I were to take charge of the re-casting of some articles of gold and silver, belonging to the temple of ilmphiaraus, and which had been injured by the effects of time. (302.) No. 379. A Greek inscription, imperfect, engraved in very ancient characters ; it seems to be an inventory of some treasures, probably those contained in the Parthenon, 1 and which the Quaestors acknowledge to have received ^ from their predecessors in the same office. The inscrip- :* tion not only fills one side of the marble, but also the right edge. (S00. ) No. 380. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing three : figures sacrificing before an altar. (101.) No. 381. A Greek inscription in the Doric dialect ; it ; is a dedication to Bacchus, by Alexas the son of Nicon, i and Cephisodorus the son of Aglaophaedas, who had both been victorious in the choruses of men. (83.) 261 SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. No. 382. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬ perfect. (186.) No. 383. A bas-relief, imperfect ; it represents three goddesses, one of whom is seated on a throne. (108.) No. 384. A sepulchral stele, in which an equestrian figure, with an attendant on foot, is represented in bas- relief. Above the figures is an inscription, consisting of three verses, of which the second is a pentameter, and the two others hexameters ; they record the name of the de¬ ceased, Aristocles, who was the son of Menon, and a native of Piraeus. (213.) Nos. 385, 386. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, very imperfect. (194, 181.) EGYPTIAN SALOON *. No. 1. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane inscribed in front with a name not yet decyphered ; the base is also inscribed with hieroglyphics, in which appears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). Presented by Lord Prudhoe , 1835. No. 2. A sarcophagus of white stone, in form of a mummy case, with five rows of hieroglyphics down the front ; the face has been gilt. From Mr. Sams' collection. No. 3. Sarcophagus of red granite. On the upper part are Netpe, the four genii of the Amend, and Isis. Beneath, at the sides, the deceased offers to various deities. At the head is a peculiar scene relative to the Sun, and at the feet, a bark with disk, in which is a scarabseus, &c. The inscription with which it is covered refers to a sacer¬ dotal functionary, priest of the temples of the quarter of the white wail,” or Acropolis of Memphis. From the side excavation of Col. Campbell’s tomb, Gizeh. Presented by Col. Howard Vyse , 1839. No. 4. Colossal head of brownish breccia. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 5. A group of black basalt, representing King * The articles contained in this Room, to which this mark (f ) is pre¬ fixed in this catalogue, were collected by the French in different parts of Egypt, and came into the possession of the English army in consequence of the capitulation of Alexandria, in the month of September, 1801. They were brought to England in February, 1802, under the care of General Turner, and were sent, by order of His Majesty, King George the Third, to the British Museum. N 262 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Horus, of the 18th dynasty, standing under the pro¬ tection of the Deity Ammon Ra the generator. No. 6. A colossal head of brownish breccia. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 7. t A colossal ram’s head, which has formed part of a sphinx. No. 8. Statute of the god Hapimoou, or the Nile, bearing an altar of libations ; inscribed with dedicatory inscriptions relative to Shishak or Sheshonk, king of the 22d dynasty. From Mr. Salt’s collection . No. 9- f A colossal fist of very considerable magni¬ tude, found in the ruins of Memphis. No. 10. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of breccia, brought from the mosque of Saint Athanasius, at Alex¬ andria. It is covered with hieroglyphics both within and without. Under No. 10. A sandstone altar. Presented by W. R, Hamilton , Esq. 1838. No. 11. A figure of a hawk-headed sphinx, found by Belzoni, in the Temple of Ipsambul. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 12. An Egyptian monument of granite, found in the palace at Carnak, decorated with six figures in high relief, holding each other’s hands, viz., a male and fe¬ male on each side, and a female at each end. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 13. Similar to No. 11, but part of the head has been broken off ; found at the same place. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 14. The lower part of a statue, similar to No. 21, of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 15. A colossal head in red granite, from Carnak, found by Belzoni, in 1818. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 16. The lower part of a statue of Bubastes, bear¬ ing the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 17- A coffin of green basalt. Two perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics inscribed down the body. They are dedications to Osiris and Phthah for Seveksi, a deceased sacerdotal functionary. It is in shape of a mummy, and in the hands are symbols resembling those of life and sta¬ bility. No. 18 A coffin of red granite in the shape of a mum- SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 263 my ; on it, Netpe, Nephthys, and Isis, and hieroglyphics relating to an athlophorus. No. 19. The head and upper part of a statue of Rameses the Great, brought from the ruins of the Mem- nonium, a building dedicated to Memnon, at Thebes. This fragment is composed of one piece of granite of two colours, and the face, which is in remarkably fine preservation, is executed in a very admirable manner. Presented , in 1817:, by Henry Salt , Esq ., and the late Louis Burckhardt , Esq . No. 20. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing the name of Psammetichus II. The upper part of this frieze consists, on one side, of a row of serpents, on the other, of a row of birds. Presented , in 1766, by His Majesty King George III. No. 21. A colossal statue of Amenoph III. (Memnon) sitting, of black breccia. His hands are extended flat upon the thighs : the front and back of the throne are decorated with hieroglyphics. Found, in 1818, in an excavation in the Temple of Memnon. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 22. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing the name of Nectanebo, the last of the Pharaohs. The upper part of the front of this frieze consisted of a row of birds, the legs of which are all that now remain. Presented , in 1766, by His Majesty King George the Third. No. 23. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of black granite, covered with hieroglyphics inside and outside. This sarcophagus, which was brought from Grand Cairo, was used by the Turks as a cistern, which they called “ The Lovers’ Fountain.” No. 24. f The Rosetta stone, containing three in¬ scriptions of the same import, namely, one in hierogly¬ phics, another in the ancient vernacular language of Egypt, and another in the Greek language. These in¬ scriptions record the services which Ptolemy the Fifth had rendered his country, and were engraved by order of the High Priests, when they were assem- 264 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN bled at Memphis, for the purpose of investing him with the royal prerogative. This'stone was found near Rosetta. No. 25. f An Egyptian figure, the size of life, kneel¬ ing on a square plinth, round which is a border of hieroglyphics : the head and arms of the figure are wanting. No. 26. A seated figure of Ousiree Menephtha, bearing on his knees the figure of a ram's head ; in a hard white stone. Hieroglyphics on the shoulders of the figure, on the sides of the seat, and round the pedestal. On his feet are sandals. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 27. A mutilated figure of Rameses II. (Sesostris) kneeling, and supporting with both hands an altar, de¬ dicated to the deity Thore, on which a scarabaeus is placed. Presented , in 1805, by Earl Spencer. No. 28. A circular vessel of sand-stone; one handle is decorated with the head of Isis, the other handle and the edge are inscribed with hieroglyphics. No. 29. A group of a male and female seated, of soft stone painted. The front of the statues and sides of the chair are inscribed with hieroglyphics. No. 30. A colossal head, in white hard stone. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 31. A group of two figures seated with a smaller one between them, in hard sand-stone : found in a tomb, and probably represents the man, his wife and child, who were buried therein. The sides of the seat, the ground about their feet, and a stripe down the front of their lower garments are decorated with hieroglyphics, with the name of Amenoph II. The heads and upper parts of the bodies of the figures have been covered with a thick coat of paint, part of which still remains. From Mr* Salt's collection . No. 32. A sarcophagus of grey stone, with its cover; of the Queen of Amasis, king of the 26th dynasty. The entire sarcophagus, inside and outside, is covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics. It was discovered at the bottom of an excavation 130 feet deep, behind the palace of Sesostris, near Thebes. No. 33. A sarcophagus of green basalt, in form of a SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 265 mummy, decorated with the four deities of the Amenti, and three rows of hieroglyphics down the front. On the feet, two jackals. No. 34. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane inscribed with hieroglyphics, as is also the pedestal, which bears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). On the left fore-paw is another royal name not yet ascer¬ tained, and apparently of different work. Presented by Lord Prudhoe , 1835. No. 35. A painted statue, found in a sepulchre near the Pyramids. Presented , in 1817, by Captain Caviglia . At each side of the door on the left, a statue of Bu- bastes. No. 36. Group of a male and female figure seated on a high-backed chair. No. 37. A large statue of Bubastes sitting in a kind of chair, and resting the arms upon the thighs. In the left hand is the emblem of life ; the disk which was once upon the head has been broken off. It is inscribed with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 38. A statue of a baboon, the pedestal inscribed with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 39. A stone sarcophagus, discovered in a tomb at Thebes ; the paintings with which it is ornamented have been restored. Presented , in 1820, by the Earl of Belmore . No. 40. A baboon, of sand-stone. No. 41. A statue of Bubastes standing, with the head of a lioness, on which was the disk of the moon and the erect serpent's head ; she holds the lotus before her in her left hand, the emblem of life in her right. From Mr . Saifs collection . No. 42. The lower part of an Egyptian figure kneel¬ ing on a square plinth, round which is a border of hiero¬ glyphics, containing the name of Rameses the Great, Presented , in 1812, by His Royal Highness the Dulce of York. No. 43. The sacred boat, bearing a group, of which a fragment only remains, of a vulture overshadowing the statue of a female. It is inscribed in several places with the names of the mother of Amenoph III. (Mem¬ non.) 266 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Beneath, is a casing stone, from the Great Pyramid. Presented by Col . Howard Vyse , 1838. No. 44. The upper part of a statue of a king, having on his belt the prenomen of Osortasen I. or Nectanebo. Presented by Colonel Howard Vyse , 1838. No. 45. Similar to No. 41* but the disk is nearly per¬ fect. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 46. A figure, the size of life, of a royal scribe, seated upon the ground, and resting his arms upon his knees; the left arm has been broken off. Ears of corn are in his left hand; round his neck is suspended a tablet inscribed, in hieroglyphics, with the name and titles of Rameses (Sesostris). In front a tablet inscribed with hieroglyphics, including the same name and titles. Hieroglyphics also appear upon the arm, and behind this figure. No. 47. A mummy-shaped sarcophagus, of white stone. No. 48. A male statue, in basalt, seated upon a pe¬ destal, his arms crossed upon his knees, which are almost as high as his chin. The front of the figure and pedestal are covered with an hieroglvphical inscription. From Mr. Saifs collection . No. 49. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Saifs col¬ lection. No. 50. The upper half of a standing statue of Bu- bastes, similar to No. 41. No. 51. A statue of a Prince, in calcareous stone, swathed, seated ; covered with hieroglyphics, among which is the name of Thothmes III. and the obliterated cartouche of his sister. A kneeling statue of a royal scribe, of white stone. He holds a shrine containing the figures of Isis, Osiris, and Horus. On his shoulders and lap appears the name of Rameses (Sesostris). A statue in calcareous stone, of a person kneeling and holding before him a tablet, containing a formula of prayer to Ila. On the ground behind ; The fragment of an Egyptian figure seated upon a plinth, with the legs turned inward, and lying one upon the other. The plinth and portions of the dress are co¬ vered with hieroglyphics. SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 267 A portion of an altar, similar to that represented on No. 8. A fragment which was found at the foot of Pompey’s Pillar, and is partly covered with hieroglyphics, whereon appears the name of Rameses. A mutilated fragment of a statue. A colossal fist. Presented , in 1805, by Earl Spencer. No. 52. A bust broken from a seated Bubastes. No. 53. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Salt’s collection. No. 54. Blank. No. 55. A colossal arm, in red granite, belonging to the same statue as the head No. 15. From Mr. Salt’s collection. Under No. 55. Casing stones from the great Pyramid. Presented by Col. Howard Vyse , 1838. No. 56. Blank . No. 57* A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 37. A portion of the disk upon the head has been broken’ off. It bears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 58. A bust broken from a seated statue of Bu¬ bastes. No. 59. f A fragment of a porphyry column. Upon it is placed A colossal hawk. Presented, in 1805, by Mr. T. Philipe. No. 60. A seated statue of Bubastes. From Belzoms collection. Behind it, a bust broken from another similar statue. No. 61. A statue, in red granite, of Phthahmenoph. On his breast is inscribed his own name ; on his shoulder, that of his father, Rameses (Sesostris). In front of the pedestal is a group of four seated statues, in black basalt, two male and two female ; a stripe of hieroglyphics decorates the front of each dress. The heads have all been broken off. Behind No. 61. The representation of an entrance to a tomb. From the neighbourhood of the Pyramids. No. 62. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 37j> but without any name inscribed. The disk upon this figure is entire. From Mr. Salt’s collection . No. 63. Another seated statue of Bubastes, but of superior workmanship, and with the name of Shishak in- 268 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN scribed in front of the chair. The disk is sculptured upon a separate stone. From Mr. Salt's collection. No. 64. A column of grey granite in four pieces ; it has six rows of shields containing names. The upper and lower rows have the name of Ramerre, the four other rows consist of the name of Phthahmenoph ; but the upper of these is interrupted by a square tablet, which contains the name of Amenoph III. (Meranon). The square slab at the top has the names of Amenoph III. and Ramerre. From Mr. Salt's collection. Behind No. 64. The entrance to a tomb. Similar to that behind No. 61. No. 65. A seated statue of Bubastes. From Belzoni's collection. No. 66. f A fragment of a large sarcophagus, similar in its structure to Nos. 10 and 23. Within No. 66. A trough, in hard breccia, with hie- roglyphics, among which appears the royal name of Rameses the Great. At one end is the figure of an old man seated. From Mr. Salt's collection . No. 67’ A fragment of the platted beard of the Great Sphinx. Presented , in 1817? by Captain Caviglia. No. 68. A seated figure of Bubastes, similar to No. 37. It is inscribed with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 69. The upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes. Behind No. 69, is a fragment of a statue of a king seated, in grey granite. No. 70. A seated male statue, holding in front of his knees a small standing figure, inscribed with the same royal name (Amyrtaeus) as the Alexandrian sar¬ cophagus, No. 10. On one side of No. 70, is a statue of a person seated, holding in his left hand a hoe, or pickaxe ; on his left knee are some hieroglyphics, sculptured in relief. From the vicinity of the Pyramids. On the other side of No. 70, is a statue of Pioeri, prince of ^Ethiopia, holding an altar, inscribed' with hie- roglyphics, and having on it a ram’s head. The back and plinth have also hieroglyphics, among which appears the name of Rameses the Great. No. 71. The upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes SALOON.]] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 269 Behind No. 71? is a fragment of two seated figures, in red granite. The back of the chair is covered with hiero¬ glyphics, and on a transverse belt are the titles of Rame- ses V. or IX. of the 19th dynasty. No. 72. A standing figure of Bubastes, similar to No. 41. No. 73. A bust broken from a statue of Bubastes. No. 74. An Egyptian scarabseus, or beetle, brought from Constantinople : it was part of the Elgin collec¬ tion. No. 75. Fragment of a statue, of grey granite, in¬ scribed with the royal name of Horus of the 18th dy¬ nasty. No. 76. An erect figure of Bubastes, similar to No\ 41. No. 77. A bust broken from a sitting figure of Bu¬ bastes. No. 78. The cover of a mummy-shaped sarcophagus of granite, covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics. The entombed person appears to have been a priest. Underneath are Feet broken from a statue of Bubastes. A fragment of a colossal head, of granite. No. 79. A bust broken from a sitting statue of Bu¬ bastes. No. 80. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 41. No. 81. A figure of a priest of Ammon, the size of life. He is represented sitting on the ground, and resting his arms upon his knees. An ear of corn is held in the left hand, and in front of the figure is the head of Athor (surmounted by a shrine ?) which has formed the top of a sceptre. No. 82. A head of a sphinx, of Roman work. From the collection of Charles Tovoneley , Esq . No. 82*. A much mutilated seated statue of a military chief, of black basalt; the sides of the seat inscribed with hieroglyphics. No. 83. A fragment of a kneeling statue, holding a shrine containing a figure of Osiris, and inscribed with hieroglyphics, wherein appears the name of Pharaoh Hophrah. No. 84. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 41. n 3 270 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN No. 85. A bust broken from a seated statue of Bu- bastes. No. 86. t An Egyptian sarcophagus, in black basalt, slightly resembling in its form the human figure. It has a single border of hieroglyphics round the outside, bearing the royal name of Amasis. On No. 86 are placed A sepulchral shrine, the front covered with hierogly¬ phics. A fragment of a pyramid, decorated with sculptures and hieroglyphics. A fragment of a shrine, decorated on all sides with hieroglyphics ; it has contained in front at least four figures, holding each other’s hands. A shrine covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics, containing a figure of a chieftain holding a staff or sceptre, the top of which consists of a head of Isis sur¬ mounted by a plume. A fragment of a pyramid bearing the name of Enantef- Naa. No. 87. A bust broken from a seated figure of Bu- bastes. No. 88. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 37. The front of the chair is inscribed with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 89. Fragment of legs, broken from an erect sta¬ tue of Bubastes ; the pedestal inscribed with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). No. 90. A bas-relief of an Egyptian figure, a close garment enclosing the body down to the feet, excepting the right shoulder and arm ; the hands are crossed in front of the body; the head has been broken off. This seems to have formed the cover of a sarcophagus. Presented by the Lords of the Admiralty. No. 91. A fragment of legs, similar to No. 89. No. 92. A statue of a priest, of white stone, holding a shrine containing the figure of the deity Chons pr Khons, remarkable for the long lock of hair over his right ear, the rest of the head having been close shaven. No. 93. Bust of a queen, from a colossal statue of white stone. In front is an altar of libation, dedicated by a Pharaoh to Osiris. SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 2?1 No. 94. The lower part of an erect statue of Bubastes. No. 95. A votive column, on which is an inscription in Greek to the great God Serapis at Canopus. It was brought from Aboukir. Presented , in 1807, by Dr . Ban¬ croft , Jun . No. 96. The upper part of a statue of Rameses the Great, holding a tablet with offerings, under which is a vase. Found near Abydos. In front is a tablet of calcareous stone, in form of a propylon, covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics, and bearing the names of kings, Osirtesen and his successor. No. 97* Blank . No. 98. Thirteen sepulchral vases, surmounted by heads of some of the four genii of Amenti (or the lower regions). Among them are two complete sets of four each, as they were generally placed in the tombs. All from Thebes. Presented by J. Gardner Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Nos. 99, 100. Tablets executed prior to or at the commencement of the 16th dynasty. Nos. 101 , 102. Various objects in basalt ; among them, A small Egyptian figure, with a beard, a short apron, and a terrific aspect. He is standing upright, holding his arms downwards a little apart from the body. The ornament upon the head is peculiar to the representation of this figure. From the collection oj Charles Tovoneley , Esq. An Egyptian monument, in which are sunk two square tablets, one of which is left blank, and on the other are represented two female figures standing side by side. These tablets are surrounded by hieroglyphics. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane . A small headless figure of a priest of Ammon, seated on the ground, and resting his arms upon his knees. An ear of corn is held in the left hand, and in front of the figure is the head of Isis on the top of a sceptre. Pre¬ sented , in 1767, by the Earl of Bute. A kneeling figure, holding a statue of a baboon seated on a pedestal, inscribed with the name of Hophrah. The back and pedestal of the figure are inscribed with hiero¬ glyphics, and the same (?) name. A kneeling figure, holding in front a head of Isis. 272 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN A figure seated on the ground, resting one arm upon the knees, the right raised towards' the mouth; the head of Isis on a sceptre in front; hieroglyphics upon the sides. No. 103. Tablets executed prior to, and at the com¬ mencement of the 1 6th dynasty. No. 104. A small monolith naos, two disked uraei, and monuments in the shape of altars. Nos. 105, 106. Tablets, probably executed during the 16th dynasty. No. 107. Tablets executed during the 17th dynasty. No. 108. Miscellaneous objects. Nos. 109 — 113. Tablets executed during the 18th dynasty. No. 114. The side of a tomb, two baked terracotta covers of coffins, and a bas-relief, consisting of a double range of figures. The upper range is imperfect, half of the figures having been sculptured upon another stone. The lower range represents some priests armed with knives, with which they are sacrificing bulls. It was found near Sakkara, four leagues from Grand Cairo. Pre¬ sented, in 1767, by the Earl of Bide. No. 115. Tablets executed during the 18th dynasty. No. 116. Seven objects. Presented , in 1817, by Cay- tain Caviglia , viz. : A small hawk of very coarse work, found in front of the Great Sphinx. A Greek inscription erected in front of the Great Sphinx, by Marcus Aurelius and Lucius Verus. A small lion, found in a temple between the paws of the Great Sphinx. A tablet of hieroglyphics, found in front of the Great Sphinx. A lion very rudely sculptured ; it is supposed to have stood on one of the walls between the paws of the Great Sphinx. The impression of a human foot carved in stpne, with the letters NEK$© engraved over it. Found in front of the Great Sphinx. One of the horns of an altar which was found in front of the Great Sphinx. Nos. 117, 118. The tablet of Abydos. SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 273 Nos. 119, 120. Fragments from the sides of tombs, &c. No. 121. Tablets executed during the 18th and suc¬ cessive dynasties. No. 122, 123. Tablets executed under the Ptolemies. No. 124. Tablets executed under the Romans, one with the name of Tiberius: Christian Greek, and Coptic inscriptions. Under the shelves round the room are various tablets, &c., affixed to the walls (Nos. 125 — 194); among them the following articles are worthy of particular notice. No. 133. A small Egyptian figure kneeling upon a square plinth, and supporting with his hands a kind of altar, in front of which, within a sunk tablet, is a figure of Neith, The plinth and front of the altar are covered with hieroglyphics, among which appears the royal name of Amasis. Presented , in 1771, by Matthevo Duane , Esq . It is placed upon An oblong stone, with a shallow excavation in the centre. The top and sides are adorned with hierogly¬ phics. It was perhaps intended for a pedestal. From Mr . Saifs collection . No. 135. A large square tablet, of breccia, covered with hieroglyphics. It appears to have been used as a mill-stone for grinding corn. Presented , in 1805, by Earl Spencer. No. 137- A capital of an Egyptian column. Pre¬ sented, in 180 5, by Earl Spencer. Upon it, f a small mutilated Egyptian figure, kneel¬ ing on a broken square plinth, the front and back in¬ scribed with hieroglyphics. No. 140. A large head, broken from a mummy-shaped sarcophagus. No. 145. A fragment covered with hieroglyphics. Presented , in 1805, by Earl Spencer. Nos. 169—171 ; 173—177; 179—181 are fresco paint¬ ings, chiefly illustrative of the domestic habits of the Egyptians. No. 175, presented by Sir H . Ellis, 1834. Under No. 168. A head, of white stone. Under No. 169. A torso, of marble ; the back of the chair inscribed with hieroglyphics. 274 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Under No. 170. Fragments of sandstone, with hiero¬ glyphics. Under No. 171. A fragment of a statue holding a staff or sceptre ornamented at the top with a head of Isis. Under No. 173. The upper half of a seated statue, of white stone. From Mr. Sams' collection . Under No. 174. A bust broken from a statue of grey granite. Under No. 175. A mutilated statue of Thothmes III., of black basalt. From Mr. Sams' collection . Under No. 176. Fragment of a bas-relief represent¬ ing a group, probably a king seeking the protection of his favourite divinity : resembling No. 5. A small basalt statue of Amounemhe, an officer of state, seated on a throne. Under No. 177. The fragment of a statue, holding a tablet decorated with sculptures and hieroglyphics, wherein appears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). Under No. 179- A Sphinx, represented, according to the custom of the Egyptians, without wings. Found in the excavation made in front of the Great Sphinx. Presented , in 1817, by Captain Caviglia. Under No. 180. The head of a fish or serpent, in white stone. Under No. 181. A Sphinx represented without wings, like the one described above. Presented , in 1767, by the Earl of Bute. EGYPTIAN ROOM. UP STAIRS. The wooden figures in Cases A. and B. are generally found in tombs; the bronze are offerings, or objects of private worship ; the porcelain and small figures of stone are all perforated, to attach to the network or the necklaces of mummies. CASE A. DEITIES. Sandstone. A small statue of Amoun-ra seated upon a throne, oskh round the neck, shenti round the loins with a EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 275 ROOM.] feathered garment. On the side of the throne are cyno- cephali, uraeus and lotus sceptres, and at the back Amoun seated between Khons Ioh and another deity. Round the lower plinth is a dedication to Amoun-ra. The head is from another statue, and the plumes are wanting. 7 5 in. h. Div. 1. — Wood . Osiris-Amoun, an old bearded human figure, in Osirian dress, seated on a plinth, the knees raised; on his head a modius ; both hands hold some object. Round the base a double dedication to Osiris, and Osiris-Amoun ; a hollow’ behind has held a papyrus. 1 ft. 1 in. h. Tombs of the Kings at Thebes . Steatite. Small figure of Phtah in Osirian dress, hold¬ ing a graduated gom by both hands, and standing on a plinth in shape of a cubit, which is also graduated in front. 7^ in. h. Wood. Phtah, or Phtha, the Egyptian Vulcan, stand¬ ing, in Osirian dress, his head shorn, round his neck an oskh ; both hands hold a gom. 5| in. h. Arragonite . The upper part of a male figure, probably a deity, walking. Barley covered voith linen . Figures of Osiris ? on the head the shaa ; face, green wax. 1 ft. 1 in. h. One of them presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood. Sevek, Sabak, or Souk, a form of Seb, the Egyptian Saturn, crocodile-headed, walking, wearing the shenti ; black, with yellow stripes. 6 In. h. Vitrified composition. Thmei or Mei the goddess of truth, the Egyptian Themis, seated in a close garment ; the distinctive mark, the feather on the head, is wanting. 4f in. h. Terra-cotta. Onouris, the Egyptian Mars, a form of Khons : holds an oval buckler and sword. 1 ft. 4 in. h. Div. 2. — Bronze. Khons as Kneph, or Phtha ; Si- lenus-faced, dwarfish naked body, bowed legs, crowned with the plume, clothed in lion’s skin. 2 in. h. Bronze . Khons as Kneph, standing, holding with both hands an unknown object, 3| in. h. Bronze . Khons as Kneph, standing on a lotus flower between two sphinxes. 2§ in. h. Bronze . Khons as Kneph, winged ; terminating below in a lion’s foot. If in. h. Silver. Amoun-ra, the Egyptian Jupiter, walking; 27 6 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN human form, bearded, wearing, the teshr surmounted by the plume and disk ; in his right hand ; in his left the gom. The dress and plume have been plated with gold, part of which still remains. 8j in. h. Thebes . Bronze . Three other figures of Amoun-ra : the eyes of one inlaid with silver; the plume of another with enamel. 8§-3j in. h. Bronze . Amoun-ra, seated. 11 Jin. h. Bronze . Amoun-ra, walking. 2 in. h. Bronze . Amoun-ra, walking, holding in his right hand the emblem of victory. 6 to 4f in. h. Bronze . A small naos ; in the interior is a seated figure of Amoun-ra ; on the architrave and frieze of the door two winged globes, personifications of the Hat or good demon; the cornice is formed of disked uraei. At the lintels of the door are two disked uraei coiled vertically. The sides and back represent in bas-relief Chnouph ram¬ headed, one of the forms of Amoun-ra, and Khons seated between winged female deities. At the sides of these scenes are vertical lines of hieroglyphics, too much erased to be satisfactorily made out, but containing the name and prenomen of some monarch. On the base is inscribed in large symbols in bas-relief, “ the abode of Amon/’ Above is a ring to carry the naos by. It may have been used as a stamp. 4 J in. h. ; base, 2J in. b., 2 in. 1. Bronze . Maut, seated, wearing the pschent ; suck¬ ling ; wants the figure of young Khons. 1 ft. 2 in. h. Bronze . Neith, the Egyptian Minerva, seated on a throne ; wearing the teshr. 4§ in. h. Bronze . Neith, walking. Bronze. iEgis of Neith, consisting of her head and the oskh. 4§ in. h. Bronze . Kneph, Chnouphis, the ram-headed divinity, walking, wearing an otf, and holding the emblem of vic¬ tory. 7 in. h. Bronze. iEgis of Chnouphis, consisting of his head and the oskh. 4 in. h. Bronze. Sate, the Egyptian Juno, seated, wearing the Shaa, between two horns, surmounted by a disk and another ornament ; this figure has held a lotus-sceptre and -9*. 6§ in. h. Thebes. Bronze. Amoun-ra, Harsaphes, the Pan of the Egyp- ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 277 tians, on a double pedestal ; he stands upon nine bows, symbolic of the Ethiopians ; before his feet the name of the queen of Amasis ; the eyes, whip, &c,, richly inlaid ; on the upper pedestal the cartouche of Amoun-ra, be¬ tween two winged ursei ; at the side, a deity bearing offer¬ ings, two phoenixes, -^-s, goms,'&c., preceded on one side by three jackal-headed, and on the other by three hawk-headed figures ; upon the back of the pedestal Horus, on the symbol usual on the sides of thrones, between two female deities, by whom he is saluted. The lower pedestal has on its upper surface four ho¬ rizontal lines of hieroglyphics ; “ may Amoun-ra, the husband of his mother, resident in the centre of Thebes, give always a good embalmment, in the Amenti (or the West), for Har-ge, the scribe, officer of the queen, son of Obai, a similar functionary, born of Obeth, a lady of the house.” In front is Meui elevating the boat of the sun, and saluted by cynocephali and the female deities attached to the upper and lower region ; the sym¬ bol of which, at the back, is corded up by Har-hat and Thoth ; at each side is a procession of four forms of Hapi-moou, each uttering an address, as “ we give you all life and power, offerings, incense, flowers.” Two similar figures, without pedestals. 6 to 8 in. h. Bronze . Chons, Khons or Khonsou, the Egyptian Hercules, in Osirian dress, with the lunar disk and mystic lock of hair, holding the gom, whip, and crook. 2^ in. h. Gold . Khons-ioh, seated, hawk-headed, crowned with the lunar disk. in. h. Bronze. Phtah, or Phtha, the Egyptian Vulcan, in Osirian dress, bearded, shorn head, holding the gra¬ duated gom. From 1 to 7 5 in. h. Bronze . Phtah-Sochari, bifrons, pantheic, standing upon two crocodiles ; the anterior head, a jackal’s disked, the other, a ram’s disked, with urseus. The form dwarfish, naked, bow-legged ; the right hand holds a whip; the left, an unknown object; the back formed by the body and tail of a hawk. 3 in. h. Bronze . Athor, Athyr, or Hathor, the Egyptian Venus ; her head overshadowed by a vulture supporting the disk and horns ; on the breast is the oskh. The body is composed of a shrine, placed upon a wheel of 278 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN eight spokes, containing a figure of Athor standing, holding a gom and on a plinth in front, “ Athor, mistress of the heaven.” This bronze apparently repre¬ sents the Egyptian profile of an aegis. 7 in. h. Gold . Athor, cow-headed, walking, in a long gar¬ ment ; on her head the disk and horns surmounted by two plumes. If in. h. Bronze. Ra, or Re, the sun, superior form of Month- ra and Horus ; hawk-headed, in Osirian dress, seated with the knees raised, holding with both hands upon his chest a -9-. The uraeated disk broken off. 4| in. h. Thebes. Bronze. Ra seated, with the knees raised, holding a lotus sceptre. 4 in. h. Bronze. Month-ra, Mandoulis, the Egyptian Apollo, hawk-headed, wearing a disk and two tall plumes ; the collar and eyes of one of the figures inlaid with gold. From 7| to 1.0 in. h. Bronze. Month-ra, walking, on adouble pedestal; round the first pedestal, a line of hieroglyphics, “ Month-ra, the giver of life, lord of the land of purity,” &c. 7| in. h. Bronze. Nofre-Thmou, or Athmou, human form, walking, wearing the shenti ; on his head the lotus flower, whence issue two tall plumes. Another, of the Ptolemaic period. 7 in. h. Bronze . Imothph, seated, human form, shorn head, wears the shenti ; unfolds a roll of papyrus. Around die base of one is inscribed, “ Imophth, the giver of life,” &c. From 5| to 3 in. h. Bronze. Imothph, or Imouth, walking, holding in his left hand ; in his right a gom. 5 ^ in. h. Bronze . Thoout, or Thoth, the Egyptian Mercury, walking ; ibis-head, decorated with the otf. in. h. Bronze . Ioh, or Ooh-Thotb, standing on a pedestal, holding before him, on a basket, the symbolic eye, em¬ blem of the moon. The head attire wanting, 4^ in. h. Bronze. Ioh, or Ooh-Thoth, lunar Mercury, ibis- headed, decorated with the disk of the moon; seated. 4| in. h. Bronze . Thoth, ibis-headed, and Horus, Har-si-esi, hawk-headed, standing face to face. Each holds a vase of libation pouring an united stream of water on the earth. 2 in. h. EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 279 ROOM.] Bronze . Thoth, human form, walking, his head sur¬ mounted by the head and neck of an ibis and the disTc of the moon, crowned with an otf. 3| in. h. Bronze . Thmei, the Egyptian Themis, in Osirian dress, seated on a pedestal ; the sides have been inlaid ; her head bound by a fillet surmounted by a feather. 4§ in. h. Div. 3. — Wood , blue and bluish green porcelain, stea¬ tite , glass , fyc. Khons as Kneph, &c., (vide A. 2.) Blue porcelain . The same divinity quadrifrons, bi- frons, &c. From 4 in. to § in. h. Blue porcelain. Heads of Khons as Kneph, &c. iEgis of the same, and square amulet, representing the same in relief ; Reverse, two crocodiles in intaglio. 4- to l in. h. Red composition . Small tablet representing Khons as Kneph, &c., in relief. The ornament on the head re¬ sembles a modius. 1^ in. h. Vitrified earth. Amoun-ra seated on a throne with fea¬ thered ornaments ; the plinth behind, which is in the shape of an obelisk, is inscribed with the invocation of Amoun- ra, and upon the base of the statue is an inscription appa¬ rently containing the names and titles of the same deity. 3jj in. h. Green porcelain. Amoun-ra, seated. If- in. h. Green porcelain. Maut, walking ; Qn the plinth, be¬ hind, an inscription, “ Maut, the great mother.” Her head attire composed of pendent uraei. 2§ in. h. White porcelain. iEgis of Maut. 1 in. h. Lapis lazuli. Neith walking. From 1 to If in h. Blue and green porcelain. Chnouphis, ram-headed, walking. From If in. to g in. h. Blue and green porcelain. Amoun-ra, or Plarsaphes, 2 to f in. h. Light blue porcelain. Khons, standing. If in. |in. h. Bluish grey porcelain. Khons-ioh, hawk-headed, walk¬ ing, shenti round the loins ; on his head the lunar disk. 1| in. h. Light green porcelain. Phtah, or Phtha, standing ; one holds the gom and emblem of stability. 2f to 1 in. h. Blue porcelain. Heads, from small figures of Phtah. 2| to in. h. 280 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Blue porcelain . Phtah-Sochari, or Phtah-Sochari- Osiris, a youthful dwarf with bowed legs, naked, his hands upon his thighs, a close'cap on his head. 3 to f j in. h. Green porcelain . Phtah, standing upon two croco¬ diles ; on his head the otf, with a vertical scarabseus in front ; a hawk upon each shoulder ; Pasht Merephtah, lion-headed, and winged, supports him behind. 2§ in. h. Light green porcelain . Phtah- Sochari, without the otf, scarabaeus on his head, hawk on each shoulder ; Isis supports him at his right and Nephthys at his left side. Pasht Merephtah, human-headed and winged, supports him behind. 2\ to 2f in. h. Blue porcelain . Phtah-Sochari, standing on two cro« codiles ; on the head a searabasus ; a sword in each hand. 2§ to | in. h. Blue porcelain. Phtah-Sochari bifrons, standing on two crocodiles, holds two reeds or feathers ; two bands pass from the mouth to the shoulders ; behind, a hawk¬ headed dwarf, with his hands on his loins. 2| in. h. Memphis . Blue porcelain . Phtah-Khons, a dwarfish youth, with the lock of Horus. in. h. Red brick , terracotta . Onouris standing, brandishing a sword. 6 to 5 in. h Blue porcelain . Onouris as before ; another figure of Onouris kneeling upon the left knee. 1| to § in. h. Dark porcelain . Athor or Hathor, cow-headed, stand¬ ing. 2 in. h. Blue porcelain . Head of Hathor, full face, cow-eared, a long curled lock on each side. 3§ in. h. Blue porcelain. Smaller heads of the same, hair straight and vertical, f to ^ in. h. Blue porcelain . JEgis of Athor bifrons, cow-eared, between two uraei, one bearing the shaa, the other the teshr; fine workmanship. 3 in. h. Blue and grey porcelain . Re, Ra, or Phre, the sun, hawk-headed, walking, wearing the shenti, his head sur¬ mounted by the solar disk, with uraeus in front. l\ to 1 in. h. Deep blue porcelain. Month-ra, walking ; the disk at the base of the plumes wanting. 2| in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 281 Light green porcelain. Nofre-Thmou, walking upon a crouching lion. 4 in. h. 2}, to § in. h. Porcelain of various colours . Nofre-Thmou, walking; another figure of him seated. to If in. h. Blue porcelain. Hobs, form of Hor or Horus, lion¬ headed, human form, shenti round the loins. On his head the otf. 2§ in. to 1^ in. h. Steatite. Imothph, or Imouth, seated. § in. h. Blue porcelain. Thoout or Thoth, ibis-headed, walk¬ ing. 4§ in. h. Blue porcelain. Ooh, or Ioh-Thoth, walking, holding in his hands a pallet and reed. f in. h. Blue porcelain . Thoth, ibis-headed, walking ; on his head a scarabaeus. 2\ in. h. Blue and grey porcelain. Meui, secondary form of Emphe, bearded, wearing the shenti, supporting the solar disk upon his head. 1 j to f in. h. Porcelain of various colours. Meui, as before, in profile. 1^ to 1 in. h. Lapis lazuli. Selk, walking, head surmounted by a scorpion, tail erect. If to f in. h. Lapis lazuli. Thmei, seated, 1 in. h. Div. 4. — Wood covered with bitumen. Horus, or Hobs, lion-headed, with the shenti, walking ; arms folded across the breast. 11 \ in. h. Wood, Horus, or Hobs, standing; legs slightly bent. 7f in. h. Painted wood. Thoout, or Thoth, walking, in a boat ; black and yellow colour. 7f in. h., 1 ft. 1. Calcareous stone . A cippus or small monument. In front a bas-relief ; Khor.s-Horus, standing, holding in the right hand a scorpion, gazelle, and two vipers ; in the left a lion, scorpion, and two vipers; round his neck | an oskh, and heart-shaped vase. Above, the head of )\ Khons-Kneph or Tvphon, full faced. Behind, three in- j cuse divisions. 1. Amoun-ra Harsaphes, a gazelle on S whose back stands a hawk of Horus, Thoth, and Chnou- phis. 2. A procession of Meui, Re, Horus, Amset, Isis, | and Tafiie, with a vertical scarabaeus. 3. The 44 Eye of j Horus,” having on his head the right symbolic eye, a i deity striking a frog, an uraeus, the four genii of the Amend, and four figures of Thoth. Beneath, three horizontal lines of hieroglyphics, an invocation to the 282 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN various deities in the compartments. 1 ft. 2 in. h., 9 in. b. Presented by Col. T . P. Thompson . Wood painted. A cippus representing Horus standing. In his left hand he holds by the tails a scorpion and a lion ; in the right, an oryx by the horn, and two serpents by their tails. Above, the gigantic head of Typhon, or Khons-Kneph, &c. ; he stands upon two croco¬ diles, and has at each side a standard. The back and edges are covered with an inscription relative to the subjugation of the impious by the arms of Horus. 1 ft. 5 in. h. Steatite. Cippi representing Horus, &c on the apex of one, a scarabseus with extended wings. to 3j in. h. Brown stone. Horus Harpocrates, seated upon a throne flanked by lions ; at the back, a doorway sup¬ ported by two columns. 5f in. h. Steatite. Horus Harpocrates, seated, wearing the pschent ; round the base, and at the side of the throne, an inscription in Gnostic symbols. 3j in. h. Baric stone. Horus Harpocrates, walking, with the pschent and mystic lock of hair, his finger raised to his lips ; on the plinth behind in hieroglyphics, 44 Horus the giver of life — Onkhsnev, son of Djotbous, born of Tikar, lady of the house.” 7| in. h. Basalt. Horus Harpocrates, walking. 11 in. h. CASE B. DEITIES. Div. 1. — Calcareous stone. Osiris pethempamentes, the Egyptian Pluto; standing, human form, bearded; on his head the otf; holds the curved sceptre and three- thonged whip. On the plinth behind, a dedication to Osiris, the revealer of good. 9f in. h. Wood covered with stucco . Osiris pethempamentes standing ; part of the head attire, beard, and string, which was inlaid of a different material, wanting. 1 ft. | in. h. Calcareous stone. Plead of Osiris pethempamentes. 3§ in. h. Calcareous stone . Osiris onnophris, the Egyptian Bac¬ chus, human form, wearing the shaa, seated upon a throne ; holds with both hands a gom. On the plinth before his feet in hieroglyphics, 44 Osiris, lord of innu¬ merable days, king of the gods.” 1 ft. h. BOOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 283 Calcareous stone . A bust of Osiris onnophris. Wood. Female deity, Netpe, Isis, or Neplnhys, stand¬ ing ; wings attached to her arms. 1 ft. 4| in. h. Pre¬ setted by J. G . Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. Steatite . The upper part of a statue of Isis Thermuthis. 3f in. h. Painted wood. Nephthys kneeling, on her head a basket and building, forming the phonetic combination of her name ; the face gilded, the arms and legs wanting. 10J in. h. Painted wood. Female deities, Isis or Nephthys, kneeling upon plinths, on one knee. 9| to 4f in. h. Div. 2. — Bronze. Figures of Osiris pethempamentes standing; one has the eyes inlaid with silver. 1 ft. to 1 in. h. Bronze. Small ornament ; Osiris pethempamentes, five times repeated. If in. h. Bronze. Head of Osiris onnophris. 5 in. h. Bronze. Osiris-ioh, with the lunar disk, seated ; round the plinth, in hieroglyphics, 4 4 Osiris the moon, the giver of life, ” &c. 9 in. h. Bronze . Isis thermuthis, seated, suckling Horus ; she wears the diadem of uraei, surmounted by the disk and horns, her hair long. 1 to If in. h. Bronze. Isis thermuthis, similar to the preceding, imperfect. Bronze . Objects representing the fEgis of Isis ther¬ muthis ; one, of fine execution, wants the head attire. lOf to l\ in. h. Bronze . Har, or Hor, as in the lap of Isis, in a close cap, with the mystic lock, on his forehead an uraeus, his finger upon his lips. to | in. h. Bronze. liar, Hor, or Horfts infant, seated, both arms by his side. This is probably from a seated figure of Isis, similar to the figure of Isis thermuthis above. 4| in. h. Bronze. Har, or Horus Harpocrates, as in the lap of Isis ; wearing the pschent. 4§ in. h. Bronze. Har, or Horus Harpocrates, walking, wear¬ ing the pschent. 8f to 3f in. h. Bronze . Horus Harpocrates, as in the lap of Isis ; on his head the teshr, surmounted by the disk and plumes of Amoun-ra ; round the base an inscription, half 284 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN effaced, relative to “ Horus the great, eldest son of Amoun.” The plumes of one are wanting. 7 to li in. h. Bronze . Horus in the character of Harsiesi, and Harsontiotf, or Haroeri, hawk-headed, walking, wear¬ ing the pschent with urseus ; the left hand and arm are raised to hold the gom. The figure stands upon a dou¬ ble pedestal, decorated with inscriptions, but they are illegible. 9| in. h. Bronze . Pnebto, son of Bar, or Horus Harpocrates, seated ; the head attire peculiarly formed, and the hair united into a thick tail behind ; on his head are the horns of a goat surmounted by three vases, each having a disk at its apex, between two feathers and two ursei. 5| to 4 f in. h. Bronze . Pasht, or Tafne, the Merephtah, Hephais- toboule, or companion of Phtah ; lion-headed, standing ; on her head the uraeated disk. The eyes are inlaid with silver. in. h. Silver . Pasht, or Tafne, as above. 1 in. h. Bronze. Pasht in the character of Menhi ; on her head a place for the uraeus ; her left hand has held the lotus-sceptre. The right hand and lower part of this figure, which apparently has been seated, wanting. Sfin.h. Silver. Pasht- Menhi, standing. in. h. Bronze. Pasht, or Bubastes, the Egyptian Diana ; cat-headed, standing, in a long striated garment ; left hand holding the aegis. 5§ to 2| in. h. Bronze . Pasht, or Bubastes, human form, standing, in a long garment with sleeves; in her right hand a frac¬ tured lion-headed aegis; a basket slung from her arm ; her hair is short and bushy ; an oskh round her neck ; down the back a line of hieroglyphics, “ Pasht, the giver of life,” &c . 8g in. h. Bronze. Anubis, jackal-headed, walking ; in the left hand a gom ; in the right -^p-. in. h. Div. 3. — Calcareous stone . Thaoeri, or Thoueris, hip¬ popotamus body, standing, lion-headed, human breasts, the back covered with a crocodile’s tail, the hands hold¬ ing a peculiar kind of collar. This divinity appears to be a companion of the lion-headed type of Horus. 2 in. h. Green porcelain . A female deity seated on a throne, her hands by her sides ; her head attire surmounted by EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 285 ROOM.] the fore part of a fish ; probably a type of Neith. 3 to 2f in. h. Green feldspar . Hawk-headed deities, in Osirian dresses, seated with their knees raised, g to f in. h. Porcelain and blue glass. Hawk-headed deities, walk¬ ing. 1 1 to | in. h. Lapis lazuli . Hawk-headed deity, in Osirian dress, seated. 2| in. h. Thebes . Lapis lazuli . Female deity walking. A similar deity seated with the knees raised. | to f in. h. Blue porcelain . Osiris pethempamentes, seated. 1| in. h. Light blue porcelain ; deep blue glass. Osiris-Tattou, under the form of the emblem of stability, surmounted bv the otf. 4§ to If in. h. Blue porcelain , •wood , stone , fyc. Isis seated, suckling Horus; on her head the urseus, the disk, and horns; on the plinth behind one, an inscription relative to u Isis, the great mother goddess, the giver of life.” to \ in. h. Blue glass , porcelain of various colours. Isis terres¬ trial and queen of the Amenti, walking, her head sur¬ mounted by a throne, her peculiar emblem. 2| to f in. h. Blue porcelain. Isis terrestrial, kneeling. 1 in. h. Green porcelain. Isis terrestrial, seated upon a throne, suckling Horus. 1 in. h. Green porcelain. Isis terrestrial, walking, holding the gom and -9-. If to If in h. Lapis lazuli , porcelain of various colours , tyc. Neph- thys, walking. 2§ to § in. h. Blue porcelain. Small tablets 1 in high relief. Horus walking between Isis and Nephthys, each of whom he holds by a hand. The same subject in profile. 1 \ in. h. White and blue porcelain. Horus ; his arms by his sides, mystic lock sometimes on the right, sometimes on the left shoulder. If to f in. h. Dark and light blue porcelain . Horus Har-si-esi, walking, hawk-headed, wearing the pschent, holding a gom. 1§ to 1§ in. h. Light blue porcelain . Horus Har-si-esi walking. 2 to If in. h. o 286 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Deep blue porcelain . Small tablet, with Horus Har« si-esi, seated with the knees raised. in. h. Blue porcelain . Pasht, or Bubastes, lion-headed, walk¬ ing ; the head attire is broken off 4| in. h. Red and green porcelain . Pasht, walking, the right hand holding the left symbolic eye, emblem of the moon ; on the plinth behind, a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics. 3 to 2f in. li. Green porcelain . Pasht, lion-headed, with urasus on the top of her head attire, walking ; on the plinth behind, an inscription. 3j in. h. Blue porcelain . Figures of Pasht, lion-headed, walking, uraeus on the head ; in the left hand a lotus-sceptre. On the plinths behind some are inscriptions. 1 J to f- in. h. Blue porcelain . Pasht, lion-headed, walking ; in her left hand a lotus-sceptre. From 4§ to 1| in. h. Bine porcelain . Pasht, lion-headed, seated on a throne; in her right hand a sistrum, in her left a lotus- sceptre ; the throne decorated with winged serpents ; at the sides and on the back ~9-. 2| in. h. Blue porcelain . Pasht seated on a plain throne. If in. h. Blue porcelain . Figures of Pasht, or Tafne, lion-headed, walking, on her head the urseated disk of the sun. On a small plinth behind one is an inscription, “ Pasht,” &c. 2 in. to 1 in. h. Blue porcelain . Pasht, walking, having on her head the pschent. 1 }■ to 1| in. h. Wood . Pasht, lion-headed, seated upon a plain throne, holding in both hands some object upon her chest. The back of this figure is formed by that of a hawk, the tail reaching to the ground. 2f in. h. Light blue porcelain . iEgis, having a male human head, full face, and part of the head of the lion-headed deity, which has been broken off. 1 in. h. Blue and 'white porcelain . iEgis of Pasht or Tafne, full-face. I in. h. Dark porcelain . Lower part of a figure of Merephtah, walking, and holding a lotus-sceptre. On the plinth behind is part of an inscription, well executed, Mere¬ phtah, mistress of heaven, regent of the gods, giver of life like the sun.” If in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 287 Transparent composition , Pasht, lion-headed, stand¬ ing, profile to the right. 1\ in. h. Blue porcelain . Plate in open work, procession of six female deities. Blue porcelain . Snake-headed deity, body like a long-tailed monkey, bow-legged ; both hands applied to his head. 1 \ in. h. Porcelain of various colours , Anepo or Anubis, jackal¬ headed, walking. 3| to § in. h. Green porcelain* A small throne of open work ; at the sides a deity walking, two winged serpents, and If in. h. Yellowish green porcelain . Fragment, in two divisions, representing Typhon, full-face, and the hippopotamic deity, standing, in profile. If in. h. Deep blue porcelain, Typhon, full-face, standing, be¬ tween two figures of the hippopotamic deity, f in. h. Stone , porcelain , fyc. Female deity, in form of a hippopotamus standing on its hind legs, with pendent arms and the breasts of a female. The back is covered by the tail of a crocodile. This deity has been called Ouemti by M. Champollion, and Tipho by Mr. Wilkin¬ son. It is the companion of Khons (see above) and Typhon. In the zodiacal and astronomical scenes it is the Ursa major, and apparently a form of Isis. At Ombos, the months are represented under analogous types. From 4 to § in. h. Blue porcelain . Hippopotamic deity, a form of Ha- thor or Isis, on its hind legs, with female face and head¬ dress. if in. h. Div. 4. — Wood painted with 1 bitumen . Pasht, lion¬ headed, walking; one arm broken off. 1 ft. 6 in. h. Tombs of the kings , 1'hebes, Wood, Hippopotamic deity, seated, her hands placed upon her knees. 1 ft. 4f in. h. Thebes, Ebony, The same deity, standing, in profile, holding in her hands and on the ground a peculiar object, perhaps a band or shawl. 9| in. h. Ebony, Typhon, similar to Khons as Kneph, but without the plume, standing, full-face, bifrons. 9f in. h. Vitrified stone . Pasht, as the 4 great avenger,’ or Oeri-hek ; seated on a throne, lion-headed, her arms by o 2 288 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN her sides ; her throne based upon the bodies of four of the enemies of Egypt ; two of the northern and two of the southern frontier. On the plinth, before the deity, two animals have been seated. The head attire wanting. 8 in. h. Wood painted with bitumen ., Typhon, Seth, ass-headed, seated ; the legs wanting, but the body apparently mum¬ mied. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Tombs of the Icings , Thebes . Wood covered with bitumen . A tortoise-headed deity, seated; one of the inferior genii. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Tombs of the kings, Thebes . CASE c. DEITIES. Div. 1. — Wood . Amset, Hape, Kebhsnauf, with human, baboon, and jackal heads, walking ; a shenti round the loins. The right hands raised to hold a gom. 1 ft. 9 to 1 ft. 8 in. h. Tombs of the kings , Thebes . Div. 2. — Wood . The four genii of the Amend, Amset, Hape, Sioumautf, Kebhsnauf, mummied forms, standing upon plinths, each having his appropriate head, viz., human, baboon, jackal, hawk. These figures are generally placed near the coffins in the tombs. 1 ft. 4 in. h. Div. 3. — Wax. Amset, Hape, Sioumautf. These figures are generally found in the interior.of the bodies of mummies. 3| in. h. Clay covered with red wax . Amset and Hape, first and second genius of the Amend. 3 in. h. Wax. Amset, first genius of the Amend. 3f in. h. Porcelain , various colours . Amset, human-headed, in profile : Hape, baboon-headed ; Sioumautf, jackal-headed ; Kebhsnauf, hawk-headed. 3| to 1 \ in. h. Div. 4. — Wood. Sioumautf and Kebhsnauf, with their appropriate heads, mummied, and seated with their knees raised. Tombs of the kings , Thebes . 1 ft. 4| in h. Wood covered with bitumen. Kebhsnauf, hawk-headed, mummied, standing. 1 ft. 6^ in h. Tombs of the kings , Thebes. CASE D. COFFIN, ETC. Wood painted. A coffin, in the shape of a mummy, of Penamoun, Theban prophet priest of Amoun. Round ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 289 the neck is a rich oskh. On the chest, Netpe kneels and spreads her wings. The rest of the body is divided into compartments by perpendicular and horizontal lines of hieroglyphics, consisting of sepulchral dedications to the celestial Osiris, Seb, and Anubis, with two prayers by Penamoun, the prophet-priest of Amoun, &c., son of Sa-bai-tattou, a similar functionary ; one of these is addressed to Osiris. The compartments contain the four genii of the Amenti, Osiris placed between two symbolic eyes, and two female disked winged deities, probably Isis and Nephthys. On the feet the goddess Isis disked, winged, kneeling. The back of the coffin has the emblem of stability, surmounted by two arms holding a disk, entitled “ the eye of Horus, the lord of truth.” At each side of this emblem, is a standard of the god Nofre-Thmou; and at the base, symbols of the West and life. The perpendicular line of hieroglyphics in front of the coffin contains a “ dedication to Osiris, lord of the Amenti, great god, lord of Abydos, that he may give a good embalmment in Noute-hir for the sake of the Osirian [deceased] . Penamoun.” 6 ft. 4 in. h. Outer coffin over Case A and B. Painted ivood . A stand for offerings, in the form of a rounded column, placed on a pedestal, the capital in form of the lotus flower. 3 ft. h. Painted wood . Capitals of similar stands ; one is rect¬ angular at the apex, with three spikes to hold objects of offering. 2 in. to 4^ in. h. Bronze , A stand or altar for holding offerings. The stem is cylindrical, it tapers from abroad circular base, and expands at the top ; at the centre a large circular plate with a rim for holding offerings ; on the stem and rim of the plate, are hieroglyphic inscriptions; those on the base are apparently invocations in behalf of a person named Psametik. 4 ft. 5 in. h. CASE E. ANIMALS, DEITIES, ETC. Div. 1. — Painted wood. Jackals, seated, with pendent tails ; animals sacred to Anubis. 1 ft. 3 in. 1., 9\ in. h. to 3g in. 1., 1| in. h. Div. 2. — Painted wood . Chnouphis, ram-headed* walking. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Tombs of the Icings , Thebes, 290 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Wood covered with bitumen . Hobs or Horus, lion¬ headed, walking ; the feet wanting. 1 ft. 7\ in. 1. Tombs of the kings, Thebes . Painted wood . Figure of a Pharaoh, standing, on his head the teshr, round his loins a double triangular apron. 1 ft. 9 in. h. Tombs of the kings, Thebes . Wood. Thoth, ibis-headed, walking ; much corroded, 1 ft. 8| in. h. Tombs of the kings, Thebes . Div. 3. — Wood. Kneph or Chnouphis, ram-headed, walking. 1 ft. 8 in. h. Wood. Female deity, Isis or Nephthys, standing, in profile to the right ; a wing attached to each arm, the left raised, the right inclined to the earth ; in her right hand a feather ; before, part of a naos. The flesh gilded, the hair and wings inlaid with porcelain. 2 ft. 1 in. h. CASE F. SACRED ANIMALS, QUADRUPEDS. Div< 1. — Wood. Jackals, emblems of Anubis, lying down ; some with collars round their necks, inlaid with porcelain or composition. 1 ft. 9 in. 1., 10 in. h.; 4 in. 1., 4 in. h. Div. 2.-— Dark stone. Cynocephalus, or dog-headed baboon, emblem of the moon, seated ; fore paws upon his knees ; on his head the lunar disc. 8 in. h. Bronze. Cynocephali seated, the fore paws upon the knees. In one, the eyes, collar, and symbolic eye pend¬ ent from the same, are inlaid with gold ; round the base is inscribed, “ Thoth, twice great the lord of Shmoun, may he give establishment to Harften, son of Petamenoph.” From 2| to 1^ in. h. Bronze. Lion, emblem of Phtha or Ilorus, lying ex¬ tended ; apparently taken from the apex of a sistrum. 2§ in. 1., in h. Bronze. Cats, emblems of Pasht or Bubastes, seated ; some have collars round their necks ; one has the sym¬ bolic eye suspended from the collar; an inscription round the base, “ Pasht, the giver of life. Khonsats, son of Oushorneb.” 11 to f in. h. Bronze. A cat, placed upon a staple. 2J in. h. Bronze. Heads of cats, from statues ; on one an en¬ graved symbol ; the ears have held ear-rings. Bronze . A wolf? emblem of Osiris, walking. § in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 291 Wood . A jackal, emblem of Anubis, standing on a standard ; model of one of the standards borne in the funeral processions. 4| in. h. Thebes , Presented by J. G, Wilkinson, Esq,, 1834-. Terracotta . A dog with a curled tail, and collar round the neck, of the Greek or Roman period. Bronze . Shrew-mice, emblems of Maut or Buto. On the shoulders of one is engraved the winged globe ; on the back, a vulture with outstretched wings ; a similar vulture behind; round the pedestal, “ Athor ? mistress of Sshatem, the giver of life. Hape-onime, son of Phtha .... rou ” 5| in. 1., 2| in. h. Bronze, A horse, sacred to Amoun-ra. bridled ; of late workmanship. 1 in. h. Bronze . Apis, the bull, emblem of Osiris and the moon ; one has the urseated disk between the horns ; on the neck, the scarabaeus with open wings ; a housing on the back, behind which is a vulture with expanded wings ; these are all engraved. From 2§ to If in. h. Wood, Apis, walking ; the horns and disk are wanting. This figure is on its original plinth. 1 ft. 3 in. 1., 9J in. h. Dark stone. Apis, walking; a man with the shenti kneels upon both knees facing the bull. The head of this figure is broken off. 7J in. h. Bronze, Gazelle, walking, sacred to Typhon. If in. h. Another, with its legs bound for sacrifice. 2| in. 1. Wood, Ibex, kneeling upon the right fore leg ; em¬ blem of Typhon. 2 in. h. Bronze, A ram, the emblem oT Chnouphis, walking, on its head the otf ; of a late sera. 2 \ in. h. Bronze, A ram, with the head attire of Amoun-ra. Brown stone . The head of a ram ; beneath are the ends of four iron pins to attach it to some other object, and above, an iron pin for the head attire. 3 in. h. Bronze, A sow, Typhonian animal, walking; under her two pigs. 1^ in. h., 2 in. 1. Wood . A mystic animal ; the head and neck are those of a viper, the body of a quadruped. (Vid. Rosellini, m.c. xxiii. 2.) 11 in. 1., 4| in. h. Div. 3. — Porcelain , vitrified stone , fyc, Cynocephali, seated or standing, sacred to Ioh-Thoth. One holds a 292 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN symbolic eye, emblem of the moon ; another stands on its hind legs. 4 to f in. h. Stone , porcelain. Cynocephali, seated, having on their heads the disk of the moon. 3 to.J in h. Green porcelain. A monkey, seated, fore paws on the mouth. 1 in. h. Porcelain . Lions couchant, emblems of Phtah and Horus. 2 in. 1., \\ in. h. to § in. 1., in. h. Porcelain . The anterior parts of two lions, supporting between them the disk of the sun. § in. 1., § in. h. Porcelain. The same, without the disk. 1| in. 3. Porcelain . The anterior parts of a lion and bull conjoined. From to f in. 1., \ in. h. Green porcelain . Head of a lion, emblem of vigilance. | in. h. Terracotta , porcelain. Sphinxes, emblematic of intel¬ lect and strength, lying down or seated; on the head of one is an inverted lotus. From 4 to 1 in. h. Porcelain , ivory . Dogs, seated or lying down, emblems of Anubis. One asleep. 1 to | in. h. Porcelain . Cats, seated, emblems of Pasht. 6 to \ in. h. Porcelain. A cat on the top of a column wTith a lotus capital. If in. h. Porcelain . Cats; before each a kitten. 1| in. h. Blue porcelain. The bull Apis, walking. A tablet with the same in bas-relief. 1 to J in. h. Porcelain. Head of a bull. | in. h. Terracotta. Head of a bull, bearing a disk. 5 in. h. Red composition . A cow, lying down; on its head, disk and plumes. Red porcelain . Ibex, lying down. This animal, as well as the gazelle, appears to have been devoted to Typhon. \ in. 1. Porcelain. Rams, walking, emblems of Chnouphis. J in. h. Porcelain. The same, lying down. From § to § in. h. Porcelain. Heads of rams, surmounted by the uraated disk of the sun, emblems of the same. 1 in. h. Porcelain. Swine, walking, emblems of Typhon. 1| to \ in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 293 Porcelain , ivory. Hares, emblems of Osiris onnophris; one has the head turned behind. \ to § in. h. Div. 4. — Wood. Heads of sacred cows or bulls, their distinctive emblems broken off. Tombs of the kings at Thebes. 1 ft. 7f in. h., 9f in. 1. Wood . Ears from similar heads. 5\ in. Crude unbaked earth . Models of rams’ heads. 2^ to 2 in. h. Bronze . Horn of a ram. 4J in. 1. Wood . Head attire, disk, &c. CASE G. SACRED ANIMALS, CHIEFLY BIRDS. Div. 1. — Wood. Hawks, bodies swathed, apparently emblematic of Sochari. Many have been placed on the plinths of Osiris, or upon coffins. 7| to 2 in. h. Wood . Hawk, crowned with the pschent, upon a pedestal, decorated with an auditor of truth in the act of adoration. 1 ft. 4| in. h. Wood. Hawk of Re, or Ra, the sun ; on its head the solar disk, 1 ft. h. Wood . Vultures, emblems of Maut, standing upon plinths. 8| in. h. Div. 2. — Wood. Head of an ibis, emblem of Thoout, or Thoth. 4f in. 1., 2 in. h. Wood . Head and neck of a goose, sacred to Seb, or Saturn. 7| in. 1., 3^ in. h. Bronze . Ibis, emblems of Thoth. The eyelids of one have been inlaid in silver. 2| in. h. Thebes. Bronze. Hawks, crowned with uraeated disks, em¬ blems of Re, or Ra. l^g- to in. h. Silver. Human-headed, bearded hawk, flying with ex¬ tended wings. It has apparently formed a portion of inlaying. 2^ in. h., 3 in. b. Bronze. Hawks, crowned with the pschent, emblems of Horus. From If in. h. to 1 in. h. Bronze. Oxyrhyncus ; on its head is the uraeated disk and horns* This fish was consecrated to Thoth and the moon. 3f in. 1., 2f in. h. Thebes . Bronze . Fish of the Perch species. [Chaetodon?] 2.| in. h., 4 in. 1. Silver. The smaller figure of a like fish. 1 in. 1. Wood. Uraei, the heads disked. 6^ to 3| in. h. o 3 284 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Wood . Small hawks, with swathed bodies, emblem¬ atic of Sochari. 3f to 1| in. h. Wood . Human-faced hawks, emblems of the soul. Those whose heads are disked represent the souls of deities. 6 to 3| in. h. Wood. Uraeus coiled upon a plinth ; the head and neck erect. On the breast the symbol of Neith. 7 in. h. Wood . Lower part of an uraeus coiled upon a plinth. On one side a line of hieroglyphics, “ Amonemophth gives thanks to Oeri-hek,” one of the titles of Pasht, as the Egyptian Nemesis. 9 in. 1., 4| in. h. Bronze . Uraeus, in profile. Bronze . Uraeus, crowned with the disk of the sun ; the breast inlaid with blue and red porcelain ; the whole has been gilt. 3j in. h. Bronze . Uraeus, crowned with a conical cap. On its breast the name of Neith, of which it is a personification. If in. h. Bronze . Uraeus, the head and neck erect, crowned with the head-dress of Osiris ; emblem of Soven, or Sowan. The neck has cavities for inlaying. 3 in. h. Bronze. Uraeus, erect, upon a column with a lotus capital, the head crowned with the emblem of a goddess, mistress of the lower hemisphere, as Neith, Sate, &c. 3| in. h. Bronze. Uraei ; the head ornament indistinct or want¬ ing. The breasts inlaid with a red and blue composition. to | in. h. Bronze. Uraeus, having the head and bust of Jupiter Serapis, crowned with a modius. 1 J in. h. Bronze. Uraeus, hawk-headed, crowned with the disk of the moon, emblem ofKhons-Ioh. If in. h. Wood . Heads and necks of vipers. in. 1., 2§ in. h. Bronze. A frog, emblem of the pure waters sacred to Chnoum. Three frogs seated in a row upon circular plinths. 1 1 in. 1., § in. h., to If in. 1., \ in h. Bronze . A crocodile, emblem of Sevek, the Egyptian Saturn, § in. h. Div. 3. — Green feldspar, porcelain, fyc. Hawks, em¬ blems of divinities in general, especially of Horus. 4 to l in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 295 Porcelain . Hawks, crowned with the pschent; em¬ blems of Har-oeri, or Ilar-si-esi. Blue porcelain . Hawk ; on its head, disk and plumes of Amoun, emblem of Athor. If in. h. Blue porcelain. Hawk, with the head attire of Phtah- Sochari. If in. h. Dark porcelain. Hawk of Ooh, or Ioh ; on its head the disk of the moon. 1 in. h. Lapis lazuli , porcelain . Human-headed hawks, em¬ blems of the soul. If to f in. h. Wax. Nycticorax, the Ben or Bennou of the Egyp¬ tians ; emblem of Osiris pethempamentes. f in. h. Blue porcelain. An ibis, seated, its beak placed upon a frog. f in. h. Porcelain . A goose, standing on a lotus-flower ; emblem of Seb, or Saturn. \ in. li. Steatite , porcelain. Crocodiles, emblems of Sevek, the Egyptian Saturn. 4 to 1 in. 1. Red porcelain. Latus, or Binni fish, emblem of Athor. 1 in. 1. Blue porcelain. Siluri, or Bayads. If in. h. Agate , porcelain. Uraei. Porcelain . Uraei, with female faces, surmounted by tall plumes, personifications of Mere-sochari, in profile to the right. If to 1 in. h. Porcelain. Lion-headed uraei, emblems of Chnoumis If in. h. Serpentine , hematite , porcelain , 8$c. Frogs. If to f in. h. White porcelain. Scorpion, emblem of Selk. 2f in 1. Green porcelain . Koucoupha sceptre or gom, emblem of strength. If in. h. Porcelain . Symbols of life. If to f in. h. Porcelain . Emblems of stability, or nilometers ; pi¬ lasters with four transverse capitals. 4f in. to f in. h. Div. 4. — Wood . Head of the hippopotamus, sacred to Onouris. 9| in. h. Tombs of the kings , Thebes. Bronze. Feet of a vulture, from a figure of the bird. 6| in. h. Crude unbaked earth. Models of vultures. 3f to 2f in. h. Crude unbaked earth. Models of uraei ; on the breast 296 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN of one a line of hieroglyphics traced in white. 3f to 2\ in h. Wood . Emblems of life. 9 in. h. Wood . Emblems of stability. 9- in. h. Grey stone . Portions of the symbolic eye/ prepared for inlaying in a large statue or coffin. CASE H. SMALL STATUES. Div. 1 .—Calcareous stone . Male figure, walking, with the shenti ; the features large, coarse, and peculiar, the beard short ; the workmanship of an early era. 1 ft. 5 in. h. Calcareous stone. Figure of a functionary, walking, upon a rectangular plinth, with long hair and a garment round the loins. On the plinth are two horizontal lines of hieratic. 1 ft. 4 in. h. Green basalt. Head and chest of a sacerdotal func¬ tionary; the head in a skull cap ; part of a group, the hand of another figure resting on the right shoulder ; at the back is part of a sepulchral dedication to Phtah. 5 in. h. Wood . Figure of a man standing ; the hair short, and a short garment round the loins; a boatman? llg in. h. Calcareous stone. Figure of Os-he standing, holding before him a tablet on which is an act of adoration to Re. 1 ft. 4 in. h. Calcareous stone. Figure of Shamaroei, a sacerdotal functionary, seated by the side of his sister Toernofre ; at the sides, his children; at the back, a dedication to Amoun-ra ; also to Isis and Athor round the plinth. 1 ft. 4 in. h. Green basalt. Part of a figure of a priest named Psametik, holding a naos in which is Neith. 6 in. h. Div. 2. — Wood. Figure of a Pharaoh, standing, collar round the neck, short garment round the loins, fringed apron. On the forehead a place for the uraeus. 7| in. h. Wood. Figures of men, seated on thrones based on pedestals ; hair short, bearded, shentis round the loins. Tombs of the kings , Thebes. 1 ft. 7J in. h. Ebony. Figure of a high officer of state, walking, with a long garment gathered round the loins ; his hair ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 297 long and falling on his shoulders before; on the plinth behind, the naked figure of a boy in bas-relief. 1 ft. 7 in. h. Wood . Figure of a high officer of state, in a long garment with full sleeves, plaited from the loins down¬ wards, formed into an apron in front ; his hair long, falling in two lappets on the shoulders ; the left hand open, and the right clenched. 11| in. h. Wood . Figure of a man, walking, clothed from the loins downwards ; he holds a basket or vase in the left hand, and the handle of some instrument in the right. 6\ in. h. Wood . Rowers, seated, with their knees raised ; arms moveable ; from models of boats. The flesh of one coloured yellow. From 4§ to 5 in. h. Wood painted . Figures of men, walking, shentis round their loins. The moveable arms are wanting. These figures are also from sepulchral boats. 6| to 3 in. h. Wood painted Priest, from a model of a sepulchral boat. 4 in. h. Wood . Female figures, walking, the head attire of one bound with a fillet. 8 in. h. Ivory . A naked figure, standing, with close cap, pro¬ bably one of the sacerdotal class. 4| in. h. Memphis . Wood painted . Figure of a man, unbearded, seated ; the arms and legs wanting. Tombs of the kings , Thebes . Div. 3. — Bronze . Figure of a king, walking; on his head the uraeated claft, with fore lappets and tail ; round his loins a shenti. 7 in. h. Bronze . Figure of a king, standing ; his head is bound round with a diadem, and in the centre is the place for the insertion of the uraeus ; his left hand is raised, and his right placed on his waist ; round his neck is an oskh, and a feathered garment and tunic round his loins ; on his head a low modius with a place for the insertion of a distinctive head ornament, apparently two plumes. The dress is richly inlaid with silver. 9| in. h. Dark green steatite . Small statue of Phtahmai, bard and royal scribe of the tables of ail the gods, in a tunic, fluted and gathered from the loins downwards; he kneels on both knees, and holds before him a tablet on which is inscribed the prenomen of Rameses the great [Sesostris], the symbol of gold, and the notched palm branches in- 298 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES, [EGYPTIAN dicative of time, placed on frogs or tadpoles, emblems of Chaos, from which Time springs. 3| in. h. Soft stone . A king, walking ; an oskh round his neck ; a short garment with the apron between two pendent ursei round his loins. His left hand holds a short sash, the emblem of military power ; his right a crook. The head is wanting. 5 § in. h. Thebes . 'Dark stone. Group representing an individual named ‘ Monthoph ’ standing, in a long garment, having on his left side, his mother Apou, and on his right, his wife Taut-pneb ? with each an arm round his neck ; on the back, a sepulchral dedication to Osiris, and the names of the three persons, with that of his son liar, a sacred scribe. 5b in. h. Green basalt . Lower portion of the figure of a priest, standing, holding before him a naos, in which is Osiris pethempamentes standing. On the plinth behind, the lower part of an inscription in hieroglyphics, containing part of the genealogy of the deceased. Of the time of the xxvi. dynasty. 6f in. h. Bronze . A priest, kneeling, holding upon his head a bowl, in which are five circular cakes of bread ; his right hand raised, wTith the palm downwards. 5§ in. h. Thebes . Bronze. Priests of libations, kneeling ; in the right hand of two a vase, in the left an altar; round the plinth of one an inscription, almost effaced. 3f to in. h. One of these from Abydos. Bronze . Altar of libation, with vases, cakes, &c. At each corner in front, a hawk ; behind, two cynocephali, having on their heads the disk of the moon. A shorn figure, with a kbort garment round the loins, kneels be¬ tween them. A frog with a hole between his fore feet serves as a spout. cl\ in. 1., j § in. b., 1 in. h. Calcareous stone . The figure of a deceased scribe, Nebre, standing, clothed from the chest to thq ankles ; he holds before him a figure of Osiris Pethempamentes. The hair and faces are coloured ; on the back, are his name and titles traced in black. Thebes. 9f in. h. ' Calcareous stone , painted. Figure of Senofrenebmas, seated on a throne, holding in his left hand a stem and flower of the papyrus ; at his right side a naked child ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 299 placing a finger upon his lips ; on the plinth behind, and on the sides of the throne, a hieroglyphic dedication to Osiris, lord of Tattou, for the devotion of the deceased, Seno- frenebmas, and for his brother Mautsi. in. h. Thebes . Bronze . A male figure, walking, in the attitude of offering ; his head shorn, a short belted garment round the loins, and another round his waist, with an oskh and ornament round the neck. 9f in. h. Basalt . Figure of a man, standing, clothed from the chest to the ankles. Oil the plinth, a sepulchral dedication for the deceased, offered by his brother. 6 in. h. Calcareous stone . A small statue of Sevek-nasht, son of Eiao, walking ; in each hand a cylindrical roll ; on his head a claft ; a belted shenti round his loins ; his name is inscribed before his right foot ; on the sides of the co¬ lumn behind, are two sepulchral dedications to Osiris and Anubis. 1 ft. 1| in. h. Arragonite and calcareous stone . A male figure, with a short garment round the loins, seated on a throne : before him an altar for libations, and a flight of stairs ; the plinth red ; the disposition of the hair and form of the fea¬ tures peculiar. It seems of an early period. 7\ in. h. Abydos . Arragonite and calcareous stone . A similar figure walk¬ ing, on a plinth ; before his feet, a small flight of steps. 6 1 in. h. Abydos . Calcareous stone . Male figure, walking, on a plinth, wearing an oskh and shenti ; head and right arm wanting; round the edge of the plinth, a sepulchral dedication to Osiris, lord of Abydos, for the deceased, by his brother Thoth. It is of coarse execution. 5\ in. h. Dark sandstone . A man, walking, wearing an oskh, and garment from the loins to the knees. in. h. Bronze. A male figure, walking ; on his head a conical cap, disc, and horns ; a long sash descends from the apex of the cap to the feet. 2§ in. h. Thebes. Bronze. A male figure, kneeling, with a shenti ; hands and arms placed by the sides ; the head in a claft, with lappets before. 2| in. h. Thebes . Bronze . The figure of a man, walking ; in each hand a cylindrical roll ; on his head the claft, with lappets on 300 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN each shoulder before. The workmanship of a late period. 4 in. h. Thebes . Green vitrified earth . A figure, apparently female, al¬ most naked, walking, holding a calf, slung round her neck, by its four feet. Her right hand is pendent by her side, and grasps by the horns an oryx or gazelle. These animals were probably borne as offerings. 7g in. h. Steatite . A naked female figure ; her right knee on a semicircular base ; she wears the oskh and anklets ; her elbows have been placed upon two columns, rising from each end of the base. The head, right arm, and one column, are wanting. 3 in. h. Calcareous stone . A female lying on a couch in a long close tunic ; her head supported by an ouols or head¬ rest ; round her neck an oskh ; her hair in the style of the xxii. dynasty. A child is placed transversely under her legs. in. h. Calcareous stone . The figure of a female, lying upon a bier or couch: on her head a pyramidal ornament ; her body clothed. On her right, the naked figure of a child ; above his head, a hieratic inscription. The figures are surrounded by the painted figure of an asp. 9| in. 1. Calcareous stone. Nubian female, kneeling and grind¬ ing. 9 in. h. Porcelain. Heads and torsos of two females, sup¬ porting on their heads two monkeys turned back to back, with their right paws on their mouths. in. h. Calcareous stone , gilt . A female in a long garment, seated ; in her left hand ; the hair blue, in short rows of curls ; the eyes inlaid. 5 in. h. Calcareous stone. A female standing, her hair disposed similarly to that of Athor, a fillet along the top and back of the head; her arms pendent; on the column behind, a dedication to Osiris for the deceased. in. h. Porcelain. A female standing, with a girdle round the loins ; on her head a cowl, and disk with holes around; she holds some object under her right breast. 4| in. h. Div. 4. — Blue porcelain. Namms, or head-dress, from the statue of a king ; the diadem gilt, and inlaid with red and light blue porcelain ; behind, one vertical, and two oblique bands, the latter terminating in ursei. 3g in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 301 Green basalt, calcareous stone . Heads from the sta¬ tues of priests ; the face of one gilt. 2 to \ \ in. h. Calcareous stone . Heads and busts of high officers of state, with long hair, from statues. 7^ to 2 in. h. Calcareous stone . Heads of females, from statues. 6 to S\ in. h. Arragonite. A bearded head, of the Greek or Roman epoch. Presented by J . G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Bronze . An arm and hand bent, holding some object of offering. 3 in. h. Temple of Berenice . Presented by J . G. Wilkinson , 1834. JFooc?. Legs, hands, and arms from statues. From 1 ft. in. to 4 in. 1. Porcelain and composition . Hands and arms, carved on one side only, and used for inlaying. 3 to 1 in. 1. Bronze. Foot, and pair of feet from statues. 3 to \ in. h. CASE I. K. L. HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE, AND OTHER LARGE OBJECTS. Div. 1. — Wood . A seat with four turned legs, which, with the rails, are inlaid with ivory. The seat concave, covered with stucco, of a maroon colour, each side sup¬ ported towards the centre with small bars of ivory. 1 ft. 2| in. h. Thebes. Wood . A seat of similar form, coloured. lOf in. h. Thebes. Wood . A similar seat ; the bottom has been of leather. 1 ft. \ in. h., seat 1 ft. 2| in. sq. Thebes . Wood. A high-backed chair, the back double; the inner sloping, the outer upright ; the bottom of platted cord, like modern cane-bottomed chairs. 2 ft. 4 in. h., seat I ft. 3 in. sq., 1 ft. \\ in. h. Thebes. Wood. A seat with four curved legs crossing and moving on a bronze pivot ; they terminate in the head of a goose, the eyes and nostrils inlaid with ivory ; the seat has been of maroon-coloured leather ; the legs are decorated with inlaid patterns. 1 ft. 9| in. b., 1 ft. II in. h. Thebes. Wood. A high-backed chair on lion-footed legs ; the back solid, inlaid with panels of darker wood, with lotus flowers of ivory; the bottom of cord. 1 ft. llj in. h. Thebes. 302 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Wood. Three-legged stools ; the seats concave ; the legs curved outwards ; one has been coloured white. 1 ft. \ in. to 11 in. h. Thebes. Wood. A square stool, of light wood, but strong and compact, with upright and diagonal bars, the bottom concave, formed of four flat bars ; the whole is covered with white fresco. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Thebes. Arragonite, calcareous stone , wood. Ouols or rests for the head, consisting of a semicircular support, upon a column based upon a plinth. One is supported on two diagonal legs united by a brass pin ; of another, which has consisted of two such pieces morticed together, the half only remains. 10 to in. h. The last presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood o Upper part of an ouols, the sides carved in bas-relief, representing Khons-Kneph. 4 in. h. Arragonite. Ouols with a fluted column ; in front a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics relative to Iot-kai or Atkai, holding some office. 6g in. h. Wood. Ouols. In front a line of hieroglyphics re¬ lative to Mas-khar-hao, a royal bard, glorifier of Amoun. 6| in. h. Div. 2. — Wood. The square bottom of a seat, concave, covered with stucco, and decorated with a coloured border. 1 ft. 5 in. sq. Thebes. Wood. Three legs from a gal or couch, represent¬ ing the fore and hind parts of lions ; they are painted of a dark colour. 1 ft. 8 to 1 ft. 6 in. h. Wood. The fore foot of a similar couch ; lion’s head in a claft. 1 ft. 4j in. h. A similar foot ; but the head that of a cow. 1 ft. 4| in. h. TVood , ebony, fyc. Legs from chairs and seats, turned or flat ; one has the head of a goose; another, lion’s claws. 1 ft. 5| in. 1., 3 in. 1. Linen.— Cushion, stuffed with feathers of water-fowls. 1 ft. 5 in. 1. Wood. A cramp ; on its upper surface, “ the lord of diadems, Osirei-Menephtah,” 12th king of the xviii. dynasty, b.c. 1604-1579. 1 ft. | in. 1. Wood. Two cramps, used for connecting masonry. 1 ft. 1 in. 1. Ramesseium at Thebes . ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 303 Lead. A cramp. Temple of Berenice. 5 in. 1. Pre¬ sented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood. A small cramp, in a state of decomposition. 7 in. 1. Thebes. Presented by J. G Wilkinson , Esq ., 1834. Iron. Keys. 5 in., 4f in., 4j in., If in. h. Thebes. Bronze. A pair of hinges, with the basalt socket of the lower, 7 in. h. 11 in. 1. Granite sanctuary of the great temple of Karnak. Bronze . A hinge. 5 in. 1. Calcareous stone. The capital of a column, with lotus flowers. 4^ in h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Dark and blue porcelain. Small tiles, part of the in¬ laying of a door in a pyramid at Sakhara. 2| in. to 1 in. 1. Wood. Pyramidal stand for a vase ; the legs painted blue, red and yellow. 2 ft. 4 in. h. Thebes. Wood . A stand with six legs, probably for holding a vase, coloured white. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Calcareous stone. The model, apparently of a house, square at the base, and slightly converging towards the top, which has had a balustrade all round ; there are two doors, and six windows at each side. The upper ones are latticed. 3 \ in. w., 4 in d. at base, 8| h. Wood. The model of a granary and yard. The yard door opens inwards, and is fastened by a sliding bolt. The granary is on the opposite side, and consists of three rooms, each having one door towards the yard, which opens by sliding upwards ; the roof of the granary is flat, protected by a low wall forming a terrace, at the end of which is a covered shed, in which a man is seated. It is approached by a flight of steps, under which is a chamber with a sliding door, like those of the granaries. In the yard is a female standing over a kneading trough, making bread. The doors are painted red and white, the female yellow, the man red, the trough yellow. On one side of the trough is a hieratic inscription. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Gournah. A wig of human hair. From the upper part, which is curled, depend long and tightly platted locks ; the co¬ lour is black with an auburn tinge. Wigs of this de¬ scription appear on the heads of the female musicians 304 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN in the fresco paintings of this collection, and on those of persons of high rank. 1 ft. 7\ in. h. Tomb behind the small temple of Isis , Thebes. Reed . Rectangular basket in which the wig was con¬ tained. The sides are formed of the kash or writing reeds of the Egyptians ; the framework is of narrow sticks bound together by papyrus. 1 ft. 3 in. h., 1 ft. 7 in. b., 10 in. d. Wood . A three-legged stand or table. On the upper surface is painted the uraeus coiled upon the basket, the symbol of dominion ; before it, on an altar, the leg of a victim and other viands ; a vine behind, with red twigs and purple bunches of grapes ; before the snake is a dedication to Amoun-ra and Osiris for Phaihroupi. 1 ft. 8 in. h., 2 ft. 3 in. b., 18 in. d. Thebes. Wood . Curved fragments, perhaps from a chariot. 1 ft. 6 in w., 7 in. h. Wood. Various other fragments of chairs, stools, &c. Div. 3. — Arragonite, pottery, fyc. Large vases for do¬ mestic purposes; one painted like the Phoenician vases, representing two mystic birds with human arms, probably the phoenix, flowers of the papyrus, &c. 1 ft. 6 in. to 10 in. h. Arragonite. Circular tables or salvers. 1 ft. 7 in. dr., 1 ft. 8 in. dr. CASE M. OBJECTS OF DRESS AND TOILET. Div. 1. — Leather. A cap, of a single piece cut into network ; at one corner, a ring of ivory. 1 ft. b., 1 ft. 1 in. 1. Leather. A workman’s apron, narrowing towards the bottom, where it is cut into a kind of fringe ; two straps above, to pass round the body. There is a small purse¬ shaped pocket at the right side, secured by a flap and tongue; the edge is ornamented with a painted black border. 3 ft. 2 in. 1. Linen cloth. An Egyptian tunic, without sleeves, sewn together by the selvage, which is blue. The bottom terminates in a kind of fringe. 4 ft. 3 in. 1. Thebes . Basket, in which the above tunic was contained, formed of platted leaves of the palm tree. 8f in. h,, 1 ft. 3 in. 1. dr. Thebes . ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 305 Palm leaves . A basket, in which were found many of the shoes and sandals in Div. 4. 1 ft. 1. Div. 2. — Wood . Rectangular case bored with four cy¬ lindrical holes, to hold sthem, or stibium, a bluish black metallic colour for the eyelids. 4 in. h., 1| in. sq. at base. Wood . Cases for sthem, in the shape of four cylin¬ ders united ; the covers have moved upon pivots ; pins for laying on the colour, some surmounted by a hawk. to 2^ in. h. Green porcelain or vitrified stone . Vase for colour, in the shape of four cylinders united. Around is inscribed, “ Establish good life to the scribe Oohmos or Amasis.” 2| in. h. Memphis. White porcelain . Cylindrical reed-formed case for paint ; in front, a line of hieroglyphics ; “ the gracious god, the lord of the world, the sun the lord of worlds, (prenomen of Amentuonkh,) the great royal wife Onkh- sen-amoun or Amononkhsen.” 6 in. h., § in. dr. Reed. Cylindrical cases with inscriptions, carved, or traced with black paint ; one has the linen and string in which it was wrapped. 3f to 4 in. 1. Reed, wood, ivory, porcelain. Cylindrical cases for stibium. 7 to 2| in. 1. Ivory . A case for paint ; it represents a monkey stand¬ ing erect, grasping with both arms a cylinder, with its cover of wood. 3f in. h. Ivory, arragonite, porcelain . Studs for the hair. See the mummy of Kotbti, Case 0 0. 2 to § in. dr., 2 in. to | in. h. Porcelain, wood. Cylindrical cases for paint, with capitals like the leaves of the doum palm; round the shaft are waving lines and fringes. One has a hematite pin. 4 in., 3|in. h. Terracotta . A case for paint, in form of the head at¬ tire of Pnebto, the son of Horus. 3^ in. h., 3^ in b. Wood. A small vase or bottle for the sthem, in the shape of Khons standing erect. 4j in. h. A similar vase, in form of a naked, beardless, girdled, Typhonian figure. 2| in. h. Div. 3. — Bronze. A mirror; the handle in the shape of a lotus-sceptre surmounted by the head of Athor, the goddess of beauty, with an inverted crescent. 1 ft. h., 1 ft. \ in. 1. 306 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Bronze . A similar mirror, the handle in shape of a plaited tress of hair surmounted by two hawks. 5 in. h. Bronze. Mirrors with handles of wood ; one termi¬ nates in the head of a hawk-headed deity, in a claft ; the other in a kind of standard, having at one end the right symbolic eye. I ft. 1| in. h. Bronze. A mirror with ivory handle in form of a column with a lotus capital. 10i in. h. Bronze. A mirror with a handle of porcelain, in form of a lotus-sceptre; on its upper surface is inscribed the name of “Monthemhe, son of Ilykheth.” 10J in. h. Bronze . Mirrors, without handles. 6J to 4 in. dr. Bronze . Circular mirror, in form of a box with its cover. 6| in. dr. Basalt , arragonite. A vases for stibium. 4 J to 1 J in. h. Calcareous stone , fyc. Covers from similar vases. Dark green steatite . A vase for stibium, held by a kneel¬ ing youth, shorn, with a single braided tress of hair from the crown, and wearing a long garment and belt round the loins. 3^ in. h. Green porcelain . A vase for stibium, having in open work round the body, a frieze of nofre, feathers, and other symbols ; the foot broken. 2f in. h. Memphis. Bronze , wood, fyc. Pins, for laying the pigment on the eyelids and brows, or used as hair pins ; one termi¬ nates in hematite. 6 to 3| in. 1. Bronze, wood, hone, fyc. Similar pins having a bulb at one end only. 5| to in. 1. Arragonite , ivory, tyc. Pins, &c., for the hair. Wood. Combs ; one with a double row of teeth, another has the back terminating in the head of a cow. 4| to in. 1. Wood . Fragments of similar combs. Div. 4. — Leather , palm leaves, papyrus, wood . San¬ dals ot various forms and sizes. Leather , palm leaves. Sandals with high sides, ap¬ proaching to the form of a shoe, with peaked toes ; these sandals are provided with ankle and fore straps. Leather. Shoes with round toes, red and green, most of them for children ; they were found in the basket on shelf I. in this Case, and are provided with ankle and fore straps, like sandals, but are probably of a later epoch. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 307 Shoes of similar shape are depicted on the covering of the mummy of a child [in Case B B.] of the Roman era. 7\ to 5f in. 1. Leather . Shoes similar to the preceding, of coarser work and stouter material ; one is of a late epoch* orna¬ mented with stitched and cut ornaments, with eyelet holes behind for a lace, which has been fixed round the foot to a tongue on the ankle. 1 0 to 9 in. 1. CASES N to T. VASES. The peculiar application of the various forms of these objects is not easy of solution ; some, however, appear in the hieroglyphic texts to have been appropriated to particular substances, — as wax, wine, liquids, &c. The smaller and more elegant are supposed to have held un¬ guents, perfumes, &c., for the toilet ; the larger and coarser, domestic objects, as wine, eatables, &c., or to have been for preserving and mixing liquids ; others again contain varnish, bitumen, &c. The materials of which they are fabricated are chiefly basalt, serpentine, arragonite, or oriental alabaster, various kinds of clays baked, a thoroughly vitrified brilliant porcelain, and glazed terracotta. The pottery is occasionally painted when unglazed. The prevailing colours of the glazing are red, blue, and green. The delineation of subjects on these vases is exceedingly rare ; some few have inscrip¬ tions. The following appear most worthy of remark : Case N. Div. 1.— . Arragonite. A large vase, the neck broken off, inscribed in front with the prenomen and name of Thutmes or Thothmes III. (Moeris.) Another has the name of a different king, (vid. Rosellini, Tom. n. App. Tav. xv. 12.) 1 ft. \\ to 8| in. h. Arragonite . Two vases, one having in front the prenomen Merenre, of an unplaced king prior to the xvi. dynasty, with the standard and titles of the same monarch ; the other, that of Re-Nofrekah, assumed by Sabaco, first king of the xxv. dynasty, but previously used by a monarch of the xv. dynasty ; this prenomen, standard, and titles are also in a long cartouche upon the cover. 8 to 5| in. h. Div. 2. — Pottery . Four ampullae, each inscribed with a single line in hieratic writing. Two have their stoppers 308 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN of unbaked clay, and another the linen bands by which tjiey were held in their places. to in. h. Arragonite. A vase, inscribed with the name of Noub- met-het, a princess. 4j in. h. Porcelain, pottery, fyc. Vases with flat circular bodies and short necks. The necks of three are formed by a lotus flower and two apes squatting; on the lateral bands are invocations to Amoun, Phtah, Nofre-Thmou, Khons, Neith, Pasht, to give happy years to the pos¬ sessor ; underneath the necks a rich cskh, or collar. 5 ^ to 3 in. h. Thebes. Pottery . A vase, having on each side, in bas-relief, a figure of Horus advancing, similar to that in Case A. Div. 4. 3\ in. h. Div. 3. — Arragonite . A circular table inscribed with hieroglyphics, indicating that it belonged to Atkai, having on it eight vessels of various forms, each inscribed with his names and titles. 1 ft. \\ in. dr. Abydos. Calcareous stone . Rectangular slab, with cavities to receive the following objects : — two bottle-shaped vases, one of alabaster, the other of basalt ; four alabaster cru¬ cible-formed vases ; a peculiar shaped object, bifurcate at one end, of pink porcelain ; a piece of basalt, with the place for another. 6f in. 1., 4J in. d. Abydos. Porcelain. A vase of a deep blue, with a wavy pattern of white and yellow ; in front are two projections, perhaps intended to represent eyes. 6| in. li. Memphis . Arragonite. A jar-shaped vase ; the neck ornamented with a female face. 9 in. h. Memphis. Div. 4. — Glass. Unguentaria, or vases wTith long necks ; one blue, and another of a speckled gray, with the neck twisted. 7\ to 2 in. h. Pottery. A bottle, with a rude representation of a face and arms in bas-relief in front. 7§ to 6 in. h. CASE O. VASES. Drv. 1.— Painted pottery. Ajar-shaped vase, with three small handles or ears placed on the neck ; the linen by wdiich the stopper was covered still remains.' This vase has been painted of a yellow colour, with dark streaks, and highly varnished. W\ in. h. Painted pottery . A bottle-shaped vase, with three small 309 ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. handles round the body ; the ground is light brown, with red and black lines ; between the handles are three emblems of life, with human hands and arms, in each hand a gom. 10f in. h. Porcelain , or opaque glass . Small vase with four handles, of a blue colour, with a wavy pattern, light blue, white, and yellow, most probably used for the toilet. 4| in. h. Porcelain , or opaque glass . Small diota of a light blue, with a pattern of dark blue and yellow ; one handle and the neck broken. 4\ in. h. Memphis. Div. 2. — Porcelain , or opaque glass . Small jug, richly ornamented, of a deep blue, with pattern of a yellow, white, and light blue colour ; — a portion of the handle still remains. This vase is the most brilliant specimen of glass in the collection. 3§ in. h. Painted pottery . Double vases, connected together by the lip, handles, or body. 4| in. h. Pottery. Vase, or rather lamp in shape of a small bottle, with a spout ; above, six small circular holes. 31- in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Piv. 3. — Terracotta . Vase of libations, frequently seen on the altars before divinities. The body has an oval hole through its centre. In front is a small spout, formed by the neck and beak of a bird. Painted on it are two symbolic eyes, a symbol of life with human arms, from the hands of which other smaller symbols of life are pendent ; an emblem of stability, surmounted by the right symbolic eye ; a border of rosettes or flowers on each side round the aperture ; these subjects are traced in black and red ; the upper part and spout is fractured. In this vase the beads and emblem of sta¬ bility in Case R. 3. were said to have been found. 10^ in. h. Terracotta . Diota, of a deep red, having in front Onouris, or Mars, brandishing his sword, of grotesque proportions ; apparently of late workmanship. 1 ft. i in. h. 4 Arragonite. Diota, with flat three-handled cover, fitting accurately ; a line of hieroglyphics indicates that the vase holds 44 8 hno. and 6 parts.” 10J in. h. Lower Egypt. p 310 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Porcelain , or opaque glass. Vase, of a deep blue, with a pattern of light blue, white, and yellow. 3§ in. h. CASE P. VASES, LAMPS, ETC. Div. 2 . — Red pottery . Vase, in form of a female stand¬ ing and playing upon the guitar ; the eyes, hair, and other parts, traced in black outline ; a short single handle be¬ hind the neck. This vase contains some viscous fluid. Sj in. h. Thebes . Red pottery. Head of a female, with the short matted hair peculiar to the era of the Bubastite dynasty, and Nubian features, from a similar vase. It appears to have been coloured black. in. h. Pottery. V ase in shape of the ibex, standing upon a plinth ; the mouth of the vessel placed on the back. Underneath, a small animal ; all the legs broken and imperfect. The colour is green ; it was probably used for the toilet. in. h. Pottery. Vase in the shape of a hedgehog ; the aper¬ ture, with its short neck, is placed upon the back ; before it a human head; of a green colour. If in. h. , Thebes. Pottery. Vase in the shape of a lamb lying down, of a red colour, and late epoch. 8f in. h., 4f in. 1. Pottery . Vase in shape of the fish latus. 6f in. 1. Pottery. Vases in shape of gourds, with single handles and short narrow necks. Upon one of a bright red colour is traced in black, a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, for the offering of 44 Eian the other is of a yellower colour, and striped horizontally. to 4g in. 1. Thebes. Pottery . Vases in the shape of the pine cone. 4f to 5 in. h. Red pottery. Vase, somewhat cylindrical, issuing from a flower, and decorated with the feathers of Osiris and other symbols. 6 in. 1. Div. 3 and 4. — Terracotta. Lamps; on the upper part of some, a toad in bas-relief ; others have an eagle, the head of a boar, bunch of grapes, two chil¬ dren, palm leaves, ornaments ; on one is QsoXoy.a. Qsov These lamps are of the Greek and Roman era. 5 to 3 in. 1., 1| to | in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 311 Pottery. Fragments from vases ; one, which is from Coptos, has the figure of a hare traced on it ; on another is a spiral ornament. Presented by J . G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. CASE Q. MUMMY COFFIN. Cedar wood. Inner coffin of “ Harsontiotf, divine father and prophet priest of Amoun in Thebes,” invested with several other offices, as prophet priest of Khons, Isis, and Harsaphes, of the saviour and brother gods ? superintendent of the incense vases of Amoun, son of Nasht-har-hat, prophet priest of Amoun in Thebes, &c. ; and of Taitnofreophth, an assistant priestess of Amoun- ra. The face is gilt, bearded, in a blue claft. There is a rich oskh terminated at each shoulder by the head of a hawk in the otf ; upon the neck an emblem of the soul and pectoral plate, representing the deceased adoring Osiris, Horus, Isis, and Nephthys. Beneath the oskh is the scara- baeus with expanded wings thrusting forward the disk, adored by cynocephali. In front is an invocation to Ra of seven perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics with figures of the four genii of the Amenti, and Isis and Nephthys in compartments. On the feet are two jackals, guardians of the upper and lower hemisphere, and the names and titles of the deceased. The interior of the cover or lid exhibits an astrono¬ mical scene. The heaven (Tphe) as a female with ex¬ tended arms and legs ; above her head a winged globe, and emblem of progression, both inverted ; the red disk of the sun appears beneath her chin, at her waist, and at her feet ; on her breast, between the fore parts of two sphinxes, is an oval containing a hawk-headed deity be¬ tween two wings, two vipers, and a human-headed viper. Beneath these are four human heads surmounted by palm branches placed on a viper and entitled “ the heads of the lords of flame a human-headed deity disked standing by the side of a serpent with human legs and two wings, which he grasps ; at each side of him a symbolic eye ; by the side of this emblem is inscribed “ eternity.” Beneath, a figure of the soul flying— “ the spirits passing to life eternal.” At the right side of Tphe is Ra piercing with a spear the constellation Taurus, p 2 312 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN indicative of the birth of the sun ; behind him are a cro¬ codile, and lion with a crocodile’s tail ; in front, the hippopotamic deity, the ursa major of the system, here entitled “ Isis, the established mother of the panegvries of heaven,” the four genii of the Amenti, other inferior deities, an emblem of the soul, and figure of the deceased. Behind the scene of the birth of the sun, is another train of deities. At the left side of Tphe is a boat, the emblem of Nephthys attended by deities, the constellation of Osiris, Isis-Sothis or the dog star, the constellation of Har- kemautf, and Harsiesi. The area is filled by stars, and the constellations are followed by a bennou and tortoises, inferior deities, and the deceased in the act of adoration. The sides of the coffin represent part of the scenes depicted on the chambers and sarcophagi of the kings, the bark of the sun drawn by the hours, the capture of the apoph or gigantic serpent, the sounding of the depths by the boatmen, the deceasedadoring in the bark, inferior deities, emblems, See. At the top of the coffin is the scarabseus thrusting forward the head-dress of Osiris, saluted by Seben vul¬ ture-headed, and Sate with the head of an uraeus. Two cartouches of Osiris saluted by Isis and Nephthys, winged. Osiris, emblem of stability, adored by Isis, Nephthys, and two other deities. At each side, in compartments, are seated figures of mummied animal-headed inferior deities. At the bottom of the coffin are depicted two figures with their hands bound behind them and their feet tied, em¬ blematic of the enemies of Egypt, and an inscription be¬ fore them, “ all thy enemies are under thy sandals.” Two jackals seated facing, and two figures of Osiris pe- thempamentes, having a finger on the top of the head, from which flows a stream of libations. The back¬ ground is uncoloured, and the divisions are formed by horizontal and perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics, containing inscriptions relative to the various scenes, &c. On the lower half is a figure of the goddess Netpe, placed upon a standard ; by the side are inscriptions relative to “Netpe, the great mother of the gods;” on her head is the hawk standard, symbolic of the Ement or west. See Mummy in Case HR. Wood . Figure of Osiris standing upon a plinth, with an oskh round the neck, a pectoral plate on the chest, ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 313 and scarabaeus on the stomach. The body, plinth, and pedestal are covered with hieroglyphics, invocations of the deceased Harsontiotf. The long plinth on which the figure stands has in front an excavation with a cover, on which is the hawk of Sochari. 2 ft. h. Linen . Hypocephalus, covered with stucco, belonging to Harsontiotf ; black, the figures in yellow, representing the boat of the god Kneph, or Chnouphis, and the qua- drifrons ram-headed seated type of Amoun-ra. Round it is a border of hieroglyphics, containing the names and titles of the deceased. 6 in. diameter. CASE R. BOWLS, CUPS, ETC. Div. 1 . — Pottery, T wo stands for vases, hollow through¬ out, of a deep red colour. 1 ft. 4| to 1 ft. b\ in. h. Div. 2.— Basalt, arragonite , fyc, Paterae, or bowls, differing in depth and diameter. One bears an inscription relative to Atkai, from whose tomb many other of the objects in the collection have been taken. Others have rims. 4§ to in. h., 11| to in. dr. Steatite, arragonite, — Small flat vases or cups, in shape of the fish chaetodon ; one has the scales and fins elaborately indicated. 4| to 4fin. 1. Arragonite, Vases or cups in the shape of the shell Indina Nilotica. 5 to 4| in. 1. Abydos , Arragonite, Small vases in the shape of wine-glasses. 4g to 4 in. h. Abydos. Div. 3.. — Porcelain, Large blue bowl : on the exterior, fourteen petals of flowers in a dark blue outline ; in the centre of the interior, a square divided into eight triangles, the alternate ones being darker, surrounded with un¬ dulating lines ; from each corner arises a stem of five flowers of the lotus or papyrus, alternately placed. 10 in. dr. Porcelain, Semi-globular bowl of a light greyish pur¬ ple colour ; round the rim is a horizontal line of hiero¬ glyphics inlaid in white — “ . . . like the sun, lord of diadems, Amon-mai Rameses. ... of the king, like the sun, lord of the world, the sun, guardian of truth, ap¬ proved of the sun, giver of eternal life.” Beneath, a horizontal band of circular flowers, and on the base, the 314 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN calyx and expanded petals of the lotus, coloured light blue and red. 4 in. dr., 2| in. h. Terracotta . Round cups, on feet ; they have three boles in the lower part of the body, and were probably used for incense. 3\ to in. h. Div. 4. — Pottery . Paterae, having in the interior, traced in outline, a procession of Har, Atmou, Tafne, Seb, Netpe, Osiris, Iris, Thoth, and Nephthys; the bark of Ra, figure of Amoun-ra, Osiris, &c. 11 in. dr., 3 in. h. CASE S. VASES. Pottery . Vases of Greek manufacture, generally co¬ loured of a light red, but occasionally dark, with the figures of birds and animals, Etruscan borders, and other patterns CASE T. VASES OF BRONZE, AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS, VIANDS, ETC. Div. 1. — Bronze . Bucket. On the sides are engraved, I. Osiris, under the form of an emblem of stability,- saluted by Isis and Nephthys, each pouring liquid from a vase of libations on the hands of two human-headed hawks, em¬ blems of the soul of the deceased Petamoun, prophet of Amoun in Thebes, chief scribe of Maut, scribe of the sledges [?] of the abode of Amoun. II. Petamoun seated on a chair, in his left hand a pat sceptre ; his name in¬ scribed upon his dress ; beneath the chair is a cynoce- phalus. His son Presh-khons, prophet of Amoun in Thebes, offers to him a libation from a vase and incense from an amschoir, over an altar before a table. The hiero- glyphical lines on the body contain the names of the per¬ sonages and their invocations. The base is engraved in outline to represent the calyx and expanded petals of the lotus. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Thebes . Bronze . Bucket. Round the body the following scenes are engraved in outline : I. Har, or Hor a deceased Theban prophet-priest of Amoun, scribe, and in charge of the living cynocephali of the temple of Khons, adoring Osiris, Har-si-esi, Isis, and Nephthys, who confer upon him power, victory over the impure, incense, and other pure and good things. II. Har or Hor, seated by his wife ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 315 Tnofrebais, receiving an offering of incense and libations from his son Petamoun, also a sacerdotal functionary. The invocations and titles of the deceased are contained in the hieroglyphics above the head of the figure. The base is engraved to represent the calyx and expanding petals of the lotus. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Thebes. Bronze . Bucket, having the following scene engraved in outline. Osiris pethempamentes, manifester of good, great god in Hat, seated on a throne ; behind, stand Har-hat, great god lord of the heaven, hawk-headed ; Isis, the great mother goddess, in a tree, wearing the disk and horns, and holding a lotus sceptre ; and Nephthys, the sister goddess. Before Osiris is a priest holding an amschoir, and pouring upon an altar a liba¬ tion, part of which the human-faced hawk catches in his hands. The hieroglyphical text, which is in a reverse direction, contains the names and titles of the deities, and a sepulchral act of adoration to them, and all the gods and goddesses of the district of Har-hat, for a deceased Ramses, prophet priest of Thmei, Isis, and the statues [?] of the temple of Har-hat, &c., born of Esihbai, lady of the house, assistant priestess of Har-hat. At the top of the scene is a band of stars, and the base of the vase represents the expanding petals of the lotus. 1 ft. in. h. Bronze. Small buckets with subjects in bas-relief; an offering to Amoun-ra, Harsaphes attended by female and other deities, whose emblems are not very distinct; boats of the sun, &c. The base is formed of the calyx and petals of the lotus. 3 1 in. h. Bronze . Crucible-shaped vase, perhaps from an am¬ schoir. The interior has been gilt. If in. h., 3§ in. dr. Presented by J . G. Wilkinson. Esq ., 1834. Bronze . Simpula. The handles terminate in the head and neck of a goose. 1 ft. 10 to 1 ft. 1 in. h. Bronze. Semi-oval cup or bowl, remarkable for its rich and continued sound when struck. 6 in. dr., 4 in. h. Bronze. Table of a long rectangular shape, with a handle or projection on two sides ; in front a horizon¬ tal line of hieroglyphics, indicating that it belonged to Atkai. On it are several vases, stands, bowls, saucers, and a colander ; they appear to be models of utensils. 316 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN The table is perforated to receive some of the vessels. 7 in. h., 1 ft. I in. b., 7\ in. dr. Abydos . Bronze. Vase ; the body tapers to the base ; the neck short ; round the top is a horizontal line of hieroglyphics. “ The table of the superintendent of the signet, . Mashi,” indicating the table on which it was once placed. 4j in. h. Bronze . Fragment of circular box, sculptured with bulls, &c. On the edges of the lips are two fixed rings for the handle. in. h., 3 in. dr. Bronze. Lamps ; the handle of one is formed by the head of a dog issuing from a lotus calyx. 2| to li in, h., 4j in. 1. Bronze . Circular shallow vessels, the bottoms marked with deep concentric circles. 4| to 5 in. dr. Div. 2. — Papyrus and cane . Rectangular stand of two stages, composed of papyrus, supported at each corner by a column of cane. On each is a small duck, trussed ; and on the bottom circular cakes of bread. in. h., 9J in. b., 6 in. dr. Private tomb at Thebes . Basket containing the fruit of the doum palm, pome¬ granates, &c. 8 in. h. Smaller basket wove in with colours, which has held fruit of the doum palm. 3\ in. h. Small elliptical basket which held fruit. 5 in. h., 7\ in. b. Fruits of the doum and date palm, fig, grape vine, carthamus, heglyg (persea), nebbek, ricinus, and pome¬ granate ; wheat ; barley ; tares. Flat circular, square, triangular, &c., cakes of bread or biscuits, the top of one stamped ; some apparently made of barley. 6 in. 1. Div. 3. — Horn of a cow or ox. Rolls of prepared leather, of a maroon colour. 1 ft. 3 in. to 7 in. 1. Bitumen, and materials with which the mummies are embalmed. Fragments of leaves of the papyrus, from a box or basket. Roll of fibres of palm leaves or cane. Iron. Blade of a sickle, fractured in three pieces, ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 317 completely oxydized throughout. Traces of the wooden handle into which it has been fitted are visible upon the end. 11 in. dr. Found by Belzoni under a statue at Karnak . Wood . Pick-axe used in agriculture, of a single piece. 2 ft. 1. Wood . Hoe, consisting of a handle into which is in¬ serted a broad blade placed at an acute angle, and fast¬ ened by a cord of fibres of the palm. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Acacia wood . Yoke or pole with a knob at each end, to retain the leather strap, wThich is stamped with concen¬ tric ornaments. 3 ft. 6 in. 1. Wood. Eight steps of rough wood from a rope ladder ; rope of the same ladder made of fibres of the palm ; found in the tomb of Menephtah I. 1 ft. 6 in. 1. Palm leaves . Pair of tassels of fibres, united by a cord of the same material, perhaps put round the neck of an animal. 5 in 1. Div. 4. — Calcareous stone . Fragments from the tomb of Menephtah I. (Akencheres), 12th king of the xviii. dynasty. In front is the arm and anterior portion of the body of a female deity, and part of her titles in hiero¬ glyphics ; before her is a line of small hieratic characters. At the edge is part of the prenomen and name of Mene¬ phtah I. Presented by Col . T. P . Thompson . Pottery . Fragments of vases covered with enchorial inscriptions. Similar pieces., bearing Greek inscriptions, appear to have been tax gatherers’ receipts at Syene and Elephantina. CASE U. FRAGMENTS OF TOMBS, WEAPONS, ETC. Div. 1. — Calcareous stone . Fragments from the tombs, exhibiting the mode in which the sepulchres of the kings at Thebes are ornamented ; they are part of hiero¬ glyphic texts, cut in a slight bas-relief, and appropriately coloured. Div. 2. — Bronze and silver . War-axe, the head of bronze, riveted into a hollow handle of silver ; at the end is a hole for a cord or strap. 2 ft. \ in. 1. Bronze . Daggers with a short flat blade, grooved at the centre ; the handles of ivory and silver ornamented with studs. 11 in. to 9f in. 1. 318 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Wood. Sheath of a dagger, which has been gilt. 11 in. 1. Wood. Bows of small size. 4 ft. 9 in. to 3 ft. 6 in. 1. Iron, bronze. Heads of small spears or javelins ; that of iron probably of later date ; and one of the bronze has hieroglyphics on each side. 7 to If in. 1. Arrows with blunt tips; one has a flint head. 2 ft. 8^ in. 1., 2 ft. 4 in. 1. Bronze . Triangular shaped arrow-heads. 3| to 2\ in. 1. Three bladed arrow-head. If in. 1. Presented by Dr C . Leemans , 1836. Wood. Stick with a knob at one end, probably used for fowling. 3 ft. 1. Flat rib-shaped sticks, adapted for the same use. 3 ft. 8 in. to 2 ft. 1. Bronze. Hollow cylinder inscribed on the sides with hieroglyphics, relative to Re-mai or Mai-re, the pre¬ nomen of Pipi or Apap, an unplaced monarch previous to the xvi. dynasty, whose standard it bears. (See Lee¬ mans, Mon. Egypt, p. 146.) 2 in. h. Bronze. Small knives, the blades of bronze, the handles of agate or of hematite. 4| in. b., 3\ in. 1. Blades from similar knives. 4j to 3\ in. 1. Bronze. Species of knife with lunated blade, the other end terminating in the fore part of an ibex wearing an oskh inlaid with gold. 5\ in. 1. Steatite. Blade of a knife, inscribed on one side with hieroglyphics, “ Phtahrnos, great sotem and atlophoros.” 4i in. 1. Silex. Fragments of flints cut for arrow-heads or knives. 4 to § in. 1. Iron. Knife of a late period and peculiar construction ; it consists of a broad cutting blade, moving on a pivot at the end, and working in a groove by means of a handle. It is probably of the Arabic sera. in. 1. Div. 3. — Wood. Club or staff, in which are inserted a number of wooden spikes. 2 ft. 6 in. 1. Wood . Rough stick with a curved tooth turned up¬ wards, fastened near the top by straps of leather of a maroon colour. 3 ft. 3\ in. 1. Wood. Sticks, forked at one end. They are gene- ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 319 rally held in the hands of the chiefs or elders, and ap¬ pear emblematic of office. 4 ft. 7 in. 1., 2ft. 3 in. 1. Wood . Staff, inscribed with a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics relative to Pimouimen, priest of the pane- gvries. Ebony . Staff, with a line of hieroglyphics, containing an invocation relative to Bai, son of Pitonro of Memphis, whose titles are recited at great length. 2 ft. 1 in. 1. Wood. Cylindrical stick, terminating at one end in a fork like the gom. On it is the name of a superintendent of the bari of Amoun, and there is an ancient repair of a split part by a collar of bronze. 5 ft. 3 in. 1. Rope, double coil, with knots at equal distances. Pre¬ sented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood . Handles of fans. 1 ft. 6 in. to 1 ft, 5 in. 1. One presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood . Pair of paddles, from the model of a boat ; the handles terminate in heads of jackals. 2 ft. 4| in. 1. Mast and stays from the model of a boat. 3 ft. •5 1 in- 1- Wood. Small curved piece of wood, with loop of fibres of the palm ; the fulcrum of a lever. 8 \ in. 1. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. Wood. Head and end of a gom. The head on this sceptre has been termed that of the koucoupha or hoopoe. 5 in. 1. Div. 4.— Calcareous stone. Fragment. On one side, traced in black and red, a seated figure of “ Amoun-ra, lord of the heaven, lord of the world.” On the reverse, a standing figure, indistinct. 1 ft. h., 8 in. b. Thebes . Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Calcareous stone. Fragment, on which is traced in black ink a seated figure of 44 Amoun-ra, king of the gods, lord of heaven, the mighty ruler.” 9 in. h., 6 in. b. Calcareous stone. Fragment, on which is traced in outline a seated figure of Phtah ; before and behind are hieroglyphics, “ Phtah, lord of truth . Phtah, in his abode thrice gracious he holds by both hands a gom. 9 in. h., 9 in. b. Calcareous stone. Fragment; at the bottom is traced in black, a crocodile ; above are portions of an inscription, apparently a dedication for a pharaoh to Amoun-ra. 1 320 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[EGYPTIAN ft. 4f in. h., 1 ft. 3 in. b. Found in the tomb of Rameses IX., at Thebes . Calcareous stone. Fragment, with the subject traced in black and red outline. The Pharaoh Rameses VII. of the xix. dynasty, standing in a propylon supported by columns having capitals of the lily lotus ; he wears a long transparent garment with sleeves and triangular urseated apron ; on his forehead the uraeus ; his hands are held out in the attitude of receiving the address of an athlophoros and a priest, each bearing a feather sceptre. The text con¬ sists of an address to the king, who is described as 44 illu¬ minating like the disk of the sun, rising to the pure, restraining with his hand the fallen of Ethiopia, &c. : that he may be endued with the duration of the sun, the years of Tom or Thmou, be victorious like Month-ra, and have the dominion of Horus.” 2 ft. 6 in. b., 1 ft. 7 in. h. White calcareous stone . Fragment of a bas-relief. The Pharaoh Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris,) standing, wear¬ ing the tosh ; in his left hand a crook and three-thonged whip ; in his right the emblem of the panegyries. Before him is a small raised tablet, on which is inscribed his pre¬ nomen and name, with the usual pharaonic titles under¬ neath is a line of water. Reverse, Athor or Mere- phtah, standing full-faced, raising both hands and arms ; on her head is the cornice and peculiar spiral at¬ tire ; in her right hand a flower and two buds of the lotus, in the left two vipers ; she wears armlets and bracelets. At one side of the edge is a boat. 10 in, h., 7 in. b. Calcareous stone. Fragments with hieratic and encho¬ rial inscriptions. Calcareous stone . Fragments with processions and figures of deities, with vertical lines of hieroglyphics traced in black and red. Tomb of Rameses VII. CASE V. COFFIN, BOARDS, ETC. JVood. Coffin of Otaineb, a foreigner, in the form of a mummy. The face is green, in a claft, with a rich oskh round the chest ; on the breast is Netpe, holding in each hand a feather, between Isis and Nephthys, who kneel and place their hands over a signet. Beneath is the judgment scene of the Amenti, and four columns with ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 321 compartments representing the deceased in adoration to Thoout or Thoth, who introduces him to the various deities to whom the different parts of his body are dedicated ; as, “ the lips to Anubis,” “ the elbows to Neith,” “ the thighs to the eye of Horus,” “ the eyes to Athor,” “ the teeth to Selk,” “ the knees to the lord of Kel/’ “ the loins and back to Pasht,” &c., &c. ; on the upper part of the feet are two jackals and formulae of adoration to Osiris and Anubis for the usual benefits. On the sides of the coffin are Isis and Nephthys adoring the standard of Osiris ; two jackals on pedestals ; the der ceased adoring respectively Amset, Kebhsnauf and Isis ; the mummy of the deceased supported by Anubis attended by a female deity ; the deceased adoring Anubis under his human and jackal type, and the genius Hape, who is here termed Osiris. At the back is Osiris under the form of the emblem of stability, and Meui or Moui seated on one leg, elevating with both his hands above his head the boat of the sun, in which is seated the quadrifrons ram-headed type of the god Chnouphis ; two blue arms issue from above to receive the disk, adored on each side by a cynocephalus, having on its head the disk of the moon. On the sides beneath are emblems of life, stability, &c. The back ground of this coffin is white. It is of a late era. 6 ft. h. Presented by Ills Majesty King George III . Wood . Rectangular board prepared with a coat of stucco, smoothed. On it is traced in outline a figure of Thothmes III. [?] or Mceris, seated, holding in his right hand a mace, and in his left a long staff ; before his face is his prenomen twice repeated. This part of the board is squared to facilitate the operations of the artist. To the right are a quail and seven arms inverted. 1 ft. 3 in. h., 1ft. 9 in. b. Wood . Rectangular board, having on one side ten horizontal lines of hieratic invocations to Thoth, stating, “ that the gods and goddesses will give glory to Thoth on that day . in their shrines, and will come from their divine abodes of flame.” The whole inscription consists of mythological ideas connected with the ritual. On the reverse are eight lines of hieratic. 1 ft. 5\ in. b., 10 J in. h. Wood . A similar board, with an hieratic inscription. 322 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Calcareous stone. Fragments of hieratic inscriptions. Pottery . Fragments with Coptic inscriptions. CASE W. INSCRIPTIONS, INSTRUMENTS OF WRITING, PAINTING, ETC. Div. 1. — Calcareous stone. Fragments of hieratic in¬ scriptions. Div. 2. - Wood. Rectangular pallets, with longitudinal grooves to hold the kash or small reeds used for writing ; the well for colour in one is in the usual form of an oval or signet, towards the upper end of the pallet. 1 ft. 9 to 1 1 in. 1., 2 in. b. Wood . Pallet, with two kash, similar to the preceding ; across the groove is inscribed the name of “ Phtah- mds, deceased superintendent of scribes.” On the front as well as on the back are several lines of hieratic writing. Those in front are illegible; those on the reverse appear to be names, as Amoun-si, Thooutemhbai, Phtahemhbai, &c. 1 ft. 4 in 1., 2\ in. b. Ivory. Small rectangular pallet, with two kash and two wells for black and red colour; it is inscribed in hieratic on both sides, the letters on the upper much effaced. 1 ft. 1., in. b. Wood. Rectangular pallet, with seven kash and two small wells in the shape of signets. On the upper sur¬ face is delicately engraved in outline, towards the top, the prenornen and name of Rameses the great encircled by ursei, “ giver of the duration of the panegyries.” At the edges of the groove are invocations to Thoth and his companion, female deity, “ to give the years of Horus, lord of the two worlds, and duration of years to the king.” In the groove itself is a perpendicu¬ lar line of hieroglyphics. 1 ft. \ in. 1., \ in. 1., 2 in. b. Thebes. Presented by J G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood o Colour box ; large circular well with traces of red colour, and groove for brush. 9§ in 1. Thebes . Pre¬ sented by J. G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Fragments of colour, dark and light blue* red, and yellow. Palm leaves. Basket which held the above. 7\ in. dr. Palm leaves . Basket containing three brushes made of EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 323 ROOM.] fibres of the palm ; their ends appear tinged with red colour. 9 in. dr. Bronze . Hemispherical vase ; the interior has appa¬ rently been gilt, and contains twelve balls of deep blue colour. 4 in. dr., 2\ in. h. Blue 'porcelain . Small stands with ten or twelve cru¬ cible-shaped vases. 3 in. L, 2 in. b., \\ to 1| in. h. Blue porcelain . Small slab with four small jars having spouts, probably for colours. 1 J in. h., 3 in. dr. Arragonite . Thick slab with eight excavations, having the appearance of a stand with eight vases ; probably for colours. 8 in. b., 3 in. d., 5| in. h. Basalt. Rectangular slab, with cartouche-shaped ex¬ cavation to contain colour, and a small muller or grinder. in. 1., 3 in. b., 1 in. h. Presented by J . G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Slate . Similar slab, flatter. 5 in. 1., 3 in. b., \ in. h. Basalt , wood . Mullers from similar slabs ; one of wood may possibly have been used as a polisher. 3 to 2 in. h. Stone . Circular seal or stamp, the handle in the shape of two lotus flowers ; on the base, circular ornaments placed in concentric circles. in. dr. Stone or terracotta. Three seals, on the base various ornaments. 1| to 1| in. dr. Stone . Rectangular seal with a circular handle, on the base various hieroglyphics. in 1., 2\ in. h. Terracotta . Seal, with impression of a jackal. Bronze . Triangular seal, on which is a peculiar sym¬ bol. 1| in. dr. Terracotta . Oval impression of a seal, from a papyrus, containing the prenomen of Amasis-Neith-si, termed the child of Isis. in. dr. Terracotta. Three impressions of seals ; a head of Pallas, a sleeping dog, and a hieroglyphic inscription. 1 to \ in. dr. Lead. Another with Greek? characters. 1 in. dr. Arragonite. Two flat rectangular slabs, with 7 hiero¬ glyphic names of liquid substances ; below each is a small hemispherical well. A set of vases with similar names above them is depicted on the foot of the rectangular sar- 324 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN cophagus of Monthophth. One has besides the name and titles of Atkai. 5± in. b., 2f in. h. Diy. 3. — Bronze . Cylindrical box for ink, with a chain for the pen case ; the whole similar to the hiero¬ glyphic symbol for scribe or writing. 2f in. h. box, 6| in. h. case. Wood . Pugillares or wax tablets ; a pair of flat rectan¬ gular boards, excavated to receive a coat of wax, leaving a narrow raised border all round for protection ; one edge of each has two holes to receive straps for hinges. A few lines of Greek have been written with a style on one. With them is a short curved style approaching to the form of a crocodile, and a small signet of iron. 9J in. 1., 5 in b., \ in. d. Bronze . Instruments; broad blades with recurved handles ; knives lunated at one extremity and hooked at the other ; pair of pliers. Some of these w-ere found in the same tomb with the board in Case V. Leather . Small square bag, stamped with ornaments, flowers of the lotus, &c. ; with it was found one of the preceding instruments. 7\ in. 1., 4j in. h. Cedar wood . Portrait of a Graeco-Egyptian female upon very thin wood, with necklace, ear-rings and hair pin. The features are soft and young, the complexion red ; border of the garment purple. 1 ft. ^ in. 1., 21- in. b. Calcareous stone . Fragment, portion of a calendar ; the inscription is unfortunately imperfect. 8| in. h., 6 in. b. Calcareous stone . Fragment inscribed with seven lines of hieratic^ commencing with a date of the 7th year of Horus ? in the 5th line is another date of the first of Payni, of the 21st year of the reign of Amenof II. The back is also covered with a hieratic inscription, much effaced. 1 ft. 1 in. b., 6f in. h. Terracotta . Moulds, with figures of Phtah, Ra, hip- popotamic female deity, symbolic eyes, cynocephali, victims, pyramidal hieroglyphic, &c., in intaglio. 3 in to l in. 1. Div. 4. — Clay . Two bricks of sun-dried clay, stamped with the prenomen of Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris.) Presented by J. G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 325 Calcareous stone , 'pottery . Fragments inscribed with inscriptions and portions of inscriptions in debased Greek and Coptic. CASE X. BOXES, BASKETS, SPOONS, AND BRICKS. Div. I. — Palm leaves . Flat rectangular baskets, plat¬ ted. Similar baskets appear upon the backs of sepul¬ chral figures equipped for agriculture. 11 in. 1., 8 in h. ; 8 in. 1., 6 in. h. Circular fragments of the bottoms of baskets, oval covers, and other pieces, some worked in colours. Va¬ rious sizes. Div. 2. — Ebony . Rectangular box with cover ; the sides and lid veneered with ivory coloured red, in a border of white and red ivory and blue porcelain. At the top and sides is a stud or button, and part of the string or cord by which the lid was retained in its place. 5\ in. h., 7f in. b., 9 in. d. Wood . Tall rectangular box, with four short legs and a cover, moving on a cylindrical wood hinge. 6f in. h., 5 in. b., 6 in. d. Papyrus . Rectangular box or basket, with a flat cover of the same. 1 ft. sq., 9| in. h. Wood . Rectangular box, with four legs, and curved cover ; the sides and top have salmon-coloured panels with white and black borders ; on the top is a perpen¬ dicular line of hieroglyphics, “ Sacred to the deceased navigator? Teh-kar.” 10j in. h., 1 ft. 2\ in. 1., 8 in. b. Ivory . Rectangular box, with a pyramidal cover, ve¬ neered with ivory. On the panels in front are traced in outline inlaid with colour, a Cupid in a chlamys holding a flower, a bird of the finch tribe, and a water fowl ; on the sloping panel of the cover a female, probably Venus, holding her long hair in both hands and throwing aside her garment ; on the slip beneath, two finches and two water fowl. The panels of the other sides, both of box and cover, are uncoloured and carved in low relief, re¬ presenting female figures standing or reclining with loose drapery. A similar figure is also upon the flat top. The edges are ornamented with beading. Memphis . 9| in. h., 10 in. sq. 326 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Wood . Small rectangular boxes, one with sliding cover. d§ to 3\ in. 1. Wood . Bowl-shaped box with 'partitions. 6^ in. dr., 3 in. h. Wood . Small four-legged box wdth a vaulted cover ; the sides and top inlaid with ivory stamped with circular ornaments. to 3f in. h. Wood . Tall cylindrical boxes ; one contains a sub¬ stance similar to flour. h\ to 3§ in. h. Horn. Portion of a similar box. 4 in. h. Div. 3. — Wood . Small vases or boxes; some have flat covers fitting exactly, and fixed by pins through pro¬ jections at each side ; the tops and edges carved. 4f to 4 in. dr., 2\ to 1^ in h. Wood . Box in shape of a long narrow gourd divided lengthwise. 7 in. 1. Wood. Semi-cylindrical box with a sliding grooved cover On the sides and top are carved the ornaments of an oskh. 5 \ in. 1. to 2\ in. 1. Wood. Circular, egg-, and cartouche-shaped spoons. 5\ to 3 ^ in. 1. Wood. Shovel-shaped spoon, with handle. in. 1. Wood. Spoon ; the handle formed by the twisted stems and buds of a lotus flower. 6^ in. 1. Wood. Spoon with an egg-shaped bowi and moveable cover. The handle represents flowrers of the papyrus ; the buds are of ivory stained pink. The whole is inlaid with colour. 1 ft. 1. Ivory , wood. Spoons ; the bowls carved to repre¬ sent the shell Xndina Nilotica, which a human hand holds by the thumb and finger. The handle terminates in the head of a goose. to 6 in. 1. Ivory. Spoon, with a similar bowl, which the young Horus, standing upon a lotus flower, supports on his head by both hands. 3§ in. h. Wood. Spoon, with bowl in shape of a cartouche, and handle carved in bas-relief, representing a gazelle couchant. Within the bowl, two fish feeding on a water, plant are traced in outline. 7 in. 1. Ivory. Spoon or box in shape of a fish ; on the tail and gill are twro pivot holes for a moveable cover of the same material. 6| in. 1. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 327 Ivory, Box in shape of a water fowl; the head of the bird is reverted, and conveys to its back, which forms the cover, a small fish, which two young birds of the same species fly to devour. These three objects are fastened to it by pegs, 7 in. L, 3 in. h. Wood, Circular spoon ; on the edge is a hawk with outstretched wings and human face, and a lion or cyno- cephalus. The handle is formed by two twisted flowers and stalks of the lotus. 5 in. 1., 3| in. b. Wood, Cup, of a circular shape, with two cylindrical handles, probably used as a lamp feeder. 7f in 1., 3| in. b. Wood, Spoons or boxes in the shape of geese ; one swimming, the other trussed ; this has a cover. %\ in. h., 5\ in. 1.; 4| in 1., § in. h. Wood, Spoon ; the bowl is in form of the latus fish ; a fox seizing it by the tail forms the handle. The body of the fish has a moveable cover, the pivot being placed in the eye ; inlaid with blue paint. 10| in. 1. Wood. Flat spoon with two bowls in shape of car- touches ; the handle carved in open work, representing two standing figures of Onouris, holding the lion’s tail in the left, and a club or sword in the right hand. In each bowl is a lump of w7ax of different colour. The carved parts have been inlaid with blue paint. 7 in. 1., 4 in. b. Wood, Spoon with circular bowl ; the handle in shape of the fish latus, writh two flowers of the papyrus at the mouth ; the body is hollow, with a moveable cover, and a duct from the mouth to the bowl. 7\ in. h. Wood. Spoon ; the bowl pear-shaped ; the handle, carved in open work, represents Khons-Kneph standing between twTo stems of the lotus. The ornament on his head is horizontal, and on it are placed twro birds. 7\ in. 1. Ebony. Fragment, with a perpendicular line of hiero¬ glyphics, sepulchral dedication to .... . and Anubis for “ Saph ? great glorifier of the gracious god (royal bard), attached to the lord of the wror!d at his side, superintend¬ ent of the bow.” 9| in. b. Ebony. Long panel, with a perpendicular line of hiero¬ glyphics, “ the gracious god, lord of diadems, restrainer of the nine bows (Ethiopians), lord of the world (the sun lord 328 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN of truth), the son of the Sun (Amenof restrainer of the land of purity), giver of eternal life.” (Amenof III. Memnon.) 1 1 in. L Case X. 4. - — Clay and straw . Sun-dried bricks, stamped on the upper surface with names, according to the edifice for which they were destined ; some have the name of Thutmes or Thothmes I. (Chebron), a. c. 1796 — 1783. Thutmes or Thothmes III. (Moeris), a. c. 1762 — 1740 ; one with title of “ the lord of strength.” Amenof or Amunoph II. (Mephrathutmosis), 1727 — 1702; and Thutmes or Thothmes V. (Tmosis), a. c. 1702 — 1692. Presented by Lord Prudhoe , 1834. Clay and straw. Fragment of a brick from the Pyra¬ mid at Dashour. 8 in. 1., 6j in. b. Presented by Col . T. P. Thompson. CASE Y. BASKETS, TOOLS, ETC. Div. 1 .—Palm leaves . Large oval basket of fibres of the palm tree. 1 ft. 8| in. dr., 1 ft. 7 in. h. Smaller oval basket. 1 ft. 5\ in. dr., 9 in. h. Wood. Mallets used by the Egyptians for hammers. 10j to 1 ft. 2 in. h. Wood. Long rectangular staves, inscribed with the name of ITar-piphai. One has a sepulchral dedication to Phtah for the deceased. 2 ft. 9 to 1 ft. 4| in. 1. Leather. Bag, found in the larger basket. Div. 2. — Set of tools found in the same basket, con¬ sisting of — Drill bow, 1 ft. 7\ in. 1. ; saw, 1 ft. 3j in. 1. ; drill, 10 to 9 in. 1.; chisel, 10 in. 1.; bradawl, 5\ in. 1. ; horn for water or oil, 8j in. 1. ; hone, 5 in. 1. ; roll of prepared leather, 6 in. b. ; drill breast-plate, in. 1. With this set was one of the mallets in Div. 1. Another set of tools found in the smaller basket, con¬ sisting of — Adze, 6f in. h., 8j in. b. ; chisel, 1 ft. 1| in. 1. ; drill, 9 in. 1. ; bradawl, 4f in. 1. ; knife, 9| in. 1. ; axe-blades, 9| to 3| in. 1. ; handles of tools, 3f in 1. With this set a as a mallet in Div. 1. The blades of the preceding tools re of bronze. Other tools or models ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 329 Chisels, 10^ to 8| in. 1. ; saws, 11| to 11 in. 1. ; adzes, in. h., 1\ in. 1. ; hatchets, 1 ft. 6 to 1 ft. 5 in. 1. The blades have been attached by linen bandages and an adhesive composition. On the blades of the larger, and handles of the smaller tools, is generally inscribed a line of hieroglyphics relative to “ the gracious god, the sun the establisher of the world, (the prenomen of Thoth- mes III. or Mceris) beloved of Amoun.” Wood . Model of an axe or hatchet, painted with red, blue, and white stripes. 1 ft. 7 in. 1. Wood. Knife-handle. 4 in. 1. Horn for holding water or oil. 4| in. 1. Wood . Handles of tools. 8| in. 1. to 7f in. 1. Bronze. Blades of chisels and other tools. 4f to 4| in. 1. Bronze . Nails. 4| to \ \ in. 1. Wood . Bradawl ; the iron blade of a late era. 4j in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Bronze. Tools or models, the peculiar use of many unknown ; they consist of four slabs bevilled at the sides, four small trays, four large thin plates with spikes shaped like axe-blades, four smaller ditto, and two other different shaped blades, two small axe-blades. Several of these are inscribed with the name and titles of Atkai. 5 to 2| in. 1. Bronze. Pedestal from a small statue, probably of Amoun-ra, bearing the name and titles of that deity, and a dedication from a bard, son of a functionary at¬ tached to the south, fourth prophet priest of Amoun, grandson of a similar functionary, and of the lady Snasht. In front are the name and titles of Neithakhor (Ni- tocris), royal daughter of Psametik. 4j in. 1., 2 in. b., 1| in. h. Div. 3. — Wood, ivory . Hands on handles or fore¬ arms ; one has the head of the terrestrial Athor at the vmst, full face ; the others lotus flowers ; their use is unknown. I ft. 1 J in. to 7 in. 1. Ivory. Fragments of a gorget? on which are deline¬ ated Typhon, the hippopotamic deity, lion’s head full face, camelopard, frog, and jackal-headed sceptre. to 5 in. 1., 2\ to \\ in. b. Wood. Fragments of open work carving ; a person of 330 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN high rank in adoration to Osiris pethempamentes. 8 in, h., 5f in. 1. Calcareous stone . Moulds, having figures of the Nu- midian crane ; one has an enchorial inscription on its reverse ; another is coloured pink and green. 5f in. sq., If in. th., 4f in. b., 3 to 3\ in. h., If to 1 in. th., 3\ by 3 in. sq., by f in. h. One presented by J . G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834/ another by H. W. Diamond , Esq., 1837. Bronze . Two rectangular pieces, fragments of a box or vase, bearing the name and prenomen of Tahraka, 3d king of the xxv. dynasty. 3 to 3\ in. sq. Wood . Semi-elliptical plate, on which is traced one of the Amenofs in a biga. 2\ in. h., 2f in. b. Ebony . Pedestal ; in front is the name and prenomen of Amasis-Neith-si, of the xxi. or Saite dynasty, “ the be¬ loved of Thoth.” 2f to 1 in. b., 1 in. h. Bronze. Plates, pedestals, and fragments of bronze. 4 in. 1., 2 in. b., f in. h., by f in. cube. Bronze. Fragments ; one filled with wood, another terminated by a crocodile surmounted by a lion-headed rod, another by a hawk-headed rod, under which stands the god Ra, another by the head of the koucoupha. 8 to 4f in. h. Arragonite. Rectangular plinths, with a leaf-shaped smoother? If in. b., 4f in. h., f in. th.; f in. b., If in. h., f in. th. Blue porcelain. Rectangular plinth, probably used for inlaying ; on it is traced in outline, Amounemopt, a royal scribe, standing in adoration to Osiris pethempamentes. 6f in. h., 4| in. b. Bronze . An oval disk, having a seated female deity en¬ graved in outline, the head surmounted by the disk and horns. 2\ in. dr. Drv. 4. — Clay . Bricks of sun-dried clay, similar to those in Case X. Div> 4., stamped on the upper surface with the prenomen of Amenof or Amunoph III. (Mem- non.), a. c. 1692 — 1661 ; of Rameses III. (Sesostris), a. c. 1565 — 1499 ; of Rannofre, a deceased prophet priest. 1 ft. 4 in. h., 6f in. b., 5f in. th. to Ilf in. h.* 5f in. b., 3| in. th. Presented by Lord Prudhoe, 1834. Clay. Fragments of sun-dried bricks. Presented, by J . G, Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. BOOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 331 Reed from between the bricks of the walls of Sais. 1 ft. 1 in. 1. Presented by the same . Fragments of plaster, with a flower painted in fresco. Presented by the same . Fragment of stucco, imitating syenite. 5 in. 1. Pre¬ sented by the same . Wood. Smoothing tools ; one has its own figure en¬ graved on it. 9J in. 1., 6J in. 1., in. h. Wood, A cylindrical box containing stucco. 4 in. h.. 4 in. dr. Brushes for colouring walls, made of fibres of palm leaves. 7 to b\ in. 1. Wood, Part of a stamp for bricks, w ith incuse hiero¬ glyphics, relating to a temple of Phtah. 8 in. 1. CASE Z. BASKETS, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, PLAYTHINGS, WEAVING TOOLS, ETC. Biv. 1. — Palm leaves. Oval, and circular baskets, covers, &c., made of the fibres of the palm tree, exhibit¬ ing various kinds of basket-making, some worked in ornamentally with colours. 1 ft. 3 in. dr., 9 in. h., to 6 in. dr., 3 in. h. Div. 2.— Bronze. Sistrum ; the handle cylindrical, with the head of Athor on each side, full faced, cow¬ eared, and surmounted by a cornice flanked by uraei with the otf, one of which is lost ; at the top the full- faced head of the terrestrial Athor, placed on the symbol of resplendence, between disk-bearing lion-headed urtei and vultures holding signets in their claws; at the sides are the lion-headed deity Pasht-Merephtah, one of the types of Athor, seated in a naos, and the female god¬ desses attached to the upper and lower regions, holding in each hand a sistrum. These subjects are in outline, ano. aie supposed to be stamped. There are three per¬ forations for wires. 1 ft. 4| in. h. Temple of the Western lake, Karnah. Bronze. . Cylindrical handle of a sistrum, surmounted by toe aegis of Athor ; at the sides of the head, uraei in the sbaa and teshr ; on the top a lion, seated S| in. h. Silver, bronze. Sistra of a later epoch, with three or four horizontal bars or vi res. the ends generally ter- 332 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES- [EGYPTIAN minating in the head of a goose reflexed ; one is pecu¬ liar for having its handle formed by a figure of Khons Kneph ; they have cats with kittens at the top. 9^ to 3| in. 1. Wood, porcelain. Models of sistra ; perhaps used as toys. The bodies of those in porcelain are in the form of a propylon. 5f in. 1. ; 11 in. to 2 in. 1. Bronze. A cat from a sistrum. 2 in. 1. Bronze. Small bells ; one has at the top the head of Khons Kneph, Chnouphis, Anubis, and Merephtah. 2f to 1 in. 1. Wood. The top of a Bouni or harp, with 1 1 pegs ; it has had 17 strings, which descended perpendicularly to a sounding board beneath. 1 ft. 4 in. 1. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood. Small harps, the base or sounding board round and concave, the handle cylindrical and inclined ; they have had five strings. 1 ft. 9 to 1 ft. 5 in. h. Wood. A small harp, borne, in playing, on the shoulder ; the body or sounding part boat-shaped, and covered with parchment ; the handle inclined, with 4 pegs ; a bridge lies across the body of the harp, to which the strings were attached; a part of one remains. 3 ft. 1., 16 in. h. Thebes. Reed. Small pipe of reed, perhaps the ginglaros of Pollux, with 7 holes burnt in at the side, and two straws of Indian corn, found with it. 1 ft. 3f in. to 8f in. 1., straw 1 ft. 1 in. to Ilf in. 1. Bronze. Pair of cymbals, united by a band of linen. in. dr. Div. 3. — Wood. Doll, completely carved, but ter¬ minating at the thighs. The head has several holes, with pegs by which the hair has been attached. 8 in. h. Wood. Flat dolls ; one only has a head, with long hair of clay beads ; the painting on the body represents the dress, collar, &c. Another has on one side the hippo- potamic deity standing. 8| to 7 in. h. Wood , porcelain , fyc. Draughtsmen of various sizes, generally conical, with globular tops ; one has the head of a cat. Others are pyramidal ; under one is the figure of a jackal ; these latter have been supposed to be signets. 3 to f in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 333 Leather , palm leaves . Ball, stuffed with chaff ; others, platted. 2\ in. dr. Wood . Fish, the scales indicated by black paint. This object has been apparently used as a toy. 4§ in. 1. Porcelain. Models of fruit, balls, eggs, &c., probably used as toys. 2\ to 1 in. dr. Div. 4. — Linen cloth of various sizes and shades, and of different woof. Some of these pieces have a selvage of blue lines. 4 ft. to 1 ft. 6 in. b. Specimen of Egyptian linen bleached by the modern process, and portion of the original. 6 in. b. Presented by Mr. J . Dodd . Skeins of thread, some dyed of a reddish colour. Wood. Spindles and knitting needles. to 9 in. 1. Wood . Spindles, differently formed ; one has a base of plaster, on which is inscribed the symbol “Ement;” others are wrapped in cloth ; and one is attached to a skein of thread. 1 ft. 1 in. to 10 in. 1. Bronze. Needles for sewing. 3 to 3\ in. 1. Wood. Hackle for dressing flax or hemp. 4 in. sq. CASES A A., BB., CC. MUMMIES, COFFINS, ETC. Div. 1. — Mummy of a female ? The outer bandages are of a salmon colour. On the head is a gilt mask, and oskh round the neck, of linen, covered with stucco ahd co¬ loured. 4 ft. in. 1. Mummies unrolled and wrapped up again ; one in a very incomplete state. Wood . Large heads and pieces from coffins. Sycamore . Coffin, formed of two different ones, the cover and upper end being of a far earlier epoch than the sides. On the cover is a deceased priest in adoration to Osiris, Amset, Sioumautf, and Kebhsnauf; on the end a figure of Anubis ; at the sides Hape, Siou¬ mautf, and Kebhsnauf. The back grounds are yellow and blue, the figures traced in red. The interior con¬ tains the mummy of a child. 2 ft. 11 in. 1., 10 in. b., 1 ft. | in. h. Small rectangular coffin, in which is the mummy of a child, bandaged, and covered with painted linen, repre¬ senting the mask of the deceased, Kebhsnauf and Siou- Q 334 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN mautf, and a hawk-headed mummied deity in a propylon. 1 ft. 7J in. 1., in. b. Similar coffin, containing the mummy of a child. 1 ft. 7| in. 1., in. b. Div. 2. — Sycamore . Sides of a coffin ; the right has on its exterior, commencing from the feet, Osiris Serapis seat* ed in a propylon with Nephthys ; Osiris with the head of a hare ; Thmei and the deceased ; the balance ; two seated figures of Osiris ; the burning pool, with the cy- nocephali, and two souls ; the hawk of Sochari ; four souls ; Osiris seated with Isis and Nephthys, and ad¬ dressed by a double snake-headed deity ; two male and two female deities ; Harpocrates ; the bird of evil augury ; Sevek-ra ; Ra and cat-headed deity in a propylon, &c. The whole is interspersed with hieroglyphics, and at the top is a horizontal line relative to the god Ra. In the inte¬ rior Serapis seated and the winged serpent ; Amoun-osiris seated, having before him the skin of the panther and pole ; a mummied figure having on its head an uraeated disk, with flame and ass-headed deities ; Osiris pethempamentes, with the vulture of Maut, symbol of resplendence and of life ; Amset and Sioumautf, with a feather-headed deity. On the left side of the same coffin, from the head, the mummy of the deceased, supported by Tattou and deplored by Isis, in a boat drawn by three deities ; Osiris Onno- phris, in a propylon, attended by Isis ; before him a tall male figure and the Ouemti ; the boat of Re drawn by two blue and two green jackals, with the winged serpent, five souls, and the scarabaeus thrusting forward the disk of the sun ; two crocodile-headed female deities ; a male deity, Nephthys and Thoth ; Osiris Serapis. The in¬ terior has Serapis as before; Osiris Sochari seated on a throne ; double snake-, cat-, and typhon-headed dei¬ ties ; Osiris pethempamentes standing, with vulture and symbol of life ; Hape, Sioumautf, and a crocodile-headed deity with disk, standing. The back ground of the exterior is yellow, the figures and hieroglyphics blue, red, and green. That o,f the in¬ terior, maroon, with the dresses of the figures white. The whole is highly varnished in yellow. 5 ft. 10 in. 1., 11 in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 335 Wood . Upper part of the cover of the coffin of king Men-ka-re, the Mycerinus or Mencheres of the Greeks, successor of Saophis II., and builder of the third pyra¬ mid. The coffin has been made in shape of a mum¬ my, but the head is wanting. In front are two perpendicu¬ lar lines of hieroglyphics, “ Osirian king Men-ka-re of eternal life, born of heaven, engendered of Netpe . . . hav¬ ing extended thy mother Netpe over thee, may they watch over thy rest in heaven, and manifest thee to the god chastiser of thy enemies, king Men-ka-re of eternal life.'5 Beside this are various portions of the lid and chest of the same. 4 ft. 2 in. 1. Found in a chamber of the third pyramid by Col . Howard Vyse , 1837, and presented by him in 1838. The body of king Men-ka-re, found in a chamber of the third pyramid excavated by Col. Howard Vyse in 1837. It consists of part of the back, the pelvis, and legs, with a fragment of its woollen wrapper. Presented by Col . Howard Vyse , 1838. Skull, and cloth made of wool, having formed part of its wrapper, from the quarries at Mokattam. Presented by Dr. J. Bowring , 1838. Mummies of children. 2 ft. 8 in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. 1. Wood. Case for holding a foetus, in shape of Osiris pethempamentes seated. b\ in. h. Finger, sheathed in silver or silver gilt, from a mummy. The colour may have been produced by the heated bitu¬ men. 2| in. 1. Linen . Tress of hair in its bandages, from a female mummy. 2 ft. 3 in. 1. Thebes. Mummied hair from the heads of men, in oval cakes. 6 in. 1. Div 3. — Sycamore. Part of the lid of the coffin of Taihreri, a female; on it are depicted the judgment scene of the Amend, the hawk of Sochari, the embalmment scene, Thoth, and other deities. The face is yellow, the back ground buff, the hieroglyphics blue on a white ground. In the interior is a figure of Netpe and the Hat or good demon. 4 ft. 3 in. h. Mummy of Onkhsnofre, in its bandages ; the exterior are of a buff pink or salmon colour, and upon them are the remains of beaded work of bugles, among which is a Q2 336 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN scarabseus, the four genii of the Amend, &c. (See Coffin, Div. 4.) 5 ft. 1 in. 1. Wood . A small coffin, with a vaulted cover, containing the mummy of a Graeco-Egyptian child. The body is covered with an external wrapper with a representation of the deceased in a toga, the hair crowned with a wreath, the feet in shoes, the left hand holding a branch of laurel, the right raised. On the top of the cover is a viper be¬ tween two wreaths. At the bottom of the chest, within, a figure of Netpe. 2 ft. 8 in. 1. mummy, 3 ft. 1 in. coffin. Wood. The upper part of the inner coffin of Irioui- rooui, son of Harsaphes, in the form of a mummy with oskh ; on it are two dedications to Osiris and Phtah- Sochari-Osiris, deeply cut. Mummy of Amouniriou, a functionary of the court of the queen Amounertais, in its salmon-coloured bandages ; the exterior has been covered with a network of blue porcelain bugles, among which are the scarabaeus and four genii of the Amend. 5 ft. 7 in. 1. (See Coffin, Div. 4.) Div. 4>.^Linen covered with 'painted stucco . Oskh from the outer covering of a mummy. It terminates at each end in the head of a hawk, surmounted by a disk, em¬ blem of Re. 1 ft. dr., 10 in. h. Wood . Inner coffin of the lady Onkhsnofre, daughter of Khonsmos, in the form of a mummy, having a head¬ dress with vulture plumes. On it are the hawk of Chnou- phra, Netpe, the standard of Osiris, the embalmment scene, Osiris, Thoth, the four genii of the Amenti, and other deities ; these are in compartments separated by vertical lines of hieroglyphics. Around the scenes of the lid is a snake crowned with the otf. The back ground is yellow, and the texts consist of sepulchral adorations to deities, and invocations addressed by them to the de¬ ceased. The face is coloured pink. 6 ft. 3 in. 1. Inner coffin of Amouniriou, officer attached to the palace of Amonertais, royal daughter of a monarch named Kashto ? The scenes upon this coffin very nearly resemble those on the last, having symbolic eyes, the goat standard of Chnouphra, the judgment scene of the Amenti, Thoth, Horus, genii of the Amenti, &c. These utter invocations to the deceased, and as a speci¬ men may be cited that of the genius Hape. “ I am Hape, KOOM.Hj EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 337 I am thy son, loving thee, I am beside ? thee ; I give thee to establish thyself on thy legs for ever like as I have done for my father Osiris.” The face is red and bearded. 6 ft. 1. CASE DD. ANIMAL MUMMIES. Div. 1. — Mummies of cynocephali or dog-headed baboons, animals sacred to Ioh-Thoth, and chiefly wor¬ shipped at Hermopolis. One is partially denuded of bandages and exhibits the hair. 1 ft. 8 in. h., 1 ft. 7 in. h. Head of the cynocephalus denuded of bandages. 8| in. 1. Thebes . Mummies of jackals or dogs with long, upright ears, emblems of Anubis. The outer bandages of one in strips. 1 ft. 3 in. to 1 ft. \\ in. h. Thebes . Head of a dog, animal sacred to and emblem of Anubis, enveloped in bandages. The outer covering has been gilt. 1\ in. h. Head of a dog, unrolled. in. h. Div. 2. Mummies of cats. The male was the em¬ blem of the sun, the female of Pasht or Bubastes, the lion and cat-headed deity. 1 ft. 9 in. to 11. in. h. Thebes . W ooden case in shape of a cat seated on a pedestal. The body contains some embalmed object, probably the mummy of that animal. 1 ft. h. Cats, unrolled. 1ft. 8 in. to 1 ft. 10 in. 1. Thebes . Various fragments of cats. Div. 3. — Mummies of bulls, consisting of the head and some of the principal bones of the body. On the fore¬ head is the triangular mark of Apis, to whom all cattle were sacred. The breast of one is bandaged like the Etruscan border in dark and white cloth. 1 ft. 7 in. h., 1 ft. 11 in. 1. ; 1 ft. 8| in. h., 2 ft. 4 in. 1. ; 1 ft. 6 in. h., 2 ft. 5 in. 1. Thebes . Heads of gazelles, impure animals, emblems of Typhon and Typhonian divinities. One is denuded of bandages. 9|, 10^ to 11| in. 1. Thebes. Div. 4.- Mummy of a bull, as above. Mummy of a small ram, sacred to and emblem of Amoun-ra, especially in his ram-headed type of Chnouph or Kneph. Only the head and some of the bones are 338 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN preserved. The body is formed by board and papyrus. The leg bones are wrapped up separately, and the band¬ ages coloured yellow and pink with black lines for the eyes and mouth. 1 ft. 1 in. h., 1 ft. '8 in. 1. Thebes . Heads of rams, unrolled, or in bandages. 1 ft. 1 in. h., 1 ft. in 1. Mummy of a lamb. 11 in. h., 1 ft. 2 in. 1. Thebes . Head of a sheep. CASE E E. ANIMAL MUMMIES. Div. 1 .— Red earthenware . Conical pots, with covers cemented by stucco, containing mummies of the ibis, sacred to and emblem of Thoth. 1 ft. 4 in. 1. Sakhara . Mummy of the black ibis, unrolled, and two eggs. 1 ft. 1| in. 1. Div. 2.— Mummies of the ibis. 1 ft. 3 to 9 in. 1. Bones of the ibis. Presented by J . G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Eggs of the ibis. 2| in. 1. Presented by J . G. Wil¬ kinson , Esq., 1834. Mummy of an owl? emblem of Buto or Maut, the companion of Amoun-ra. 1 ft. 1. i Mummies of hawks, emblems of Ra and Horus ; on the body of one a network of strips. 1 ft. 4| to 11 in. h. Thebes . Mummy of the sparrow-hawk, emblem of Ra, unrolled. Div. 3.— Mummies of crocodiles, emblems of Sevek, one of the forms of Seb, the Egyptian Chronos or Saturn, enveloped in bandages ; one in a fine state has been un¬ rolled. 1 ft. 5 to 1 ft. 6 in. 1. Thebes . Mummies of the Silurus or Bayad enveloped in bandages and unrolled. Div. 4. — Mummies of fish enveloped in bandages in the shape of cakes. Mummied lepidotus fish unrolled, in fragments. Bronze . Rectangular case with a lizard at top and two small rings, probably for a chain. It has a hole lengthwise in which was found the skeleton of a small snake enveloped in doth. 2| in. 1. Thebes . Elliptical and conical mummied objects, one with the upper part neatly bandaged in panelled ornaments of dark and light colour. 1 ft. 4 to 10 in. 1. Thebes . ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 339 Mummies of snakes in their bandages, in the shape of elliptical cakes. 11 in. to 4 in 1. case f f. (not yet finally arranged in divisions), SEPULCHRAL FIGURES, AND BOXES. These small statues or figures, deposited in small boxes or in the coffins of the dead, represent, with few excep¬ tions, the body of the deceased in an Osirian dress, one hand holding an axe, the other a hoe, and cord of a small flat basket suspended on the back. The deceased thus equipped are prepared to enter the mystic abode of Hapi-moou or Elysian fields, where the soul is engaged in the labours of agriculture. It has been conjectured from the number found, and the variation of fabric, that they were offerings to the deceased by his relatives. They are all inscribed with a similar formula, differing con¬ siderably in extent, but containing the names and titles of the deceased, who is styled “ illustrious Osirian/' Wood, Tall rectangular boxes with vaulted covers, each containing two sepulchral figures of “ Khons ” or “ Khonsou,” “ superintendent of the navigators of the boat of Amoun-ra ” ; the face and hands coloured white ; there is a collar round the neck and a formula neatly carved around the body. 1 ft. h., 4 in. sq. Wood, Sepulchral box for Har, prophet priest of Month, &c. The sides of the box are covered with hieroglyphics traced in blue, containing the invocations of the deceased, “ that he may see his father Osiris, who will make a path through the darkness to his beloved,” &c., and an invocation to the god Thmou. 11| in. h., 11 in. b., 6 in. d. Wood, Similar box, with a line ofhieroglyphics round the sides in a red border, containing the name of the Osirian . Amouniri, and part of the formula en¬ graved round the bodies of sepulchral figures. 1 ft. b., 5 in h., 7 in. d. Wood, Narrow rectangular boxes for holding sepul¬ chral figures : on one is a deceased Harmas adoring Osiris, Isis, and Nephthys seated, or Ra and his companion Okisnaa ; on another the name of Khonsaouonkh, son of Piskeetto, the son of Sa-amoun, the beloved of the gods 340 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN and scribe of Amoun-ei ; this has come from the same tomb as the mummy in Case V V. The back ground of these boxes is of a dark colour. 1 ft. 1 \ in. h., 1 ft. to 1 ft. 2 in. 1., 6 in. d. Wood . Rectangular box with vaulted sides and flat cover, on which is a boat with a sail ; round the sides is a dedication to Ra, to Phtah-Sochari-Osiris, and to At- mou. 7\ in. h., 10 in. b., 5 in. d. Wood . Sepulchral box with two vaulted covers, re¬ presenting Pairannou adoring, on one side, Osiris and Kebhsnauf, and on the other, Hape and Sioumautf. Pre¬ sented by Joseph Gwilt , Esq., 1838. Wood , terracotta, sun-dried clay . Models of coffins, in shape of the human body mummied ; one contains a sepulchral figure of wood, which has been wrrapped in linen bandages, and belonged to a prophet priest named Sithoth ; another, a figure covered with a sepulchral dedi¬ cation for Oohmos or Amasis, son of Phai . . . , and a third, which is of the coarsest execution, that of a person also named Amasis. 1 ft. 2\ to 4J in. 1. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. Linen covered with plaster. Upper part of a small sepulchral model of a coffin in the shape of a mummy ; round the head is a fillet ; the whole is painted red. 5 in. h. Green basalt. Lower parts of sepulchral figures of Amenof III. (Memnon), 8th king of the xvm. dynasty ; bearing the prenomen of the king. in. h. Arragonite. Sepulchral figures of Rameses V. (Rap- saches), 2nd king -of the xix. dynasty; of the rudest execution, and coloured w ith wrax of different colours. Arragonite. Upper part of the sepulchral figure of a king ; the name is wanting, and the face broken off ; the hair is platted into a tail behind. Arragonite. Sepulchral figure, in a long garment, with sleeves gathered behind, a triangular apron in front ; hands crossed upon the breast, the right holding an em¬ blem of stability, the left 8 in. h. Dark marble. Sepulchral figure of a religious func¬ tionary, Petamounophth. 9 in. h. Lowrer part of another. 3^ in. h. Presented by J. G * Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 341 Dark marble . Sepulchral figure of an individual named Pthahmos. 6| in. h. Calcareous stone . Sepulchral figures of Remai, or Maire ; Reophth or Raophth ; and Senmaut, son of Maht- phtah. 9| to in. h. Calcareous stone . Upper part of a sepulchral figure ; on the chest is the baieth or human-headed hawk, emblem of the soul ; the colouring of the whole, which is pink and green, is peculiar and of a late period. 5 \ in. h. Presented by IT. W. Diamond , Esq ., 1837. Calcareous stone . Sepulchral figures of Maau, Ma- shiheth, N...nofre, and Tah-rot, females. 10|to4|in. h. The last 'presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Blue porcelain. Sepulchral figure of Menephtah I., 12th king of the xvm. dynasty. 3f in. h. Tomb of this monarch , Thebes. Porcelain of various colours. Sepulchral figures of Pnoute .... and Osorkon, athlophori ; of “ Amou- nophth or Amenof, divine father of Amoun .... in Thebes, superintendent of the sacred scribes of the temple of Amoun, and prophet priest of Amoun in Thebes ” ; of Penamoun, superintendent of the sacred scribes ; of Harhem . . . , divine father and sacred scribe of the divine abode of Amoun ; of Pinofre, divine father of Amoun ; of Kontates, chief prophet priest, born of Nebti-ei ; of Psametik, prophet priest of Phtah ; (the hieroglyphics in black upon the back ;) of Penamoun, priest of the sanctuary ; of Eishesiou, Theban priest ; of “ Phtahonkh, incense bearer of the temples of ... . born of Ertob ” ; of Amoun-iri, beloved of the gods ; (sacerdotal title ; the hieroglyphics on the back ;) of Shasouphtah, a royal purificatory priest, title peculiar to the Memphite and early dynasties ; of Phai, superin¬ tendent of the abode of silver [treasury] ; of Haroeri, a priest ; of “ Onkhhar. attached to the care of the South ? ” of “ Seneith, superintendent of the archers of the king Psametik ” (no prenomen) ; of Nofre-het-ra, born of Emphe, a prophet priest; of Phtahmshti or Phtha-nasht, superintendent ? of the silver chambers ; of Amoun-rokh • of Hahem-re ; of Aahmos Iohmes (Amasis) ; of Abtob, born of Taineb ? of Hoau (white, the hieroglyphics in pink); of Bokenkhons ; of Hape, son of Naau ; of Hard; 342 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN of Harernaa, superintendent of the house ; of Hmemaut ; of Iri-har-rou? of Maau ; of Onkhsenesi ; of Out- amahteh, son of Esiates ; of Peneniom, a functionary; of Petesi, born of Esieneimos ; of Petesi, son of Nishti- pasht, a priest; of Phtah-pnofre, Theban priest; of Psametik, born of Neith-aur ; of Ra-haa-het (Hophra), born of Sanoubtat ; of Ronou, a female ; of Bouei- merai, a female ; of Iriharoui ; of Petamoun ; of Pha- ihbai, a female; of Samerephtah, a female; of Tairot, daughter of Taiamoun ; of Sanev, son of . born of Tihtor, lady of the house. From 8 in. to If in. h. Light blue 'porcelain. Sepulchral figure, on which is inscribed “ the illustrious Osiris, lord of innumerable days, king of eternity/’ 6f in. h. Green coloured terracotta. Sepulchral figures of Sa° souesi, a female. 4 in. h. Porcelain. Various sepulchral figures, without inscrip¬ tions. Coloured brick. Sepulchral figure of Sevekmos, priest of Amoun. 7\ in. h. Presented by J. G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Coloured brick . Upper part of a sepulchral figure of a man named Phreopht or Reophth. Wood. Sepulchral figure of Menephtah I. [Aken- cheres], 12th king of the xvm. dynasty. 7f to 6f in. h. Wood. Sepulchral figure of a Pharaoh, the head in a claft with lappets in front, and a tail behind; on the fore¬ head, the hole where the uraeus has been inserted. 1 ft. in. h. Tombs of the Kings , Thebes. Wood. Sepulchral figure of a Pharaoh, hair short, bushy, falls in a broad square tail behind ; on the fore¬ head, the hole for the insertion of the uraeus ; covered all over with bitumen. 1 ft. 2 in. h. Tombs of the Kings , Thebes. Wood. Sepulchral figure of Rameses VII., 4th king of the xix. dynasty ; the head-dress has lappets before, and descends in a tail behind ; in front is the usual formula. 1 ft. \ in. h. Wood. Sepulchral figures of Amoun-os-men, a func¬ tionary ; of Ouon-nofre (Onnophris), priest of Khons; of Bokensouten, sacred scribe of the divine offerings of ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 343 all the gods ; of Khonshemhbai, superintendent of pure offerings in the abode of Amoun ; of Horhemhbai, a si¬ milar functionary ; of Monthophth, priest of Monthra, or Mandoulis ; of Amountebsou, guardian of the doors of the apartments of the royal palace ; of Maimos, auditor of truth to the god Phtah ; of Kekemi, a guardian of the door, of Kanofre, of Taimerit, and Taishaa, females at¬ tached to the worship of Amoun; of Taia, lady of the house and priestess of the sun ; of Thoueris, or Te-oeri, a female priestess ; of Esi-nofre, Mehtkhons, Naamerit, and Tishau, females. From 10| to 7\ in. h. Four pre¬ sented by J . G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Ebony . Sepulchral figure of Hesheere, priestess of the disk of the sun. This figure is formed of two lon¬ gitudinal pieces ; the hieroglyphics and hair are inlaid with yellow. 9 in. h. Wood. Various sepulchral figures, uninscribed, or with effaced inscriptions. CASE G G. FIGURES OF OSIRIS. Wood . Figures of Osiris standing, the head attire wanting. The inscriptions on the bodies are all of si¬ milar import, as are those on the plinths, which have in front an excavation to hold some embalmed object ; se¬ pulchral dedications are inscribed round the plinth of each figure. One bears an inscription relative to Phaishasht ; another to Iri-har-rou, glorifier, scribe of truth, &c. ; another to Petamoun, &c. 1 ft. to 11 in. h. Wood. Plinths from similar figures ; on the upper part of one are four horizontal lines of hieroglyphics, — the names and titles of Paikhons, purificatory priest of Horus Haroeri, son of Petamoun, and Ter...en-pasht, an assistant priestess of the temple of Amoun, lady of the house. CASE H H. COFFIN. The coffin of Irioui, son of Selsol, in the form of a mum¬ my. The subjects depicted are analogous to those on the coffin of Otaineb in Case V. ; viz., the judgment scene of the Amend, and the different deities to whom the various parts of his body were dedicated, successively adored by the deceased. At the back of the coffin is a figure of 344 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Athor, placed upon a standard, wearing a net-w7ork gar¬ ment, having on her head the symbol of the Ement ; in each hand, which is elevated, a sash. The face of the mummy is coloured red, the figures white, upon a dark ground ; the figure of Athor yellow, red, &c. 6 ft. 6 in, h. Bequeathed by Col. William Lethieullier , a.d. 1755. Wood. Figures of Osiris, having on the head the disk of the sun, and two tall plumes placed on the horns of a goat. These figures stand upon long rect¬ angular plinths, in one of which is an excavation, writh a cover in form of a chest. Down the centre is a per¬ pendicular line of hieroglyphics, containing in one the name of Asko, daughter of Irihouni. 1 ft. 10^ in. to 2 ft. 2 in. h. One presented by J. G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. CASE I I. FIGURES OF OSIRIS. Div. 1 .— Wood. Similar figures without plinths; one has an invocation to Osiris for an assistant priestess. Ta...neith, born of Tainreouenpasht ; another for Sa- khons, son of Gothi, a priest, and of Tainreouenpasht, lady of the house ; another, the name of Petkhons, son of Tsensaph; another, that of Sahar, lady of the house, daughter of the priest of Onnophris, Psametik, born of the lady of the house, Hthiauesi, uher soul to the heaven, her body in the abode of stars” ; another has the name of a priest, Petamon. The names on the others are wanting. 2 ft. 2\ to 10 in. h. Div. 2. — Wood. Figures of Osiris of similar type and use, but much decayed ; the inscriptions obliterated ; some are covered with bitumen. 2 ft. 2\ in. to 1 ft. h. Wood. Chest-shaped covers, from plinths ; their upper surface is usually inscribed with a line of hieroglyphics, as “ Sokari-Osiris, lord of the tombs,” &c. One has the Genii of the Amend, and other deities, with Anubis unfolding the doors. 7\ in. 1., 4 in. h., 2 in. d. Wood . Head attires from similar figures, consisting of the red disk, emblematic of the sun ; the two ostrich fea¬ thers, emblematic of truth ; and the horns of a goat, in¬ dicative of fecundity. 8 in. h. Div. 3. — Wood, covered with bitumen. Figures of Osiris pethempamentes, used as cases for papyri. These, 345 ROOM. J EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. which are always portions or copies of the great funeral ritual of the Egyptians, in hieroglyphic or hieratic cha¬ racters, were either contained in the body of these figures, which divided in half, as in some specimens, or else in small rectangular cells, with a lid fitting to the body, and neatly covered with bitumen. These cells were made at the back, and the papyrus still remaining is exhibited in one figure. 2 ft. 2 in. to 1 ft. in. h. CASE K K. SEPULCHRAL BOXES, VASES, ETC. Div. 1. — Wood. Tall rectangular box with vaulted cover ; the sides coloured with vertical stripes of blue, white, and red. 1 ft. in, h., 10J in. sq, at base. Wood. Rectangular box, adapted for holding sepul¬ chral vases ; it is black, and in front is a small tablet, with a dedication in white to Osiris, for Amounosonkh, priestess of Amoun. 1 ft. 3 in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. b., in. d. Wood. Tall pyramidal box, with a cornice ; at each side is traced in yellow upon a black ground a proces¬ sion of inferior deities, in two rows, holding in their hands offerings or swords, and having above their heads per¬ pendicular lines of hieroglyphics, the invocations ad¬ dressed by them to the deceased, Tooutates. On the cover of the box are the two jackals, guardians of the upper and lower hemispheres, with the uraei of Sate and Soven. 1 ft. 6 in. h., 9 in. sq. at base. Wood. Sepulchral tablet. 1. The Hat with pendant uraei in the tesher and otf, jackals, &c . 2. The soul adoring in the bark of Ra, Ra Atmou, Tore, Thmei, Tafne, and Seb — the boat steered by another deity. 3. The deceased standing in adoration to Osiris, Isis, ISlepli- thys, Harsiesi, Anubis and Macedo. 4. Adoration of the deceased son of the lady Taikoulheb, in horizontal lines of hieroglyphics. On the top has been a human¬ headed hawk with a gilt face. 2 ft. 5 in. h. Wood. Flat sepulchral tablet, with an arched top, placed on its original stand; the subject traced upon it is in three divisions. 1. The Hat or good demon and the two jackals, emblematic of the upper and lower hemi¬ sphere. 2. Baieth, or the disembodied soul, adoring the boat of Chnouph, who is seated under an uraeus, and at- 346 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. ^EGYPTIAN tended by Thoout or Thoth, Har-hek, and other deities. 3. The deceased adoring Osiris pethempamentes, Horus, Isis, Nephthys, Thoth, Anubis and Macedo; underneath, a row of symbols of life and of stability, and a dedication to Ra, Atmou, Osiris pethempamentes, Isis, Nephthys, Macedo, and Anubis, “ that they will give an abode pro¬ vided with flesh, fowl, wine, milk, libations of water, bread, and incense, for the sake of the Osirian Taibesate, justified.” The whole edge of the painting, with the ex¬ ception of the base, is surrounded by a border of feathers ; the whole is coloured blue, red, and green. 2 ft. h,, 1 ft. 1 in. b. Div, 2. — Wood . Models of two sets of sepulchral vases with covers of a human, baboon, jackal, and hawk head respectively, representing Amset, Rape, Sioumautf and Kebhsnauf, the four genii of the Amenti or Hades. There is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics in front, contain¬ ing the names of the genii. 1 ft. 2 in. h. to in. h. Green porcelain. Sepulchral vase, third of a set, with the jackal-headed cover of Sioumautf. in. h. Linen . Bags containing the saw-dust used in absorb¬ ing the moisture of the entrails; one is enclosed in a small cylindrical basket made of fibres of palm. 3^ in. h. Div. 3 .—Arragonite, terracotta , wood , fyc. Covers from sepulchral vases, representing a human head, indicative of the genius Amset. 6 to 3j in. h. Arragonite . Cover of a sepulchral vase, in the shape of a human head with a lock of hair on the right side, in¬ dicative of Horus. 4j in. h. Terracotta , wood. Covers from sepulchral vases, in the shape of a human head, indicative of Amset; the faces are occasionally painted yellow, the colour usually ap¬ propriated to females. 6 to 3 in. h. Div. 4. — Arragonite , calcareous stone . Covers from sepulchral vases, in shape of the head of the cynoce- phalus, indicative of Hape, 3| to S\ in. h. Calcareous stone . Covers from sepulchral vases, in shape of the head of a jackal, indicative of Sioumautf. 5 to 4 in. h. Calcareous stone. Similar covers, in shape of the head of a hawk, indicative of Kebhsnauf. 5 to 4| in. h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 347 CASE L L. SEPULCHRAL BOATS, CONES, ETC. Div. 1. — Wood. Model of a sepulchral boat, in the form of a canoe, conveying to its place of sepulture the mummy of a deceased female, laid upon a bier, under a canopy supported by four columns with lotus capitals. At the head and feet are two females in the act of la¬ mentation, in imitation of Isis and Nephthys at the bier of Osiris, and at the left side stands a priest holding a roll of papyrus in his left hand, as if reading. Before him is a large vase, and a similar one in the prow of the boat, with a lighted altar. A rower is seated in the stern ; and there are two oars or paddles, with two high spars for rullocks, surmounted by the heads of hawks. At the prow are two symbolic eyes. The body is painted of a grass green; the prow and stern, of a deep blue colour. At the ends are two yellow projections, one straight and the other angular. 2 ft. 5\ in. 1., 10J in. h. Wood. Model of a sepulchral boat similar to the pre- ceding ; the attitude and head-dress of the female mourners is different, and there is no priest ; in the prow is a table on which are a vase, haunch Gf a victim, and other objects ; the blades of the paddles have two symbolic eyes painted on them. At the prow and stern are two yellow an¬ gular projections. 2 ft. 1 in. 1., 1 ft. \ in. h. Div. 2. — Wood . Sepulchral tablet of Ha-heth-re, in three divisions. 1. The Hat or good demon and the two jackals. 2. The boat of Chnouphis or Knef adored by the deceased. 3. The deceased adoring Osiris, Har- si-esi, Isis, Nephthys, Thoth, Anubis, Macedo, and the four genii of the Amenti. Beneath, a dedication to Ra, Atmou, the gods resident in Poni, Osiris pethempamentes, Osiris lord of Rosat, Isis, Nephthys, Anubis, Hop-hioue (Ma¬ cedo), Athor, and the gods resident in Noutehir, “ that they may give an abode provided with drugs, flesh, fowl, wine, milk, libations, kufi clothes, offerings, and all other good and pure things for the Osirian superintendent. . . . Ha-heth-re (Hophra), son of - born of the lady of the house - the names of the parents of the de¬ ceased being omitted. The whole richly coloured, and surrounded by a border representing feathers. 1 ft. 7 in. h., 1 ft. 1 in. b. Wood . Sepulchral tablet ; the deceased adoring 348 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. ^EGYPTIAN Osiris, Isis, Nephthys, and the four genii of the Amenti standing on an expanded flower of the papyrus; above, the Hat ; underneath are seven horizontal lines of hie- roglyphies ; a sepulchral act of adoration for the deceased, “ P . . himonth, the true all devout before Osiris on- nophris, king of eternity, the son of Amouneiri, all true before Phtah Sochari Osiris, the god supporting his father, and his mother Esi-eiri, lady of the house, all devoted to the god Thmou;” “ thy soul to the heaven and the god Ra, thy body to the abode of glory and the god Seb.” 1 ft. 2| in. h., in. b. Wood. Sepulchral tablet in three divisions. 1. The Hat and jackals. 2. Ra, Osiris, the four genii of the Amenti seated, with human heads, each holding a feather in their hands. 3. The deceased adoring Osiris, Horus, Isis, and Nephthys. Beneath, a sepulchral act of ado¬ ration for a deceased; the whole much obliterated. 1 ft. 4 in. h., 10J in. b. Wood . Sepulchral tablet in two divisions. 1. The Hat or good demon ; underneath, a dedication to the god Seb. 2. The deceased Gotho, functionary of Amounei, in the act of adoration to Osiris Onnophris, Isis, and the four genii of the Amenti seated on two pap}Tus flowers. Beneath, a dedication to Ra and Atmou for the deceased, son of Sanebbaitattou and the lady of the house . . . nasamoun. 1 ft. 1 in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood. Sepulchral tablet, in two divisions, of Psenesi, son of Amounates and the lady of the house Esiates ; both father and son are functionaries. 1. The Hat or good demon, jackals, symbolic eyes, and the scarabseus propelling a red disk. 2. The deceased adoring Sochari, Isis, and the four genii of the Amenti. Underneath, a dedication to Osiris onty for the deceased. 1 ft. 3^ in. h., II in. b. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Wood. Sepulchral tablet in two divisions : 1. the Hat and the right symbolic eye ; 2. the deceased adoring Ra and the four genii of the Amenti, and sup¬ ported from behind by Athor, having on her head the symbol of the West ; behind her, Anubis ; beneath, a dedication to Ra for the deceased, Irioui, son of Aouonk. 1 ft. h., 8j in. b. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 349 Wood. Sepulchral tablet, representing offerings to Ra ; the hands and arms of the deceased, a female, alone re¬ main. The figure of the deity is seated upon a throne placed upon a pedestal of syenite. 10 in. h., 9 in. b. Wood. Fragment of a square tablet, representing a priest adoring Osiris pethempamentes seated. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Wood. Tablet with two representations of a priest adoring Thmou and another deity. 1 ft. in h. Calcareous stone. Small sepulchral tablet in form of a propylon. In the centre is a seated figure of Phtah ; under the cornice, the Hat, and at the lintels, sepulchral dedications to Phtah and Ra, to give health and life to the deceased. At the back a dedication to Phtah for the de¬ ceased, Pen-noub. 9 in. h., in, b. Calcareous stone. Sepulchral tablet representing Ra, hawk-headed, with the urseated disk, and “ Meresocnari,” uraeus-headed, having the tall plumes or palms of Amoun on her head ; each holds a symbol of life and koucou- pha sceptre. In the division beneath, two figures in the act of adoration. 5\ in. h., 4 in. b. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Calcareous stone . Stele representing in bas relief a seated female, Tah-maau, holding in her left hand a lotus flower ; her son Roau stands before her holding a like flower in his right hand ; above are the two symbolic eyes and signet. 4| in. h., 3| in. b. Presented by J. G . Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. Calcareous stone . Sepulchral stele, carved on all sides. On the upper surface, in bas-relief, the head of the de¬ ceased to the right, traced in black, with a short square beard. Around the sides are two dedications to Athor for Nebement, son of a lady named Athor, and on the back, which has a horizontal ascending inscription par¬ tially carved, is the name of “ Heau, auditor in the tri¬ bunal of truth/’ and a dedication to the same deity. 7J in. sq. Div. 3. — Sepulchral cones. The precise use of these objects is not known ; they are of baked earth, red on the exterior, but black towards the centre. The base is in¬ scribed with hieroglyphics in relief, which have been stamped, one specimen exhibiting a double impression. The inscriptions generally read from left to right, con- 350 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN trary to the usual manner; they have been supposed to be seals, but no impressions from them have been as yet discovered, and numerous specimens precisely similar have been found within, or over the door of, the same tomb. The hieroglyphics, which are always stamped upon the base, contain universally a dedication to the deceased, sometimes accompanied with figures. Red brick . Sepulchral cones, stamped with the names of Maimos, prince of Kosh or Koushi, (Ethiopia,) in the time of Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris) ; of Nofreophth (Nepherophes), fourth prophet priest of Amoun; of the same and his wife Amounophth ; of Nofreothph, chief scribe of Amoun, and his sister Maire ; of “ O . . ou . . . .and priest of Amoun of Tenrokas, a priest; of Ra-men-to-snab, military chief and first prophet priest of Amoun; of Saph, a military officer; of Semau or Sen- maut, commander of the infantry (matoi) ; of O . . at¬ tached to the royal palace, and his brother Obi, who are represented in the act of adoration ; above is a boat ; of Amounemeian, superintendent of the balance of the abode of Amoun; of Amounemhe (Amenemes), super¬ intendent of the cloth? ... of upper and lower Egypt; of Ramentosnab, royal scribe, superintendent of the do¬ mains of upper and lower Egypt ; of Re or Ra, a similar functionary ; of Nofre-bai, female holding some office. Div, 4 — Wood . Mask from a coffin; the eyebrows, eyelids, small short beard, and string are of bronze. 8| in. 1. Wood . Fragment from the soles of the feet of the inner coffin of a mummy; on it is the bull Apis running and bearing on his back a male mummy. Presented by J . G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. 9 in. b., 7| in. h. Wood . Fragments of faces from the coffins of mum¬ mies. 9| to 5\ in. h. Wood . Beards from the same ; one is short and square. 6 to \\ in. h. Wood . Feet from a mummy coffin. 6| in. 1. Wood . Hand from the outer covering of a mummy, printed yellow. 6 in. 1. Wood . Hand from a coffin, holding a cylindrical roll, probably a papyrus ritual ; a horizontal line of hieratic extends across the back of the hand, “ the Osirian KOOM.] Irikhons ? EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 351 ; it is covered with yellow stucco. Linen . Lower part of the outer covering of a mummy, of coloured stucco. On it are delineated feet, sandals, feathered ornaments, &c. 9 in. b., 3§ in. h. Linen . Piece of the external covering of a mummy, taken from the back, covered with stucco, and painted white with red stripes. 1 ft. 4 in. h. CASES M M. TO Z Z. MUMMIES, COFFINS, ETC. Case M M. 1. — Mummy of Pefaakhons, surnamed Onkhouonnofre, auditor of the royal palace, in its linen case ; the face, which is red, has had a beard ; the head is in a claft, on the crown of which is a scarabaeus ; on the chest is an oskli, and a ram-headed hawk with the disk and horns, flying with expanded wings and grasping in each claw a signet; at the sides two pendent uraei with the shaa ; to the right, Osiris pethempamentes in the shaa, Sioumautf and Kebhsnauf ; to the left, Osiris, Amset and Hape, the two other genii of the Amenti. On the ab¬ domen is the hawk of Ra with an uraeated disk, and at the sides Isis and Nephthys, each having on the head a disk, and wings attached along the arms, one of which is inclined to the earth. Before each goddess is a signet, gom, and vulture standing on a basket ; before it, a vase. Below, is the standard of Osiris with plumes and uraei and the maonkh or counterpoise of a collar ; to the right is Selk kneeling on a symbol of resplendence, Anubis, and a genius or inferior deity, having on his head two feathers and holding another in his hand ; to the left, Neith, Anubis, and a similar deity. Underneath are two hawks standing upon symbols of resplendence ; and on the feet, two jackals seated on pedestals ; on the sole is the bull Hape or Apis passing over the symbol of the hill. 5 ft. 6f in. 1. Case M M. 2. — Mummy of Penamoun, (coffin in Case D.,) priest of Amoun, in its wrapper of salmon colour bound by stripes of a light buff ; on it is the representa¬ tion of an oskh and pectoral plate with deities, symbols of life and of stability, the Hat or good demon, &c. 5 ft. 6 in. 1. Case M M. 3. — Outer linen case from the mummy of 352 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN Haraouonkh ; the face bearded ; the figures similar to those on that of Pefaakhons (1.), but with goats on standards, instead of vultures* before Isis and Nephthys. 5 ft. 10 in. 1. Case N N. 1. — Wood . Inner coffin of Tatshbapem, daughter of Petkhons, porter of the temple of Amon, and born of Samaut, “lady of the house.” The head of the deceased is in a vulture-claft, the face flesh colour ; on the chest an oskh and a goat-headed hawk. The body has the following representations ; the deceased offering a sistrum to Osiris, Amset and Hape, and to Osiris, Kebhs- nauf, and Sioumautf ; the hawk of Ra, the embalmment of the deceased, Anubis and Macedo, Thoth and Osiris hawk-headed, Neith and another female deity, the stand¬ ard of Osiris, jackals, &c. On the soles of the feet is the bull Apis bearing on his head the lunar disk* and on his back the mummy of the deceased. On the inner part of the lid is a figure of the goddess Netpe. The in¬ terior of the chest has an emblem of stability and ; on the top of the former is with two human hands and arms elevated, supporting a yellow disk, which sheds a triple stream of blue, yellow, and red globules of light. On the exterior of the chest is an emblem of stability, surmounted by the disk and plumes on the horns of a goat, and flanked by disk-bearing ursei, em¬ blematic of Osiris Tattou ; on each side a standard of Nofre-Thmou and the titles of Anubis ; above, the Hat. The back ground is white, the figures in blue, red, and yellow. The whole of the outside of the lid has been covered with a yellow varnish. 5 ft. 9 in. 1. Case N N. 2. — Mummy of Tatshbapem in bandages of a salmon colour, crossed by bands of light buff ; on the ex¬ terior a net-work of blue and yellow bugles* and a scara- bseus with extended wings worked in beads. Case O O. 1. Mummy of Kotb-ti, femalje attached to the worship of Amoun, wrapped in buff linen* with bandages of maroon ; the head is in its linen case, the face gilded, the hair black, in long vertical plats with lotus flowers on the forehead, and diadem round the head, with two locks attached by studs ; at the side of the neck are the remains of a pendent fillet of flat blue circular beads ; the arms are modelled in ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 353 wood, and crossed upon the breast, having bracelets, and armlets with symbolic eyes ; the fingers are covered with models of rings in carnelian, ivory, wood gilt and silvered, &c.; on the middle finger of the left hand is the shell Trochus Pharaonicus, or “ Wheel of Pharaoh,” from the Red Sea, set as a ring; and on the thumb ring is inscribed “ Maut, mistress of heaven”, companion of Amoun ; on the mummy is a pectoral plate, representing Netpe kneeling, and the sepulchral scarabseus with gilt eyes, adored by Isis and Nephthys; another, with the jackal, emblem of Anubis ; and a copper model of the mummy of the deceased. The hair was found wrapped up in the cloth roll at the head of the coffin, and is ex¬ hibited in two trays at its sides. This mummy is appa¬ rently of a late epoch. 5 ft. in. 1. Case O O. 2. — Wood . Mummy-shaped coffin of Kotb-ti ; she is represented partially bandaged, with the hands folded across the breast, each holding a bunch of lotus flowers. The ground work is buff, with bands of a maroon red, representing the mode of bandaging the body ; an oskh round the neck, and pectoral plate with Osiris, Isis, and Nephthys ; the face is a deep red, the hair black and yellow, with lotus flowers and diadem, as on the mummy. On the lid, the goddess Netpe kneeling and extending her arms and wings, between two symbolic eyes ; Anubis andMacedo, jackal-headed; Isis and Neph¬ thys standing face to face ; at the sides of the chest, Anubis, Thoth ibis-headed, two human deities, and two symbolic eyes ; at the feet, Isis kneeling, and two em¬ blems of stability. On the lid is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, containing “ The invocation of the Osirian priestess ? of Amoun Kotb-ti, who says — Approach, Netpe, my mother, extend thy arms and wings over me,” &c. 6 ft. 2| in. 1. Case Q Q. — Wood . Coffin and mummy of Har or Hor (Horus), incense bearer of the abode of Chnou- phis or Kneph, son of Tinaaei, (son of Ouonnofre,) and of Tithau ; on the lid the following representations : — a pectoral plate with Thmei ; the goat-headed hawk ; the judgment scene of the Amend ; Ra seated, and Osiris standing, attended by inferior deities ; Netpe coloured blue, issuing from a syenite mountain, having on her 354 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. ^EGYPTIAN head a disk and ostrich feather, and extending in each hand an emblem of water to a mummied figure of the genius Amset, supported by the symbol Ement with human arms ; Osiris mummied, in the form of a sphinx, disked, placed on a bier, underneath which are various head attires : the judgment scene repeated ; inferior dei¬ ties of the Amenti with mummied bodies, and heads of a jackal, cow, snake, ibis, and viper; a blue human figure with a lizard in each hand ; down the centre is the standard of Osiris, placed on seven bows, with a per¬ pendicular line of hieroglyphics, dedication to Osiris pethempamentes for Har ; the interior of the lid has a large figure of Sochari-Osiris ; round the exterior of the chest are hieroglyphics painted in detail, containing an invocation to the “ avenging mother-goddesses, mistresses of innumerable days, chiefs of eternity living in truth,” &c. ; in the interior, a winged figure of Isis with disk and horns, with bows symbolic of the Ethi¬ opians under her feet ; at the sides are Amset, Hape, and various inferior deities of the Amenti, with vulture, uraeus, lion, jackal, cow, and tortoise heads ; at the foot of the mummy are two decapitated figures, one black and the other white, emblematic of the enemies of the Egyptians ; the eyes and brows are inlaid in blue porcelain. 6 ft. 1 in. 1. The mummy is placed between the lid and chest ; it is neatly bandaged in blue striped linen, with transverse bandages of yellow, pink, and reddish brown. 5 ft. 4| in. 1. Case RR. 1. Mummy of Harsontiotf, priest of Amoun in Thebes, holding various sacerdotal offices, (from the coffin in Case Q.) The upper part is enveloped by a linen covering of blue, with figures and subjects embossed and gilded ; on the head is the scarabaeus, thrusting forward the disk of Ra ; Osiris as an emblem of stability, adored by Isis, Nephtbys, and the four genii of the Amenti ; the cow of Athor ; Amset, Hape, and a disked seated deity ; at the sides of the head are the hawks of Ra, and cartouche of “Osiris pethempamentes” ; round the fillets of the head are embossed lines of hiero¬ glyphics ; there is an oskh round the neck, and a pec¬ toral plate with Osiris, Isis, and Nephthys, seated. The ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 355 following subjects are depicted on the body : — the barks of Ra and Knepb ; the Hat with attendant trains of in¬ ferior deities and emblems of the soul ; the embalmment scene ; the standard of Osiris, saluted by Ra, Isis, Nephthys, Anubis, Horus, and inferior deities ; Osiris pe- thempamentes, adored and saluted by Isis, Nephthys, and other deities ; Osiris under the type of an emblem of sta¬ bility, attended by Ra, Sochari, Moui, and other deities ; Osiris Serapis embalmed, after the model of a sphinx, placed on a bier, attended by Har-si-esi and an emblem of the soul, between six lion-headed female deities, per¬ sonifications of Pasht or Tafne; Osiris saluted by Isis, Nephthys, and other deities ; emblems of life and sta¬ bility, jackals, &c. ; on the soles of the sandals are two bearded male figures with their hands and arms tied, short garments round the loins, and chlarnys on the shoulders, emblematic of the enemies of Egypt. 5 ft. 7f in. 1. Case R R. 2. Wood . Coffin containing the mummy of Pirotharnaaoubsh, incense bearer of the temple of Khons, and son of Hmekhons ; on the neck, a pectoral plate with an ibis, ostrich feather, and small chest. The following objects are depicted on the lid : — the hawk of Ra ; the four genii of the Amenti ; two hippopotamic deities ; the judgment scene of the Amenti, between a cat- and lion- headed deity, holding vipers ; the standard of Osiris supported by Thoth, Horus, and Sate twice re¬ peated, between the goat standards of Chnouph ; above, the Hat ; Osiris under the type of the emblem of stability, sa¬ luted by Selk and Neith, between the hawks of Isis and Nephthys, and two symbolic eyes ; the vulture of Soven or Seben ; the boat of Ra, with the scarabaeus in the disk, supported by Moui kneeling on a symbol of re¬ splendence, and flanked by two ursei. In the various divisions are dedications and the names of the deities ; on the sides of the lid, dedications to Osiris, Isis and Phtah-Sochari-Osiris for the deceased. The sides of the chest represent the cow of Athor issuing from a moun¬ tain ; the upper part of a human figure mummied ; a chsctodon on an altar ; jackal-, crocodile-, goat-, and human-headed figures holding vipers ; two cynocephali seated on a pylone ; a monkey ; a lion-headed male deity ; ram-, tortoise-, crocodile-headed deities, holding 356 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN swords ; a man holding an antelope. On the left side, a vulture ; Typhonian, lion-, jackal-, and human-headed figures holding swords, vipers, or lizards ; a bird and four vases on stands. 6 ft. 7\ in. 1. Case S S. 1. — Mummy of Haremhbai, son of Peta- moun and Peset, in a linen covering of open work ; the head in a claft, and the face gilt ; on the crown of the head, a scarabaeus with extended wings, and an inscrip¬ tion on the fillet ; the neck is ornamented with a rich oskh and pectoral plate ; below', a scarabaeus, and a disk in which is the name of Re, with cynocephali and em¬ blems of the human soul ; Netpe seated, wTith expanded wings ; the embalmment scene ; Osiris, lord of Tattou, seated, receiving the adoration of Anubis and another deity ; Socliari receiving similar homage ; Isis and Xeph- thys disked; the four genii of the Amenti in their human form, holding sashes or bandlets ; Pasht or Tafne, lion-headed ; tw'o jackals, seated, holding pat sceptres and having w'hips at their sides ; down the centre is an invocation of the deceased ; the head has been broken off the body for the purposes of plunder, and the band¬ ages are much charred. Many of the figures and inscrip¬ tions are gilded. 5 ft. 5^ in. h. Case S S. 2. Inner coffin of Nentef or Enintef, an unplaced monarch previous to the xvi. dynasty. The lid has been richly gilded, having on it a vulture, or hawk, the tail covering the feet, the body and wings the body of the deceased, with ornaments of net w7ork, and an oskh ; the eyelids are of bronze, and the eyes of enamel ; on the forehead is a cavity for the insertion of the uraeus. The lower part of the coffin is blue ; at the feet are Isis and Nephthys, kneeling upon altars ; there is a perpen¬ dicular line of hieroglyphics running down the centre and continued along the feet “ . . . Nentef justified di¬ rect thy arms to Osiris, thy heart and race belong to Isis and Nephthys. — The address of Isis and Nephthys wrho come to offer thee to thy gods, king Nentef justi¬ fied.” The interior of the coffin is covered with a layer of bituminous matter, to which part of the exterior band¬ ages w'ere adhering. Fragments of these bear portions of a hieratic inscription, with which the whole of the body w7as probably covered ; they are too small to give any EGYrTIAN ANTIQUITIES. ROOM.] 357 connected sense, but are apparently part of a ritual. 6 ft. 4 in. 1. Case T T. 1. Mummy in its bandages; it is much decayed, and the feet are broken off ; on it is bead-work in blue, red, yellow, and dark porcelain, representing a scarabseus, emblem of stability, &c., with strings of co¬ loured bugles. 4 ft. 7\ in. 1. Case T T. 2. Mummy in its bandages, the outer covering of painted linen, and the mask gilt; round the neck is an oskh ; underneath and on the body are Netpe, Osiris-Tattou, the four genii of the Amenti, the embalm¬ ment of the deceased by Anubis, ursei in the teshr and otf, and Isis deploring ; on the ankles two jackals and the feet of the deceased ; on the soles are sandals chequered blue and white. 4 ft. 10 in. 1. Case T T. 3 . Mummy in its bandages ; on it a net of blue porcelain bugles and beads, and a square open work piece of painted linen, representing the embalm¬ ment scene, with Anubis, Isis, Nephthys, the four genii of the Amenti, six hawk-headed deities ; above, Netpe with expanded wings. 5 ft. in. 1. Case U U. 1. Mummy of the deceased in its bandages, of a light brown colour ; the upper part is covered with a layer of pitch. 5 ft. 4j in. 1. Case U U. 2. The coffin of Penamoun ? incense bearer of Amoun-ei or Thebes, son of Ouonnofre (son of Hor) and of Baenrou ? daughter of Sakhons ; the face of dark polished wood, with a small square beard ; the head in a rich daft, representing the wings and body of a bird, with a disk in front and two side ornaments ; round the neck an oskh with a pectoral plate representing To or Tore within a disk placed in a boat ; the hands are crossed on the breast, each holding a roll of papyrus ; below, the Hat or good demon ; Osiris pethempamentes standing between Isis and Nephthys, disked, writh winged arms ; behind whom respectively are a hawk and ibis standard, emblematic of “ the South’’ and “ North” ; a right symbolic eye placed upon a basket, and a small pharaonic figure kneeling and offering the left eye on a basket ; the deceased in a long transparent garment, adoring Phtah-Sochari, under the form of Ra ; and again under the form of To or Tore ; before each of these 358 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN deities is a stand with a panther skin ; a mother goddess in a vulture-claft, adoring the pied bull of “ Phtah- Sochari-Osiris, lord of the West,” standing on a pylone in a rock of syenite ; behind, a naos ; the same deity adoring the pied cow of Isis in a similar scene : the four genii of the Amend ; two jackals ; on the feet symbolic eyes, lion-headed winged ursei, &c. ; round the sides of the chest, traced in yellow upon a black ground, a cat grasping a snake ; the mummy on its bier, with the soul soaring above, placed in a sledge drawn by the cow of Athor, Anubis acting as driver ; a temple on a mountain, above which are the symbols of the east and west ; a lion-headed mummied deity, holding two swords ; a man walking, holding in each hand a star? a winged object ; the judgment scene ; a deity with two snake- heads ; the disk of the sun, encircled by the ureei of the upper and lower regions, descending below the solar mountain, and adored by a cynocephalus. 6 ft. 4§ in. 1. Case V V. 1. Linen case from the mummy of a girl; the face yellow, the head in a daft, with a rich oskh round the neck ; below, the scarabaeus and disk ; in its hind legs a signet and emblem of stability, with a winged and lion-headed urseus at each side ; the judgment of the Amenti; the chest of Osiris covered, on it the hawk of Month; jackals, &c. The figures are yellow and red, the back-ground blue. 4 ft. in. 1. Case V V. 2, 3. Coffin and mummy of Khonsaouonkh, keeper of the door, sacerdotal functionary in the worship of Maut, and scribe of the silver apartments (or treasury ?) of Thebes ; the face is gilded ; on a black ground are traced in yellow a pharaonic figure under the form of Horus, holding a sistrum, and adoring the jackal of Anubis ; the deceased offering to Amenof L, deified under the form of Osiris ; the same, and his soul, receiving the libations of Athor and the purifications of Thoth and Horus ; Nephthys, Selk, Isis, &c., and a dedication to Osiris pethempamentes and Sochari-Osiris for the deceased. At the sides of the chest are the cow of Athor, cyno- cephali, mummied sphinx-shaped deities, with the names of Anubis and the deceased in ovals ; inferior crocodile- and hawk-headed deities seated under serpents, chsetodon, jackal, decapitated human figures, the apoph, genii of ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 359 the Amend, semi-ovals, one with six heads, and another with four figures of the profane, lion-headed deities, &c. 5 ft. 9 in. 1. The mummy lies in the chest, enveloped in linen which has been richly gilded, and covered with pitch ; on the chest, the goat-headed hawk or vulture ; the hawk with expanded wings, a line of hieroglyphics, wings of deities or birds, &c. These are indicated by the raised surfaces through the bitumen. 5 ft. 9 in. 1. Case X X. 1 . Mummy of a Graeco-Egyptian youth, in plain bandages from head to foot ; over the face is placed the portrait of the deceased, full-faced, the com¬ plexion red, the hair dark, eyes dark and full ; the chest enveloped in drapery. The portrait is painted upon a thin piece of cedar. 5 ft, If in. 1. Case X X. 2, 3. Coffin and mummy of Onkh- hape, a sacred musician, son of Thothmei, a door¬ keeper of Amoun, and of Taitnofreophth. The coffin consists of a flat board with a representation of Netpe, on which the mummy was laid, and a vaulted cover, with four square pillars at the corners. On one side of the cover, the deceased, mummied and laid on a bier placed in a boat drawn by two jackals, is lamented by Isis and Nephthys ; above is a human-faced hawk, emblem of the soul; in front are two standing cynoce- phali, and the figure of the deceased, supported by a female deity; behind, the four genii of the Amenti standing, two cynocephali, and the deceased, as before. The hierogly¬ phics in this part consist of invocations of the deceased to Osiris, and others, relative to the boat ; “ guide, guide with care, guide Ra ... to the solar abode in the west of the heaven, guide the Osirian Onkh-hape the true, to his abode of rest in Noutehir,” &c. ; also to Anubis, to “give a good embalmment in the west, ...and to ex¬ tend his arms to receive the deceased in the west of the pure land of truth.55 Beneath are invocations and dedi¬ cations to Re, Thmou, Phtah-Sochari, and x\nubis. On the other side, the standard of Osiris, in a boat, having on one side a dark hawk, on the other a chest, is supported by Isis, Nephthys, Har-si-esi, Thoout or Thoth, and Thmei ; it is drawn and saluted in front as on the other side, the deceased being held by the goddess Ement ; be- r 2 360 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[EGYPTIAN hind, are Ra, Osiris, and two other deities mummied, and seated wfith their knees raised. The accompanying hie¬ roglyphics consist of invocations to' Osiris and Thoth, to the boat, and to Ra, “ to shed his light over the de¬ ceased. ” Beneath are invocations as before ; at the head of the coffin are two symbolic eyes. 6 ft. 1., 1 ft. 8 in. b., 1 ft. 5 in. h. Mummy of the deceased in its bandages ; the body is thin and tightly enveloped, the bandages of a dark brown colour ; with it are two bronze cymbals, of the modern form. This mummy and case is apparently of the early part of the Roman epoch. 5 ft. in. 1. Case Y Y. 1. Mummy of a Graeco-Egyptian, or Ro¬ man, with the outer linen covering painted to represent the deceased in a toga with purple bands, the hands placed on the breast, the left holding flowers. Below is a disk, entwined by two ursei ; on the crown of the head, the Hat, and other ornaments ; at the sides, winged and other deities, &c. ; a pylone, with urseated frieze; a Ty« phonian figure, &c. The lower part of the body repre¬ sents a net-work dress, the legs of the deceased, &c., but the part covering the feet is wanting. The portrait is full face, and coloured red ; the whole of a very late era. 5 ft. If in. 1. Case Y Y. 2. Coffin, similar in shape to that of Onkh-hape. A Greek inscription beneath the cornice at one end, testifies that it is “ the coffin of Tphout, daugh¬ ter of Heraclius Soter and Sarapout, born in the fifth year of the reign of the Emperor Hadrian, on the twelfth of Athyr, deceased in the eleventh year, on the twen¬ tieth of Tybi, at the age of six years, two months, and eighteen days, and buried in the twelfth year, on the twelfth of Athyr.’5 On the cover is an inscription terminating with the name of the deceased, and of her mother. On one side is the deceased adoring Osiris, Anubis, Kebhsnauf, and Hape. Beneath is the boat of the sun, placed on the apoph or gigantic serpent, and drawn by three jackals ; a similar scene is repeated on the other side, with Anu¬ bis, Sioumautf, and Kebhsnauf. On the bottom of the coffin is depicted Netpe in a tunic, necklace, ear-rings, &c. ; at the sides of the head, Isis and Nephthys, kneel¬ ing. 4 ft. 9f in, 1., 1 ft. 7\ in. h., 1 ft, 9 in. w. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 36] Case Z Z. 1. Mummy of Mautemmen, female at¬ tached to the worship of Amoun, probably a priestess ; swathed in such a manner as to exhibit the whole of the form ; round the body, ankles, and upper part of the arms are broad bands, similarly ornamented : others, which are narrower, cross from the shoulders to the belt : the fore arms are swathed with narrow strips, like the animal mummies : round the loins is a short pink garment : a flower of the lotus is traced in red upon each knee, and the nipples are indicated by gilt wax ; the external bandages are buff colour. The back part of the head and the extremities of the feet are bared, exhibiting the hair and bones. (The coffin is over Case B B.) 5 ft. 7 in. 1. Case Z Z. 2. Mummy of the Roman era, in its band¬ ages. On the outer covering of linen is a painted figure of Osiris pethempamentes full faced, covering the whole of the upper surface of the body ; the face is pink, other parts red and yellow. At the sides of the head are Isis and Nephthys kneeling. 5 ft. 6 in. 1. Case Z Z. 3. Mummy of & female named Cleopatra, in its bandages. On the exterior cover is a female figure with pendent arms ; on her head, in a disk, placed in a boat, Ra seated ; Isis and Nephthys kneeling ; inferior deities ; the deceased attended by Anubis ; the four genii of the Amend. This covering is secured by trans¬ verse narrow bandages ; at the left side of the head is a wooden comb, with double row^s of teeth ; underneath the head, a circular wrapper, and on the feet and breast, two inscriptions on papyrus. There is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics down the centre of the body ; the ground is cream colour. Around this mummy was a wTreath of thin twisted gold tinsel with berries. 5 ft. 7 in. (Coffin in Case AAA). CASE AAA. COFFIN, OBJECTS OF ATTIRE, SEPULCHRAL ORNAMENTS, AMULETS, ETC. Wood. Coffin of Cleopatra, daughter of Candace, member of the same family as Soter, (see Case B B B.,) and similar in shape and design ; on the arched part of the cover are judgment scenes before Ra and Osiris ; a train of inferior deities, seated in porches, and holding 362 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN swords in their hands ; two rows of hawks, with human and animal heads ; on one side is a boat, with the disk of Kneph, a ttached to a snake drawn by -four deities ; on the other, the boat with the disk of the right symbolic eye, attached to a snake drawn by three jackals; before the boats, the mummy of the deceased brought by Anubis to Osiris and Ra, attended by emblems of the soul, cy~ nocephali, the genii of the Amenti, and inferior deities. At the ends are the emblem of the soul, the mummy of the deceased, the coffin watched by jackals, the Hat, the scarabseus with expanded wings, and the scarabseus in the boat adored by Isis and Nephthys. The interior represents the heaven, as in the coffin of Soter, sur¬ rounded by zodiacal signs, but without the boat ; at the sides of the head are four tortoises. The upper end has the hawk of Ra, and the lower, the cow of Athor, seated on a pedestal. On the sides are the twenty-four hours, as female figures, twelve on each side, each procession closed by a thirteenth female, perhaps personifications of the morning and evening star. The flat board on which the mummy of the deceased was laid has a large female figure, with pendent arms, full face ; at the sides of the head are Isis and Nephthys kneeling, each attended by another deity. 5 ft. 10 in. 1., 2 ft. 1 in. b., 1 ft. W\ in. h. Div. 1. Gold , silver , bronze , 'porcelain , glass. Ear¬ rings, and pendants from ear-rings ; two of these cylin¬ drical, of the Arabic era ; bracelets. Carnelian, jasper, composition , ivory , fyc. Rings with a break in the circumference, probably objects of attire, but their precise application is unknown. Gold, electrum , silver, bronze, iron . Signets set with amulets or scarabaei; some bear the prenomen of Thoth- mes III. (Mceris), one, that of Rameses VII. or IX. ; those of iron are of the Greek period. Div. 2. Gold, carnelian, jasper , amethyst, Egyptian emerald, fyc. Necklaces, bracelets, pendent ornaments, beads, &c. ; one necklace has pendants in the form of the lock of Horus, fish, and cowries, with a cowrie - shaped clasp ; another has fiat beads representing deities, symbols, &c. ; and a third, blue spherical beads capped with silver. Among the pendants are an aegis of Pasht human-headed hawk, and the shell Indina Nilotica* ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 363 Div. 3. Porcelain , ivory, mother of pearl, carnelian , bronze, fyc. Finger rings, some in open work, with figures of deities, &c. ; on the faces of several are the prenomen of Amenof III., the names of Amentuonk, Amoun-ra, &c. Div. 4. Basalt, arragonite, porcelain, vitrified earth, fyc. Pectoral plates, which w7ere suspended from the neck by strings, or placed upon the exterior bandages of mummies ; many are in the shape of a propylon, having in high relief the figure of a scarabaeus ascending, placed in a boat, adored on each side by Isis and Nephthys ; on the base of the scarabaeus is generally the same formula as in sepulchral scarabaei. Many of these plates bear the names of the persons to wdiom they belonged ; w7ith them are some others having the head of Athor, sca- rabseus wdth symbolic eyes, deities, &c. Div. 5. Porcelain . Portions from the network cover¬ ings of mummies, consisting of scarabaei, wings, bugles, beads, &c. Feldspar , lapis lazuli, hematite, steatite, porcelain, com¬ position, fyc. Amulets, consisting of symbolic eyes, victims, feet of animals, necks of vipers, plumes, counter¬ poises of collars, heart-shaped vases, geometric symbols. Sc c. Div. 6. Basalt, fyc. Sepulchral amulets and sca¬ rabaei. In the narrow upright part of the case are several se¬ pulchral tablets, similar to those in Case L L. Div. 2. CASE BBB. COFFIN, OBJECTS OF ATTIRE, AMULETS, SEPUL¬ CHRAL ORNAMENTS, ETC. Wood . Coffin of Soter, archon of Thebes, son of Cor¬ nelius Pollius and Philout ; of the form of those of the Graeco-Egyptian era. On one side of the vaulted cover is the judgment scene of the Amenti ; at one end a ram¬ headed hawk, having on his head the ostrich feather, and horns of a goat, and at the other a scarabaeus, ram¬ headed, quadrifrons, with similar head-dress ; emblems of Amoun-ra, in his secondary form of Chnouph. The other side represents Harsaphes, the boat of Sochari, Anubis, standards of the Ement, Month-ra, and Thoth* 384 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN and a boat with a naos, drawn by Nephthys ; at one end, a quadrifrons ram, and on the other a lion with a ram’s head, each winged and surmounted by the horns of a goat and feather. On the ends of the coffin are a winged scarabaeus, two figures of Hat, the embalmment scene, the goddess Netpe, and the soul receiving the libations of Nephthys and Thoth, Isis and Horus. On the flat sides are the boat with the left symbolic eye, and the boat with the disk of Kneph, each attached to a disked uraeus drawn by human-, hawk-, and baboon-headed deities, -^-s, and a train of inferior deities seated. On the top is a gilt hawk of Ra, and a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, with a horizontal line under each of the upper scenes. On the ledge of the upper end is KopvyiXkv Uo?,Xiov fAV'rgcc dnAouror Qvfiui' -9~. In the interior of the lid are Netpe, with the vase upon her head, elevating her arms ; at each side of her, six signs of the zodiac, com¬ mencing with Leo on her right, and Cancer on her left side ; the sun, personified as a boat with a disk, in which is a figure of the god Amoun-ra, or Chnouphis, enters Leo ; while another boat, in the disk of which is the left symbolic eye, enters Cancer. A scarabaeus and two cynocephali are at the feet of the goddess ; at the sides of her head are stars. The sides of the lid, within, have the twenty- four hours of the day and night personified as females, with disks upon their heads, enclosing stars ; those of the night being probably indicated by dark, those of the day, by light coloured garments. At the upper end is a disk shed¬ ding rays of light, and at the lower is a red cow, seated on a naos, or pylone, with the Hat or good demon above. On the four corner posts are invocations relative to the course of the soul. The board upon which the body was laid represents a female with a wreath upon her head, long hair, and pendent arms, with her feet placed upon the symbol of the hills ; at the sides of her head, Isis and Nephthys kneeling and deploring. The back ground represents the heglyg, or persea ; down the body is a per¬ pendicular line of hieroglyphics, “ I am the great mo¬ ther,” &c. The whole of this coffin is executed in a completely Graeco-Egyptian style ; the back ground is white ; that of the hieroglyphics salmon colour. 6 ft, 11| in. 1., 2 ft. 6 in. h., 2 ft. in. b. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 365 Div. 1, 2. Amethyst , carnelian, dark and vitrified stone , porcelain , fyc. Amulets ; the greater portion of them in the shape of the scarabaeus, but many in those of animals (among which are Egyptian hedgehogs, and a human-headed hog) ; they have incused on their bases the figures of deities, sacred animals, the names of kings, short inscriptions, and other symbols or hieroglyphics. They have formed portions of necklaces, bracelets, rings, or other articles of personal adornment, and are classed according to the objects which they represent, with an internal arrangement following the rank of the svmbols on their bases. Among the larger ones in Div. 1, will be found the prenomen of Re-Men-Ka, the names of Amenof II. and III., and Taia, wife of the latter ; on the smaller in Div. 2, the figures and names of Amoun and Phtah ; the names or prenomens of Amenemhe I., Osortasen III., Thothmes III. (Moeris), Amenof II. and III., Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris), an unplaced Amenof, Rameses IV. and Aahmes Neithsi (Amasis) of the xxvi. dynasty. Div. 3. Basalt , porcelain , carnelian , composition , fyc. Scarabsei completely carved; most of them have rings or perforations under the body. Div. 4. Basalt , serpentine , marble , hematite , steatite , 8$c. Sepulchral scarabasi, generally engraved with a prayer or formula, extracted from the ritual, relative to the heart or soul, of which it was probably the emblem. Considerable difference exists in the length of the in¬ scriptions ; but they often contain the name of the de¬ ceased. The inscribed sepulchral scarabsei are found between the folds of the interior bandages of the mum¬ mies ; the uninscribed on the flesh itself. The inscrip¬ tion is on the base ; but the names and titles of the de¬ ceased, figures of deities, &c., are found on the elytra and corslet. From the difference observable in the elytra, different species of the insect seem to be represented. Among these are a small green jasper scarabaeus, set in a semi-oval plinth of gold, said to have been found in the coffin of king Enintef, but bearing the name of the king Samkem . . f; several bear the names of different func¬ tionaries ; one has a heart-shaped vein, in which is en¬ graved a bennou, and at its sides “ the heart of the sun,” 366 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN In this division are other amulets, in form of a vase, human heart, two fingers of the hand, &c. Div. 5. Linen . Bandlets from mummies. Gold , silver , tin , iron. Ornaments taken from the bo¬ dies of mummies ; one has stamped upon it the figure of Osiris pethempamentes. Wood. Tesserae from Graeco-Egyptian mummies, bearing inscriptions relative to Heras, Theano, and Har- pocration. Linen . Sepulchral sandals ; one of papyrus, with part of a Greek inscription ; another has a figure of a foreigner bound hand and foot, with an inscription rela¬ tive to all the enemies of the deceased being under the sandals. Linen. Hypocephalus with Chnouphis quadrifrons, and other deities. Presented by J. G . Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. Leather . Fragments embossed with figures of Osor- kon I. or II., and Amoun-ra Harsaphes. Div. 6. Gilded ornaments of wood or linen, repre¬ senting deities, &c., and portions of garlands from mum¬ mies. Over Case A. — Bronze. Chnouph or Kneph, the ram¬ headed type of Amoun seated, wearing the shenti. The head attire is of diminished proportion, and the statue of a very late era. 2 ft. h. Over Cases A and B. — Wood. Outer coffin of Pena- moun or Penamon, prophet priest of Amoun, holding other sacerdotal offices. (See Case D. for the inner coffin, and M M. for the body.) The face of the deceased is of a dark coloured wood, with short square beard and oskh. Below is a dedication to Osiris, with the names, titles, &c., of the deceased. The goddess Athor, in a net- work tunic, with pendent arms, bracelets, armlets, and anklets, and bearing on her head the symbol of the west, is depicted on the interior of the lower half, or chest, standing, in profile to the right. 6 ft. in. h., 2 ft. \ in. 1. Over Case G. Bronze. Female, probably a deity, standing, her right hand clasped, her left flat and open. The whole has been gilded and covered with stucco, 2 ft. 6| in, h. ROOM.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 3 GJ Over Case K.~ Wood. Coffin of ... month, priest, divine father of Amoun, son of Herisnauf, a similar functionary, and of a female named Khonsates ; the face of the deceased is red, with a long narrow beard. On the body are Netpe, the judgment scene of the Amenti, and the embalmment scene ; at each side, a procession of deities facing upwards ; on the right, Thmou, Osiris On- nophris, the four genii of the Amenti, Thoth, Seb, Anubis, and Neith, each of whom respectively addresses the de¬ ceased ; on the left, Ra, Tore, the four genii of the Amenti, and other deities whose names or attributes are obliterated ; the rest of the body is covered with dedica¬ tions to Osiris, Anubis, Ra, and the invocations of different deities. The ground of the coffin is yellow, the hiero¬ glyphics black ; round the whole of the scenes on the lid is a snake, with its tail placed under its head. The back of the coffin has also been painted ; on the right side, cynocephali and other figures are visible ; those on the left are obliterated. 5 ft. llj in. h. Over Case S. — Wood, Mummy case, scooped out of a single tree ; the head in a feathered claft, the face black, the body covered by the wings and tail of a bird ; on the chest a vulture ; on the soles of the feet, Isis and Nephthys kneeling on altars ; down the body is a de¬ dication to Osiris. No name remains, but the case is apparently of the style and period of the coffin of king Nentef, in Case S S. 6 ft. 1 in. h. Over Case T. — Wood . Coffin of Mauteneimas, or Mouteneim.os, female musician of the goddess Maut, daughter of Phaienkhons, priest, divine father of Amoun, and of a female named Otai ; her face flesh colour, in a long claft ; beneath a figure of Netpe is a door with bolts, and under each wing a ram and vase, symbolic of the god Chneph, or Chnouph. The usual scenes are represented on the body. In front, a sepulchral dedica¬ tion to Osiris pethempamentes, and “ the address of Osiris, lord of the east ; he gives her soul to proceed to the heaven, her body to the earth, to receive the good and pure things of Osiris pethempamentes, the revealer of good,” &c. The ground of this coffin is yellow ; the whole of coarse execution, and apparently of a very late epoch. 5 ft. 11 in. h. Over Case A A. Wood . Outer coffin of the lady 368 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. Onkhsenofre. The lid has only a plain vertical line of hieroglyphics, an invocation of the deceased, and in the bottom of the chest is a figure of Netpe or Athor. The face is coloured pink. 6 ft. S in. h. Over Case B B. — Inner coffin of Mautemmen (see the body in Case Z Z.), female attached to the worship of Amoun, in the shape of a mummy. The hands are crossed on the breast ; on the top of the head are flowers of the lotus ; the feet are carved ; down the centre, the in¬ vocation of the deceased. The coffin is covered with stucco, and of a buffi colour. 6 ft. 3 in. h. Over Case C C. Wood . Outer coffin of Amouniriou, functionary of the palace of the queen Amounertais. Face bearded, single line of hieroglyphics in front, and in the bottom of the chest, figure of Netpe. 6 ft. 8 in. h. Over Case DD. — Mummy of a crocodile, in its band¬ ages. 6 ft. 3 \ in. 1. Presented by the Rev . Vere Monro. Over Case EE.' Glass case containing the bones of a mummied ibis, with insects and other contents of the sto¬ mach, prepared by Sir Anthony Carlisle, in 1805. In the drawer are various fragments of bandages, & c., two of them of worsted. Presented by Sir Joseph Banks. Over Case I I. Bronze . Osiris onnophris, in the shaa or upper part of the pschent ; the eyes have been inlaid with some other material ; the whole covered with stucco, and gilded. 2 ft. 10 in. h. Over Cases K K., L L. Outer coffin of Tatshbapem (see Case N N. for the inner coffin and mummy) ; the face is flesh colour ; on the exterior are invocations and dedications to Osiris, and within the chest, Netpe, full faced, with elevated arms ; in each hand -*p-. 6 ft. 6 in. h. Over Case L L. Bronze. Osiris pethempamentes, standing, wearing the otf. Over the Door.— Leather. Cross from the vestment of a Copt priest, supposed to be of an era not later than a.d. 640 ; it is gilt, and embossed with a double spiral pattern : the right arm of the transverse bar is imperfect. 2 ft. 6 in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. b. Medinat Abou. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson , Esq., 1834. EXPLANATION OF EGYPTIAN TERMS. Claft. — Head-dress with long lappets pendent on the shoulders and neck. See statue of Amenof III. Egyptian Saloon, 21. Coffins of mummies, &c. ETRUSCAN ROOM. - MEDAL ROOM. 369 Com. — Sort of sceptre, terminating in the head of an animal called the koucoupha. See in the hands of a male figure in a fresco painting, Eg. Sal. 176, and object Egypt. Room, Case G. div. 3, &c. Oskii. — Semicircular collar or tippet worn round the neck. See bust of Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris), Eg. Sal. 19. Object in Case B B. div. 4, &c. Qtf. — Crown of Osiris and other deities, composed of a conical cap flanked by two ostrich feathers, with a disc in front, placed on the horns of a goat. See fig. of Osiris, Case B. div. 2, &c. Pschent.— Cap or crown worn by deities and Pharaohs, composed of the shaa and teshr. See Pharaonic head, Eg. Sal. 15. Shaa. — Conical cap, upper portion of the pschent, called also ou- obsh or white. See statue of Menephtah IT., Eg. Sal. 61. Shenti. — Short garment worn round the loins. See statue of Amenof III., Eg. Sal. 21. Bronze fig. of Amoun-ra, Egypt. Room, Cdse A. div. 2, &c. Teshr. — The 6 red ’ cap, lower portion of the pschent, cylindrical cap, with tall inclined peak behind and spiral ornament in front. See fig. Neith, Egypt. Room, Case A. div. 2. Amulets, Case AAA. div. 5. Tosh _ Royal military cap. Bas-relief of Rameses II, (Sesostris), Egypt. Room, Case U. div. 4. ETRUSCAN ROOM. In this Room is a large collection of Greek and Etrus can Vases, which are at present in course of arrange inent. MEDAL ROOM. At the. farther end of the Tenth Room is the Medal Room, where are deposited a large collection of Coins and Medals, the basis of which was formed by the cabinets of Sir Hans Sloane and Sir Robert Cotton, and which has been from time to time enlarged by many valuable pur¬ chases and donations, but principally by the munificent donation of His late Majesty, King George IV., and by the bequests of the Rev. C. M. Cracherode, and R. P. Knight, Esq. It is comprehended under the three fol¬ lowing heads : 1 . Ancient Coins. 2. Modern Coins. 3. Medals. The first of these heads consists of Greek and Roman coins. s 370 PRINT ROOM. The Greek coins are arranged in geographical order, and include all those struck with Greek characters, in Greece, or elsewhere, by kings, states, or cities, which were independent of the Romans. With this class are placed likewise the coins of free states and cities, which made use of either the Etruscan, Roman, Punic, Spanish, or other characters. The Roman coins are placed, as far as it can be ascertain¬ ed, in chronological order. They consist of the As and its divisions ; Family or Consular coins; Imperial coins struck in Rome ; Imperial coins struck in Egypt ; Imperial coins struck with Greek characters, in different states and cities subject to the Romans ; Imperial coins struck in the Roman colonies; Imperial coins struck with Punic characters; and Contorniates. The second head, comprising modern coins, consists of Anglo-Saxon, English, Anglo-Gallic, Scotch, and Irish coins, and likewise the coins of foreign nations. This class is arranged according to the respective countries to which the coins belong, those of each country being kept separate. The third head, which comprises a class considerably more modern than either of those which precede it, con¬ sists of medals struck in our own country, and of those which have been struck abroad. These are arranged in the same manner as the modern coins. EBW. HAWKINS. Oct. 16, 1840. PRINT ROOM. This Room, at the south end of the east wing, contains an extensive and valuable collection of prints and draw¬ ings, an important part of which were bequeathed by the Rev. C. M. Craciierode, and Richard Payne Knight, Esq. The contents of the Medal and Print Rooms can be seen only by very few persons at a time, and by particular permission. HENRY ELLIS. Oct. 16, 1840. PRICES OF CASTS FROM ANCIENT MARBLES, BRONZES, ETC., IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. ELGIN MARBLES. PEDIMENTS, ETC., OF THE PARTHENON. Nos. [painted black.] £ s. d . 65. Hyperion .... 10 0 Right Arm of Hyperion [separate] . 0 10 0 66. Heads of Horses of Hyperion . 3 0 0 71. Theseus .... 0 0 77. Ceres and Proserpine . 36 0 0 74. Iris . . . . . 0 0 72. Torso of Victory . 3 0 0 67. One of the Fates . 16 0 0 63. The two other Fates . 36 0 0 68. Horse’s Head . 0 18 0 70. Ilissus ..... 0 0 76. Torso of Cecrops . 3 0 0 118. Fragment of the Head of Minerva . 0 5 0 75. Fragment of the Body of Minerva . 1 10 0 64. Torso' of Neptune . s 0 0 271. Fragment of Serpent . / . . 0 3 0 69. Torso of Victory without wings . 3 0 0 73. Fragment of Latona . 5 0 0 143. Torso of a Youth . 0 5 0 79. Torso of a Female Figure . 0 5 0 294. Torso of a Youth, probably part of a Metope . 0 5 0 156. Fragment of a Female Figure . . 1 2 0 207. Capital of a Column [one quarter] . 1 10 0 METOPES OF THE PARTHENON. 11. Metope .... . . 3 0 0 2 10 * .... « « 3 0 8. . 3 10 0 .... • • 12. — - i . 2 10 0 s 2 PRICES OF CASTS. Nos. £ s. d. 15. Metope . . . . . . . .300 6. - — — . . . . . ' . . .350 4. — — . 3 0 0 5. - — . 3 0 0 13. - . . . . . . . .350 7. . . 3 10 0 1. . 3 10 0 3. . 3 0 0 9. — - - . . . 3 10 0 14. — . . . 3 10 0 10. . 3 0 0 FRIEZE OF THE PARTHENON. 16. In three pieces . . . . . . .4100 17. In three pieces . . . . . . . 4 10 0 18. In three pieces . . . . . . . 4 10 0 1 8*. [Cast from plaster] . . . . . . 0 13 0 9. Single slab . . . . . . . . 1 10 0 19*. [Cast from plaster] . . . . . . 0 13 0 20. Single slab . . . . . . . . 1 10 0 21. - . . . . 3 10 0 22. - . . . . . . . .10 0 24. . . . . 1 10 0 23. - — . 1 10 0 34. - . . . . . . . . 1 10 0 98. . 0 4 0 177*. - . . . . . . . .0 5 6 35. . . . . . 1 10 0 35*.- - — . 0150 37. . 1 10 0 178*. . 0 5 6 36. - — . 1 10 0 35**. - . . . . . . . 110 0 38. - — . 1 10 0 25. — • • . » • • . . 1 10 0 26. . . . 1 10 0 27. . 1 10 0 28. . I 10 0 29. - . . . . . . . 1 10 0 30. . . . . . 1 10 0 31. "■ — • ...1 10 0 PRICES O CASTS, Nos. SB*. Single slab . 32. - 33. - 33. Return 39. Single slab A 83. [Cast from plaster] A 85. - A 86. - A 87. - r - A 88. - 40*. Single slab 41*. - 38**. - 50. - 47. - - 52. - 40. - 49. - - 45. - 38***.^ - 54. - - 56. - - 15*. — — — — 57. - 59. - - . 61. - . 00. - . 96. - - . 62. - - . 62. Return . £ s. 1 10 1 10 1 10 0 15 l 1 1 10 0 2 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 5 1 10 1 10 1 10 10 5 10 10 10 1 10 1 10 0 5 1 10 0 15 d. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PRICES OF CASTS. £ . s. d. Frieze of Temple of Victory in four pieces . . 5 0 0 Icarus, No. 306 . . . 3 10 0 Bas relief, No. 213 . . . . .. . 0 7 6 PH IGA LEI AN MARBLES. The whole frieze in twenty-three pieces . 47 10 0 Single slabs in proportion. TOWN LEY COLLECTION. Venus, Room II. No. 8 . . 7 0 0 Venus, Room III. No. 22 . 2 0 0 Actaeon, Room III. No. 45' . 5 0 0 Bacchus and Ampelus, Room IV. No. 8 . 15 0 0 Torso of Venus, Phigaleian Gallery . 0 15 0 Clytie, Room XII. No. 12. . 0 16 0 Diomede, Room VI. No. 47 . 0 17 0 Jupiter Sarapis, Room VI. No. 68 . 0 10 0 Atys, Room VI. No. 41 . 0 7 6 Pindar, Room III. No. 39 . 0 10 6 Bassi relievi, viz : Room III. No. 6 . . . 0 12 0 - No. 10 . 0 10 0 No. 12 . . 1 12 0 - No. 14 0 10 0 - XII. No. 1 . .. 0 12 0 ■ - No. 20 . 0 12 0 Leg of Table, Rbom XI. No. 24 . 0 10 6 BRONZES. Apollo . ... . 1 1 0 Small Apollo . . . ; . . 0 8 6 Mercury' .. ... . 0 5 0 Do. in Bronze ' . 5 0 0 Jupiter ...... * 0 6 0 MISCELLANEOUS. Rosetta Inscription .... . 0 7 0 Cellini Cup . . , . . . 0 10 0 -Terra Cotta Vase . . 0 5 0 PRICES OF CASTS, SCULPTURES AND INSCRIPTIONS FROM PERSE POLLS; viz. £ s. d. No. 84 . 0 10 0 No. 85 . 0 10 0 No. 86 0 9 0 No. 89 0 4 0 No. 90 . 0 10 0 No. 91 . 0 10 0 No. 92 . 0 8 0 Applications for any of the above-mentioned Casts are to be made in writing to the Secretary, from whom information may be obtained as to the terms upon which Casts of any other oljjects in the Museum Collec¬ tions will be supplied. The Formatore employed at the Museum will pack and despatch Casts for any part of the world, when so required ; but the risk of breakage or other injury is, in all cases, to be borne by the Purchaser. G. Woodfall, Printer, Angel Court, Skinner Street. London.